Romstor Workplace Equipment Catalogue by Romstor Ltd

As well as the mezzanine floor itself, there are many other associated products to be considered in the design stage:

Ancillary Items:

Mezzanine Floors

Staircases A staircase can either be a functional part of your mezzanine floor or it could act as an inviting feature of it, alluring customers and clients to explore your added level. Whatever your need is, our designers and safety experts are available to offer more information and talk you through all the features, design options, regulations and requirements of your staircase. Decking Material We offer a wide range of mezzanine floor decking designs and styles, whether for retail, office accommodation, storage platforms, industrial or for tiered structures. We will consult with you to ensure that suitable decking is installed to your mezzanine floor to fit with its function or the image that you require. Handrails All mezzanine floors require edge protection to all exposed edges for safety purposes. We offer a wide range of handrail options with different styles, colours and finishes suitable for retail and industrial settings alike.

Pallet Gates Pallet gates are designed to allow the loading and unloading of pallets and stock safely. Our pallet gates are designed so that no edge is ever left exposed, heightening the safety of those operating it. This ensures that staff using a pallet gate at the edge of a mezzanine floor, are always safely behind a handrail. Robust and easy to operate with an up and over lift system our pallet gates are the easiest and safest addition to an industrial or storage used mezzanine floor.

Projects

Fire Protection In some cases, where a mezzanine floor is used for storage purposes only, fire protection is not required. However, if the platform exceeds certain size parameters, or when people are occupying the mezzanine floor on a continual basis, then suspended ceilings, column casings and smoke detection will be needed to comply with building regulations.

Whatever your requirement we welcome the opportunity to visit your premises, assess your needs and provide a full CAD design service and quotation completely free of charge. 3

STOMMPY® Flexible Barrier Systems Rackend Protection

Flexible Impact Barriers

The D140 bollard & rail (pictured right) protects the most vulnerable part of warehouse racking. The rack end is protected from bumps, scrapes & collisions which inevitably lead to damage, safety concerns & extra repair i Information costs. Guardrails can also be used to protect walls, Tested to stop: doors & equipment. D120 Rail—4030kg @ 9.6mph D140 Bollard—4030kg @ 7.9mph

Pedestrian Protection

Highly visible, strong & durable. Keep pedestrian walkways clearly defined & your workforce protected.

i Information

Unique FIXA Block System® with 5 Year Guarantee*

5YR

GUARANTEE*

Projects

Stommpy® Shockproof products bend but never break! Made from Tecklene®, STOMMPY® products are shockproof, rust & shatterproof, are suitable for general warehouse use & are certified for use in food processing & pharmaceutical environments.

FULL SURVEY & INSTALLATION SERVICE AVAILABLE

The new patented FIXA Block® floor anchoring system has increased the pull-out resistance of the floor fixing to over four times that of a traditional floor anchor. All barriers are fixed within their footprint which ensures no bolt heads can be pulled out of the floor. The FIXA Block System® is guaranteed not to damage the floor in normal warehouse impacts.

Truck Aligners One of the most popular products in the STOMMPY® range – the high visibility truck aligner with solar powered LED lights to help guide vehicles safely into their parking locations. These aligning rails have an exceptionally high impact resistance. Work safely & save time and money - no more rust, expensive repainting procedures or costs for replacements.

*The guarantee is subject to installation by our engineers & based on standard warehouse operation.

Double Skin Partitions Titan

AVAILABLE ON RAPID DELIVERY PRICE ON APPLICATION ASK ABOUT OUR INSTALLATION SERVICE

A high-quality double skin system that is ideal for cleanroom & office applications where appearance is important. When used in conjunction with the correct HVAC system, Titan is ideal for working toward an ISO 14644-1 class 5 cleanroom environment.

Options: ›› ›› ››

Flush double glazing with integral magnetic blinds; coved & bull-nosed skirting Anti-static / electro-dissipative & anti-microbial powder coating Sound reduction

Standard Powder Coated Colours: Panels: ›› RAL9010 ›› Other colours available upon request

Elan

Double Skin Partitions

AVAILABLE ON RAPID DELIVERY ASK ABOUT OUR INSTALLATION SERVICE

Projects

Ideal for offices, facility areas, machine enclosures etc, where sound reduction & insulation are important. Options: ››

Fire rating, double glazing, ceilings & venetian blinds

Standard Powder Coated Colours:

Panels: sandstone, medium grey, white or light grey The below price is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available upon request BUDGET PRICE (per linear metre)

£252.00

Available on Fast Delivery - Ask about our Installation Service 7

Single Skin Partitions Bastion & Sigma

Sigma Bastion Available on Rapid Delivery Ask about our Installation Service Bastion Heavy duty industrial partitioning suitable for harsh environments. It provides secure storage and screening and can feature a combination of full steel, mesh & glazing. The below price is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available upon request BUDGET PRICE (per linear metre)

Sigma

ÂŁ132.00

Sigma Demountable & relocatable medium duty partitioning, ideal for applications requiring high quality appearance The below price is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available upon request BUDGET PRICE (per linear metre)

ÂŁ145.00

Sigma

Office Partitioning

Make the most of your space... Projects

You may require a more open plan office or the opposite. Utilising the flexibility that Office Partitioning gives, you are able to create the space & / or individual working areas that you need. Having the option to increase privacy, sound reduction or add fire protection routes. Whether it is a simple alteration or a complete office refurbishment it needn’t be a daunting task. With our expertise, experience & skills in space planning we will endeavour to meet your requirements no matter how big or small the project may be. ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Quick & easy installations - tailored to your individual requirements Utilise space & create privacy where needed Re-locatable – can be moved or extended to suit your future needs Wide range of designs, finishes & accessories available Fully glazed or partial glazed modules 7 doors Fire resistance of up to 60mins Sound reduction up to 50dB Rw Integral colour co-ordinated blinds & other furnishings are available

PLEASE CALL US FOR FURTHER DETAILS & ADVICE 9

Anti-Collapse System Musca

Available on Rapid Delivery Ask about our Installation Service

A Pallet rack mesh safety screen which helps prevent accidents whilst handling & storing goods. Panels are available in 3 sizes with a choice of 100 x 50mm, 50 x 50mm or 25 x 25mm mesh apertures. Also various size stand-off brackets are available. The Musca Anti Collapse Safety Bracket & System is capable of withstanding impact of up to 2000 Joules The below price is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available upon request BUDGET PRICE (per linear metre)

ÂŁ25.00

Drop Over Shelving Systems & Safe Locks

Drop Over Shelving Systems We offer Drop Over and Z-Profile shelving solutions for pallet racking in two security levels to suit all warehousing environments

AVAILABLE ON RAPID DELIVERY PRICE ON APPLICATION ASK ABOUT OUR INSTALLATION SERVICE

Safe - Lock 3 Stage Closing Device Projects

Safe Lock is a cost effective interlocking device compliant with the European Machinery Directive. Safe Lock is available on all door types. This range of products has been designed to increase operational safety.

With Quick Release Safety Lever

Available Ex-Stock Ask about our Installation Service

Safe-Lock From

Â£400.00

Industrial Mesh Partitions

Caelum Available on Fast Delivery Ask about our Installation Service

A necessity for all storage & security applications where mesh walls & ceilings are required.

Available Options: ›› ›› ›› ››

Powder coated or galvanised finish Hinged or sliding doors Variety of locking arrangements (Europrofile cylinder lock or padlock) 50 x 50 mm mesh aperture or 25 x 25 mm mesh aperture available The below price is a guide applicable for standard Grey RAL 7037 finish & a nominal 2200mm standard height & 50 x 50 mm mesh aperture. Specific prices for projects are available upon request BUDGET PRICE (per linear metre)

£104.00

Storage Machines Refurbished Storage Machines

New Bespoke Storage Machines

Storage Machines

››

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Storage Carousels & Lift systems Kardex, Megamat, Linpic, Hanel, Euromat, Modula Service & Maintenance with or without contract Loler Inspections and Safety Checks Breakdown Service Relocations on site or to new premises. Modiﬁcations & Upgrades Software Complete Storage Solution Specialists

››

›› ››

›› ›› ››

››

Projects

››

Almost 1 Billion Conﬁgurations with the Silo Range of storage machines From Single Columns to 8 Columns Inclusive of PC & basic software for the Silo range of machines Flexible both Horizontally & Vertically Complete back up Service Can be linked into an existing software system if required New Carousel Machines – Rotar

The Ideal Solution for Everyday use in an Efﬁcient & Organised Work Environment PLEASE CALL US FOR FURTHER DETAILS & ADVICE 13

Mobile Shelving MAXIMISING THE AVAILABLE SPACE Mobile shelving can be opened & closed when required, therefore requiring only one aisle for access. This means capacity within a given area can be substantially increased. Comparison of storage costs is most easily achieved by calculating a storage factor for each type of equipment. This is simply the result of dividing the capacity (in linear metres) by the area occupied (in square metres) including the area necessary to access the records. The higher the storage factor the more efficient the equipment.

These examples are based on a like for like area. 48 four drawer filing cabinets would provide approximately 105 linear metres of filing.

CALL US TODAY TO ARRANGE A SITE VISIT Alternatively Mobile shelving can store 105 linear metres but save 68% of the floor space.

Mobile Shelving

For example: ›› A four drawer filing cabinet holds 2.2 linear metres of records and occupies 0.75 sq m.

UP TO 68% FLOORSPACE CAN BE SAVED

Mobile shelving is the most effective way to store records. This can be shown in the table below, where a working example shows the different options for storing 105 metres of filing.

Comparison Table showing 105 metres of filing... Mobile Shelving

Number of units required for 105 metres of filing

48 Cabinets

15 Bays

TOTAL space occupied

36 sq.metres

10.5 sq.metres

Storage factor

2.91

Projects

4 Drawer Filing Cabinets

Telescopic Container/Trailer Unloading Conveyor The High Rise Telescopic Expressway provides a cost effective and very efficient method of unloading trailers and destuffing shipping containers where no level dock is available whilst substantially reducing manual handling. This conveyor can be linked to a flexible conveyor (see page 402) enabling unloaded items to be directed to multiple storage locations or directed to an area for palletisation. This conveyor penetrates into the trailer or container 10 metres.

Conveyor Systems

Telescopic Container/Trailer Loading & Unloading Conveyor The Telescopic Expressway provides a cost effective and very efficient method of unloading or loading trailers and destuffing or stuffing shipping containers. Use where a level dock is available this conveyor will substantially reduce manual handling. This conveyor can be linked to a flexible conveyor (see page 402) enabling unloaded items to be directed to multiple storage locations or directed to an area for palletisation. Available in lengths of up to 15 metres.

Powered Vehicle Loading Conveyors A safe and very efficient way to both load and unload trailers and shipping containers. The Vehicle Loader has a hydraulically height adjusted main boom and can be fitted with gravity or powered flexible tongues to extend up to & in to the trailer or container. Reduce vehicle turnaround times whilst also reducing manual handling. This conveyor penetrates a container or trailer by up to 11.5 metres.

Interfloor Belt Conveyors A simple, safe and efficient way to convey items between different floors. Interfloor Belt Conveyors can run as stand alone conveyors or may be integrated into more complex systems.

Belt Conveyors Belt conveyors have a very wide range of applications and we supply a wide range of conveyors to suit these applications. Belt conveyors can be simple stand alone units or can be integrated into more complex systems. Standard widths from 100mm to 1,350mm and standard lengths from 0.75m to 25m. Horizontal and incline / decline conveyors available.

Gravity Conveyor Systems Projects

Gravity conveyor systems are a cost effective way to improve productivity and reduce manual handling and are suited to a wide variety of applications, simple gravity conveyors are detailed on page 402 but more complex solutions are available, please contact us.

Conveyor Systems Our projects team will work with you from concept design through installation and commissioning to ongoing servicing and maintenance. Whether you require a simple conveyor or a complex automated packing, sortation and palletisation system our projects team can provide the optimum solution.

Express Lockers

Standard Lockers

Lockers

See pages 66 to 77 for more locker options

EXPRESS*

5DELIVERY DAY * Maximum quantity of 5 lockers. Postcode restrictions apply to 5 day delivery

Features Semi-concealed hinges for security & clean line ›› Door stiffeners for added strength & security ›› Vents in top & bottom for improved air circulation ›› Recessed camlock with plastic card holder ›› All lockers are pre-drilled for nesting ›› Single tier lockers are fitted with hat shelf & double coat hook ›› Rail as standard on 450mm deep, single & two tier lockers

Shelving & Storage

››

Manufactured & tested in accordance with BS4680:1996

manufactured Express Lockers

Overall Size W x D mm

Model

Standard Lockers

Price

Model

Price

Single Tier 1800 x 300 x 300

Z12211..

£76.00

M12211GU..00

£76.00

1800 x 300 x 450

Z12511..

£89.00

M12511GU..00

£89.00

1800 x 450 x 450

M15511GU..00

£109.00

Two Tier 1800 x 300 x 300

Z12212..

£85.00

M12212GU..00

£85.00

1800 x 300 x 450

Z12512..

£98.00

M12512GU..00

£98.00

1800 x 450 x 450

M15512GU..00

£118.00

Three Tier

Finish

Epoxy powder coating electrostatically applied, producing an exceptionally high quality chip-resistant finish. Incorporates BioCote anti-bacterial protection

1800 x 300 x 300

Z12213..

£103.00

M12213GU..00

£103.00

1800 x 300 x 450

Z12513..

£117.00

M12513GU..00

£117.00

1800 x 450 x 450

M15513GU..00

£138.00

Colours

Four Tier 1800 x 300 x 300

Z12214..

£111.00

M12214GU..00

£111.00

Express Lockers: light grey carcass with coloured doors (add GU for light grey, CF for blue or RD for red doors to the end of the code) Standard Lockers: see below for details

1800 x 300 x 450

Z12514..

£126.00

M12514GU..00

£126.00

1800 x 450 x 450

M15514GU..00

£150.00

1800 x 300 x 300

Z12216..

£135.00

M12216GU..00

£135.00

Locks

1800 x 300 x 450

Z12516..

£152.00

M12516GU..00

£152.00

1800 x 450 x 450

M15516GU..00

£178.00

Fitted with standard deadlock with 2 keys

Six Tier

Sloping Tops - factory fitted ››

Make cleaning easier - prevent dust & debris accumulating on the tops of lockers

N.B: Standard locker height will increase to 1925 or 1987mm **Not available on Express Lockers

To Suit Locker

Model

Price

300 x 300

DFU12351

£13.00

300 x 450

DFU12352

£16.50

450 x 450

DFU12353

£19.50

COLOUR CHOICES - DOOR COLOURS (STANDARD LOCKERS ONLY) Light Grey (RAL 7035) Code GU

Blue (RAL 5002) Code CF

Red (RAL 3020) Code RD

Green (RAL 6001) Code PD

Carmine Red (RAL 3002) Code RM

Yellow (RAL 1003) Code YD

Dark Grey (BS 00 A 11) Code HY

All body colours are Light Grey (RAL 7035). Insert the code of the door colour required to the product code when ordering.

Insight Lockers ››

Ideal when there is a need for a visual inspection of contents without compromising the security of items stored

››

The clear polyethylene panels allow easy inspection of contents, acting as a deterrent to workplace pilfering

››

Give security staff the ability to check that items stored are not inappropriate or pose no security threat

››

Other sizes available - call for details

FROM ONLY

£143.00 Model

Price

Four Tier

Two Tier

Two Tier 1800 x 300 x 300

M12212GU..00IP

£143.00

1800 x 300 x 450

M12512GU..00IP

£157.00

1800 x 300 x 500

M12612GU..00IP

£163.00

Eight Tier

Lockers

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Three Tier 1800 x 300 x 300

M12213GU..00IP

£161.00

1800 x 300 x 450

M12513GU..00IP

£175.00

1800 x 300 x 500

M12613GU..00IP

£182.00

Four Tier 1800 x 300 x 300

M12214GU..00IP

£170.00

1800 x 300 x 450

M12514GU..00IP

£185.00

M12614GU..00IP

£192.00

1800 x 300 x 500

Six Tier

Three Tier

Six Tier 1800 x 300 x 300

M12216GU..00IP

£223.00

1800 x 300 x 450

M12516GU..00IP

£239.00

1800 x 300 x 500

M12616GU..00IP

£249.00

Eight Tier 1800 x 300 x 300

M12218GU..00IP

£267.00

1800 x 300 x 450

M12518GU..00IP

£287.00

1800 x 300 x 500

M12618GU..00IP

£300.00

Personal Item Lockers

manufactured Biocote Protected Reduces the levels of harmful bacteria such as E-coli, MRSA & Salmonella on contact surfaces up to 99.9%

Shelving & Storage

Can be supplied in singles or nests of two The lockers can be hung on walls or bolted one on top of the other & side by side to form banks of lockers ›› All units are fitted with a standard deadlock & are available with either solid or perforated doors. These units are also available with or without a sloping top at no extra cost (please specify when ordering) ›› ››

Door Description

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

A100641A01GU..

£111.00

A100641A03GU..

£111.00

Single - Four Tier Plain Perforated

915 x 250 x 155

Single - Eight Tier Plain Perforated

915 x 250 x 155

A100681A01GU..

£143.00

A100681A03GU..

£143.00

Double - Four Tier Plain Perforated

915 x 500 x 155

A100642A01GU..

£214.00

A100642A03GU..

£214.00

Double - Eight Tier Plain Perforated

915 x 500 x 155

A100682A01GU..

£277.00

A100682A03GU..

£277.00

Garment Dispensers & Collectors ››

››

The management issue of workplace clothing, often via third party laundries, is an essential part of hygiene procedure in many sectors These lockers are equally suitable for the controlled issue of safety equipment, consumables or for staff working days & nights Integral BioCote protection on all our garment issue lockers provides a valuable additional benefit to these industries

Dispensers ››

Choice of door colours & sloping tops available

Collectors ›› ››

››

Half-height upper ‘issue’ door with 5 compartments

››

Lower ‘collector’ door with ‘post slot’

››

Hooks for laundry collection sack (sack not included)

Lockers

››

Full-height door Galvanised anti-theft shelf, angled inside ‘post slot’ Hooks for laundry collection sack (sack not included)

10-Tier Dispenser

15-Tier Dispenser

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Description

Garment Collector

Model

Price

5-Tier Garment Dispenser

D151805A01GU..

£188.00

10-Tier Garment Dispenser

D151810A01GU..

£237.00

D151815A01GU..

£299.00

Garment Collector

D151801A01GU..

£128.00

5-Tier Collector & Dispenser

DDC1805A01GU..

£209.00

15-Tier Garment Dispenser

1778 x 381 x 457

5-Tier Dispenser

5-Tier Collector & Dispenser

Cloakroom Equipment ››

››

Shelving & Storage

››

Utile hardwood slats & backboard, with light grey welded frame, satin anodised aluminium hooks fixed at 150mm centres & adjustable feet Single sided & double sided units - 1800mm high Seat height: 422mm

Freestanding Bench

manufactured

Single Sided Bench Freestanding Bench (300Dmm) Single Sided Bench (300Dmm) Bench Width mm Model Price Model Price

Double Sided Bench

Double Sided Bench (600Dmm)

Model

Price

900

FBSU2324GUSL

£104.50

FSSU232SL18GU

£198.00

FDSU232SL18GU

£396.00

1200

FBSU2424GUSL

£131.50

FSSU242SL18GU

£236.50

FDSU242SL18GU

£535.00

1500

FBSU2524GUSL

£145.00

FSSU252SL18GU

£291.50

FDSU252SL18GU

£574.00

1800

FBSU2624GUSL

£176.50

FSSU262SL18GU

£350.00

FDSU262SL18GU

£700.00

2000

FBSU4524GUSL

£178.00

FSSU452SL18GU

£382.50

FDSU452SL18GU

£764.50

Solid Grade Laminate Door Lockers ›› ››

›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Combine the versatility of steel lockers with the durability of solid grade laminate doors Solid grade laminate material offers a robust, elegant solution with a range of colours & material designs, to satisfy all requirements Choice of door styles with blue doors Plant-on doors cover the front face of the locker carcase creating a wall of colour Inset doors provide a visual contrast between the door finish & the locker frame Other colours available upon request Laminate end panels are available upon request - please call for details

Robust hinge design The door is clamped between the integral security plate & the 5 knuckle hinge & then riveted to the frame.

Lockers

Door numbering Doors feature a pre-drilled recess ready to accept a numbering disc (Plain door version available on request) Self-adhesive 25mm Number Disc

(Silver & Black) please specify number when ordering

Model

Price

E464

£1.00

Lock Options Standard deadlock, Digital combination, Padlock fitting Coin/Token, operated Multi-user locks

Inset doors provide a visual contrast between the door finish & the locker frame

Plant-on doors cover the front face of the locker carcase creating a wall of colour

manufactured

Shelving & Storage

Nest 1

Nest 2

Overall Size H x W x D mm

No of Doors

Model

1800 x 300 x 450

L12512GUPBF00

£207.00

1800 x 300 x 450

L12513GUPBF00

£242.00

1800 x 300 x 450

L12514GUPBF00

£287.00

Price

Model

Nest 3 Price

Model

Price

L12522GUPBF00

£398.00

L12523GUPBF00

£467.00

L12524GUPBF00

£557.00

Blue Plant-on Door Laminate Lockers

Blue Inset Door Laminate Lockers 1800 x 300 x 300

L12212GUIBF00

£185.00

L12222GUIBF00

£359.00

L12232GUIBF00

£534.00

1800 x 300 x 450

L12512GUIBF00

£199.00

L12522GUIBF00

£381.00

L12532GUIBF00

£565.00

1800 x 300 x 300

L12213GUIBF00

£213.00

L12223GUIBF00

£413.00

L12233GUIBF00

£614.00

1800 x 300 x 450

L12513GUIBF00

£227.00

L12523GUIBF00

£437.00

L12533GUIBF00

£649.00

1800 x 300 x 300

L12214GUIBF00

£249.00

L12224GUIBF00

£487.00

L12234GUIBF00

£725.00

1800 x 300 x 450

L12514GUIBF00

£265.00

L12524GUIBF00

£512.00

L12534GUIBF00

£761.00

Louvre Panel Cupboards ››

›› ››

Lockable bin cupboards with internal louvre panel fitted at rear offering secure storage for valuable small parts Adjustable shelves on a 25mm vertical pitch Shelves carry a maximum of 78kg U.D.L.

Cupboards

Shelving & Storage

Biocote Protected Reduces the levels of harmful bacteria such as E-coli, MRSA & Salmonella on contact surfaces up to 99.9%

Container Sizes & Colours CP1 - Red 100W x 50H x 90L mm CP2 - Blue 102W x 75H x 165L mm CP3 - Green 148W x 130H x 240L mm CP4 - Yellow 207W x 130H x 350L mm CP5 - Red 207W x 175H x 350L mm CP6 - Green 416W x 175H x 375L mm

L I

Cupboards

Type

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Description

984 x 915 x 505

Half Height Cupboard - No Shelf

CH961LGU--29S00

£319.00

984 x 915 x 505

Half Height Cupboard - 1 Shelf

CH961LGU--29S11

£328.00

Contents

Model

Price

Half Height & Tall Cupboards

1820 x 915 x 505

Tall Cupboard - 1 Shelf

C1961LGU--29S11

£478.00

1820 x 915 x 505

Tall Cupboard - 2 Shelves

C1961LGU--29S12

£499.00

984 x 915 x 505

Half Height Cupboard - No Shelf

14 x CP1, 14 x CP2, 10 x CP3 & 4 x CP4

CK3H961LGU--29S00

£412.00

984 x 915 x 505

Half Height Cupboard - No Shelf

14 x CP1, 14 x CP2, 5 x CP3, 4 x CP4 & 4 x CP5

CK4H961LGU--29S00

£430.00

984 x 915 x 505

Half Height Cupboard - 1 Shelf

14 x CP1, 7 x CP2, 5 x CP3, 4 x CP4 & 4 x CP5

CK2H961LGU--29S11

£428.00

984 x 915 x 505

Half Height Cupboard - 1 Shelf

14 x CP1, 7 x CP2, 5 x CP3, 4 x CP5 & 2 x CP6

CK1H961LGU--29S11

£432.00

1820 x 915 x 505

Tall Cupboard - 1 Shelf

14 x CP1, 21 x CP2, 15 x CP3, 4 x CP5 & 2 x CP6

CK71961LGU--29S11

£636.00

1820 x 915 x 505

Tall Cupboard - 1 Shelf

14 x CP1, 21 x CP2, 10 x CP3, 4 x CP4, 4 x CP5 & 2 x CP6

CK61961LGU--29S11

£647.00

1820 x 915 x 505

Tall Cupboard - 1 Shelf

7 x CP2, 15 x CP3, 8 x CP4, 4 x CP5 & 2 x CP6

CK81961LGU--29S11

£658.00

1820 x 915 x 505

Tall Cupboard - 1 Shelf

7 x CP2, 15 x CP3, 8 x CP4 & 8 x CP5

CK91961LGU--29S11

£662.00

1820 x 915 x 505

Tall Cupboard - 2 Shelves

14 x CP1, 21 x CP2, 10 x CP3, 4 x CP4 & 4 x CP6

CK51961LGU--29S12

£664.00

1820 x 915 x 505

Tall Cupboard - 2 Shelves

14 x CP1, 21 x CP2, 10 x CP3, 8 x CP4 & 4 x CP5

CK21961LGU--29S12

£664.00

1820 x 915 x 505

Tall Cupboard - 2 Shelves

14 x CP1, 21 x CP2, 10 x CP3, 4 x CP4, 4 x CP5 & 2 x CP6

CK11961LGU--29S12

£668.00

1820 x 915 x 505

Tall Cupboard - 2 Shelves

14 x CP1, 21 x CP2, 10 x CP3, 4 x CP5 & 4 x CP6

CK41961LGU--29S12

£671.00

1820 x 915 x 505

Tall Cupboard - 2 Shelves

14 x CP1, 28 x CP2, 10 x CP3, 4 x CP4, 4 x CP5 & 2 x CP6

CK31961LGU--29S12

£678.00

Half Height & Tall Cupboards complete with Small Parts Bins

COLOUR CHOICES - DOOR COLOURS Light Grey (RAL 7035) Code GU

Blue (RAL 5002) Code CF

Red (RAL 3020) Code RD

Green (RAL 6001) Code PD

Carmine Red (RAL 3002) Code RM

Yellow (RAL 1003) Code YD

Dark Grey (BS 00 A 11) Code HY

All body colours are Light Grey (RAL 7035). Insert the code of the door colour required to the product code when ordering.

Shelving & Storage

C D

Hazardous Substance Cupboards

CBIN607YD

Hazardous Storage

CBIN606YD

FROM ONLY

manufactured

£102.00

Epoxy powder coating in high visibility yellow - RAL 1003 Ensures awareness of the potential danger of the materials stored & makes location in the workplace easy ›› Supplied with safety labelling to BS5609 ›› All steel construction for long life with low maintenance ››

Shelving & Storage

››

All hazardous substance storage cupboards are designed to store small amounts of flammables & chemical products (up to 50 litres) in work areas inside buildings & have the following key features; ›› Height-adjustable shelves to accommodate stored material ›› Appropriate safety labelling to indicate flammable contents ›› Full height door stiffener for additional strength ›› Three-point locking for additional security on all units 790mm or higher ›› Fully welded integral sump eliminates leakage & contains spillages up to 35L (approx) In the event of spillage within the cupboard, it is recommended the sump is emptied by means of an appropriate pump and the contents disposed of correctly in accordance with the relevant waste management regulations.

All Hazardous Substance Cupboards & Storage Bins are supplied with three high visibility labels conforming to BS5609. Simply choose the right label for the type of substance being stored Labels are approved to the new HSE regulations & guidelines

Overall Size H x W x D mm

No. of Shelves

Model

Price

Express Delivery Hazardous Cupboards (Maximum of 2 per order) 1905 x 915 x 505

ZH1961HS13

£425.00

790 x 915 x 505

ZHA961HS11

£264.00

1070 x 915 x 505

ZHH961HS11

£296.00

1070 x 915 x 505

ZHH961HS12

£311.00

Hazardous Cupboards 1905 x 915 x 505

H1961HYDYD29S13

£425.00

1070 x 915 x 505

HH961HYDYD29S12

£311.00

1905 x 477 x 505

H1661HYDYD29S13

£288.00

1070 x 915 x 505

HH961HYDYD29S11

£296.00

1070 x 477 x 505

HH661HYDYD00S11

£199.00

770 x 450 x 300

HA521HYDYD00S11

£140.00

770 x 300 x 300

HA221HYDYD29S11

£130.00

770 x 915 x 505

HA961HYDYD29S11

£264.00

770 x 915 x 355

HA931HYDYD00S11

£257.00

770 x 450 x 300

HA551HYDYD00S11

£157.00

595 x 450 x 300

HQ521HYDYD00S00

£102.00

610 x 1170 x 460

CBIN607YD

£388.00

510 x 610 x 380

CBIN606YD

£288.00

Hazardous Cupboard Stands - painted Yellow with adjustable feet 533 x 915 x 505

FHSF96C533YD

£121.00

533 x 477 x 505

FHSF66C533YD

£108.00

Plastic Containers

Colour

Supplied with labels ›› Tough co-polymer polypropylene ›› Self stacking or fit to louvred panel ››

CP1X20

100W x 50H x 90L mm Packed in 20’s

CP2X20

CP3X20

148W x 130H x 240L mm Packed in 20’s

CP4X10

207W x 130H x 350L mm Packed in 10’s

Price per pack

CP1 Containers - 100W x 50H x 90L mm Red

CP1X20RD

£14.00

Green

CP1X20GN

£14.00

Blue

CP1X20BU

£14.00

Yellow

CP1X20YL

£14.00

Extra Label

C1L

£2.50 per 100

Spigots Designed to carry awkward shaped items on louvred panels. Wire spigots manufactured from 5mm wire. Two types of welded spigots with 16swg plate & 16mm square tube or 12.7mm dia. round tube.

CP2 Containers - 102W x 75H x 165L mm Red

CP2X20RD

£24.50

Green

CP2X20GN

£24.50

Blue

CP2X20BU

£24.50

Yellow

CP2X20YL

£24.50

Extra Label

C26L

£3.50 per 100

CP3 Containers - 148W x 130H x 240L mm Red

CP3X20RD

£55.00

Green

CP3X20GN

£55.00

Blue

CP3X20BU

£55.00

Yellow

CP3X20YL

£55.00

Extra Label

C345L

£5.00 per 100

Type

Capacity

Model

Price

Wire Spigot

CP4 Containers - 207W x 130H x 350L mm

Single Prong

4kg UDL

WRS1

£1.50

Double Prong

9kg UDL

WRS2

£1.50

Capacity

Model

Price

Red

CP4X10RD

£56.00

Green

CP4X10GN

£56.00 £56.00

Blue

CP4X10BU

Yellow

CP4X10YL

£56.00

Extra Label

C345L

£5.00 per 100

Small Parts Storage

102W x 75H x 165L mm Packed in 20’s

Model

CP5 Containers - 207W x 175H x 350L mm

CP5X10

207W x 175H x 350L mm Packed in 10’s

CP6X5

416W x 175H x 375L mm Packed in 5’s

Red

CP5X10RD

£71.00

Green

CP5X10GN

£71.00

Blue

CP5X10BU

£71.00

Yellow

CP5X10YL

£71.00

Extra Label

C345L

£5.00 per 100

CP6 Containers - 416W x 175H x 375L mm

Size mm Dia. x Length

Red

CP6X5RD

£63.00

Green

CP6X5GN

£63.00

16 x 150

5kg UDL

WLS1

£3.00

Blue

CP6X5BU

£63.00

16 x 300

10kg UDL

WLS2

£3.50

Yellow

CP6X5YL

£63.00

12.7 x 150

3kg UDL

WLS3

£3.00

Extra Label

C26L

£3.50 per 100

12.7 x 300

9kg UDL

WLS4

£3.50

Welded Spigot

Wall Panel

Shelving & Storage

Comprising of 2 panels 457 x 436mm. Can be fixed to wall vertically or horizontally. Panels finished in light grey. Includes 8 x CP1, 16 x CP2 & 6 x CP3 containers.

manufactured

Size

Model

Price per pack

914 x 436

SP152

£65.50

Dividers

Retainer Clips

Grey plastic dividers for use in CP6 containers only. Pack of 10.

Tie Bar For use when stacking containers. CTB5 pack of 10. CTB6 pack of 5.

Zinc plated steel clip to hold container to louvred panels. Pack of 100.

To Suit

Model

Price per pack

Model

Price per pack

Model

Price per pack

Container CP5

CTB5

£9.50

£22.50

CRC

£24.00

Container CP6

CTB6

£7.50

Louvred Panels Allows containers & spigots to be wall mounted. Light grey paint finish. Packed in 2’s. Overall Size W x H mm

Model

Price

Shelving & Storage

Small Parts Storage

Louvred Panels £18.00

228 x 457

2LP0018GUX2

228 x 914

2LP0036GUX2

£23.00

228 x 1676

2LP0066GUX2

£38.50

332 x 457

3LP0018GUX2

£24.50

332 x 914

3LP0036GUX2

£28.00

332 x 1676

3LP0066GUX2

£56.00

436 x 457

4LP0018GUX2

£24.00

436 x 914

4LP0036GUX2

£39.50

436 x 1676

4LP0066GUX2

£89.00

manufactured

Fixing Kits These kits contain panels & fixings to install panels on the end of 1800mm high Euro Shelving bays. See page 40 for Euro Shelving

Bench Rack Bench top louvred panel comprising panel and legs. Containers not included. Overall Size W x H mm

To Fit

Model

Price

Model

Price

300 mm bay

XFLPK0300GU

£49.00

457 x 436

BU1GU

£25.00

400 mm bay

XFLPK0400GU

£57.00

457 x 852

BU2GU

£36.50

500 mm bay

XFLPK0500GU

£69.50

Large Rack Self assembly rack complete with all fixings. Frame finished in graphite grey with light grey panel. Includes 16 x CP1, 16 x CP2, 18 x CP3, 8 x CP4, 8 x CP5 & 2 x CP6 containers

Small Rack Self assembly rack complete with all fixings. Frame finished in graphite grey with light grey panel. Includes 8 x CP2, 6 x CP3 & 2 x CP4 containers.

Overall Size W x H mm

Model

Price

Overall Size W x H mm

Model

Price

871 x 1838

SP163

£459.00

457 x 924

SP162

£156.50

Freestanding Rack WITHOUT Containers

Mobile Trolley Self assembly trolley comprising 2 panels. Complete with all fixings & instructions. Frame finished in graphite grey with light grey panel. Includes 8 x CP1, 8 x CP2, 6 x CP3, 4 x CP4 & 2 x CP6 containers. Overall Size W x H mm

Model

Price

457 x 1080

SP148

£357.00

457 x 1838 (single sided)

FSRS3GXGU

£190.00

457 x 924 (single sided)

FSRS1GXGU

£119.00

871 x 1838 (single sided)

FSRS4GXGU

£252.50

871 x 924 (single sided)

FSRS2GXGU

£152.50

457 x 1838 (double sided)

FSRD3GXGU

£282.00

457 x 924 (double sided)

FSRD1GXGU

£181.00

457 x 1080

FT1GXGU

£282.50

871 x 1838 (double sided)

FSRD4GXGU

£397.00

871 x 924 (double sided)

FSRD2GXGU

£233.50

877 x 1080

FT2GXGU

£311.00

Mobile Trolley WITHOUT Containers

Just Shelving - Standard Duty ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Quick & easy boltless assembly Hardwearing powder coat finish Each bay comes with 5 chipboard shelves Protective feet are included Extra shelf levels available load up to

360kg

max. evenly distributed

per shelf

It’s so quick & easy Just Shelving

Unpack & assemble framework by simply tapping together....

FROM ONLY

£124.00

...with framework complete, just fit the shelves in position

Shelving & Storage

manufactured Starter Bay

Extra Shelf

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Shelf Load kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

1981 x 900 x 300

360

SX001..GU

£124.00

SX101GU

£17.00

1981 x 900 x 380

300

SX192..GU

£131.00

SX195GU

£19.00

1981 x 900 x 450

320

SX004..GU

£130.00

SX104GU

£19.00

1981 x 900 x 600

180

SX007..GU

£147.00

SX107GU

£22.00

1981 x 1200 x 300

180

SX002..GU

£155.00

SX102GU

£22.00

1981 x 1200 x 380

350

SX193..GU

£167.00

SX196GU

£29.00

1981 x 1200 x 450

350

SX005..GU

£165.00

SX105GU

£25.00

1981 x 1200 x 600

350

SX019..GU

£184.00

SX119GU

£29.00

1981 x 1500 x 300

200

SX003..GU

£170.00

SX103GU

£27.00

1981 x 1500 x 380

175

SX194..GU

£210.00

SX197GU

£30.00

1981 x 1500 x 450

175

SX006..GU

£191.00

SX106GU

£31.00

1981 x 1500 x 600

175

SX008..GU

£212.00

SX108GU

£35.00

2438 x 900 x 600

175

SX198..GU

£150.00

SX107GU

£22.00

2438 x 1200 x 600

200

SX199..GU

£187.00

SX119GU

£29.00

2438 x 1500 x 600

175

SX200..GU

£215.00

SX108GU

£35.00

...ready to use in minutes

COLOUR CHOICES For Red Uprights with Light Grey beams insert RD into the code

For Blue Uprights with Light Grey beams insert BQ into the code

For Light Grey Uprights with Light Grey beams insert GU into the code

For Dark Grey Uprights with Light Grey beams insert GX into the code

Just Shelving - Heavy Duty FROM ONLY

£119.00

Just Shelving

load up to

650kg

manufactured ››

›› ›› ››

Overall Size

per shelf

Starter Bay

Extra Shelf

H x W x D mm

Shelf Load kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

1981 x 900 x 450

320

SX203..GU

£119.00

SX207GU

£23.00

1981 x 900 x 600

180

SX204..GU

£129.00

SX208GU

£27.00

1981 x 1200 x 450

350

SX201..GU

£147.00

SX205GU

£33.00

1981 x 1200 x 600

200

SX202..GU

£154.00

SX206GU

£35.00

1981 x 1500 x 450

510

SX020..GU

£156.00

SX120GU

£39.00 £44.00

1981 x 1500 x 600

275

SX021..GU

£167.00

SX121GU

1981 x 1500 x 900

104

SX022..GU

£208.00

SX122GU

£49.00

1981 x 1800 x 450

635

SX023..GU

£180.00

SX109GU

£44.00

1981 x 1800 x 600

365

SX024..GU

£195.00

SX110GU

£48.00

1981 x 1800 x 900

210

SX025..GU

£235.00

SX111GU

£59.00 £48.00

1981 x 2100 x 450

650

SX026..GU

£196.00

SX126GU

1981 x 2100 x 600

400

SX027..GU

£210.00

SX127GU

£54.00

1981 x 2100 x 900

210

SX028..GU

£243.00

SX128GU

£67.00 £53.00

1981 x 2400 x 450

600

SX029..GU

£208.00

SX112GU

1981 x 2400 x 600

445

SX013..GU

£225.00

SX113GU

£58.00

1981 x 2400 x 900

210

SX014..GU

£267.00

SX114GU

£73.00

CONNECTOR PLATE

For securing adjacent bays together to create runs of shelving. Four plates required to join two bays.

Model

Price

SXSRLGU

£1.50

COLOUR CHOICES For Red Uprights with Light Grey beams insert RD into the code

For Blue Uprights with Light Grey beams insert BQ into the code

For Light Grey Uprights with Light Grey beams insert GU into the code

For Dark Grey Uprights with Light Grey beams insert GX into the code

Shelving & Storage

››

Quick & easy boltless assembly Hardwearing powder coat finish Each bay comes with 3 chipboard shelves Protective feet are included Extra shelf levels available

max. evenly distributed

Standard Duty Galvanised Shelving ›› ››

load up to

360kg

max. evenly distributed

load up to

68kg

per shelf

››

max. evenly distributed

per shelf

Galvanised Shelving

››

Quick & easy boltless assembly PRE GALVATITE components provide additional corrosion resistance & have a hard-wearing industrial finish Choice of 18mm FSC certified chipboard shelves on J beams or galvatite steel shelves Three of the galvatite steel shelves sit on J beams, the other two on adjustable shelf clips

FROM ONLY

£102.00 Galvanised Shelving with chipboard shelves

Galvanised Shelving with galvatite shelves 5 Chipboard Shelf Levels

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Shelf Load kg

Model

Price

1980 x 900 x 300

360

ESX001CGS

£104.00

1980 x 900 x 450

320

ESX004CGS

£112.00

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Shelf Load kg

Model

Price

1980 x 1200 x 300

350

ESX002CGS

£131.00

1980 x 900 x 300

ESX001MGS

£102.00

1980 x 1200 x 450

350

ESX005CGS

£142.00

1980 x 900 x 450

ESX004MGS

£117.00

5 Galvatite Steel Shelf Levels

Heavy Duty Galvanised Shelving ››

Shelving & Storage

››

Quick & easy boltless assembly PRE GALVATITE components provide additional corrosion resistance & have a hard-wearing industrial finish Three 18mm FSC certified chipboard shelves on galvatite channel beams

load up to

375kg

max. evenly distributed

per shelf

manufactured

FROM ONLY

£131.00

Heavy Duty - 3 Shelf Levels

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Shelf Load kg

Model

Price

1980 x 1500 x 600

375

ESX021CGS

£131.00

1980 x 1800 x 600

375

ESX024CGS

£148.00

1980 x 2100 x 600

375

ESX027CGS

£160.00

Just Complete Document Storage Bays ›› ›› ››

30 BOXES

Quick & easy boltless assembly Hard wearing powder coated finish Price includes archive boxes External size: 266H x 356W x 445Dmm Internal size: 254H x 330W x 407Dmm load up to

635kg

max. evenly distributed

manufactured

per shelf

FROM ONLY

£326.00 Shelf Load kg

No of Boxes Stored

Model

Price

2050 x 1800 x 450

635

JAU30..GU

£326.00

2270 x 1800 x 450

635

JAU35..GU

£353.00

2050 x 1800 x 900

210

JAU60..GU

£543.00

2270 x 1800 x 900

210

JAU70..GU

£602.00

FBFFAS005

£5.00

Extra Box

Just Shelving

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Just Lever Arch File Bays ›› ›› ››

Economic solution to keeping files tidy in the office Easy to assemble shelving bays complete with A4 or Foolscap file holders Units supplied with file holders

Shelving & Storage

manufactured

FROM ONLY

£119.00

Overall Size H x W x D mm

No of Shelves

File Type

No of Files Stored

Model

915 x 1000 x 300 915 x 1000 x 300

20A4

£119.00

Foolscap

20FS

£137.00

915 x 1000 x 300 915 x 1000 x 300

50A4

£248.00

Foolscap

50FS

£272.00

Price

COLOUR CHOICES For Red Uprights with Light Grey beams insert RD into the code

For Blue Uprights with Light Grey beams insert BQ into the code

For Light Grey Uprights with Light Grey beams insert GU into the code

For Dark Grey Uprights with Light Grey beams insert GX into the code

Just Economy Workstations ››

Simple & economic solutions to meet the needs of production assembly, maintenance & despatch personnel 18mm chipboard working surface at 915mm height

››

Work surface maximum load capacity of 300kg Upper shelf maximum load capacity of 150kg

››

Choice of upright colours with light grey beams

Just Workstations

››

FROM ONLY

£189.00

manufactured

WORKSTATION ‘C’

Shelving & Storage

Workstation offering large work surface with louvre panels at rear and useful top shelf. Panel accepts plastic containers & spigots (see page 25) making them ideal for the storage of small components & tools (containers & spigots not included). Rear shelf at 1980mm. Overall Size D x W x H mm

Model

Price

750 x 1500 x 1980

JAWC7515..GU

£189.00

WORKSTATION ‘A’

WORKSTATION ‘B’

Basic workstation with working surface and 2 shelves allows operator to be seated.

Has lower shelf to allow high volume of storage under the working surface.

Overall Size W x D mm

Model

Price

Overall Size W x D mm

Model

Price

1800 x 750

JAWA7518..GU

£208.00

1800 x 750

JAWB7518..GU

£240.00

2400 x 750

JAWA7524..GU

£230.00

2400 x 750

JAWB7524..GU

£284.00

1800 x 900

JAWA9018..GU

£219.00

1800 x 900

JAWB9018..GU

£255.00

2400 x 900

JAWA9024..GU

£256.00

2400 x 900

JAWB9024..GU

£301.00

COLOUR CHOICES For Red Uprights with Light Grey beams insert RD into the code

For Blue Uprights with Light Grey beams insert BQ into the code

For Light Grey Uprights with Light Grey beams insert GU into the code

For Dark Grey Uprights with Light Grey beams insert GX into the code

Stormor Mono

manufactured

day delivery*

*maximum quantities & postcode restrictions apply

70kg

Shelving & Storage

Shelving

evenly distributed

per shelf

It is essential that shelving exceeding a height to depth ratio of 4:1 to the top loaded shelf is adequately secured to the floor. Fixings are included where applicable for concrete floors

Biocote Protected Reduces the levels of harmful bacteria such as E-coli, MRSA & Salmonella on contact surfaces up to 99.9%

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Ideal for general purpose storage Versatile & fully adjustable Fully interchangeable with all other Stormor components A wide range of accessories available, please see pages 37 & 38 Rear cladding or mesh cladding available Supplied flat pack for easy assembly Up to 1000kg capacity per shelving bay

6 Shelf Stormor Mono Shelving Open Back Bays Overall Size H x W x D mm

Starter Bay Model

Extension Bay Price

Model

Extra Shelf Price

Model

Price

Express Delivery Stormor Mono Shelving - Max. 5 kits per order - 4 shelves per bay 1850 x 900 x 370

EDSZMSS0401809370GU

£76.00

EDSZMES0401809370GU

£54.00

Stormor Mono Shelving - 6 shelves per bay 1850 x 1000 x 300

SMM18130OS6..

£120.00

SMM18130OE6..

£95.00

SMS130

£10.00

1850 x 1000 x 370

SMM18137OS6..

£130.00

SMM18137OE6..

£104.00

SMS137

£11.50

1850 x 1000 x 450

SMM18145OS6..

£139.00

SMM18145OE6..

£114.00

SMS145

£13.00

1850 x 1000 x 600*

SMM18160OS6..

£158.00

SMM18160OE6..

£132.00

SMS160

£16.00

2150 x 1000 x 300

SMM21130OS6..

£143.00

SMM21130OE6..

£114.00

SMS130

£10.00

2150 x 1000 x 370

SMM21137OS6..

£143.00

SMM21137OE6..

£114.00

SMS137

£11.50

2150 x 1000 x 450

SMM21145OS6..

£153.00

SMM21145OE6..

£123.00

SMS145

£13.00

2150 x 1000 x 600*

SMM21160OS6..

£172.00

SMM21160OE6..

£142.00

SMS160

£16.00

* 600mm deep bays have a maximum shelf load capacity of 45kg UDL

Stormor Solo ›› ›› ›› ››

›› ››

70kg

Ideal for document storage Versatile & fully adjustable Fully interchangeable with all other Stormor Components A wide range of accessories are available, please see pages 37 & 38 Rear cladding available Up to 700kg capacity per shelving bay

evenly distributed

per shelf

Solo shelving has single skin uprights. This offers a cost-effective solution to everyday storage as well as being a quick & easy system to assemble.

manufactured

Shelving

day delivery*

*maximum quantities & postcode restrictions apply

It is essential that shelving exceeding a height to depth ratio of 4:1 to the top loaded shelf is adequately secured to the floor. Fixings are included where applicable for concrete floors

6 Shelf Stormor Solo Shelving Open Back Bays Overall Size H x W x D mm

Starter Bay Model

Extension Bay Price

Model

Extra Shelf Price

Model

Price

£83.00

Express Delivery Stormor Solo Shelving - Max. 5 kits per order - 4 shelves per bay 1850 x 900 x 370

£101.00

EDSZSSS0401809370GU

EDSZSES0401809370GU

Stormor Solo Shelving - 6 shelves per bay SMS18130OS6..

£114.00

SMS18130OE6..

£91.00

SMS130

£10.00

1850 x 1000 x 370

SMS18137OS6..

£129.00

SMS18137OE6..

£103.00

SMS137

£11.50

1850 x 1000 x 450

SMS18145OS6..

£143.00

SMS18145OE6..

£114.00

SMS145

£13.00

1850 x 1000 x 600*

SMS18160OS6..

£174.00

SMS18160OE6..

£139.00

SMS160

£16.00

2150 x 1000 x 300

SMS21130OS6..

£123.00

SMS21130OE6..

£98.00

SMS130

£10.00

2150 x 1000 x 370

SMS21137OS6..

£140.00

SMS21137OE6..

£111.00

SMS137

£11.50

2150 x 1000 x 450

SMS21145OS6..

£154.00

SMS21145OE6..

£122.00

SMS145

£13.00

2150 x 1000 x 600*

SMS21160OS6..

£187.00

SMS21160OE6..

£147.00

SMS160

£16.00

6 Shelf Stormor Solo Shelving Closed Back Bays Starter Bay

Extension Bay

Extra Shelf

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

1850 x 1000 x 300

SMS18130CS6..

£154.00

SMS18130CE6..

£131.00

SMS130

£10.00

1850 x 1000 x 370

SMS18137CS6..

£170.00

SMS18137CE6..

£143.00

SMS137

£11.50

1850 x 1000 x 450

SMS18145CS6..

£183.00

SMS18145CE6..

£155.00

SMS145

£13.00

1850 x 1000 x 600*

SMS18160CS6..

£214.00

SMS18160CE6..

£179.00

SMS160

£16.00

2150 x 1000 x 300

SMS21130CS6..

£165.00

SMS21130CE6..

£140.00

SMS130

£10.00

2150 x 1000 x 370

SMS21137CS6..

£181.00

SMS21137CE6..

£152.00

SMS137

£11.50

2150 x 1000 x 450

SMS21145CS6..

£196.00

SMS21145CE6..

£164.00

SMS145

£13.00

2150 x 1000 x 600*

SMS21160CS6..

£228.00

SMS21160CE6..

£189.00

SMS160

£16.00

* 600mm deep bays have a maximum shelf load capacity of 45kg UDL

COLOUR CHOICES Stormor Grey* GU (RAL 7035)

Blue BQ (RAL 5005)

Graphite Grey GX (BS 5252 18 A 14)

Traffic Red RD (RAL 3020)

Marine Blue GB (RAL 5001)

Racing Green GD (RAL 6005)

*Only Light Grey incorporates BioCote protection. Also on standard lead time. All other colours are on extended lead times

Shelving & Storage

1850 x 1000 x 300

Stormor Duo Open Extension Bay

Open Starter Bay

Closed Extension Bay

70kg

evenly distributed

Shelving

per shelf

››

›› ›› ››

It is essential that shelving exceeding a height to depth ratio of 4:1 to the top loaded shelf is adequately secured to the floor. Fixings are included where applicable for concrete floors

Ideal for archiving applications. Satisfies the common requirement of PD5454:2012 - ‘Recommendations for the storage & exhibition of archival documents’ Stylish addition to every office Double skin uprights to allow the full shelf width to be used with clear un-impeded access for insertion & removal of files Up to 1000kg capacity per shelving bay

manufactured

Shelving & Storage

6 Shelf Stormor Duo Shelving Open Back Bays Starter Bay

Extension Bay

Extra Shelf

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

1850 x 1000 x 300

SMD18130OS6..

£143.00

SMD18130OE6..

£107.00

SMS130

£10.00

1850 x 1000 x 370

SMD18137OS6..

£164.00

SMD18137OE6..

£122.00

SMS137

£11.50

1850 x 1000 x 450

SMD18145OS6..

£182.00

SMD18145OE6..

£135.00

SMS145

£13.00

1850 x 1000 x 600*

SMD18160OS6..

£226.00

SMD18160OE6..

£165.00

SMS160

£16.00

2150 x 1000 x 300

SMD21130OS6..

£156.00

SMD21130OE6..

£116.00

SMS130

£10.00

2150 x 1000 x 370

SMD21137OS6..

£179.00

SMD21137OE6..

£132.00

SMS137

£11.50

2150 x 1000 x 450

SMD21145OS6..

£198.00

SMD21145OE6..

£146.00

SMS145

£13.00

2150 x 1000 x 600*

SMD21160OS6..

£245.00

SMD21160OE6..

£178.00

SMS160

£16.00

6 Shelf Stormor Duo Shelving Closed Back Bays Starter Bay

Extension Bay

Extra Shelf

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

1850 x 1000 x 300

SMD18130CS6..

£184.00

SMD18130CE6..

£147.00

SMS130

£10.00

1850 x 1000 x 370

SMD18137CS6..

£205.00

SMD18137CE6..

£164.00

SMS137

£11.50

1850 x 1000 x 450

SMD18145CS6..

£223.00

SMD18145CE6..

£176.00

SMS145

£13.00

1850 x 1000 x 600*

SMD18160CS6..

£267.00

SMD18160CE6..

£206.00

SMS160

£16.00

2150 x 1000 x 300

SMD21130CS6..

£198.00

SMD21130CE6..

£158.00

SMS130

£10.00

2150 x 1000 x 370

SMD21137CS6..

£220.00

SMD21137CE6..

£173.00

SMS137

£11.50

2150 x 1000 x 450

SMD21145CS6..

£240.00

SMD21145CE6..

£187.00

SMS145

£13.00

2150 x 1000 x 600*

SMD21160CS6..

£286.00

SMD21160CE6..

£219.00

SMS160

£16.00

* 600mm deep bays have a maximum shelf load capacity of 45kg UDL

COLOUR CHOICES Stormor Grey* GU (RAL 7035)

Blue BQ (RAL 5005)

Graphite Grey GX (BS 5252 18 A 14)

Traffic Red RD (RAL 3020)

Marine Blue GB (RAL 5001)

Racing Green GD (RAL 6005)

*Only Light Grey incorporates BioCote protection. Also on standard lead time. All other colours are on extended lead times

Stormor Accessories

Back Stop

Our range of accessories are interchangeable between Mono, Solo & Duo systems, this makes the Stormor Shelving range ideal for the creation of custom designed storage facilities. Accessories can be easily retro-fitted allowing you to add to your shelving as your storage needs change. N.B. some accessories won’t fit to adjacent solo bays

Zinc plated rod which fits across the rear of the bays to prevent large items falling off the back.

manufactured

Model

Price

1000

SZABS004R1000GU

£3.50

Garment Hanging

When fitted, this prevents items falling off the front of the shelves. When used with dividers this forms compartments or bins **2 location plugs required for 25mm & 50mm deep shelves & 4 required for 75mm & 100mm deep shelves**

A system of rails & brackets which fit within the bay widths to allow for the hanging of garments. Extra shelves may be required - please call for further info

Model

Price

1000 x 25

SZABF025F1000FGU

£7.50

1000 x 50

SZABF050F1000FGU

1000 x 75

SZABF075F1000FGU

1000 x 100 Location Plug - per bin front

See page 39 for more Garment Hanging Solutions

Description

Size mm

Model

Price

£8.00

Rail

25 dia. x 1000L

SZAGR25S1000GS

£4.00

£9.50

Support Channel

300D

SZAHSC1225300

£7.00

SZABF100F1000FGU

£10.00

Support Channel

450D

SZAHSC1225450

£9.00

SZAPPLUG**

£0.50

Support Channel

600D

SZAHSC1225600

£9.50

Pull-out Filing Cradle

Plastic Drawer Units

Can accommodate A4 & foolscap top loaded suspension files. Cradle slides out on telescopic arms (fits 1000mm bays only)

Ideal for storage of small items. The drawers tilt on integrated back stops to allow for easy viewing & access

Model

Price

DU1GU

£4.50

370

SZAPOFC1000370GU

£118.00

DU2GU

£6.50

450

SZAPOFC1000450GU

£138.00

DU3GU

£6.00

Pull-out Drawers

Pull-out Shelf

Fitted onto telescopic arms the pull-out drawer is available in 3 heights - 200mm high available upon request

Slides out from the bay on telescopic slides. Provides a flat & stable work surface within a storage bay

(fits 1000mm bays only)

Size D x H mm

Model

Price

370 x 100

SZAPOD100P370GU

£140.00

Shelf Depth mm

Model

Price

370 x 150

SZAPOD150P370GU

£141.00

370

SZAPORS1000370GU

£102.00

450 x 150

SZAPOD150P450GU

£151.00

450

SZAPORS1000450GU

£114.00

Shelving & Storage

Model

Shelving

Bin Front

Overall Size H x D mm

Shelf Depth mm

Width mm

Document Divider

General Purpose Divider

Slim profile divider designed to be used with paper storage ensuring minimal wasted space on the shelf

Used to divide shelves horizontally into smaller storage compartments

Size H x D mm

Model

Price

Size H x D mm

Model

Price

SZDF300300GU

£3.50

300 x 300

0300DF0300GU

£4.00

SZDF300370GU

£4.00

300 x 370

0300DF0370GU

£4.00

300 x 450

SZDF300450GU

£4.50

300 x 450

0300DF0450GU

£5.00

400 x 300

SZDF400300GU

£5.00

400 x 300

0400DF0300GU

£5.00

400 x 370

SZDF400370GU

£6.00

400 x 370

0400DF0370GU

£5.00

400 x 450

SZDF400450GU

£7.00

400 x 450

0400DF0450GU

£5.00

450 x 300

SZDF450300GU

£5.50

450 x 300

0450DF0300GU

£5.00

450 x 370

SZDF450370GU

£6.50

450 x 370

0450DF0370GU

£5.00

450 x 450

SZDF450450GU

£7.00

450 x 450

0450DF0450GU

£6.00

Shelving

300 x 300 300 x 370

Part Height Divider

Undershelf Divider

150mm high divider which slots into either the top or bottom of a shelf to provide storage sections or support for files

Divider simply clips under the shelf to hold books or files upright. Divider can be repositioned as required (suitable for open shelves only)

Size D x H mm

Model

Price

Size - to suit shelf depth

Model

Price

370 x 150

SZDP370GU

£5.00

270 - 320

SZAUSD270-320ZC

£8.50

450 x 150

SZDP450GU

£5.50

350 - 400

SZAUSD350-400ZC

£9.00

600 x 150

SZDP600GU

£6.50

450 - 500

SZAUSD450-500ZC

£9.00

Stormor Bin Units Stable, strong & no sharp edges Closed sides & ends keep items neatly together ›› Overall bay size: 1850H x 900W x 300Dmm (881 clearbay) ›› Shelves are pierced every 75mm to accept dividers ››

Shelving & Storage

››

18 Compartment Nominal Size H x W x D mm

Starter Bay Model

Extension Bay Price

Model

Price

SBU18593/12E

£153.00

Stormor Solo 12 Compartment 300 x 450 x 300

SBU18593/12S

£176.00

Stormor Solo 18 Compartment 300 x 300 x 300

SBU18593/18S

£194.00

SBU18593/18E

£173.00

12 Compartment

Just Garment Hanging Simple beam & upright storage system ideal for retail, stockrooms, laundry operations & workplace clothing storage ■ Rails easily adjusted to accommodate changing stock requirements ■ Beams are light grey with a choice of colours for the uprights ■

Upright Colours Light Grey GU

Dark Grey GX

Red RD

Extra Rail Single Sided Bay

Width mm

Blue GB

Price

Model

Price

ESXGHJB1000GU

£5.00

SX189

£15.00

1200

ESXGHJB1200GU

£6.00

SX190

£17.00

1500

ESXGHJB1500GU

£7.00

SX191

£20.00

Single Sided Bay (300Dmm) Beam Levels

Model

1980 x 1000

1980 x 1200

1980 x 1500

Garment Racking

Model

1000

Overall Size H x W mm

Single Sided Bay

Extra Rail (Pair) Double Sided Bay

Optional Shelf

Double Sided Bay (600Dmm)

Optional Shelf

Price

Beam Levels

Model

Price

Model

Price

SX095--

£52.00

SX086--

£82.00

SX186

£24.00

SX096--

£54.00

SX087--

£87.00

SX187

£25.00

SX097--

£59.00

SX088--

£97.00

SX188

£30.00

2400 x 1000

SX098--

£53.00

SX089--

£85.00

SX186

£24.00

2400 x 1200

SX099--

£56.00

SX090--

£90.00

SX187

£25.00

2400 x 1500

SX100--

£61.00

SX091--

£100.00

SX188

£30.00

3000 x 1000

SX150--

£70.00

SX092--

£111.00

SX186

£24.00

3000 x 1200

SX151--

£73.00

SX093--

£118.00

SX187

£25.00

3000 x 1500

SX152--

£80.00

SX094--

£131.00

SX188

£30.00

Double Sided Bay It is essential that shelving exceeding a height to depth ratio of 4:1 to the top loaded shelf is adequately secured to the floor. Fixings are available - please call for details

Longspan Garment Hanging Modular, easily adjustable system, offering versatile storage for hanging garments Simple tap together design allows for easy dismantling, relocation or storage as stock requirements change ■ Beam positions can be quickly & efficiently adjusted on 50mm pitch ■ Bays are finished in light grey uprights & beams ■ ■

Shelving & Storage

Tap down to locate beam into frame & insert locking pin. Beams easily repositioned using press & release locking pin system

It is essential that shelving exceeding a height to depth ratio of 4:1 to the top loaded shelf is adequately secured to the floor or wall. Fixings are available - please call for details

Overall Size H x W mm

Beam Levels

2400 x 1800 x 500

1 x Starter Bay & 1 x Extension Bay

Extension Bay

Additional Beam

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

GHB24185022BR

£391.00

GHB24185022EB

£147.00

LTB1800GW

£12.00

£0.06

Beam Locking Clips (two required per beam)

Euro Shelving Easy clip together assembly Robust steel shelving designed to suit any working environment (not suitable for temperatures between -2ºC & +5ºC) ›› Each bay comes with 6 steel shelves ›› A wide range of accessories available - see page 41 ›› ›› load up to

160kg

max. evenly distributed

Shelving

per shelf

Biocote Protected Reduces the levels of harmful bacteria such as E-coli, MRSA & Salmonella on contact surfaces up to 99.9%

Clad Starter Bay

Shelving & Storage

Open All Round Extension Bay

Euro Shelving starter & extension bays make ordering easy. Finished with light grey uprights, cladding & shelves the bays are 2100mm high, 1000mm wide with a choice of four shelf depths. Six shelves are supplied, but further shelves, including shelf clips, can be purchased if required. Bays can be either open all round or fully clad, depending on your requirements.

It is essential that shelving exceeding a height to depth ratio of 4:1 to the top loaded shelf is adequately secured to the floor. Fixings are available - please call for details

Starter & Extension Bays Each kit comprises of the correct number of frames, shelves, shelf clips, footplates, upright caps, & when applicable bracing or cladding. Depth mm

Starter Bay Model

Extension Bay Price

Model

Price

Extra Shelf Model

Price

Open All Round 300

S6N0300N

£169.00

E6N0300N

£114.00

ES0300

£12.00

400

S6N0400N

£184.00

E6N0400N

£127.00

ES0400

£14.00

450

S6N0450N

£194.00

E6N0450N

£136.00

ES0450

£16.00

600*

S6N0600N

£220.00

E6N0600N

£156.00

ES0600

£19.00

Fully Clad 300

S6C0300C

£227.00

E6C0300C

£183.00

ES0300

£12.00

400

S6C0400C

£247.00

E6C0400C

£187.00

ES0400

£14.00

Extra Bracing

Each brace assembly provides essential bracing for 12 bays of open shelving. Starter bays come complete with brace but extra braces are required if run exceeds 11 extension bays. Based upon a maximum bay loading 1200kg

450

S6C0450C

£262.00

E6C0450C

£197.00

ES0450

£16.00

Model

Price

600*

S6C0600C

£312.00

E6C0600C

£238.00

ES0600

£19.00

DCXBS1000ZC

£14.00

* 600mm deep bays have a maximum shelf load capacity of 135kg UDL

COLOUR CHOICES Stormor Grey* GU (RAL 7035)

Blue BQ (RAL 5005)

Graphite Grey GX (BS 5252 18 A 14)

Traffic Red RD (RAL 3020)

Marine Blue GB (RAL 5001)

Racing Green GD (RAL 6005)

*Only Light Grey incorporates BioCote protection. Also on standard lead time. All other colours are on extended lead times

Euro Shelving Accessories

Plastic Drawer Units

Our range of accessories are ideal for the creation of custom designed storage facilities. Accessories can be easily retro-fitted allowing you to add to your shelving as your storage needs change.

Ideal for storage of small items. The drawers tilt on integrated back stops to allow for easy viewing & access

manufactured

Part Height Divider

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

128 x 138 x 281

DU1

£4.00

128 x 207 x 281

DU2

£5.50

128 x 138 x 430

DU3

£5.00

Bin Front

150mm high divider which slots into either the top or bottom of a shelf to provide storage sections or support for files

Model

Price

300 x 150

0150DP0300GU

£4.00

450 x 150

0150DP0450GU

£4.00

600 x 150

0150DP0600GU

£5.00

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

50 x 1000

0050BFF1000GU

£6.00

100 x 1000

0100BFF1000GU

£7.00

General Purpose Divider

Pull-out Filing Cradle Can accommodate A4 & foolscap top loaded suspension files. Cradle slides out on telescopic arms (fits

Used to divide shelves horizontally into smaller storage compartments

1000mm bays only)

Size D x H mm

Model

Price

300 x 300

0300DF0300GU

£4.00

300 x 370

0300DF0370GU

£4.00

450

EUPOFC1000450GU

£154.00

300 x 450

0300DF0450GU

£5.00

600

EUPOFC1000600GU

£155.00

400 x 300

0400DF0300GU

£5.00

400 x 370

0400DF0370GU

£5.00

0400DF0450GU

£5.00

0450DF0300GU

£5.00

450 x 370

0450DF0370GU

£5.00

450 x 450

0450DF0450GU

£6.00

Shelf Depth mm

Model

Pull-out Shelf Slides out from the bay on telescopic slides. Provides a flat & stable work surface within a storage bay

Garment Hanging A system of rails & brackets which fit within the bay widths to allow for the hanging of garments. Rails can be repositioned as required

Price

(fits 1000mm bays only)

Shelf Depth mm

Model

Price

450

EUPORS1000450GU

£130.00

600

EUPORS1000600GU

£131.00

Pull-out Drawers

See page 39 for more Garment Hanging Solutions

Fitted onto telescopic arms the pull-out drawer is available in 2 heights. Ideal for storage of cd’s (fits 1000mm bays only)

Description

Size mm

Model

Price

Rail

12.5 dia. x 1000L

SZAGR12S1000GS

£3.00

Rail

25 dia. x 1000L

SZAGR25S1000GS

£4.00

Support Channel

300D

GHSC12250300ZC

£10.00

Size D x H mm

Model

Price

Support Channel

400D

GHSC12250400ZC

£11.00

400 x 100

EUPOD1000400P150GU

£177.00

Support Channel

450D

GHSC12250450ZC

£12.00

450 x 150

EUPOD1000450P150GU

£179.00

Support Channel

600D

GHSC12250600ZC

£13.00

600 x 200

EUPOD1000600P150GU

£181.00

Shelving & Storage

400 x 450 450 x 300

Shelving

Size D x H mm

When fitted, this prevents items falling off the front of the shelves. When used with dividers this forms compartments or bins

HTM71 Healthcare Storage Modules ››

››

›› ››

››

Constructed specifically to accommodate medical trays & with a high load capacity of up to 120kg per bay HTM71 system is more than robust enough to exceed the requirements placed on it by today’s demanding clinical environments Range of modules available in flat pack for easy storage & delivery Bays accommodate a range of 600 x 400mm baskets Modules are finished with light grey powder coating which incorporates BioCote® anti microbial silver-based technology Fully open units provide easy visibility to all items stored & make cleaning easier Rigid & shock-resistant baskets are capable of withstanding temperatures of up to 85ºC & can accommodate a maximum load of 20kg

Shelving

Basket Dividers

Basket dividers are either 100mm or 200mm high & clip onto the sides of the tray. 600mm dividers are subdivisible into 18 compartments on a 30mm pitch. 400mm dividers are subdivisible into 12 compartments on a 27mm pitch Height

Model

Price

400m Wide Dividers 100

WSD400X100PB

£11.00

200

WSD400X200PB

£15.00

600m Wide Dividers WSD600X100PB

£13.00

200

WSD600X200PB

£18.00

Shelving & Storage

100

1850H x 600W x 400Dmm 7 off light blue baskets 200H x 600W x 400D mm

1850H x 400W x 600Dmm 7 off light blue baskets 200H x 400W x 600D mm

1850H x 600W x 400Dmm 13 off light blue baskets 100H x 600W x 400D mm

1850H x 400W x 600Dmm 13 off light blue baskets 100H x 400W x 600D mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

WSTKFSS64200GU

£511.00

WSTKFSS46200GU

£516.00

WSTKFSS64100GU

£791.00

WSTKFSS46100GU

£801.00

Longspan Shelving ›› ›› ››

Hand loaded, widespan heavy duty shelving system Unrestricted shelf levels allow for easy access Easy to install & adjust

day delivery*

Shelving & Storage

Shelving

*maximum quantities & postcode restrictions apply

Starter & Extension Bays

manufactured

FROM ONLY

£235.00 It is essential that shelving exceeding a height to depth ratio of 4:1 to the top loaded shelf is adequately secured to the floor. Fixings are available - please call for details

Bays are 1800mm & 2100mm high & finished with graphite grey steel uprights with galvatite braces & light grey beams. Contains 2 frames (one in an extension bay), feet, 3 pairs of beams, locking clips, cladding material & where applicable wire beam ties. Panels are galvatite. Longspan shelving is easy to specify. Choose the type of shelf which matches your load criteria & the cladding material best suited to your product. Specify a STARTER BAY of the correct size & the correct number of EXTENSION BAYS to complete the run.

Pallet Racking

All bays must be securely fixed to the floor - customers must ensure that existing floors are suitable for the loads imposed upon them

Quick & easy to install Easy to specify range of starter & extension bays ›› Frames are pierced on a 75mm pitch to allow for positioning of beams ›› Maximum beam pitch of 1725mm ›› Beam loads are 2000kg per pair Uniformly Distributed Loads

Pallet loads are assumed to be 1000kg each All bays are supplied with floor fixings which are suitable for concrete floors ›› Beam locking pins prevent accidental displacement of beams by mechanical handling equipment ›› Frames are of bolted construction & supplied assembled with painted graphite grey uprights & galvatite cross braces. Beams are painted yellow

››

Shelving & Storage

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Beam Levels

Starter Bay Model

Price

Extension Bay Model

Price

2500mm Wide Bays - Carries two 1000W x 1000/1200D mm pallets 3000 x 2250 x 900

PS22930

£434.00

PE22930

£305.00

4800 x 2250 x 900

PS22948

£634.00

PE22948

£448.00

6000 x 2250 x 900

PS22960

£796.00

PE22960

£572.00

3000 x 2250 x 1100

PS221130

£442.00

PE221130

£309.00

4800 x 2250 x 1100

PS221148

£645.00

PE221148

£454.00

6000 x 2250 x 1100

PS221160

£809.00

PE221160

£579.00

2700mm Wide Bays - Carries two 1200W x 1000/1200D mm pallets 3000 x 2700 x 900

PS27930

£497.00

PE27930

£369.00

4800 x 2700 x 900

PS27948

£729.00

PE27948

£543.00

6000 x 2700 x 900

PS27960

£923.00

PE27960

£699.00

3000 x 2700 x 1100

PS271130

£505.00

PE271130

£372.00

4800 x 2700 x 1100

PS271148

£740.00

PE271148

£549.00

6000 x 2700 x 1100

PS271160

£936.00

PE271160

£705.00

Extra Beam Levels

Pair of beams and locking clips

Galvatite Steel Decking

Converts a beam level into shelving. (2000kg UDSWL)

Bay Width

Model

Price

2250

PL229

£86.00

2700

PL279

£118.00

Overall Size W x D mm

Model

Price

2250 x 900

PSL2290

£241.00

2250 x 1100

PSL2211

£281.00

2700 x 900

PSL2790

£138.00

2700 x 1100

PSL2711

£210.00

Upright Protectors ››

Protects the bottom of pallet racking uprights from accidental forklift damage ›› ‘U’ shaped protector gives 3-way protection to the upright ›› ‘L’ shaped protector provides greater clearance from end of rack ›› Order floor fixings separately (4 per protector)

Height mm

Protector Type

Model

Price

UPC0425YQ

£27.00

UPC0650YQ

£33.00 £43.00

950

UPC950YQ

400

UP400YQ

£45.00

400

UPRA400YQ

£46.00

FAS1515

£4.00

Floor Fixing

‘U’ Type ‘C’ Type

‘L’ Type

Rack End Protection Kits ›› ››

Modular barrier system for protection against fork lift truck damage. Kits contain two upright protectors, a sigma rail and all fixings.

‘L’ Type

‘U’ Type

Coil Cradles

To Suit Rack Depth

Barrier Width mm

900

‘U’ Shaped Protector

Pallet Racking Accessories

425 650

‘L’ Shaped Protector

Model

Price

Model

Price

930

SSSURPK930YQ

£145.00

SSSLRPK930YQ

£147.00

1100

1130

SSSURPK1130YQ

£148.00

SSSLRPK1130YQ

£150.00

2000

2030

SSSURPK2030YQ

£159.00

SSSLRPK2030YQ

£161.00

2400

2430

SSSURPK2430YQ

£164.00

SSSLRPK2430YQ

£166.00

Barrier Kits ›› ›› ››

››

›› ››

Depth mm

Model

Price

900

CC0900YQ

£68.00

1100

CC1100YQ

£80.00

Fork Spacers Barrier H x W mm

Starter Bay Model

Extension Bay Price

Model

Price

Single Rail Barrier Kits 400 x 930

SSSBRLZD930SYQ

£144.00

SSSBRLZD930EYQ

£82.00

400 x 1130

SSSBRLZD1130SYQ

£147.00

SSSBRLZD1130EYQ

£85.00

400 x 2030

SSSBRLZD2030SYQ

£158.00

SSSBRLZD2030EYQ

£96.00

400 x 2430

SSSBRLZD2430SYQ

£163.00

SSSBRLZD2430EYQ

£101.00

800 x 930

SSSBRHZD930SYQ

Double Rail Barrier Kits Depth mm

£234.00

SSSBRHZD930EYQ

£137.00

Model

Price

800 x 1130

SSSBRHZD1130SYQ

£239.00

SSSBRHZD1130EYQ

£142.00

900

FS0900MYQ

£22.00

800 x 2030

SSSBRHZD2030SYQ

£262.00

SSSBRHZD2030EYQ

£165.00

1100

FS1100MYQ

£26.00

800 x 2430

SSSBRHZD2430SYQ

£272.00

SSSBRHZD2430EYQ

£175.00

Shelving & Storage

Sigma rail barrier system for walkways Choice of 800mm high double barrier or 400mm high single rail barrier Rail is 165 x 40mm & manufactured from 4mm steel Uprights are manufactured from 90 x 50 x 3.6mm hollow steel section, powder coated yellow with a plastic cap at the top of the post Baseplate is 200 x 200mm & 3 hole drilled Kits are supplied with black plastic end caps & floor fixings

Tube Construction System ››

Versatile & colourful construction system ideal for frameworks, display units, workstations, benches, trolleys & shelving

Construction Systems

3WF

4WF

manufactured 4W

Joints

Type

One piece joints are supplied ready to use. Black plastic outer with steel core.

Tube

Model

Price

2WMBK

£5.50

3WF

3WFMBK

£7.00

3WMBK

£7.00

4WF

4WFMBK

£8.00

4WMBK

£8.00

5WMBK

£9.50

6WMBK

£10.50

Clips Shelf Clip ‘A’ Clip secures shelves inside & flush with top of horizontal tube members. For 15mm thick shelves of blockboard or similar materials. Pack size of 4.

Shelving & Storage

Bench or Trolley Cladding Clip ‘B’ Secures a surface board onto a tube framework.

Adjustable Shelf Clip ‘C’ For use with perforated tube the clips support board shelves flush with the top of a tube framework without being seen.

Type

Finish

Model

Price

Black

CS15BK

£3.50

Red

CS15RD

£3.50

Light Grey

CS15GU

£3.50

Blue

CS15BU

£3.50

Zinc Plated

CS15ZC

£2.00

Zinc Plated

TCC

£1.00

Zinc Plated

CSA

£1.50

Steel - 18 swg cold rolled seam welded steel tube. black, red, blue & light grey - stove enamelled zinc plated - clear passivated. Aluminium & finned - Extruded aluminium alloy, self coloured & black powder coated Extruded aluminium tube, finished in black powder coated. The fin provides a continuous support for either 15mm board or 6mm glass.

Black steel tube perforated on one or two opposite faces with 20mm x 3 mm slots positioned centrally on 50mm pitch. Type

Finish

Model

Price

3.0M

Black

TSBK3

£18.00

3.0M

Red

TSRD3

£18.50

3.0M

Blue

TSBU3

£18.50

Plain Tube

3.0M

Light Grey

TSGU3

£18.50

3.0M

Zinc Plated

TSZC3

£20.50

3.0M

Self Colour Aluminium

TACA

£30.00

3.0M

Black Aluminium

TABK

£34.00

3.0M

Perforated 1 side - Black

TS1PBK

£28.00

3.0M

Perforated 2 side - Black

TS2PBK

£32.00

3.0M

Single Finned Black

TASUVBK

£44.00

Feet & Castors

Adjustable Foot

Metal Cap

Plastic Cap

Light Duty Castors

Description

Model

Light Duty Wheel Price

Adjustable Feet

Cutting Jig

Assists in accurate cutting of tube by hand saw.

Black plastic foot including cap - for steel

AFS

£3.00

Black plastic foot including cap - for aluminium

AFP

£2.50

ECM

£5.00

ECP

£3.00

LDC

£12.00

Metal Cap

Soft Faced Hammer

Soft & hard plastic headed hammer for tapping tube together.

Bright steel. Used as load bearing feet - 227kg each Plastic Cap Black plastic cap for open ends of tube - 90kg each Light Duty Castors

Description

Model

Price

Cutting Jig

TJC

£8.50

Soft Faced Hammer

HSF

£23.00

50mm dia. with nylon plug fitting - 113kg for four

Light Duty Nylon. Wheel - 100mm diameter Expansion plug fitting - 160kg for four With Brake & expansion plug fitting - 160kg for four

LDW LDWB

£18.00 £25.50

Mesh Shelves

Troax mesh shelves are secure, flexible & relocatable. No fixings are required as the panels are held in place by their own weight with angle sections

Mesh Shelves

or formed wire mesh.

››

Recommended by Fire Authorities & Insurance Companies for premises with Sprinkler Systems installed

››

Dividers optimise storage space

››

Custom made to fit requirements

››

Ideal for underguarding below conveyors

Shelving & Storage

i Information

CERTAIN SIZES ARE AVAILABLE EX-STOCK PLEASE CALL TO ENQUIRE

Prices from (per square metre)

125 kg

250 kg

1000 kg

This price is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available upon request

£20.00

£25.00

£30.00

Kanban Shelving ››

››

Kanban Shelving

››

›› ››

Shelving & Storage

››

No of Shelves

KSR02Z

No of Shelves

No of Sloping Shelves

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Completed with sloping chipboard shelves which present containers for easy access Reduce costs & increase efficiency for operations or inventory management Simplify stock rotation & replacement When the front bin is removed the bin behind takes its place, leaving a space that is clearly identified for refilling on the next inspection KSR01Z - shelving unit KSR02Z - complete with 60 plastic bins: 140W x 274D x 127H mm KSR03Z - complete with 70 shelf trays: 117W x 300D x 90H mm

KSR01Z

day delivery

NEW

Complete With

Model

Price

1830 x 915 x 610

KSR01Z

£128.95

1830 x 915 x 610

60 Plastic Bins

KSR02Z

£321.80

1830 x 915 x 610

70 Shelf Trays

KSR03Z

£404.65

KSR03Z

Inclined Shelving ›› ›› ››

››

Inclined Shelving

Ideal for euro size containers Galvanised shelves with a 30° incline Inclined position of bins allows a better overview & faster access Complete with 3 shelves as standard which are adjustable in 25mm increments Easy picking as stocked items always move to the picking front Ideal for 3 x 400mm wide containers 100kg evenly distributed capacity per level

i Information

IDEAL FOR STOCK PICKING

100kg

evenly distributed per level

2YR

ISST1852 & ISEX1852

day delivery

GUARANTEE

Starter Bay (1358mm)

Extension Bay (1308mm)

Additional Shelf

Overall Size H x D x Wmm

Shelf Depth mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

1850 x 524 x 1358

570

ISST1852

£146.55

ISEX1852

£123.85

ESAS57

£26.35

Inclined Mobile Shelving ›› ›› ›› ››

››

Shelving & Storage

››

Easy to assemble Ideal for euro size containers Galvanised shelves with a 30° incline Inclined position of bins allows a better overview & faster access Easy picking as stocked items always move to the picking front Complete with 4 shelves as standard which are adjustable in 25mm increments Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 125mm castors Blue and red container size: 600L x 400W x 270H mm YR

GUARANTEE

100kg

evenly distributed per level

day delivery

IMS1853CONTBL

IMS1853WOCT Overall Size H x D x W mm 1815 x 533 x 1368

Without Containers

With Blue Containers

With Red Containers

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

IMS1853WOCT

£299.25

IMS1853CONTBL

£515.90

IMS1853CONTRE

£515.90

Steel Bins & Racks ›› ›› ›› ››

Heavy duty parts storage Constructed from welded steel with bin retainers Counter units have a 1.6mm galvanised steel top Bin units can be stored 3 or 4 wide N.B. Steel Bins are sold as separate items

manufactured

Steel Bins & Racks

GCU335 Counter Unit with 9 x SB005

GRH635 Rack Unit with 18 x SB005

Counter Units Overall Size H x D x W mm

Rack Units Max Load kg

Weight kg

Suitable for Bin

Model

Price

Overall Size H x D x W mm

Weight kg

Suitable for Bin

12 x SB001

GCU431

£365.15

1620 x 305 x 1040

12 x SB002

GCU432

£435.65

1620 x 455 x 1040

38 46

850 x 610 x 1040

12 x SB003

GCU433

£507.50

1620 x 610 x 1040

850 x 305 x 1350

16 x SB001

GCU441

£409.55

1620 x 305 x 1350

16 x SB002

GCU442

£488.95

1620 x 455 x 1350

850 x 610 x 1350

16 x SB003

GCU443

£568.70

850 x 305 x 1040

9 x SB004

GCU334

9 x SB005

850 x 610 x 1040

850 x 305 x 1350

850 x 305 x 1040 850 x 455 x 1040

400

850 x 455 x 1350

400

Shelving & Storage

850 x 455 x 1040

400

850 x 455 x 1350 850 x 610 x 1350

Model

Price

24 x SB001

GRH831

£486.15

24 x SB002

GRH832

£588.55

24 x SB003

GRH833

£692.30

32 x SB001

GRH841

£548.10

32 x SB002

GRH842

£690.25

1620 x 610 x 1350

100

32 x SB003

GRH843

£829.95

£328.40

1530 x 305 x 1040

18 x SB004

GRH634

£424.95

GCU335

£387.40

1530 x 455 x 1040

18 x SB005

GRH635

£502.40

9 x SB006

GCU336

£445.65

1530 x 610 x 1040

18 x SB006

GRH636

£580.05

12 x SB004

GCU344

£372.30

1530 x 305 x 1350

24 x SB004

GRH644

£475.70

12 x SB005

GCU345

£439.10

1530 x 455 x 1350

24 x SB005

GRH645

£562.25

12 x SB006

GCU346

£504.15

1530 x 610 x 1350

24 x SB006

GRH646

£650.75

››

600

800

450

600

Steel Bins

Stackable Bin Racks ››

Max Load kg

››

Fully welded construction Horizontal or tilted shelves

››

›› Rear half lift handle ›› Front handle support bar ›› Card holder

N.B. Steel Bins are sold as separate items

›› Re-inforced rim ›› Stacking runners

››

2 x SBH12 with 24 x SB002

manufactured Overall Size H x D x W mm

Weight kg

Suitable for Bin

Horizontal Model

Tilted Model

Semi-open fronted steel bins for easy viewing & instant access to the contents Overall Size D x W x H mm

Model

Price

305 x 305 x 150

SB001

£28.10*

Price

455 x 305 x 150

SB002

£33.70*

610 x 305 x 150

SB003

£39.95*

305 x 305 x 200

SB004

£34.20*

455 x 305 x 200

SB005

£40.75*

610 x 305 x 200

SB006

£48.05*

640 x 305 x 1350

12 x SB001

SBH11

SBT11

£238.15

640 x 455 x 1350

12 x SB002

SBH12

SBT12

£274.30

640 x 610 x 1350

12 x SB003

SBH13

SBT13

£310.15

790 x 305 x 1350

12 x SB004

SBH14

SBT14

£255.15

790 x 455 x 1350

12 x SB005

SBH15

SBT15

£291.45

790 x 610 x 1350

12 x SB006

SBH16

SBT16

£327.20

Spot welded construction from galvanised steel Units incorporate:

manufactured

*prices applicable when ordering with Racks. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

Tote Pans & Racks

1 - STACKING RACK SYSTEM ›› ››

Can be stacked up to 3 high, storing pans 4 wide Horizontal or tilted shelves for ease of component viewing

2 - HIGH DENSITY RACK SYSTEM

››

Allows for the most economical use of available space Stacking up to 2 racks high, storing 4 pans wide Safety stops allow access without the full withdrawal of pans

3 - TILTED RACK SYSTEM ›› ››

Welded construction with pan retainers With tilted shelves for component viewing

4 - HORIZONTAL RACK SYSTEM ››

manufactured

As the Tilted Rack System except with horizontal shelves for component viewing

GALVANISED TOTE PANS ›› ›› ›› ››

These are the classic pan for storage & work in progress Strong construction of galvanised steel with half-lift handles, card holders, re-inforced rim & stacking brackets Ideal for bulk storage & item picking Load Capacity: 25kg each 2

2 x GST13 No of Pans High

Overall H x D x W mm

Weight kg

Suitable For Pan

Horizontal Model

Tilted Model

Price

Stacking Rack System - Increase the height by 100mm for Tilted Racks 3 Pans

640 x 305 x 1350

12xGTP01

GSH01

GST11 £226.40

640 x 455 x 1350

12xGTP02

GSH02

GST12 £261.10

640 x 610 x 1350

12xGTP03

GSH03

GST13 £295.10

Steel Bins/Tote Pans & Racks

›› ››

High Density Rack System - Horizontal shelves only 5 Pans

900 x 305 x 1350

20xGTP01

GDR01

£383.30

900 x 455 x 1350

20xGTP02

GDR02

£445.20

900 x 610 x 1350

20xGTP03

GDR03

£510.60

Horizontal/Tilted Rack System - Increase the height by 100mm for Tilted Racks

GDR03

GRT13

6 Pans

8 Pans

1230 x 305 x 1350

24xGTP01

GRH01

GRT11 £393.85

1230 x 455 x 1350

24xGTP02

GRH02

GRT12 £462.80

1230 x 610 x 1350

24xGTP03

GRH03

GRT13 £536.85

1620 x 305 x 1350

32xGTP01

GRH04

GRT14 £521.30

1620 x 455 x 1350

32xGTP02

GRH05

GRT15 £618.35

1620 x 610 x 1350

32xGTP03

GRH06

GRT16 £709.35

Galvanised Tote Pans

GTP01

£22.10*

GTP02

£27.45*

150 x 610 x 305 150 x 305 x 255

GTP03

£33.40*

GTP11

£22.10*

150 x 455 x 255

GTP12

£27.45*

150 x 610 x 225

GTP13

£33.40*

*prices applicable when ordering with the Rack Systems. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

All racks & trolleys are supplied without tote pans which must be ordered as additional items

Tote Pan Trolley

Container Trolley

›› For use with tote

›› Fitted with 4 x 100 mm swivel

non-marking grey rubber castors

pans in transporting spare parts etc. ›› Framework painted blue with 3 galvanised sheet shelves ›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm castors N.B. Tote pans to be ordered as additional items

›› 30 containers included: ›› 12 Red: 300 x 150 x 100 ›› 18 Blue: 300 x 100 x 100

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Overall Size L x W x H mm 1040 x 455 x 980 1040 x 610 x 980

evenly distributed

manufactured

3YR

300kg

GUARANTEE

Wheels

Weight kg

Nylon Rubber Nylon Rubber

200kg

GTT51R & 7 x GTP03

evenly distributed

Model

Price

GTT21N

£486.00

CT230Y

GTT31R

£517.30

GTT41N

£525.10

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

GTT51R

£556.65

700 x 350 x 1140

CT230Y

£437.00

Shelving & Storage

5 x GTP03

GRH03

150 x 305 x 305 150 x 455 x 305

Shelf Units ››

Using the handle/stop allows the tray to be withdrawn & suspended from the shelf which offers around 90% clear picking. It also acts as a handle to enable the trays to be carried

Shelving

ASUA13

ASUF13

ASUE13

ASUD13

ASUB13

ASUG13

ASUH13

day delivery

Shelving & Storage

Shelving with Shelf Trays Overall Size H x W x D mm

Description

2000 x 1000 x 300 2000 x 1000 x 300

Model

Price

Part Height Unit - c/w 16 x ‘A’, 12 x ‘B’ & 12 x ‘C’ Trays

ASUA13

£497.05

Part Height Unit - c/w 64 x ‘A’ Trays

ASUB13

£542.20

2000 x 1000 x 300

Part Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘B’ Trays

ASUC13

£459.95

2000 x 1000 x 300

Part Height Unit - c/w 28 x ‘C’ Trays

ASUD13

£456.10

2000 x 1000 x 300

Full Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘A’, 16 x ‘B’ & 20 x ‘C’ Trays

ASUE13

£715.55

2000 x 1000 x 300

Full Height Unit - c/w 120 x ‘A’ Trays

ASUF13

£886.00

2000 x 1000 x 300

Full Height Unit - c/w 60 x ‘B’ Trays

ASUG13

£731.75

2000 x 1000 x 300

Full Height Unit - c/w 44 x ‘C’ Trays

ASUH13

£622.60

2000 x 1000 x 400

Part Height Unit - c/w 16 x ‘D’, 12 x ‘E’ & 12 x ‘F’ Trays

ASUA14

£593.00

2000 x 1000 x 400

Part Height Unit - c/w 64 x ‘D’ Trays

ASUB14

£649.00

2000 x 1000 x 400

Part Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘E’ Trays

ASUC14

£550.00

2000 x 1000 x 400

Part Height Unit - c/w 28 x ‘F’ Trays

ASUD14

£540.70

2000 x 1000 x 400

Full Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘D’, 16 x ‘E’ & 20 x ‘F’ Trays

ASUE14

£856.30

2000 x 1000 x 400

Full Height Unit - c/w 120 x ‘D’ Trays

ASUF14

£1065.95

2000 x 1000 x 400

Full Height Unit - c/w 60 x ‘E’ Trays

ASUG14

£880.20

2000 x 1000 x 400

Full Height Unit - c/w 44 x ‘F’ Trays

ASUH14

£739.45

2000 x 1000 x 500

Part Height Unit - c/w 16 x ‘G’, 12 x ‘H’ & 12 x ‘I’ Trays

ASUA15

£674.70

2000 x 1000 x 500

Part Height Unit - c/w 64 x ‘G’ Trays

ASUB15

£715.85

2000 x 1000 x 500

Part Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘H’ Trays

ASUC15

£625.95

2000 x 1000 x 500

Part Height Unit - c/w 28 x ‘I’ Trays

ASUD15

£626.95

2000 x 1000 x 500

Full Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘G’, 16 x ‘H’ & 20 x ‘I’ Trays

ASUE15

£978.35

2000 x 1000 x 500

Full Height Unit - c/w 120 x ‘G’ Trays

ASUF15

£1178.85

2000 x 1000 x 500

Full Height Unit - c/w 60 x ‘H’ Trays

ASUG15

£1010.25

2000 x 1000 x 500

Full Height Unit - c/w 44 x ‘I’ Trays

ASUH15

£865.30

Dividers

Handles/Stops

Shelf Trays Overall Size H x W x D mm

Description

Model

Price

90 x 117 x 300

Tray ‘A’

ASTA01

£3.45*

90 x 234 x 300

Tray ‘B’

ASTB02

£5.15*

140 x 234 x 300

Tray ‘C’

ASTC03

£6.55*

90 x 117 x 400

Tray ‘D’

ASTD04

£4.40*

90 x 234 x 400

Tray ‘E’

ASTE05

£6.55*

140 x 234 x 400

Tray ‘F’

ASTF06

£8.05*

90 x 117 x 500

Tray ‘G’

ASTG07

£5.00*

90 x 234 x 500

Tray ‘H’

ASTH08

£7.80*

140 x 234 x 500

Tray ‘I’

ASTI09

£10.25*

Dividers Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

90 x 117

ASTD109

£0.60*

90 x 234

ASTD209

£0.85*

140 x 234

ASTD214

£1.10*

Size Width mm

Model

Price

117

ASTH117

£1.60*

234

ASTH234

£2.30*

Handles/Stops

*price applicable when ordering with the Shelf Units. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

Shelving

Locate beam in position

day delivery

i Information

Shelving & Storage

Tap beam to secure

10 MINUTE ASSEMBLY

175kg

265kg

Lay the shelf into the beams

Quick Assembly Shelving ›› ›› ›› ››

Quick & easy to erect - no nuts or bolts Choose either 175 or 265kg shelf capacities Tested & certified to European GS standards Complete with 5 shelves which offer a smooth & hard wearing shelf with strong uprights & beam profiles, finished in high quality epoxy powder coated paint 5 Chipboard Shelves

5 MDF Shelves

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

1770 x 900 x 300

175kg U.D.L

CL175A/BGC

£54.40

265kg U.D.L

CL265A/BG

£65.70

1770 x 900 x 450

175kg U.D.L

CL175B/BGC

£61.65

265kg U.D.L

CL265B/BG

£74.50

1770 x 900 x 600

175kg U.D.L

CL175C/BGC

£69.45

265kg U.D.L

CL265C/BG

£83.65

1770 x 1200 x 300

265kg U.D.L

CL265D/BG

£76.85

1770 x 1200 x 450

265kg U.D.L

CL265E/BG

£87.70

265kg U.D.L

CL265F/BG

£99.20

1770 x 1200 x 600

Description

Model

Price

Rubber Mallet

MALLET

£3.50*

*prices applicable when ordering with the Quick Assembly Shelving. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

Eclipse Shelving Multi-purpose shelving systems full of advantages: ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

NSF accreditation ESD Compliant with optional accessories - call for details Bolt free assembly Fully adjustable Easy to clean 300kg shelf loading Static or mobile options Accessories available - see opposite page for details

Chrome

Wire Shelving

The open wire design offers improved light penetration & better air circulation making it an ideal system for: ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Catering Retail Display Medical Authorities & Hospitals Electronic Engineering Industries Office

Perma Plus With the added bonus of an anti-bacterial additive that will help fight the build up of germs & improve hygiene standards, making it an ideal system for: Catering Medical Authorities & Hospitals ›› Food Production ›› Walk-In Freezers & Cold Rooms ›› Damp & Corrosive Environments ››

i Information

››

Complete 4 Shelf Units: 1625 mm High Depth 305mm

Depth 355mm

Depth 460mm

PERMA PLUS

10 YEAR ANTI CORROSION GUARANTEE

Depth 610mm

Shelf Length

Model

Price

Model

460mm

EC39

£86.70

610mm

EC31

£76.70

EC40

£90.00

EC47A

£103.40

760mm

EC32

£83.40

EC35

£93.40

EC43

£100.00

EC47

£116.70

915mm

EC37

£90.00

EC36

£96.70

EC44

£106.70

EC48

£126.70

1070mm

EC34

£96.70

EC33

£103.40

EC51

£116.70

EC54

£136.70

1220mm

EC38

£103.40

EC30

£110.00

EC45

£126.70

EC49

£143.40

1370mm

EC53

£146.70

EC56

£166.70

1520mm

EC46

£150.00

EC50

£170.00

1820mm

EC52

£170.00

EC55

£190.00

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Shelving & Storage

Eclipse Shelving - Chrome

Eclipse Shelving - Perma Plus 460mm

EPP40

£93.40

610mm

EPP40

£93.40

EPP47A

£113.40

760mm

EPP32

£90.00

EPP35

£96.70

EPP43

£100.00

EPP47

£123.40

915mm

EPP37

£93.40

EPP36

£100.00

EPP44

£113.40

EPP48

£130.00

1070mm

EPP34

£100.00

EPP33

£116.70

EPP51

£126.70

EPP54

£143.40

1220mm

EPP38

£106.70

EPP30

£123.40

EPP45

£140.00

EPP49

£153.40

1370mm

EPP39

£133.40

EPP53

£146.70

EPP56

£170.00

1520mm

EPP41

£143.40

EPP46

£160.00

EPP50

£176.70

1820mm

EPP42

£156.70

EPP52

£180.00

EPP55

£200.00

*Units are available with fewer or more shelves. Ask for details & prices.

Castors:

Size (Diameter)

Model

Capacity

Wheel/Housing

Price

75mm unbraked

R75UB

70kg

Rubber/Zinc

£7.50

75mm braked

R75BR

70kg

Rubber/Zinc

£8.40

100mm unbraked

R100UB

80kg

Rubber/Zinc

£8.40

100mm braked

R100BR

80kg

Rubber/Zinc

£10.00

120mm unbraked

R120UB

100kg

Rubber/Zinc

£10.00

120mm braked

R120BR

100kg

Rubber/Zinc

£11.70

EASY BUILD

Eclipse Shelving - Accessories 1

12 Shelf Ledge

Back Grid

Utility Rail

5 2

Mesh Panel

Shelf Divider

Add On Clips 9

11 10

Plastic Shelf Collars

Post Clamps

Wire Shelving

Ticket Edging

Wall Fixing Bracket

Base Plate 4

Trolley Handle - Short

Garment Rail

14 & 15 Sloping Shelf

Sloping Basket

Key

Basket Shelf

Lipped Shelf

i Information

Wine Shelf

OTHER ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

Description

Price

380 x 1560

MP1561

£19.20

530 x 1560

MP2161

£23.40

Add On Clips

EAOC

£1.30

Post Clamps

EPC

£2.40

£3.20

Plastic Shelf Collars (pk of 4)

ESC

£0.90

SL36

£3.70

Wall Fixing Bracket

ECBRAC

£4.10

115 x 1070

SL42

£3.90

Base Plate

BPLT

£3.40

Shelf Ledge

115 x 1220

SL48

£4.60

Ticket Edging

39 x 150

1699/927

£1.10

Shelf Ledge

115 x 1370

SL54

£5.20

Shelf Ledge

115 x 1520

SL60

£5.70

Shelf Ledge

115 x 1820

SL72

Utility Rail

25 x 460

UR18

Price

115 x 305

SL12

£1.70

115 x 355

SL14

£1.90

Shelf Ledge

115 x 460

SL18

£2.10

Shelf Ledge

115 x 610

SL24

Shelf Ledge

115 x 760

Shelf Ledge

Key

Description

Model

Type

Size mm

Mesh Panel Mesh Panel

£2.50

SL30

115 x 915

Shelf Ledge

Type

Size mm

Shelf Ledge Shelf Ledge

Garment Rail

915

EC36GR

£4.60

Garment Rail

1220

EC48GR

£6.30

Garment Rail

1520

EC60GR

£7.10

£3.40

Trolley Handle - Short

460

SCH18

£5.70

Trolley Handle - Short

610

SCH24

£6.70

Sloping Shelf - 27º

305 x 610

SLT1224/27

£16.70

Utility Rail

25 x 610

UR24

£4.20

Utility Rail

25 x 760

UR30

£4.60

Utility Rail

25 x 915

UR36

£5.00

Sloping Shelf - 27º

460 x 915

SLT1836/27

£24.20

Utility Rail

25 x 1070

UR42

£5.30

Sloping Shelf - 27º

460 x 1220

SLT1848/27

£30.00

Utility Rail

25 x 1220

UR48

£5.70

Sloping Shelf - 45º

305 x 610

SLT1224/45

£16.70

Utility Rail

25 x 1370

UR54

£6.10

Sloping Shelf - 45º

460 x 915

SLT1836/45

£27.50

460 x 1220

SLT1848/45

£35.00

Utility Rail

25 x 1520

UR60

£6.50

Sloping Shelf - 45º

Utility Rail

25 x 1820

UR72

£7.40

Sloping Basket - 27º

305 x 610

SLB2412

£15.00

Back Grid

350 x 915

EC3614BG

£9.20

Sloping Basket - 27º

460 x 610

SLB1824

£22.50

Back Grid

350 x 1220

EC4814BG

£10.90

Basket Shelf

460 x 610

BK1824

£21.70

Shelf Divider

170 x 305

SD12

£3.80

Basket Shelf

460 x 915

BK1836

£26.70

Shelf Divider

170 x 355

SD14

£4.20

Lipped Shelf

460 x 915

ELS1836

£18.40

Shelf Divider

170 x 460

SD18

£4.60

Lipped Shelf

460 x 1220

ELS1848

£24.20

Shelf Divider

170 x 610

SD24

£5.90

Wine Shelf

355 x 915

W1436

£15.00

16 17 18 19

Shelving & Storage

The Sapphire™ Range of Adjustable Steel Shelving Manufactured from high grade steel to ensure maximum weight loading capacity. Uprights are produced from 2mm thick steel & the brackets from 1.6mm thick steel

››

Uprights - single sided, wall fixed Size

Model

Price

430 mm (16 /4”)

DU430

£3.71

710 mm (28”)

DU710

£6.15

1000 mm (39 /4”)

DU1000

£7.53

1220 mm (48”)

DU1220

£9.07

1600 mm (63”)

DU1600

£11.04

1980 mm (78”)

DU1980

£13.14

2400 mm (941/4”)

DU2400

£16.73

Adjustable Shelving

Safety feature to prevent accidental shelf dislodgement

››

Also suitable for wood, composite & glass shelves

››

Straight Brackets Size

Model

Price

120 mm (5”)

DB120

£2.10

170 mm (7”)

DB170

£2.38

220 mm (9”)

DB220

£3.10

270 mm (10 /2”)

DB270

£3.43

320 mm (12 /2”)

DB320

£3.71

370 mm (141/2”)

DB370

£4.48

370 mm (14 /2”)

DMDB370

£6.71

470 mm (181/2”)

DB470

£7.53

610 mm (24”)

DB610

£10.30

High gloss epoxy polyester paint finish to 50 microns ensuring impact & scratch resistance, durability & easy maintenance

››

Steel Shelves Size

Model

Price

1m x 170 mm (391/4” x 7”)

DSS1017

£13.69

1m x 220 mm (391/4” x 9”)

DSS1022

£14.91

1m x 270 mm (391/4” x 101/2”)

DSS1027

£17.18

1m x 320 mm (39 /4” x 12”)

DSS1032

£18.72

1m x 370 mm (393/4” x 141/2”)

DSS1037

£20.79

1m x 470 mm (39 /4” x 18 /2”)

DSS1047

£25.22

1m x 610 mm (393/4” x 24”)

DSS1061

£30.54

500 x 170 mm

DSS517

£12.33

500 x 220 mm

DSS522

£13.42

500 x 270 mm

DSS527

£15.46

500 x 320 mm

DSS532

£16.85

500 x 370 mm

DSS537

£18.71

500 x 470 mm

DSS547

£22.70

500 x 610 mm

DSS561

£27.49

Shelving & Storage

Shelf Ends

Strongbeam Brackets ››

Size

Model

Price

150 mm Shelf End Pair

DSE150

£8.94

200 mm Shelf End Pair

DSE200

£10.06

250 mm Shelf End Pair

DSE250

£12.72

Strongbeam is a single shelf support system with high load capability. Suitable for use in hospitals, kitchens, factories, workshops, laboratories, schools & colleges etc.

Book Supports

Model

Price

DRB10

£1.97

Size

Model

Price

150 x 125 mm

DRB15

£2.87

Square

FSB150

£5.74

200 x 150 mm

DRB20

£3.60

Square

FSB200

£7.65

250 x 200 mm

DRB25

£4.76

Square

FSB250

£9.64

200 x 200 mm

DMB200

£5.97

(6”) Spring Rod (Pairs)

DFB150

£4.32

250 x 250 mm

DMB250

£6.59

(73/4”) Spring Rod (Pairs)

DFB200

£5.48

300 x 300 mm

DMB300

£7.15

(9 /4”) Spring Rod (Pairs)

DFB250

£6.81

350 x 350 mm

DMB350

£7.74

Size 100 x 75 mm

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Eko Fit Ali System The ultimate non-corrosive, easy to clean, shelving system. Pre-assembled aluminium frames & shelf supports with plastic, dishwasher proof, shelf panels. ›› ››

Eko Fit has NSF & NF Temperature range: -30°C to +90°C

Designed for use in:

Medical Authorities & Hospitals Food Production areas, constructed from Food Safe plastic ›› Walk-In freezers & cold rooms ››

››

i Information

Loadings

Hygienic Shelving

IDEAL FOR WHERE HYGIENE IS IMPORTANT

110kg to 250kg per shelf. udl. ›› Total capacity 1000kg. udl. between 2 ladder frame ››

90 Degree Corner Supports (1 per shelf) 450mm Deep Unit

600mm Deep Unit

Model

Price

Model

Price

KFA450

£8.40

KFA600

£10.00

Shelf Length mm 770

Complete 4 Shelf Unit 1700mm High (2 Frames & 4 Shelves)

Add-on Unit (1 Frame & 4 Shelves)

Extra Shelf

450mm Deep Unit

600mm Deep Unit

450mm Deep Unit

600mm Deep Unit

450mm Deep Unit

600mm Deep Unit

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

KFS450/17/4

£236.70

KFS600/17/4

£255.00

AKFS450/17/4

£183.40

AKFS600/17/4

£199.20

KFS450

£32.50

KFS600

£35.90

920

KFS454/17/4

£250.00

KFS604/17/4

£271.70

AKFS454/17/4

£196.70

AKFS604/17/4

£215.90

KFS454

£35.90

KFS604

£40.00

1070

KFS458/17/4

£263.40

KFS608/17/4

£288.40

AKFS458/17/4

£210.00

AKFS608/17/4

£232.50

KFS458

£39.20

KFS608

£44.20

1220

KFS462/17/4

£280.00

KFS612/17/4

£308.40

AKFS462/17/4

£226.70

AKFS612/17/4

£252.50

KFS462

£43.40

KFS612

£49.20

1370

KFS466/17/4

£293.40

KFS616/17/4

£321.70

AKFS466/17/4

£240.00

AKFS616/17/4

£265.90

KFS466

£46.70

KFS616

£52.50

1520

KFS470/17/4

£306.70

KFS620/17/4

£341.70

AKFS470/17/4

£253.40

AKFS620/17/4

£285.90

KFS470

£50.00

KFS620

£57.50

1820

KFS478/17/4

£340.00

KFS628/17/4

£375.00

AKFS478/17/4

£286.70

AKFS628/17/4

£319.20

KFS478

£58.40

KFS628

£65.90

Plastic Plus Easy to assemble shelving system which can be cleaned by a commercial or utensil dishwasher ›› Temperature range: -30°C to +90°C ›› Resistant to moisture, grease, acids & alkalis ›› NSF accreditation ››

Shelving & Storage

Loadings Shelf loading: 360kg udl. ›› Bay loading: 1400kg udl.

i Information

››

TEMPERATURE RANGE FROM -30°C TO +90°C

Image of the Vented Shelf

Shelf Length mm 610

Solid Shelves 460mm Deep Unit

Vented Shelves 610mm Deep Unit

460mm Deep Unit

610mm Deep Unit

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

8168S

£173.40

8184S

£193.40

8168V

£166.70

8184V

£183.40

760

8169S

£193.40

8185S

£216.70

8169V

£186.70

8185V

£206.70

915

8170S

£216.70

8186S

£240.00

8170V

£203.40

8186V

£220.00

1070

8171S

£250.00

8187S

£280.00

8171V

£240.00

8187V

£260.00

1220

8172S

£270.00

8188S

£303.40

8172V

£256.70

8188V

£283.40

1370

8173S

£306.70

8189S

£343.40

8173V

£293.40

8189V

£320.00

1520

8174S

£330.00

8190S

£356.70

8174V

£313.40

8190V

£333.40

1820

8175S

£386.70

8191S

£420.00

8175V

£370.00

8191V

£390.00

Plastic or Aluminium Shelving Systems

COLOUR OPTIONS Beige Red Blue Green White specify when ordering

i Information

BESPOKE SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

Mobile Unit

Flatpack for ease of transportation

Shelving & Storage

Mobile Unit

900kg

Shelving Systems suitable for Food, Pharmaceutical or general factory use ›› Shelving systems available with an anti-microbial finish - call for details ›› 4 tier units (more or less tiers available) ›› 400mm clearance between shelves ››

Height of racks: Static - 1495mm Mobile - 1560mm ›› L to R clearance between bays: 1000mm Rack 1200mm Rack 1500mm Rack 2000mm Rack ››

evenly distributed

manufactured 1000mm Long Single Bay Depth

Plastic

915mm 1115mm 2 x 687mm 2 x 937mm

Aluminium

Static Model

Price

Mobile Model

Price

Static Model

Price

Mobile Model

Price

400mm

15”

4104

£278.86

4104C

£337.57

4104A

£307.45

4104AC

£393.32

500mm

20”

4105

£324.18

4105C

£382.77

4105A

£354.18

4105AC

£437.04

600mm

24”

4106

£363.15

4106C

£426.46

4106A

£399.42

4106AC

£482.23

1200mm Long Single Bay Depth

Plastic

Aluminium

Static Model

Price

Mobile Model

Price

Static Model

Price

Mobile Model

Price

400mm

15”

4124

£322.52

4124C

£381.23

4124A

£354.18

4124AC

£437.04

500mm

20”

4125

£381.28

4125C

£443.06

4125A

£418.96

4125AC

£504.86

600mm

24”

4126

£423.46

4126C

£482.23

4126A

£467.11

4126AC

£539.54

1500mm Long Double Bay Depth

Plastic

Aluminium

Static Model

Price

Mobile Model

Price

Static Model

Price

Mobile Model

Price

400mm

15”

4154

£415.88

4154C

£492.74

4154A

£456.65

4154AC

£577.21

500mm

20”

4155

£489.79

4155C

£563.63

4155A

£537.92

4155AC

£647.97

600mm

24”

4156

£545.50

4156C

£623.80

4156A

£602.65

4156AC

£708.14

2000mm Long Double Bay Depth

Plastic

Aluminium

Static Model

Price

Mobile Model

Price

Static Model

Price

Mobile Model

Price

400mm

15”

4204

£561.62

4204C

£638.87

4204A

£602.65

4204AC

£723.22

500mm

20”

4205

£647.97

4205C

£733.86

4205A

£714.56

4205AC

£813.58

600mm

24”

4206

£727.77

4206C

£798.51

4206A

£806.15

4206AC

£883.00

Cloakroom Equipment Will not rust or corrode Constructed from plastic & aluminium ›› Benches are fully demountable for storage ››

››

COLOUR OPTIONS Beige Red Blue Green

manufactured

specify when ordering

Cloakroom Equipment

i Information CHILD SIZE UNITS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

Double Coat Bench with Hooks

Child Size Coat Bench

Single Coat Bench - O/H 1800mm

Double Coat Bench - O/H 1800mm

Price

Size L x D mm

No of Hooks

Model

Price

B1040S

£91.13

1000 x 400

C1040S

£184.85

1000 x 800

C1080D

£268.02

B1240S

£112.24

1200 x 400

C1240S

£220.54

1200 x 800

C1280D

£315.60

1500 x 400

B1540S

£133.35

1500 x 400

C1540S

£268.02

1500 x 800

C1580D

£385.07

1800 x 400

B1840S

£165.04

1800 x 400

C1840S

£316.88

1800 x 800

C1880D

£471.39

2000 x 400

B2040S

£178.25

2000 x 400

C2050S

£351.22

2000 x 800

C2080D

£518.89

Size L x D mm

Model

1000 x 400 1200 x 400

Storage Pen

Size L x D mm

No of Hooks

Model

Price

Wall Rack ››

Available in matching colours

i Information MORE OPTIONS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

Length mm

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

800 x 800 x 850

PP08

£277.27

Depth mm

No of Hooks

1000

WR1000

£50.19

1200

WR1200

£54.16

Model

Price

1500

WR1500

£59.42

1800

WR1800

£67.36

2000

WR2000

£75.31

Shelving & Storage

Basic Bench - O/H 450mm

Basic Bench

Club Cloakroom Seating ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Cloakroom Equipment

››

Ash seat slats fitted to a steel seat support frame Finished in Biomaster anti-bacterial paint 45mm dia. round tube legs Sturdy aluminium coat hooks Overall height: 1750mm Sport England sizes available as standard Optional back rests & shoe racks (as shown below) - please call for details

COLOUR OPTIONS

Back Rest

Silver Blue Yellow Black Red Green White Grey

Shoe Rack

manufactured

specify when ordering

5YR

GUARANTEE

RS15X

RD10X

Shelving & Storage

Solo Benches

Duo Benches Bench

Bench

Length mm

Depth mm

No of Hooks

Leg Sets

Model

Price

Length mm

Depth mm

No of Hooks

Leg Sets

Model

Price

1000

400

RS10X

£249.00

1000

800

RD10X

£360.00

1500

400

RS15X

£273.00

1500

800

RD15X

£402.00

2000

400

RS20X

£314.00

2000

800

RD20X

£480.00

2500

400

RS25X

£438.00

2500

800

RD25X

£653.00

3000

400

RS30X

£464.00

3000

800

RD30X

£701.00

Mezzo Benches

Mono Bench

manufactured ››

Basic bench 450mm high Basic Bench

››

Floor/wall fixed bench 450mm high Mono Bench

Length mm

Depth mm

Legs Sets

Model

Price

Length mm

Depth mm

Legs Sets

Model

Price

1000

325

R10

£156.00

1000

450

RM10

£169.00

1500

325

R15

£172.00

1500

450

RM15

£192.00

2000

325

R20

£205.00

2000

450

RM20

£228.00

2500

325

R25

£275.00

2500

450

RM25

£301.00

3000

325

R30

£294.00

3000

450

RM30

£326.00

›› Factory fitted floor fixing brackets available - £3.00 each which must be ordered with bench. Use code RFFC (included as standard on Mono bench)

Zinc coating is available for wet & damp environments - CALL FOR DETAILS

Aqua Stainless Steel Cloakroom Seating ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Manufactured from 304 grade stainless steel with 40mm square legs Sturdy aluminium or stainless steel coat hooks ›› Height : 1750mm Seat height: 450mm Laminate seats are available in blue or light grey - please specify when ordering Floor fixings, shoe racks, 316 marine grade finish & mono benches are available - call for details

Cloakroom Equipment

manufactured

5YR

GUARANTEE

STD15X in Blue ASTS15X

Aqua Solo Benches - Stainless Steel Slats & Hooks

Aqua Solo Benches - Laminate Seats & SAA Hooks

Single Sided Bench

Model

Price

Length mm

Depth mm

No of Hooks

Leg Sets

Model

Price

ASTS10X

£481.00

1000

400

STS10X

£452.00

ASTS15X

£564.00

1500

400

STS15X

£515.00

ASTS20X

£644.00

2000

400

STS20X

£616.00

ASTS25X

£888.00

2500

400

STS25X

£821.00

ASTS30X

£970.00

3000

400

STS30X

£896.00

Length mm

Depth mm

No of Hooks

Leg Sets

1000

400

1500

400

2000

400

2500

400

3000

400

Aqua Duo Benches - Stainless Steel Slats & Hooks Depth mm

No of Hooks

Leg Sets

1000

800

1500

800

2000

800

2500 3000

Double Sided Bench

Model

Price

Length mm

Depth mm

No of Hooks

Leg Sets

Model

Price

ASTD10X

£716.00

1000

800

STD10X

£658.00

ASTD15X

£859.00

1500

800

STD15X

£776.00

ASTD20X

£1017.00

2000

800

STD20X

£970.00

800

ASTD25X

£1389.00

2500

800

STD25X

£1249.00

800

ASTD30X

£1536.00

3000

800

STD30X

£1392.00

Aqua Mezzo Stainless Steel Benches with Laminate Seats

Aqua Mezzo Stainless Steel Benches with Stainless Steel Slats

Blue Laminate Seat 450mm high

Stainless Steel Slats 450mm high Light grey laminate seat Basic Bench

Basic Bench

Length mm

Depth mm

Legs Sets

Model

Price

Length mm

Depth mm

Legs Sets

Model

Price

1000

325

ST10

£259.00

1000

325

AST10

£299.00

1500

325

ST15

£303.00

1500

325

AST15

£355.00

2000

325

ST20

£376.00

2000

325

AST20

£412.00

2500

325

ST25

£481.00

2500

325

AST25

£570.00

3000

325

ST30

£540.00

3000

325

AST30

£628.00

Shelving & Storage

Length mm

Aqua Duo Benches - Laminate Seats & SAA Hooks

Double Sided Bench

Cloakroom Units

Cloakroom Equipment

SS12

DS24

SS10H

DS20H

SUPPLIED WITH UNBREAKABLE PLASTIC HOOKS

Frames available in: Black, Grey & Blue Hooks available in: Claret Red, Bottle Green, Teal, Yellow, Black, Grey, Chocolate Brown, Bright Green, Bright Red & Bright Blue ›› ›› ›› ››

Single or double sided With hooks or hangers Shoe baskets are available as an optional extra Bespoke units available - call for details

›› ›› ›› ››

Ash, beech or sapele timber slats Single sided units: 400mm wide Double sided units: 762mm wide All units are 1803mm high

manufactured

Manufactured from 38 x 38mm RHS steel frame work. Tops & seat slats are of 70 x 32mm timber, with four radiused corners, & have been sanded, sealed & polished with a tough, hardwearing lacquer.

Shelving & Storage

Complete with Hooks

Complete with Black Hangers

Single Sided

Double Sided

Single Sided

Double Sided

Length mm

No of Hooks

Model

Price

No of Hooks

Model

Price

Length mm

No of Hooks

Model

Price

No of Hooks

Model

Price

900

SS6

£230.00

DS12

£300.00

900

SS6H

£275.00

DS12H

£400.00

1200

SS9

£260.00

DS18

£345.00

1200

SS8H

£305.00

DS16H

£460.00

1500

SS12

£285.00

DS24

£385.00

1500

SS10H

£345.00

DS20H

£530.00

Bench Seats & Coat Rails ›› ››

Benches have timber slats with four radiused corners which have been sanded, sealed & polished Coat rails are pre-drilled ready for wall mounting Benches 400H x 300W mm

Length mm 900

CR12

Coat Rails 70 x 20mm Timber

Model

Price

Model

Price

B36

£120.00

CR6

£50.00

1200

B48

£130.00

CR9

£55.00

1500

B60

£140.00

CR12

£58.00

Shoe Baskets ›› ›› ››

Strong wire mesh baskets Available to suit all lengths of bench Bespoke units available - call for details No of Sections

Model

Price

SB1

£95.00

SB5

£105.00

SB10

£110.00

manufactured

B60

SB1, SB5 & SB10

Coat Racks & Stands FROM ONLY

£23.70

CRW12Z CRW11Z

CRW14Z

CRW13Z Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

Price

Coat Rack - 6 Coat Hooks

600 x 65 x 130

CRW11Z

£23.70

Coat Rack - 4 Coat Hooks

360 x 60 x 52

CRW12Z

£33.50

Coat Rack - 5 Coat Hooks

480 x 120 x 130

CRW13Z

£49.80

Coat Rack - 6 Coat Hooks & Hat Shelf

800 x 300 x 240

CRW14Z

£71.85

Coat Stand - 5 Coat Hooks

375 x 375 x 1600

CSW11Z

£145.35 £122.45

Coat Stand - 12 Coat Hooks & Umbrella Holder

380 x 380 x 1770

CSW12Z

Coat Stand - 5 Adj. Coat Hooks & Umbrella Holder

380 x 380 x 1870

CSW13Z

£75.95

Coat Stand - 6 Coat Hangers & Umbrella Holder

380 x 380 x 1750

CSW14Z

£145.35

CSW11Z

CSW12Z

CSW14Z

CSW13Z

Medium Duty Garment Rails Epoxy powder coated black Welded tubular steel construction ›› Mobile models are mounted on 4 x 50mm PVC swivel castors ››

››

FROM ONLY

£148.65

Garment Rails

Description

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Static

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

Mobile Price

Model

Price

Single Bar

GSG16Z GSG26Y

1200 x 490 x 1800

GSG14Z

£148.65

GSG14Y

£155.35

1800 x 490 x 1800

GSG16Z

£163.10

GSG16Y

£170.05

1200 x 490 x 1800

GSG24Z

£168.90

GSG24Y

£175.75

1800 x 490 x 1800

GSG26Z

£185.80

GSG26Y

£189.95

80kg

Double Bar

evenly distributed

Nesting Frame Garment Rail

Heavy Duty Garment Rail Welded tubular steel construction ›› Rail height: 1920mm ›› Handle height: 1030mm ›› Mobile on 125mm rubber castors ››

Shelving & Storage

manufactured

YR GUARANTEE

manufactured

YR GUARANTEE

2 x GSG36N GSG44R

‘Z’ frame rails constructed from welded tubular steel ›› 1770mm rail height ›› Mobile on 50mm PVC castors ››

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

Price

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

Price

1220 x 490 x 1800

GSG34N

£178.75

1200 x 500 x 1930

GSG44R

£380.25

1800 x 490 x 1800

GSG36N

£193.30

1800 x 500 x 1930

GSG46R

£408.45

Wire Mesh Lockers Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5 welded mesh on a 8mm rod frame. Each locker is fitted with floor fixing brackets with provision to be fitted back to back, to the wall & to the floor (fixings not included). The single & double compartment lockers have 3 point locking system & the rest of the lockers are fitted with a hasp & staple for use with a padlock (not included). Bright electroplated zinc lockers which offer full through ventilation & high visual security ›› Single tier lockers come complete with a hat shelf & coat hook ›› Single & two tier lockers come complete with a coat hook

Wire Mesh Lockers

››

COLOUR OPTIONS Yellow Blue Red specify when ordering. other colours available

i Information

manufactured Locker Size H x W mm

Description

Model

Price

305mm Deep Lockers Single Compartment - Nest of One Single Compartment - Nest of Two Single Compartment - Nest of Three Two Compartment - Nest of One

1980 x 305 each

Two Compartment - Nest of Two Two Compartment - Nest of Three Three Compartment - Nest of One

Shelving & Storage

1980 x 305 each

Three Compartment - Nest of Two Three Compartment - Nest of Three Four Compartment - Nest of One

1980 x 305 each 1980 x 305 each

Four Compartment - Nest of Two Four Compartment - Nest of Three Five Compartment - Nest of One Five Compartment - Nest of Two Five Compartment - Nest of Three Six Compartment - Nest of One Six Compartment - Nest of Two Six Compartment - Nest of Three

WM305SD

£100.40

WM305SDN2

£185.59

WM305SDN3

£270.86

WM3052D

£105.46

WM3052DN2

£197.27

WM3052DN3

£288.47

WM3053D

£113.03

WM3053DN2

£204.50

WM3053DN3

£305.50

WM3054D

£120.57

WM3054DN2

£226.13

WM3054DN3

£322.51

WM3055D

£130.80

1980 x 305 each

WM3055DN2

£246.60

WS3055DN3

£357.81

1980 x 305 each

WM3056D

£141.01

WM3056DN2

£267.09

WM3056DN3

£393.11

457mm Deep Lockers Single Compartment - Nest of One Single Compartment - Nest of Two Single Compartment - Nest of Three Two Compartment - Nest of One Two Compartment - Nest of Two Two Compartment - Nest of Three Three Compartment - Nest of One Three Compartment - Nest of Two Three Compartment - Nest of Three Four Compartment - Nest of One Four Compartment - Nest of Two Four Compartment - Nest of Three Five Compartment - Nest of One Five Compartment - Nest of Two Five Compartment - Nest of Three Six Compartment - Nest of One Six Compartment - Nest of Two Six Compartment - Nest of Three

1980 x 305 each 1980 x 305 each 1980 x 305 each 1980 x 305 each 1980 x 305 each 1980 x 305 each

WM450SD

£110.43

WM450SDN2

£204.09

WM450SDN3

£297.84

WM4502D

£119.43

WM4502DN2

£221.14

WM4502DN3

£322.50

WM4503D

£127.40

WM4503DN2

£236.33

WM4503DN3

£346.07

WM4504D

£134.21

WM4504DN2

£251.91

WM4504DN3

£369.57

WM4505D

£144.47

WM4505DN2

£272.44

WM4505DN3

£400.37

WM4506D

£154.73

WM4506DN2

£292.94

WM4506DN3

£431.19

UNITS CAN BE MANUFACTURED TO YOUR SPECIFICATION - CALL FOR DETAILS

Wire Mesh Lockers ››

Bright electroplated zinc which offer full through ventilation & high visual security or powder coated COLOUR OPTIONS Yellow Blue Red specify when ordering. other colours available

Hasp & Staple Lock

Wire Mesh Lockers

Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5 welded mesh on a 8mm rod frame. Each locker is fitted with floor fixing brackets with provision to be fitted back to back, to the wall & to the floor (fixings not included). Fitted with a hasp & staple for use with a padlock (not included). Floor Fixing Brackets

WM30520COMPWD

manufactured Description

Locker Size H x W x D mm

Doors

Model

Price

Wire Mesh Cubes Square Cube with Hasp & Staple Lock

With Door

305 x 305 x 305

CUBE305

£32.50

With Door

380 x 380 x 380

CUBE308

£35.10

With Door

450 x 450 x 450

CUBE450

£39.00

WM3058COMPND

£123.50

Wire Mesh Compartment Lockers No Doors 8 Compartment Wire Mesh Locker Overall Compartment Size: 305H x 305W mm

With Doors No Doors With Doors

12 Compartment Wire Mesh Locker Overall Compartment Size: 305H x 305W mm

With Doors No Doors With Doors No Doors

16 Compartment Wire Mesh Locker Overall Compartment Size: 305H x 305W mm

With Doors No Doors With Doors No Doors

20 Compartment Wire Mesh Locker Overall Compartment Size: 305H x 305W mm

With Doors No Doors With Doors No Doors

40 Compartment Wire Mesh Locker Overall Compartment Size: 150H x 150W mm

Double Door No Doors Double Door

1220 x 610 x 450 1360 x 915 x 305 1360 x 915 x 450 1360 x 1220 x 305 1360 x 1220 x 450 1360 x 1525 x 305 1360 x 1525 x 450

1360 x 775 x 305

1360 x 775 x 450

WM3058COMPWD

£156.00

WM4508COMPND

£162.50

WM4508COMPWD

£195.00

WM30512COMPND

£154.88

WM30512COMPWD

£214.50

WM45012COMPND

£183.13

WM45012COMPWD

£234.00

WM30516COMPND

£188.59

WM30516COMPWD

£254.80

WM45016COMPND

£225.04

WM45016COMPWD

£275.60

WM30520COMPND

£247.00

WM30520COMPWD

£314.60

WM45020COMPND

£267.87

WM45020COMPWD

£358.80

WM30540COMPND

£216.84

WM30540COMPWD

£260.00

WM45040COMPND

£239.11

WM45040COMPWD

£279.50

Wire Mesh Cupboards Low Cupboard with 2 Shelves

Single Door

1066 x 457 x 457

WMCUP1066SD/2S

£107.55

Low Cupboard with 5 Shelves

Double Door

1066 x 915 x 457

WMCUP1066DD/5S

£192.73

1980 x 457 x 457

Cupboard with 3 Shelves

Single Door

WMCUP1980SD/3S

£131.76

Cupboard with no Shelves

Double Door

WMCUP1980DD/NS

£278.58

Cupboard with 2 Shelves

Double Door

WMCUP1980DD/2S

£299.61

Cupboard with 3 Shelves

Double Door

WMCUP1980DD/3S

£309.19

Cupboard with 4 Shelves

Double Door

WMCUP1980DD/4S

£312.00

Cupboard with 1 Shelf & a Rail

Double Door

WMWAR1980DD/1S/R

£286.00

1980 x 915 x 457

Shelving & Storage

No Doors

1220 x 610 x 305

Wire Mesh Storage Compartments ››

Wire Mesh Storage Compartments

››

›› ››

Strong & hard wearing Fully welded tubular steel construction with a 50 x 50mm square mesh outer carcass & 25 x 25mm mesh shelves Fitted with hanging rail & 2 storage shelves per compartment as illustrated Produced with both floor & wall fixing points (fixings not supplied) Easy access for cleaning Contents can easily be visually inspected

i Information BESPOKE MODELS CAN BE MADE TO YOUR SPECIFICATION CALL FOR DETAILS

YR GUARANTEE

manufactured

Shelving & Storage

WML01Z Single sided

WML04Z

No. of Compartments

Overall Size L x W x H mm

1590 x 565 x 1890

Weight kg

Model

Price

WML01Z

£675.25

WML02Z

£1288.55

Wall Mounted Unit 65

Double Sided Unit

WML02Z Double sided

1590 x 1130 x 1890

130

Mobile Unit with padlockable doors (padlock not included) 3

1590 x 565 x 2090

105

WML04Z

£1055.55

Quarto Lockers ›› ›› ››

Cube Lockers

Individual personal security in the workplace Can be used as ‘stacked’ units or to fill a space above standard lockers Units can be bolted together on the top

›› ››

Ideal where space is limited Can be nested in any configuration

manufactured

FROM ONLY

£38.00

Model

Price

Express Cube Lockers (Blue or Grey Doors only & a max. qty of 10)

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

511 x 300 x 300

MQ2211GU..00

511 x 300 x 450

MQ2511GU..00

300 x 300 x 300

ZQ12..

£38.00

450 x 450 x 450

ZQ18..

£54.00

Lockers

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Cube Lockers 300 x 300 x 300

QU1212A01GU..

£38.00

380 x 380 x 380

QU1515A01GU..

£48.00

£43.00

450 x 450 x 450

QU1818A01GU..

£54.00

Clean & Dirty Locker ›› ››

Central partition below shelf Coat rails fitted

Uniform Locker ›› ››

Central partition below shelf Fitted with coat rail one side & three fixed shelves the other side

manufactured

Two Person Locker ››

Clean & Dirty Locker Uniform Locker Two Person Locker

Police Locker ›› ››

Fixed heavy-duty top shelf The hanging compartment has a heavy duty hanging rail

Police Locker

Biocote Protected Reduces the levels of harmful bacteria such as E-coli, MRSA & Salmonella on contact surfaces up to 99.9%

Clean & Dirty Locker

Crew Locker ›› ›› ››

Fixed heavy duty top & lower shelves. Divided compartments. Heavy duty hanging rail

Crew Locker

Description

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Clean / Dirty Locker

1800 x 450 x 450

M1551DGU..00

£121.00

Uniform Locker

1800 x 450 x 450

M1551NGU..00

£138.00

Two Person Locker

1800 x 450 x 450

M15514GU..TCL

£162.00

Police Locker

1800 x 600 x 600

M1881PGU..00P0

£171.00

Crew Locker

1800 x 600 x 600

M1881PGU..00C0

£187.00

COLOUR CHOICES - DOOR COLOURS Light Grey (RAL 7035) Code GU

Blue (RAL 5002) Code CF

Red (RAL 3020) Code RD

Green (RAL 6001) Code PD

Carmine Red (RAL 3002) Code RM

Yellow (RAL 1003) Code YD

Dark Grey (BS 00 A 11) Code HY

All body colours are light grey (RAL 7035). Insert the code of the door colour required to the product code when ordering.

Shelving & Storage

››

Two 225mm compartments & two 1270mm compartments fitted with coat hooks Paired locks allow each user to have one key to open their vertical & horizontal compartment

Half & Three Quarter Height Lockers Manufactured to the same specification as the standard lockers shown on page 72 Ideal for primary school locker rooms Utilise wall space below windows Choice of BioCote paint finishes

›› ›› ›› ››

Single Tier

manufactured

Three Tier

Two Tier

Half Height Locker - 896mm

Overall Size W x D mm

Model

3/4 Height Locker - 1382mm

Price

Model

Price

Single Tier 300 x 300

MH2211GU..00

£61.00

MC2211GU..00

£72.00

300 x 450

MH2511GU..00

£71.00

MC2511GU..00

£81.00

450 x 450

MH5511GU..00

£87.00

MC5511GU..00

£99.00 £88.00

Lockers

Two Tier 300 x 300

MH2212GU..00

£68.00

MC2212GU..00

300 x 450

MH2512GU..00

£79.00

MC2512GU..00

£95.00

450 x 450

MH5512GU..00

£95.00

MC5512GU..00

£109.00

300 x 300

MH2213GU..00

£82.00

MC2213GU..00

£94.00

300 x 450

MH2513GU..00

£94.00

MC2513GU..00

£107.00

450 x 450

MH5513GU..00

£111.00

MC5513GU..00

£128.00

Three Tier

Single Tier

Two Tier

Three Tier

Bridge Units

Locker Accessories

Shelving & Storage

N.B. some items must be fitted at the manufacturing stage Type

Factory Fitted

Model

Price

Bridge Unit - Top

✔

EU9095GU

£27.00

Bridge Unit - Bottom

✔

EU9095

£49.00

Captive Coat Hanger

✔

A492

£2.50

Captive Coat Hook

✔

A491

£2.50

Magnetic Catch Lock (non-locking)

✔

MAGCATCH

£3.00

Coin Retain Lock

✔

£68.00

Coin Return Lock

✔

£29.00

3 Digit Tumbler Combination Lock

✔

COMBL

£19.50

4 Digit Multi-user Combination Lock

✔

TUMBLER

£33.00

Digital Combination Lock

✔

DIGITAL

£55.00

Numbered Key Ring

E462

£1.00

Ivorene Number Plate - s/adhesive

E466M

£2.00

Camlock Spare Key

X280R

£4.00

Camlock Master Key

E270R

£5.50

Designed to fit between two lockers & provide additional clothes hanging space or support for lockers ›› Ideal for high density changing rooms where security is not a problem ›› Suitable for 450mm deep lockers only ››

Bridge unit top

Locker Stands & Seats ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Stands raise lockers from the floor, to aid cleaning & reduce scuff damage Stands & seats can be integrated into lockers Delivered fully assembled with adjustable feet Seats have hardwood slats finished with 2 coats of varnish Seat depth 300mm

Locker Stand Overall Size H x W x D mm

Bridge unit bottom

Locker Stand with Seat Single Locker Model

Price

Nest of 2 Lockers Model

Nest of 3 Lockers

Nest of 4 Lockers

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Locker Stands 150 x 300 x 300

LS3030/1

£25.00

LS3030/2

£26.00

LS3030/3

£29.00

LS3030/4

£33.00

150 x 300 x 450

LS3045/1

£26.50

LS3045/2

£29.00

LS3045/3

£31.50

LS3045/4

£36.00

150 x 450 x 450

LS4545/1

£30.00

LS4545/2

£31.50

LS4545/3

£36.00

LS4545/4

£44.00 £133.00

Locker Stands with Seats

400 x 300 x 300

LSS3030/1

£66.00

LSS3030/2

£89.00

LSS3030/3

£111.00

LSS3030/4

400 x 300 x 450

LSS3045/1

£69.00

LSS3045/2

£91.00

LSS3045/3

£113.00

LSS3045/4

£137.00

400 x 450 x 450

LSS4545/1

£81.00

LSS4545/2

£113.00

LSS4545/3

£148.00

LSS4545/4

£182.00

Express Lockers Range of standard lockers available on 5 working day delivery Designed & built to last Single tier lockers are fitted with hat shelf & double coat hook ›› Rail as standard on 450mm deep, single & two tier lockers ››

››

Lockers

manufactured

Biocote Protected Reduces the levels of harmful bacteria such as E-coli, MRSA & Salmonella on contact surfaces up to 99.9%

Features Semi concealed hinges for security & clean line, door stiffeners for added strength & security. Vents in top & bottom for improved air circulation. Recessed camlock with plastic card holder. Plinth base for rigidity. All lockers are pre-drilled for nesting Specification Riveted / welded construction, cold rolled mild steel Finish Epoxy powder coating electrostatically applied, producing an exceptionally high quality chip-resistant finish Colours Light grey carcass with light grey, blue or red doors Locks Fitted with standard deadlock supplied with 2 keys

day delivery

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Single Tier 1800 x 300 x 300

Z12211..

£76.00

1800 x 300 x 450

Z12511..

£89.00

Two Tier 1800 x 300 x 300

Z12212..

£85.00

1800 x 300 x 450

Z12512..

£98.00

Three Tier 1800 x 300 x 300

Z12213..

£103.00

1800 x 300 x 450

Z12513..

£117.00

Four Tier 1800 x 300 x 300

Z12214..

£111.00

1800 x 300 x 450

Z12514..

£126.00

Six Tier 1800 x 300 x 300

Z12216..

£135.00

1800 x 300 x 450

Z12516..

£152.00

Add GU for grey doors, CF for blue doors & RD for red doors * Maximum quantity of 5 lockers. Postcode restrictions apply to 5 day delivery

Shelving & Storage

Standard Lockers Durable & aesthetically pleasing range of mild steel lockers available in various sizes, door configurations & colours. ›› ››

Features Solid & perforated door lockers with improved security Door stiffeners for added strength & security ›› Vents in top & bottom for improved air circulation ›› Recessed camlock with plastic card holder ›› All lockers are pre-drilled for nesting ›› Single tier lockers are fitted with hat shelf & double coat hook ›› Rail as standard on 450mm deep, single & two tier lockers ›› ››

Lockers are 1800mm high manufactured See page 70 for half & three quarter height lockers

Finish

Epoxy powder coating electrostatically applied, producing an exceptionally high quality chip-resistant finish. Incorporates BioCote anti-bacterial protection

Colours

See page 73 for details

Lockers

Doors

Choice of solid or perforated. Perforated doors are designed to allow the contents to be visually inspected & allow through ventilation

Locks

Fitted with standard deadlock with 2 keys

The cam locks through the door into a slot in the frame to provide more rigidity & added security.

Overall Size W x D mm

Solid Door - Nest 1 Model

Price

Solid Door - Nest 2 Model

Solid Door - Nest 3

Price

Model

Price

Shelves have an extended lip to provide a division between doors, offering protection against doors being prised open.

Perforated Door - Nest 1 Model

Price

Shelving & Storage

Single Tier 300 x 300

M12211GU..00

£76.00

M12221GU..00

£140.00

M12231GU..00

£205.00

M12211GU..00A

£87.00

300 x 450

M12511GU..00

£89.00

M12521GU..00

£162.00

M12531GU..00

£236.00

M12511GU..00A

£100.00

450 x 450

M15511GU..00

£109.00

M15521GU..00

£199.00

300 x 300

M12212GU..00

£85.00

M12222GU..00

£159.00

M12232GU..00

£233.00

M12212GU..00A

£96.00

300 x 450

M12512GU..00

£98.00

M12522GU..00

£181.00

M12532GU..00

£264.00

M12512GU..00A

£109.00

450 x 450

M15512GU..00

£118.00

M15522GU..00

£218.00

Manufactured & tested in accordance with BS4680:1996

Two Tier

Three Tier 300 x 300

M12213GU..00

£103.00

M12223GU..00

£193.00

M12233GU..00

£284.00

M12213GU..00A

£113.00

300 x 450

M12513GU..00

£117.00

M12523GU..00

£217.00

M12533GU..00

£319.00

M12513GU..00A

£127.00

450 x 450

M15513GU..00

£138.00

M15523GU..00

£257.00

Four Tier 300 x 300

M12214GU..00

£111.00

M12224GU..00

£210.00

M12234GU..00

£310.00

M12214GU..00A

£122.00

300 x 450

M12514GU..00

£126.00

M12524GU..00

£236.00

M12534GU..00

£346.00

M12514GU..00A

£137.00

450 x 450

M15514GU..00

£150.00

M15524GU..00

£280.00

Six Tier 300 x 300

M12216GU..00

£135.00

M12226GU..00

£258.00

M12236GU..00

£381.00

M12216GU..00A

£149.00

300 x 450

M12516GU..00

£152.00

M12526GU..00

£286.00

M12536GU..00

£422.00

M12516GU..00A

£166.00

450 x 450

M15516GU..00

£178.00

M15526GU..00

£340.00

Sloping Tops - factory fitted ››

Make cleaning easier - prevent dust & debris accumulating on the tops of lockers N.B: Standard locker height will increase to 1925 or 1987mm

To Suit Locker

Model

Price per Nest 1

300 x 300

DFU12351

£13.00

300 x 450

DFU12352

£16.50

450 x 450

DFU12353

£19.50

Perforated Door Locker

Full Height Plastic Lockers ›› ›› ›› ›› Neoprene seal fitted to Plus Version Lockers

›› ››

››

MDPE plastic lockers which are anti-bacterial & fully recyclable UV resistant with a HALS (hindered amine light stabiliser) moulded in Robust design which resists dents & scratches Strong hidden hinges fitted with high tensile pins Compartment drain holes allows water to drain out - ideal for cleaning Plus lockers are fitted with an internal neoprene seal to create a virtual watertight seal. A must for any outdoor applications or where there is a risk of moisture or spray that could ingress into the compartments Complete with either a water resistant hasp lock or water resistant cam lock - please specify when ordering

Lockers

(*if not specified Cam Lock will be supplied)

Shelving & Storage

Optional Sloping Top

IP-PL/180/325/450/4 IP-PL/180/325/450/2

Water Resistant Hasp Lock fitted included in prices*

Water Resistant Cam Lock fitted included in prices

Optional Waterproof Digital Combination Lock

Optional Waterproof Coin Return Lock ‘TYPE 7’

IP-PL/180/325/450/3

GUARANTEE

DOOR COLOUR OPTIONS

Plastic Lockers Shower Lockers

Plus Lockers

Tiers

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

1800 x 325 x 450

SH-PL/180/325/450/2

£382.16

IP-PL/180/325/450/2

£461.53

1800 x 325 x 450

SH-PL/180/325/450/3

£390.61

IP-PL/180/325/450/3

£492.70

1800 x 325 x 450

SH-PL/180/325/450/4

£387.44

IP-PL/180/325/450/4

£512.20

Optional Extras Description

Model

Price

Sloping Top

SLOPING TOP

£54.15

Fully Waterproof Cam Lock*

TYPE 3

£18.26 per lock

Programmable 4 Digit Number finding Key

TYPE 4

£52.21 per lock

Water Resistant 4 Digit Combination Lock with overide key

TYPE 6

£35.48 per lock

Fully Waterproof Coin Return Lock*

TYPE 7

£57.01 per lock

Fully Waterproof Coin Retain Lock*

TYPE 8

£104.51 per lock

Fully Waterproof Digital Combination Lock*

TYPE 9

P.O.A

*Suitable for use with the Plus Lockers

Blue Yellow Grey Red specify when ordering

Laminate Door Lockers Premium quality laminate door lockers are resistant to dents & scratches ›› Fitted with standard mastered cam lock with 2000 differs ›› 2, 3 & 4 door lockers are fitted with security shelf to prevent unauthorised access to the compartment below ›› Pre-drilled for nesting ››

COLOUR OPTIONS

manufactured

FROM ONLY

£152.64

specify when ordering

LU1830301 Description End Panels

Overall Size H x D mm

Model

1800 x 300

LVEP18301

£128.31

1800 x 450

LVEP18451

£180.36

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Tiers

Model

1800 x 300 x 300

LU1830301

LU1830304

Price

Lockers

Spectrum Red Campanula Spectrum Yellow Aquamarine Light Grey Vibrant Green Graphite Grey Clementine Oak Beech

LU1830303 LU1830301

LU1830302

Price

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Tiers

Model

Price

£152.64

1800 x 300 x 450

LU1830451

£159.55

1800 x 300 x 300

LU1830302

£178.25

1800 x 300 x 450

LU1830452

£185.18

1800 x 300 x 300

LU1830303

£203.13

1800 x 300 x 450

LU1830453

£210.88

1800 x 300 x 300

LU1830304

£228.40

1800 x 300 x 450

LU1830454

£236.96

1800 x 300 x 300

LU1830306

£259.32

1800 x 300 x 450

LU1830456

£269.28

Personal Effect Lockers ››

››

Compartment Close Up

›› ›› ››

COLOUR OPTIONS

Locking Mechanism

Light Grey (RAL 7035) Light Blue (RAL 5012) Traffic Blue (RAL 5017) Traffic Green (RAL 6024) Ruby Red (RAL 3003) Yellow (RAL 1018) specify when ordering

FROM ONLY

£273.11

manufactured Overall Size H x W x D mm

LR184538Y

LR909038Y

No of Compartments

Model

Price

940 x 900 x 380

LR909038Y

£273.11

1285 x 900 x 380

LR129038H

£388.52

1800 x 450 x 380

LR184538Y

£273.11

1800 x 900 x 380

LR189038F

£526.61

Shelving & Storage

››

An ideal way of providing secure storage for smaller items offering increased security in the workplace Fitted with standard mastered cam lock with 2000 differs Through frame shelf for added security Pre-drilled for nesting Powder coated with Germ Guard active technology paint Compartment size: 150H x 163W x 360D mm

Laptop Storage Lockers High quality & cost effective storage

››

Choice of 10 or 15 compartment units Powder coated with Germ Guard active technology anti-bacterial paint ›› Pre-drilled for nesting ›› Other colours available - call for details ›› ››

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Configuration

1800 x 450 x 450

10 Comp 10 Doors

15 Comp 15 Doors

Lockers

1800 x 380 x 450 15 Comp 1 Door

Colour

Code

Price

Light Grey

L7184545NLXX

£303.88

Dark Blue

L7184545NBXX

£303.88

Red

L7184545NRXX

£303.88

Light Grey

L7183845QLXX

£341.71

Dark Blue

L7183845QBXX

£341.71

Red

L7183845QRXX

£341.71

Light Grey

L71838451LXX

£274.01

Dark Blue

L71838451BXX

£274.01

Red

L71838451RXX

£274.01

L7183845QBXX

L7184545NRXX

L71838451LQX

manufactured

Charging Laptop Lockers Choice of 8 or 12 compartment units - each equipped with a 3 pin socket Ventilated compartments for dissipation of heat during charge cycle ›› Compartment aperture: 100H x 375W x 470D mm ›› Powder coated with Germ Guard active technology anti-bacterial paint ›› Other colours available - call for details ›› ››

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Configuration 8 Comp 8 Doors

Shelving & Storage

Internal Charging Point fitted inside the compartments

manufactured

L7C145050W1B

1000 x 500 x 500 8 Comp 1 Door

12 Comp 1 Door 1460 x 500 x 500 12 Comp 12 Doors

L7C10505088B

Colour

Code

Price

Light Grey

L7C10505088L

£456.63

Dark Blue

L7C10505088B

£456.63

Red

L7C10505088R

£456.63

Light Grey

L7C10505081L

£428.93

Dark Blue

L7C10505081B

£428.93

Red

L7C10505081R

£428.93

Light Grey

L7C145050W1L

£567.69

Dark Blue

L7C145050W1B

£567.69

Red

L7C145050W1R

£567.69

Light Grey

L7C145050WWL

£598.05

Dark Blue

L7C145050WWB

£598.05

Red

L7C145050WWR

£598.05

Charging Laptop Trolleys Choice of 8 or 16 compartment units - each equipped with a 3 pin socket

››

Ventilated compartments for dissipation of heat during charge cycle “Narrow Aisle” units are 525mm wide & allow easy access between desks ›› Compartment aperture: 100H x 375W x 465D mm ›› Powder coated with Germ Guard active technology anti-bacterial paint ›› Other colours available - call for details ››

manufactured

››

Overall Size H x W x D mm Narrow Aisle 1200 x 525 x 675 Narrow Aisle 1200 x 525 x 1220 1200 x 1040 x 660

Configuration 8 Comp 2 Doors

16 Comp 4 Doors

16 Comp 2 Doors

Colour

Code

Price

Light Grey

L7M12526782L

£504.18

Dark Blue

L7M12526782B

£504.18

Red

L7M12526782R

£504.18

Light Grey

L7M125212X4L

£903.97

Dark Blue

L7M125212X4B

£903.97

Red

L7M125212X4R

£903.97

Light Grey

L7M121066X2L

£903.97

Dark Blue

L7M121066X2B

£903.97

Red

L7M121066X2R

£903.97

Internal Charging Point fitted inside the compartments

L7M121066X2R

Industrial Workstations Versatile workstations for the industrial environment Epoxy Polyester coated all steel construction ›› Writing desk, cubby hole & lockable drawer ›› 3 point locking secure cupboard ›› Rear panels are supplied separately for on-site assembly ››

››

FROM ONLY

£301.00

manufactured

Workstations

Information Station 2000H x 915W x 460D mm Model: WISGU.. Price: £398.00

Basic Workstation 1200H x 915W x 460D mm Model: WWKGU.. Price: £301.00

Quality Control Station 2000H x 915W x 460D mm Model: WQSGU.. Price: £509.00

Toolholder Station 2000H x 915W x 460D mm Model: WTSGU.. Price: £390.00

Computer Workstations Epoxy Polyester coated all steel construction ›› Choice of designs for standard or flat screen monitors ›› Lockable monitor & keyboard units & cupboards - supplied with 2 keys ››

FROM ONLY

£342.00

Shelving & Storage

manufactured Flat Top Computer Station 1200H x 915W x 475D mm Model: WLCGU.. Price: £419.00

Flat Top Compact Computer Station 1042H x 655W x 526D mm Model: WFCGU.. Price: £342.00

Cables are kept tidy by trunking

Standard Compact Computer Station 1624H x 655W x 526D mm Model: WCCGU.. Price: £467.00

Flat Screen Compact Computer Station 1624H x 655W x 526D mm Model: WSCGU.. Price: £440.00

Wide Computer Station 1800H x 915W x 475D mm Model: WTCGU.. Price: £624.00

Storage Cupboards A range of useful storage cupboards to suit general storage needs These cupboards offer ﬂexible & secure storage at an economic price ›› All shelves are adjustable with additional shelves available ›› Cupboards are ﬁtted with a camlock & have a reinforced door ›› ››

FROM ONLY

£78.00 2 Adjustable Shelves 984H x 477W x 505D mm Model: CH661EGU..29S12 Price: £104.50 manufactured

1 Adjustable Shelf 684H x 450W x 300D mm Model: CA521EGU..00S11 Price: £78.00

2 Adjustable Shelves 984H x 915W x 505D mm Model: CH961EGU..29S12 Price: £185.00

Cupboards

Tool Cupboards An extensive range of high quality tool cabinets for use in workshops, factories & warehouses ›› All steel construction - add extra drawers & shelves to suit your application ›› 3 point locking ››

FROM ONLY

£202.00

4 Drawers & 1 Shelf 984H x 915W x 505D mm Model: CH961TGU..29S37 Price: £325.00

1 Drawer, 2 Shelves 984H x 477W x 505D mm Model: CH661TGU..29S34 Price: £202.00 not supplied with containers

manufactured

High quality lock operating 3 point locking

£436.00 4 Shelves 1820H x 477W x 505D mm Model: C1661TGU..29S31 Price: £274.00

2 Shelves, 2 Drawers 1820H x 477W x 505D mm Model: C1661TGU..29S35 Price: £291.00

Accessories Description

Width mm

Model

Price

Sloping Top Desk Unit

477

CDE56TGU

£65.00

Mobile Chassis for low cabinets Only

477

CCH56TGU

£57.00

Extra Drawer*

477

CDW56THY

£19.00

Extra Galvanised Shelf*

477

CSH56TGT

£12.00

*These only suit the single door Storage Cupboards & not the double door Storage Cupboard or the Tool Cupboards

8 Shelves 1820H x 915W x 505D mm Model: C1961TGU..29S32 Price: £436.00

2 Shelves, 14 Drawers 1820H x 915W x 505D mm Model: C1961TGU..29S44 Price: £603.00

COLOUR CHOICES - DOOR COLOURS Light Grey (RAL 7035) Code GU

Blue (RAL 5002) Code CF

Red (RAL 3020) Code RD

Green (RAL 6001) Code PD

Carmine Red (RAL 3002) Code RM

Yellow (RAL 1003) Code YD

Dark Grey (BS 00 A 11) Code HY

All body colours are light grey (RAL 7035). Insert the code of the door colour required to the product code when ordering.

Shelving & Storage

FROM ONLY

Standard & Security Cupboards Strong welded steel construction

››

3 point espagnolette locking system (security model has an additional hasp & staple fitted to receive a padlock not included) ›› Door stiffeners for added strength & security ›› Base plinth for extra rigidity ›› Adjustable shelves on 25mm vertical pitch ››

FROM ONLY

£214.00

Cupboards

manufactured

High quality lock operating 3 point locking

Cupboard Accessories Description

Extra Shelf

Overall Size W x D mm

Model

Price

615 x 505

CSH869U

£12.50

915 x 505

CSH969U

£14.00

1219 x 457

CCSH481801GU

£16.50

CACLIP

£0.30

*Shelf Clips - Standard & Slimline Cupboards *Shelf Clips - Large Volume Cupboards

Standard & Security Cupboards Description

No of Shelves

Model

Price

984 x 915 x 505

CH961CGU..29S12

£214.00

CH961SGU..29S12

£233.50

1820 x 915 x 505

C1961CGU..29S13

£313.00

C1961SGU..29S13

£332.50

Standard Security Standard

£0.20

CPCSHCLIP01

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Security

*4 required per shelf

COLOUR CHOICES - DOOR COLOURS Light Grey (RAL 7035) Code GU

Blue (RAL 5002) Code CF

Red (RAL 3020) Code RD

Green (RAL 6001) Code PD

Carmine Red (RAL 3002) Code RM

Yellow (RAL 1003) Code YD

Dark Grey (BS 00 A 11) Code HY

Shelving & Storage

All body colours are Light Grey (RAL 7035). Insert the code of the door colour required to the product code when ordering.

S11

S13 manufactured

S10

Large Volume Cupboards

Slimline Cupboards

››

Extra wide cupboards Overall size: 1830H x 1219W x 457D mm ›› High quality lock operating 3-front locking bars ›› Extra shelves available - see above

››

Description

Compact double door cupboards Overall size: 1820H x 615W x 505D mm ›› Extra shelves available - see above Description

Features

Model

Price

Standard Slimline

3 Shelves

C1861CGU..29S13

£253.00

Slim Wardrobe

Shelf & Hanging Rail

C1861CGU..29S11

£237.00

£418.00

Slim Wardrobe

4 Shelf & Hanging Rail & Divider

C1861CGU..29S10

£293.00

£434.50

Personal Cupboard

1 Shelf, 3 Half Shelves & Divider

C1861CGU..29S02

£283.50

Features

Model

Price

Large Volume

3 Shelves

C7248A3S13

£383.00

Large Utility

3 Shelves & Central Divider

C7248A3S08

Large Wardrobe

4 Shelves, Hat Shelf & Coat Rail

C7248A3S10

S02

FROM ONLY

Utility Cupboards

£85.00

CA165U

Shelving & Storage

CA085C

CA1654

7 Utility Cupboards Made from robust, high quality plastic ›› Ideal for many applications; kitchens/cafeterias, janitorial closets, schools, offices etc ›› Anti-wear steel hinges that provide a snap closure ›› Hygienic - easy to clean ››

Features

Overall Size L x W x H mm

1 Shelf

700 x 390 x 855

day delivery

Weight kg

Model

Price

CA085C

£85.00

14.5

CA1654

£142.50

CA165U

£142.80

Compact Cupboard Large Cupboard 3 Shelves

700 x 390 x 1650 Utility Cupboard

3 ‘L’ Shaped Shelves

700 x 390 x 1650

Bin Cupboards Tough, welded steel construction Three point locking, with re-inforced doors ›› Galvanised steel shelves adjustable on 25mm pitch ›› 50kg U.D.L. capacity per shelf ›› Available complete with optimised bin kits. ›› ››

Bins ›› Manufactured from high density polyethylene with re-inforced sides & a flat base. ›› Resistant to most acids, alkalis, greases & oils ›› Suitable for use in temperature o o ranges from -35 c to 80 c ›› All bins are supplied with a label & integral holder ›› Cupboards are supplied complete with shelves & bins in the colours shown.

Cupboards

Bin Sizes - W x D x Hmm No. 3 - 145 x 250 x 125 No. 5 - 303 x 485 x 190

Shelving & Storage

Item

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Shelves

Bins

Model

Price

750 x 350 x 1000

20 x No. 3

16916000.11V

£333.31

1000 x 350 x 1000

30 x No. 3

16916001.11V

£426.66

750 x 550 x 1000

8 x No. 5

16916002.11V

£371.96

1000 x 550 x 1000

12 x No. 5

16916003.11V

£490.37

750 x 350 x 2000

44 x No. 3

16916004.11V

£563.27

1000 x 350 x 2000

66 x No. 3

16916005.11V

£727.12

750 x 550 x 2000

14 x No. 5

16916006.11V

£591.69

1000 x 550 x 2000

21 x No. 5

16916007.11V

£759.93

Shelving & Storage

Cupboards

Cupboard complete with Hook-on Bins

Hook-on bins are manufactured from durable polyethylene with moulded-in back hooks for secure hanging. Front edges are lowered for easy visibility & picking. Complete with label holder

i Information

HEAVY DUTY

Cupboard complete with Hook-on Bins ›› Fully welded steel construction 14 - gauge steel Flush style double doors ›› 152mm base which raises the unit off the floor ›› Complete with 137 hook-on bins & 3 shelves or 171 hook-on bins ››

››

Description Cabinet c/w 137 Hook-on Bins & 3 Shelves Cabinet c/w 171 Hook-on Bins

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1219 x 610 x 1981

236

JC482478-BDLP 137-3S-95

£1519.00

236

JC482478-BDLP 171-95

£1551.00

Due to the size of these units, additional carriage costs will be incurred - CALL FOR DETAILS

Sturdy 3-point locking handle with 2 keys

High Density Storage Cabinets ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Small Parts Storage

››

Freestanding storage units for use in workshop, stores & many other applications A compact storage system, uses a floor area of only 0,25 m2 Robust construction: steel frame holding polypropylene bins Steel frame in light grey RAL7035 Adjustable feet Backstops prevent the drawers from being pulled out of the frame Load capacity: 240kg (with castors 150kg)

i Information

ROBUST & SPACE SAVING

day delivery

2440-4840

Cabinet

Outer Size D x W x H mm

Model

Bin Quantity

Bin Type

Red

Blue

Grey

4020

2440-5

2440-6

2440-3

4010

4840-5

4840-6

4840-3

Divider Pack

Price

Model

Price

£368.00

D-20

£6.70

£405.00

D-10

£3.88

£82.00

410 x 605 x 870

Castor Set

Set of 4 Castors (2 with Brake)

PS-LH

Shelving & Storage

Shelf Bins ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Comprehensive range with depths of 300, 400, 500 & 600 mm Specifically designed for standard metric shelving, automated storage systems & “kanban” trolleys Smooth vertical sides allow maximum use of valuable shelf space. Full width label with protective shield is included with the bin Corrugated base for ease of picking items Polypropylene withstands the effects of most oils, acids & solvents

Materials ›› ››

Crystal clear bins are of polystyrene (PS), temperature tolerance of -40 ...+65°C. Coloured bins of polypropylene (PP), temperature tolerance of -20 ... +80°C. Bin

Outer Size D x W x H mm

Pack

300 x 92 x 82 400 x 92 x 82

500 x 92 x 82 300 x 132 x 100 400 x 132 x 100 500 x 132 x 100 600 x 132 x 100

Red

Blue

Grey

Price per pack

3010-1

£108.00

3010-5

3010-6

3010-3

£93.00

4010-1

£129.00

4010-5

4010-6

4010-3

£114.00

5010-1

£156.00

5010-5

5010-6

5010-3

£147.00

3015-1

£135.00

3015-5

3015-6

3015-3

£132.00

4015-1

£112.00

4015-5

4015-6

4015-3

£108.00

5015-5

5015-6

5015-3

£126.00 £111.00

6015-5

6015-6

6015-3

3020-1

£76.50

3020-5

3020-6

3020-3

£73.50

400 x 186 x 82

4020-1

£93.00

4020-5

4020-6

4020-3

£84.00

5020-1

£111.00

5020-5

5020-6

5020-3

£103.50

6020-1

£123.00

6020-5

6020-6

6020-3

£114.00

600 x 186 x 82

Price per pack

300 x 186 x 82

500 x 186 x 82

Model

Clear

Divider Pack

Model

Price per pack

D-10

£3.88

D-15

£5.10

D-20

£6.70

Turntable Assemblies ›› ››

›› ›› ››

››

Small Parts Storage

››

SPECIAL OFFER

Easy assembly without tools Compact storage systems for service, workshop, production & storage areas etc Space saving & practical Assemblies offer storage for up to 1,792 different items This unit holds 16 bin cabinets of series 300 or 400 in four layers, which are ordered separately, see below Steel frame in light grey RAL7035 Special offer kits include base unit, 8 x 8 drawer units & 8 x 16 drawer units please specify colours when ordering

i Information

OFFERS STORAGE OF UP TO 1792 SEPARATE ITEMS

day delivery

SAVE UPTO £32.00 D16-300 KIT

£1878.00

Overall Size D x W x H mm

Load capacity

For cabinets (ordered separately)

Model

700 x 700 x 1680

800 kg

0830/1630

D16-300

£398.00

800 x 800 x 1680

800 kg

0840/1640

D16-400

£428.00

Price

D16-400 KIT

£2124.00

Bin Cabinets ››

››

Cabinet

7 Type

Series 300

Series 400

Outer Size D x W x H mm

Bin Quantity

day delivery

Model Clear

Red

Blue

Grey

0830-1

0830-5

0830-6

0830-3

1630-1

1630-5

1630-6

0840-1

0840-5

1640-1

1640-5

Price

Divider Pack Model

Price

£88.00

D-20

£6.70

1630-3

£99.00

D-10

£3.88

0840-6

0840-3

£100.00

D-20

£6.70

1640-6

1640-3

£116.00

D-10

£3.88

300 x 400 x 395

400 x 400 x 395

Shelving & Storage

››

Can be wall hung, stood on a worktop or used with space-saving turntables Comprises steel frame, shelf bins, labels & backstops Compact & robust

Visible Storage Cabinets ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Small Parts Storage

››

A comprehensive range of visible storage cabinets Available in two cabinet heights 290 & 550mm Strong polypropylene frame, dark grey, RAL7016 Galvanised steel shelves Crystal clear polystyrene drawers Price includes frame, drawers & self-adhesive labels

›› ›› ››

Cross & length dividers Bench top spacemiser Spacemiser Stands & trolleys

Series 290

Accessories: ››

day delivery

Spacemiser ›› ››

››

›› ›› ››

Needs only 0,25 m2 of floor space Unit includes ball bearing base, dividing trays & top plate The assembly holds 12 cabinets of 550 high (ordered separately) Load capacity: 400 kg Size D x W x H: 500 x 500 x 1730 mm Steel frame in light grey RAL7035 Model: D12-550

Shelving & Storage

Price: £187.00

3 Series 550 Clear Drawers

Frame Size D x W x H mm

Series 290 1

30 pcs

DL-00

D290-3

24 pcs

DL-01

D291-3

12 pcs

DL-04

D294-3

6 pcs

DL-07

D297-3

60 pcs

DL-00

D550-3

48 pcs

DL-01

D551-3

24 pcs

DL-04

D554-3

12 pcs

DL-07

D557-3

180 x 310 x 290

3 4

£29.90

Series 550

180 x 310 x 550

Extra Clear Drawers Outer dims H x W x D mm

Pack pieces

Model

Cross Dividers Price per pack

Pack drawer

Length Dividers

Price per pack

Pack pieces

Model pack

Price per pack

DV-012

£3.30

DV-0456

£3.92

DV-078

£4.40

37 x 55 x 175

120

DL-00

£87.60

DV-00

£1.78

DL-01

£76.80

DV-01

£1.88

37 x 138 x 175

DL-02

£76.80

DV-02

£2.40

59 x 92 x 175

DL-04

£59.85

DV-04

£2.50

59 x 277 x 175

DL-06

£50.40

DV-06

£5.00

81 x 138 x 175

DL-07

£55.20

DV-07

£3.92

Includes a ball bearing base & a baseplate. This unit holds 2 cabinets of series 290 or 550 which are ordered separately. Load capacity: 50 kg. Complete assembly’s size D x W x H: 310 x 360 x 300/560 mm Model: DPTP-5

Price: £67.00

£53.20

Model each

37 x 69 x 175

Bench Top Spacemiser

Price

Type

Please Quote D12 - 550 KIT

Model

Quantity

THIS COMBINATION £825.40

day delivery

Cabinet Stands ››

›› ››

Effective storage of thousands of small components Ideal for workshop, production or store use Includes 3 aluminium rails.

Double Stand ›› ›› ››

Model: DBS-550T Price: £249.00

››

Series 290

day delivery

Single Stand ›› ›› ›› ››

Holds 4 visible storage cabinets 550 high (ordered separately) Construction as double stand Load capacity: 50 kg Size - D x W x H: 420 x 760 x 1585mm

Small Parts Storage

››

Holds 8 visible storage cabinets 550 high (ordered separately) Epoxy powder coated steel free standing frame, light grey RAL7035 Includes 3 aluminium rails Load capacity: 100 kg Size - D x W x H: 600 x 760 x 1585 mm

Model: DBS-550L Price: £236.00

Trolley ›› ›› ››

Series 550

Series 290

Frame Size D x W x H mm

5 6

180 x 310 x 290

››

Clear Drawers

Model

Quantity

Type

12 pcs

DL-02

D292-3

4 pcs

DL-06

D296-3

12 pcs 3 pcs 1 pcs

DL-01 DL-04 DL-06

D290C-3

Price

›› ››

£29.90

Holds 8 visible storage cabinets of 550 high (ordered separately) Construction as double stand Bottom shelf of 12 mm laminated board 4 castors Ø 100 mm, 2 with brakes Load capacity: 150 kg Size - D x W x H: 600 x 760 x 1700 mm

Model: DBT-550 Price: £295.00

Shelving & Storage

Series 550 12

24 pcs

DL-02

D552-3

8 pcs

DL-06

D556-3

24 pcs 6 pcs 2 pcs

DL-01 DL-04 DL-06

D550C-3

180 x 310 x 550

DBS-550T

DBS-550L

£53.20

DBT-550

Compartment Storage Boxes Complete with clear compartment boxes Manufactured from high quality ‘impact proof’ polypropylene ›› Suitable for storage of your components in a workshop, production or service area ›› Incorporates 4 locating holes on the back of each unit, which allows them to be hung on the wall ›› ››

FROM ONLY

Small Parts Storage

£15.95 MSB12Z

MSB06Z

i Information Locating Holes

IMPACT PROOF POLYPROPYLENE

Shelving & Storage

MSB44Z

MSB24Z

Description

Drawers

6 Compartment Drawers

6 Large

12 Compartment Drawers

8 Small & 4 Large

24 Compartment Drawers

24 Large

44 Compartment Drawers

32 Small & 12 Large

64 Compartment Drawers

64 Small

day delivery

Drawer Size W x D x H mm

Small 45 x 130 x 38 Large 107 x 130 x 53

Overall Size W x D x H mm 265 x 160 x 235

500 x 160 x 390

MSB64Z Weight kg

Model

Price

0.9

MSB06Z

£15.95

MSB12Z

£16.80

2.6

MSB24Z

£36.25

2.8

MSB44Z

£38.85

3.2

MSB64Z

£41.05

‘The Organiser’ Carry Case ››

››

Ideal for all your D.I.Y. needs: nuts, bolts, fuses, screws etc Complete with 18 individual removable containers which have their own divider & belt clip Individual containers complete with dividers & belt clip

£24.50

MSC18H

day delivery

MSC18H

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price (each) 1+

Price (each) Pack of 8

330 x 330 x 130

1.6

MSC18H

£28.50

£24.50

Small Parts Storage

FROM ONLY

Bin Stands & Trolleys ›› ›› ›› ››

Model GILR2Y is mobile on 4 swivel castors, 2 with brakes Length of the hanging strip: 840mm Height between hanging strips: 130mm Ideal when small parts storage is an essential part of the day to day operations

FROM ONLY

£128.80

Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Wt kg

Model

Price

Single Sided - Static

940 x 280 x 1150

GILR1Z

£128.80

Double Sided - Mobile

940 x 500 x 1250

GILR2Y

£183.20

CP5

Plastic Containers CP3

CP1

GILR1Z with additional bins

Packed in 20’s

GILR2Y with additional bins

Tie Bar

Packed in 10’s

For use when stacking containers. CTB5 pack of 10. CTB6 pack of 5.

Packed in 20’s

Packed in 5’s

Packed in 20’s

Colour

Packed in 10’s

CP2

CP1 - Bin Size (100W x 50H x 90L mm)

CP6

CP4

CP2 - Bin Size (102W x 75H x 165L mm)

To Suit

Model

Price per pack

Container CP5

CTB5

£9.50

Container CP6

CTB6

£7.50

CP3 - Bin Size CP4 - Bin Size CP5 - Bin Size CP6 - Bin Size (148W x 130H x 240L mm) (207W x 130H x 350L mm) (207W x 175H x 350L mm) (416W x 175H x 375L mm)

Model

Price per pack

Model

Price per pack

Model

Price per pack

Model

Price per pack

Model

Price per pack

Model

Price per pack

Red

CP1RD

£14.00

CP2RD

£24.50

CP3RD

£55.00

CP4RD

£56.00

CP5RD

£71.00

CP6RD

£63.00

Green

CP1GN

£14.00

CP2GN

£24.50

CP3GN

£55.00

CP4GN

£56.00

CP5GN

£71.00

CP6GN

£63.00

Blue

CP1BU

£14.00

CP2BU

£24.50

CP3BU

£55.00

CP4BU

£56.00

CP5BU

£71.00

CP6BU

£63.00

Yellow

CP1YL

£14.00

CP2YL

£24.50

CP3YL

£55.00

CP4YL

£56.00

CP5YL

£71.00

CP6YL

£63.00

Extra Label

C1L

£2.50 per 100

C26L

£3.50 per 100

C345L

£5.00 per 100

C345L

£5.00 per 100

C345L

£5.00 per 100

C26L

£3.50 per 100

Shelving & Storage

Both units are supplied without small parts bins which must be ordered as additional items

‘Magna’ Bin Racks ›› ››

››

These units come complete with polypropylene bins These units incorporate a unique magnetic strip at the top of the unit which is ideal for storing your tools GIL07Z: pre-drilled holes for wall FROM ONLY fixing (fixings not included)

Small Parts Storage

£40.15

day delivery

GIL16Z

GIL07Z

No of Bins

Bin Quantity

4 Small & 3 Large

12 Small & 4 Large

Bins Sizes W x D x H mm

Small - 100 x 165 x 75 Large - 150 x 235 x 130

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

460 x 240 x 405

GIL07Z

£40.15

640 x 250 x 560

GIL16Z

£65.00

Organise your small parts easily & efficiently

Bin Racks

These units come complete with polypropylene bins

››

GIL15Z

Bin Rack ››

This unit comes complete with 24 polypropylene bins

day delivery

Shelving & Storage

FROM ONLY

£40.40 GIL24Z

GIL24Z

£79.95

No of Bins

Bins Size W x D x H mm

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

95 x 280 x 100

790 x 300 x 600

GIL24Z

£79.95

Louvred Panel with Bins ›› ›› ››

GIL26Z ››

No of Bins 15 26

Bin Quantity

Bins Size W x D x H mm

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Small 540 x 255 x 405 100 x 165 x 75 Large 16 Small 900 x 305 x 765 & 10 Large 150 x 235 x 130 15 Small

Weight kg

Model

Price

Manufactured from 2mm cold rolled steel Louvres securely support the bins Complete with 15 bins (5 Red, 5 Yellow & 5 Blue) - 140L x 105W x 75H mm Subject to availability

day delivery

WMS09Z

GIL15Z £40.40

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

GIL26Z £99.95

550 x 200 x 355

WMS09Z

£32.20

Bin Rack ››

Bin Trolley

This unit comes complete with 47 polypropylene bins; 32 small & 15 large: Small Bins: 100W x 165D x 75H mm Large Bins: 150W x 235D x 130H mm

This unit comes complete with 46 polypropylene bins; 30 medium & 16 large: Medium Bins: 120W x 175D x 100H mm Large Bins: 150W x 240D x 120H mm ›› Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel castors, 2 braked ››

Small Parts Storage

GIL47Z

£175.00 GIL46Y

£179.95

day delivery

GIL47Z

day delivery

GIL46Y

No of Bins

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

No of Bins

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

930 x 285 x 1150

GIL47Z

£175.00

660 x 560 x 1120

GIL46Y

£179.95

Organise your small parts easily & efficiently

Bin Trolleys These units come complete with polypropylene bins. GIL60Y comes with 24 small bins, 20 medium bins & 16 large bins & the GIL90Y comes with 36 small bins, 30 medium bins & 24 large bins ›› Small Bins: 90W x 135D x 50H mm Medium Bins: 120W x 175D x 100H mm Large Bins: 150W x 240D x 120H mm ›› Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel castors, 2 braked ››

day delivery

Shelving & Storage

FROM ONLY

£189.95 i Information

COMPLETE WITH POLYPROPYLENE BINS No of Bins

Overall Size W x D x H mm

GIL60Y

Weight kg

Model

Price

660 x 570 x 1120

GIL60Y

£189.95

660 x 570 x 1320

GIL90Y

£229.95

GIL90Y

Bin Trolleys Robust light grey frame with tough galvanised louvred panels ›› Complete with ergonomic plastic handle ›› Mobile on 4 swivel castors (2 braked) ››

Bin Sizes

Small Parts Storage

Bin 1 - 106W x 136D x 76H Bin 2 - 106W x 187D x 76H Bin 3 - 140W x 274D x 127H Bin 4 - 210W x 375D x 179H

day delivery

Bin Trolley Side View Bins Included

Description

BTC03Y

Bin 1

Bin 2

Bin 3

Bin 4

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price £408.10

Trolley without Bins

1400 x 930

BTA01Z

Trolley with Bins

1400 x 930

BTB02Y

£641.25

Trolley with Bins

1400 x 930

BTC03Y

£671.75

Bin Racks Bin Sizes

Robust light grey frame with tough galvanised louvred panels ›› Single or double sided racks ››

Bin 1 - 106W x 136D x 76H Bin 2 - 106W x 187D x 76H Bin 3 - 140W x 274D x 127H Bin 4 - 210W x 375D x 179H Bin 5 - 280W x 457D x 254H

i Information

day delivery

Shelving & Storage

COMPLETE WITH POLYPROPYLENE BINS

BRSS01Z

BRSS09Z

BRSS05Z

Bins Included

Starter

Extension

Bin 1

Bin 2

Bin 3

Bin 4

Bin 5

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

Single Sided

1880 x 930

BRSS01Z

£474.35

BRSE02Z

£386.55

Double Sided

1880 x 930

BRDS03Z

£781.95

BRDE04Z

£710.20

Single Sided

1880 x 930

BRSS05Z

£483.10

BRSE06Z

£395.30

Double Sided

1880 x 930

BRDS07Z

£799.45

BRDE08Z

£727.75

Single Sided

1880 x 930

BRSS09Z

£469.20

BRSE10Z

£381.40

Double Sided

1880 x 930

BRDS11Z

£771.65

BRDE12Z

£699.95

Description

LP3

Eco Bins ››

Stackable parts bins for use on panels, shelves or stacking

LP1

110

day delivery

111

112

Overall Size W x D x H mm

115

Colours

Model

Price each

Per Pack Quantity

Price

Eco Bins 109 x 100 x 53

Red, Blue, Green

Eco110

£0.52

£20.80

111 x 153 x 76

Red, Blue, Green

Eco111

£0.80

£48.00

160 x 250 x 129

Red, Blue, Green

Eco112

£1.68

£50.40

220 x 355 x 167

Red, Blue, Green

Eco114

£3.48

£34.80

333 x 505 x 187

Red, Blue, Green

Eco115

£7.84

£31.36

W x H mm

LP2

Small Parts Storage

114

Galvanised Backplates

500 x 500

EcoLP1

£10.50

1000 x 500

EcoLP2

£21.74

500 x 1000

EcoLP3

£21.74

Shelf Units Complete with robust bins Loading per shelf: 60kg UDL ›› Bin sizes: SSU 112 160 x 250 x 129 mm ›› Bin sizes: SSU 114 220 x 355 x 167 mm ››

››

Shelving & Storage

Bin Colours

COLOUR OPTIONS Red Blue Green specify when ordering

i Information

COMPLETE WITH ROBUST BINS

SSU 114

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Contents

Model

Price

1000 x 300 x 2130

45 x Eco Bins 112

SSU 112

£172.00

1000 x 300 x 2130

36 x Eco Bins 114

SSU 114

£226.00

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

SSU 112

XL7

Econotainers Manufactured from 100% recycled polypropylene & finished in grey ›› The design incorporates a sturdy base & sides with reinforced front & rims ›› Safe stacking with instant access to contents ›› Compatible for use with louvre panels, shelving, trolleys & benches ››

FROM ONLY

£0.44

Small Parts Storage

XL5

each

XL4

i Information

100% RECYCLED POLYPROPYLENE

XL6

XL3

day delivery

manufactured

DISCOUNTS AVAILABLE FOR VOLUME ORDERS Overall Size L x W x H mm

Pack Qty

Cap. Litres

Model

Price per pack 1 to 9 off

Price per pack 10 to 19 off

Price per pack 20+ off

90 x 100 x 50

0.46

XL1

£14.01

£10.30

£8.83

165 x 100 x 75

1.27

XL2

£17.72

£13.53

£12.06

240 x 150 x 125

4.6

XL3

£19.98

£15.45

£13.83

355 x 200 x 125

9.1

XL4

£34.81

£29.14

£26.19

355 x 200 x 175

12.8

XL5

£42.33

£32.07

£29.28

370 x 420 x 180

28.3

XL6

£39.00

£30.90

£29.28

520 x 310 x 200

31.4

XL7

£50.03

£37.52

£34.21

XL2

XL7

XL6

XL5

XL4

XL3 XL1

XL1

XL2

XL Store Bin Versatile stacking & nesting containers Ideal for industrial or domestic use ›› Large picking face when stacked ›› Made from recycled polypropylene ››

››

day delivery

Shelving & Storage

manufactured

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Pack Qty

Cap. L

Model

Price per pack 1 to 9 off

Price per pack 10 to 19 off

Price per pack 20+ off

390 x 495 x 320

XLSTORE

£58.71

£52.97

£47.82

Louvre Panel Wall Kits ›› ››

Wall fixed units make for efficient container storage & product access These units come complete with containers

manufactured

ECOWALLKIT 32

ECOWALLKIT 24

day delivery

Panel Size H x W mm

Containers

Model

Price Each

438 x 914

32 XL2

ECOWALLKIT 32

£74.16

641 x 914

24 XL3

ECOWALLKIT 24

£90.64

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Shelf Bins Open front for easy viewing of contents Optimised for shelving - NO WASTED SPACE ›› Label holder for improved logistics ›› Anti-static bins available - please ask for details

Available in four widths & depths & two heights Bin stop available to prevent removal ›› Environmentally friendly recyclable bins ›› Colour: blue ››

››

Small Parts Storage

Shelf Bin

Bin Stop

Showing Open Front & Dividers

Extra Re-inforced Bottom

i Information

Shelving & Storage

CALL FOR MORE DETAILS To Fill the Whole Bin use a Divider

Labelling

Labels (with holder) only available in packs of 100 Model: LABSTD Price: £14.05 per pack

Accessories Description Bin Stop

Divider

Overall Size W x H mm

Model

80 x 40

508

Price each

Per Pack Quantity

Price

£0.24

£12.00

Curved Dividers Facilitate Selection Per Pack

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price each

Quantity

Price

90 x 300 x 95

3009

£1.76

£70.43

120 x 300 x 95

3012

£1.96

£58.79

180 x 300 x 95

3018

£2.56

£51.29

240 x 300 x 95

3024

£2.77

£41.57

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price each

Quantity

Price

90 x 400 x 95

4009

£2.24

£89.72

120 x 400 x 95

4012

£2.63

£78.89

180 x 400 x 95

4018

£3.04

£60.78

240 x 400 x 95

4024

£3.61

£54.15

240 x 400 x 150

4024/15

£5.28

£52.80

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price each

Quantity

Price

90 x 500 x 95

5009

£2.72

£108.71

120 x 500 x 95

5012

£3.09

£92.67

180 x 500 x 95

5018

£3.56

£71.20

240 x 500 x 95

5024

£4.48

£67.20

240 x 500 x 150

5024/15

£6.24

£62.40

Per Pack

90 x 95

P09

£0.28

£13.87

120 x 95

P12

£0.30

£15.19

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price each

Quantity

Price

180 x 95

P18

£0.53

£13.32

120 x 600 x 95

6012

£3.76

£112.76

240 x 95

P24

£0.64

£15.96

240 x 600 x 95

6024

£4.88

£73.20

240 x 150

P24-15

£0.83

£8.28

240 x 600 x 150

6024/15

£7.32

£73.20

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Per Pack

Storage Bins/Trays & Modular Trays ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Polypropylene bins & trays Easy access open fronts Sturdy profiled design allows stacking whenever needed Perfect for handling small parts Ideal for carousel systems Accessories available to suit; dividers, labels & flaps 0.2L to 33L capacity for all types of parts

i Information

IDEAL FOR YOUR SMALL PARTS STORAGE NEEDS

day delivery

Small Parts Storage

9101.760.624

Description Storage Tray

4533.760.624

External Size L x W x H mm

Colour Options

Model

Price

300 x 94 x 80

Blue

4533.760.624

£4.75

400 x 94 x 80

Blue

4532.760.624

£6.55

4535.760.624

£0.81

Divider for 94mm wide Storage Trays

Storage Tray

300 x 188 x 80

Blue

4531.760.624

£6.46

400 x 188 x 80

Blue

4530.760.624

£8.63

500 x 188 x 80

Blue

4536.760.624

£8.06 £0.97

Blue

9101.760.624

£5.11

9067.000.624

Storage Tray

400 x 115 x 100

Blue

9111.760.624

£8.16

500 x 115 x 100

Blue

9121.760.624

£9.90

600 x 115 x 100

Blue

9131.760.624

£10.40

9141.761.100

£2.00

9103.760.624

£7.68

Divider for 115mm wide Storage Trays 300 x 230 x 100 Storage Tray

Blue

400 x 230 x 100

Blue

9113.760.624

£9.39

500 x 230 x 100

Blue

9123.760.624

£11.62

600 x 230 x 100

Blue

9133.760.624

£12.40

9143.761.100

£2.00

Divider for 230mm wide Storage Trays

Storage Bin

96 x 105 x 45

Blue

9076.000.624

£2.99

170 x 105 x 75

Blue

9075.000.624

£3.82

250 x 148 x 130

Blue, Yellow, Red

9074.005

£5.56

350 x 206 x 150

Blue, Yellow, Red

9073.005

£11.09

500 x 310 x 200

Blue

9071.000.624

£21.11

500 x 310 x 250

Blue

9072.000.624

£24.81

300 x 230 x 150

Blue

9067.000.624

£8.59

400 x 230 x 150

Blue

9068.000.624

£13.31

500 x 230 x 150

Blue

9069.005.624

£15.27

600 x 230 x 150

Blue

9070.000.624

£21.05

Widthway Divider for 230mm wide Modular Storage Bins

9067.300.504

£3.74

Modular Storage Bin

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Shelving & Storage

4534.760.624

300 x 115 x 100

Divider for 188mm wide Storage Trays

Corrugated Cardboard Storage Bins Economical storage solutions Supplied flat packed for easy assembly ›› Extensive range of sizes available, all ex-stock ›› ››

Small Parts Storage

K-Bins are supplied in flat form, saving valuable space prior to use. They are self-locking & assembled in seconds. All bin dimensions shown are external measurements, designed to fit metric & imperial shelf sizes to maximise the use of available space.

MATCH YOUR SHELF DEPTHS

D W

RANGE A - PACKS OF 50 ALL 100MM HIGH

Depth: 150mm

Depth: 200mm

Shelving & Storage

i Information

A3010 BESTSELLER £27.30

Depth: 300mm

Depth: 400mm

Depth: 450mm

Depth: 500mm

Depth: 600mm

100

Width mm

Model

Price per pk 50

A1505

£20.20

A1507

£22.00

100

A1510

£24.80

150

A1515

£26.60

Width mm

Model

Price per pk 50

A2005

£27.60

day delivery

A2007

£28.40

100

A2010

£26.10

150

A2015

£31.80

200

A2020

£35.30

Width mm

Model

Price per pk 50

A3005

£28.40

Width mm

Model

Price per pk 25

RANGE B - PACKS OF 25 ALL 200MM HIGH

A3007

£29.40

150

B3015

£40.40

100

A3010

£27.30

200

B3020

£42.70

150

A3015

£32.00

300

B3030

£45.60

200

A3020

£34.60

250

A3025

£38.60

Width mm

Model

Price per pk 25

Width mm

Price per pk 50

150

B4015

£42.60

Model

200

B4020

£43.20

100

A4010

£33.90

250

B4025

£43.90

150

A4015

£36.40

300

B4030

£46.70

200

A4020

£40.40

Width mm

Model

Price per pk 50

Price per pk 25

150

B4515

£43.90

100

A4510

£38.10

200

B4520

£45.10

150

A4515

£39.90

250

B4525

£46.10

200

A4520

£42.70

300

B4530

£47.80

Width mm

Model

Price per pk 50

Width mm

Model

Price per pk 25

100

A5010

£42.70

200

B5020

£46.20

150

A5015

£43.20

300

B5030

£48.60

200

A5020

£46.70

Width mm

Model

Price per pk 50

Price per pk 25

150

B6015

£46.20

100

A6010

£46.70

200

B6020

£47.30

150

A6015

£48.60

250

B6025

£49.60

200

A6020

£50.20

300

B6030

£51.30

Depth: 300mm

Depth: 400mm

Depth: 450mm

Depth: 500mm

Depth: 600mm

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Stacking Boxes ›› ›› ››

manufactured

›› ›› ››

Strong twinwall fluted polypropylene boxes Moulded handle & corner pieces Oil, grease & moisture resistant Resistant to most chemicals Supplied flat packed for easy assembly Supplied in packs of 10

Storage Boxes

COLOUR OPTIONS Silver/Grey Blue one colour per pack specify when ordering

day delivery

External Size W x L x H mm

Internal Size W x L x H mm

Colours Available

Model No

Price per pk 10

255 x 370 x 125

240 x 345 x 115

Blue, Silver/Grey

SBP112

£43.90

295 x 460 x 150

280 x 435 x 140

Blue, Silver/Grey

SBP215

£50.80

295 x 460 x 225

280 x 435 x 215

Blue, Silver/Grey

SBP222

£59.40

295 x 460 x 300

280 x 435 x 290

Blue, Silver/Grey

SBP230

£71.60

Black Only

SBP2LID to fit above 3 sizes

£13.80

Stacking Archive Storage Boxes Stacking with or without lid Ideal for storage of complete A4 lever arch files ›› Supplied in packs of 10 ›› If lids purchased separately, a small order charge will apply ›› Long shelf life ››

Shelving & Storage

››

manufactured

i Information IDEAL FOR STORAGE OF A4 LEVER ARCH FILES

day delivery

External Size W x L x H mm

Internal Size W x L x H mm

Colours Available

Model No

Price per pk 10

360 x 425 x 300

340 x 425 x 260

Silver/Grey

SBP330

£74.20

Black Only

SBP3LID to fit above size

£14.40

102

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Containers

›› ›› ››

Manufactured from transparent polypropylene Perfect for transport, order picking & storage o o Food safe & suitable for use in temperature ranges from -20 c to 90 c

FROM ONLY

Containers

£8.95 each HINGED LID COLOURS Blue Red Yellow Black

5YR

Clear specify when ordering

GUARANTEE

day delivery

NEW Plain Container

Stack Rail Container

Hinged Lid Container

External Size L x W x H mm

External Base Size L x W mm

Volume L

Load Cap. kg

Model

Price each

Model

Price each

Model

Price each

410 x 300 x 240

318 x 240

THL413024

£14.60

400 x 300 x 223

318 x 240

TPC403022

£8.95

TSR403022

£11.10

610 x 400 x 240

505 x 335

THL614024

£21.60

600 x 400 x 223

505 x 335

TPC604022

£13.90

TSR604022

£16.60

610 x 400 x 340

505 x 335

THL614034

£25.35

600 x 400 x 323

505 x 335

TPC603032

£17.75

TSR603032

£20.35

Folding Box ››

››

The unit easily & quickly folds & unfolds making it ideal to store Subject to availability

FROM ONLY

£11.10

50kg

evenly distributed

day delivery

GC059Z Overall Size L x W x H mm

Folded Size L x W x H mm

Wt kg

530 x 360 x 280

530 x 280 x 50

1.2

Model

Price (each) 1+

Price (each) Pack 5

GC059Z

£14.50

£11.10

103

Shelving & Storage

Plain Container

Stack Rail Container

Euro Containers - Integral Lids ›› ›› ››

Attached lids for added security Tough polypropylene construction Comfortable hand holes & smooth base

day delivery

ES1C3004

ES1C2004

Containers

ES1C4504

i Information

ATTACHED LIDS FOR ADDED SECURITY External Size W x D x H mm

Internal Size W x D x H mm

Volume Litres

Weight kg

Model

Price

400 x 300 x 129

355 x 255 x 105

1.21

ES0C1004

£23.74

400 x 300 x 186

355 x 255 x 164

1.43

ES1C2704

£26.16

400 x 300 x 246

355 x 255 x 220

1.68

ES1C2004

£27.47

400 x 300 x 330

355 x 255 x 300

2.18

ES1C3004

£33.41

600 x 400 x 161

555 x 355 x 139

2.11

ES0C2804

£33.41

600 x 400 x 246

555 x 355 x 220

ES1C4504

£52.22

600 x 400 x 291

555 x 355 x 265

3.33

ES1C5404

£56.26

600 x 400 x 423

555 x 355 x 394

4.47

ES0C8505

£66.36

‘Prelog’ Folding Containers ›› ››

Confectionary Trays

Fold flat for maximising vehicle capacity & reducing your storage space when empty Ventilated sides & base ensure good air flow for fresh produce & minimise water retention Constructed from tough polypropylene

Shelving & Storage

››

ES0C8505

›› ›› ››

High quality food grade trays Ventilated sides & base ensure good air flow for fresh produce & minimise water retention Constructed from tough polypropylene

day delivery

9742.001

day delivery

NEW

i Information

OPERATIONAL FROM -20° TO +80°

9741.001

External Size W x D x H mm

Internal Size W x D x H mm

Volume Litres

Weight kg

Model

Price

External Size W x D x H mm

Internal Size W x D x H mm

Volume Litres

Weight kg

Model

Price

762 x 457 x 92

715 x 412 x 72

1.4

9743.001

£16.67

600 x 400 x 190

566 x 366 x 176

1.9

3212.750

£21.98

762 x 457 x 123

715 x 412 x 103

1.8

9742.001

£18.83

600 x 400 x 235

566 x 366 x 221

2.1

3211.750

£22.14

762 x 457 x 176

715 x 412 x 156

2.1

9741.001

£23.33

104

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Euro Containers ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Available in capacities from 3 to 165 litres Straight walls provide maximum volume Modular sizes ensure optimum pallet use Use many combinations of different size containers on one pallet Suitable for distribution of goods in most industries Conveyor compatible

i Information

MAXIMUM VOLUME LOW UNIT WEIGHT

Containers

day delivery

8715.005

5787.820

8701.005

External Size L x W x H mm

Internal Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Volume Litres

Colour

Pallet Unit

300 x 200 x 120

257 x 158 x 117

0.5

Grey

400 x 300 x 120

365 x 265 x 115

0.7

Grey

400 x 300 x 145

355 x 255 x 142

0.9

Grey Recycled

400 x 300 x 145

355 x 255 x 142

0.9

Grey

56 pcs

Solid

6468.001.502

£13.92

400 x 300 x 230

355 x 255 x 225

1.3

Grey Recycled

48 pcs

Solid

6469.001.050

£16.81

400 x 300 x 230

355 x 255 x 225

1.3

Grey

48 pcs

Solid

6469.001.502

£18.24

400 x 300

0.4

Grey

288 pcs (36 per pack)

Lid

5787.820

£7.96

External Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Price (each)

272 pcs

Solid

8715.005

£11.09

80 pcs

Solid

8701.005

£17.56

56 pcs

Solid

6468.001.050

£12.69

5786.820

6476.750

6479.760 Internal Size L x W x H mm

Model

Volume Litres

Colour

Pallet Unit

Type

Model

Price (each)

600 x 400 x 50

555 x 355 x 40

0.8

Grey

120 pcs

Solid

ES100804

£12.08

600 x 400 x 120

556 x 356 x 107

1.5

Grey

75 pcs

Solid

ES641204

£14.00

600 x 400 x 150

555 x 355 x 139

1.25

Grey

70 pcs

Perforated Sides & Base

ES200201

£19.90

600 x 400 x 150

555 x 355 x 139

1.5

Grey

70 pcs

Solid

ES200204

£19.49

600 x 400 x 175

556 x 356 x 162

1.6

Grey

56 pcs

Solid

8710.005

£26.20

600 x 400 x 175

556 x 356 x 162

1.8

Grey / Red

50 pcs

Solid

ES641704

£17.68

600 x 400 x 230

555 x 355 x 225

2.2

Grey

40 pcs

Solid

6479.750

£30.97

600 x 400 x 230

555 x 355 x 225

2.2

Dark Grey Recycled

40 pcs

Solid

6479.760

£22.79

600 x 400 x 280

555 x 355 x 275

2.7

Grey

32 pcs

Solid

6476.750

£36.26

600 x 400 x 300

560 x 350 x 285

3.1

Grey

32 pcs

Solid - Sliding Panel Long Side

2366.857.502

£41.92

600 x 400 x 300

560 x 350 x 285

3.1

Grey

32 pcs

Solid - Sliding Panel Short Side

2366.851.502

£41.92

600 x 400 x 320

555 x 336 x 306

2.6

Grey

32 pcs

Solid

8712.005.502

£33.31

600 x 400

0.4

Grey

240 pcs (15 per pack)

Lid

5786.820

£13.11

6491.750

6488.005 External Size L x W x H mm

Internal Size L x W x H mm

6440.820

6440.750

Weight kg

Volume Litres

Colour

Pallet Unit

Type

Model

Price (each)

800 x 400 x 200

760 x 360 x 196

2.7

Grey

33 pcs

Flat Base

6488.005

£44.30

800 x 600 x 235

755 x 555 x 205

3.8

Grey

16 pcs

Flat Base

ES210905

£55.05

800 x 600 x 300

750 x 550 x 290

4.5

123

Grey

14 pcs

Flat Base

6491.750

£80.53

800 x 600 x 415

750 x 550 x 400

7.2

165

Grey

14 pcs

Re-inforced Base

6440.750

£90.36

800 x 600

1.8

Grey

10 pcs

Lid

6440.820

£34.99

1000 x 400 x 214

947 x 350 x 198

Grey

14 pcs

Solid

8716.005.502

£49.88

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

105

Shelving & Storage

8710.005

Type

Distribution Pallets ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Plastic Pallets & Containers

››

100% plastic - lightweight & durable Maximum load up to 5000kg Constant quality & dimensional conformity Suitable for use in the food industry Our light duty pallets are ideal for retail & export Our heavy duty pallets are the best choice where heavy loads & high bay racking are required

MAN30004

day delivery

6101.751.093

5591.510.093

1855.508.093 Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Light Duty Pallet with Lip

800 x 600 x 145

3.7

1200 x 800 x 130

5.0

1200 x 1000 x 155

6.5

Heavy Duty Pallet

1200 x 1000 x 165

Heavy Duty Pallet with Lip

1200 x 1000 x 165

Static Load Capacity kg

Dynamic Load Capacity kg

Racked Load Capacity kg

Model

Price

500

250

6101.751.093

£31.20

2500

1000

5591.510.093

£36.94

2500

1000

1855.508.093

£36.31

23.5

5000

1500

1200

MAN30004

£182.54

23.5

5000

1500

1200

MAN30204

£182.54

Hygienic Uni Boxes™ day delivery

››

Material: food approved HD-polyethylene Smooth surface, hygienic

Shelving & Storage

››

7904.750

7903.750

External Size L x W x H mm

Internal Size L x W x H mm

Weight Volume kg Litres

Colour

400 x 300 x 165

358 x 258 x 160

1.0

Blue/Red

600 x 400 x 145

537 x 358 x 140

1.9

Blue/Red/White

Pallet Unit

Type

112 pcs Solid 64 pcs

Solid

Model

Price (each)

7903.750

£16.83

7904.750

£26.81

600 x 400 x 225

537 x 358 x 220

2.3

Blue/Red/White

40 pcs

Solid

7905.750

£29.27

600 x 400 x 300

537 x 358 x 295

2.7

Blue/Red/White

28 pcs

Solid

7906.750

£37.39

400 x 300

0.7

Grey

15 pcs

Lid

600 x 400

0.9

Grey

15 pcs

Lid

106

6410.820.502 £11.41 7905.822

£15.80

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

7906.750

View & Pick Stacking Containers ›› ›› ››

Containers with open sides for easy picking Quick & easy to create picking areas Up to 75% less volume when nested

Hinged Lid Container

Stack Rail Container

Plain Container

5YR

GUARANTEE

Containers

day delivery

FROM ONLY

£11.50

Plain Container

Stack Rail Container

Hinged Lid Container

External Size L x W x H mm

Pick Opening W x H mm

Load Cap. kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

400 x 300 x 273

182 x 138

MBP4327

£11.50

MBS4327

£13.75

MBH4327

£16.20

400 x 300 x 323

182 x 157

MBP4332

£12.40

MBS4332

£14.80

MBH4332

£16.85

600 x 400 x 223

270 x 117

MBP6422

£15.00

MBS6422

£17.75

MBH6422

£22.50

600 x 400 x 273

270 x 139

MBP6427

£15.40

MBS6427

£18.00

MBH6427

£21.40

600 x 400 x 323

270 x 158

MBP6432

£19.30

MBS6432

£22.20

MBH6432

£26.85

600 x 400 x 423

270 x 217

MBP6442

£21.70

MBS6442

£21.80

MBH6442

£25.20

800 x 400 x 323

270 x 158

MBP8432

£26.85

MBS8432

£29.45

MBH8432

£36.15

800 x 400 x 423

270 x 217

MBP8442

£31.00

MBS8442

£31.50

MBH8442

£42.35

day delivery

Container Pick Walls

FROM ONLY

£392.10

›› ›› ››

Shelving & Storage

››

Create a storage & picking area without the need for shelving Quick & easy to create picking areas Ideal for NEW products & great sellers More sizes & options available - call for details

i Information

PW6842

OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

PW6442

5YR

GUARANTEE

Container Picking Walls

Description

Capacity Litres per Container

Overall Size - per Container L x W x H mm

Overall Size - per Wall L x W x H mm

Model

Price

16 Containers - 4 Wide x 4 High

82.5

600 x 400 x 415

2400 x 400 x 1640

PW6442

£392.10

12 Containers - 3 Wide x 4 High

174

600 x 800 x 420

1800 x 800 x 1640

PW6842

£567.50

12 Containers - 3 Wide x 4 High

174

800 x 600 x 420

2400 x 600 x 1640

PW8642

£567.50

108

Economy Attached Lid Containers ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Up to 75% height saving when nested Designed for both automated & manual handling Lids are equipped with ribs which day hold stacked containers securely delivery Integrated lid accepts strapping & security seals This maximises volume & load capacity & saves space during transportation

Internal Size W x D x H mm

Capacity Litres

Colour

Model

Price

400 x 300 x 222

338 x 254 x 197

Blue Container & Lid

AT432204

£19.07

400 x 300 x 264

334 x 254 x 239

Blue Container & Lid

AT432604

£20.91

400 x 300 x 306

329 x 250 x 282

Blue Container & Lid

AT433104

£23.76

600 x 400 x 264

530 x 353 x 240

Blue Container & Lid

AT642604

£27.86

600 x 400 x 306

514 x 350 x 281

Blue Container & Lid

AT643104

£29.90

600 x 400 x 365

508 x 346 x 340

Blue Container & Lid

AT643604

£31.90

600 x 400 x 400

521 x 343 x 375

Blue Container & Lid

AT644004

£33.35

710 x 460 x 368 (without drainholes)

597 x 374 x 330

Green Container & Lid

AT10A804

£33.92

710 x 460 x 368 (with drainholes)

597 x 374 x 330

Green Container & Lid

AT10A829

£33.92

Security Seals - Bag of 1000

OTKS0104AA

£129.84

Dolly to Suit 1 x 600W x 400D mm or 2 x 400W x 300D Containers

Red

8400.500.205

£80.51

Containers

External Size W x D x H mm

2 x AT643604 Nested

AT643104 Open

AT642604 Closed

N.B. ECONOMY & PREMIUM CONTAINERS WILL NOT INTER WORK TOGETHER

Premium Attached Lid Containers ›› ›› ›› ››

Wholesale & industrial applications Designed for both automated & manual handling Lids are equipped with ribs which hold stacked containers securely Integrated lid accepts strapping & security seals The step design enables nearly vertical walls. This maximises volume & load capacity & saves space during transportation

External Size W x D x H mm

Internal Size W x D x H mm

day delivery

Shelving & Storage

››

Capacity Litres

Colour

Model

Price

400 x 300 x 250

328 x 237 x 235

1325.850

P.O.A.

400 x 300 x 300

327 x 235 x 285

1325.851

£22.12

600 x 400 x 250

529 x 344 x 235

600 x 400 x 300

527 x 342 x 285

Blue Container & Lid

1310.851

£37.92

1311.851

£38.30

600 x 400 x 350

526 x 341 x 335

1329.850

£45.13

600 x 400 x 400

526 x 341 x 385

1330.850

£46.44

PD064S

£76.10

Dolly to Suit 1 x 600W x 400D mm x or 2 x 400W x 300D Containers Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Blue

109

View & Pick Stacking Containers ›› ›› ››

Label Cards / Holders

Each container is supplied with a label card Integral label holder on all four sides Ergonomically designed open hand grips

Insertable Window

FROM ONLY

£9.95

day delivery

Suits Container

Pack Size

Model

Price

Containers

Insertable Window

5YR

400 x 300 x 220

IW403022

£4.05

400 x 300 x 270

IW403027

£4.15

600 x 400 x 220

IW604022

£4.15

600 x 400 x 270

IW604027

£4.35

600 x 400 x 320

IW604032

£4.35

600 x 400 x 420

IW604042

£4.85

800 x 600 x 320

IW806032

£8.70

800 x 600 x 420

IW806042

£8.70

Label Cards / Holders Label Cards - 210 x 74 mm

LC275

£5.05

Label Holders - 209 x 67 mm

LHC261

£15.50

GUARANTEE

Colour: Blue

Pick Opening W x H mm

Volume Litres

Load Cap. kg

Stacking Load kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

400 x 300 x 220

212 x 106

20.8

200

XL2110B

£9.95

XL2110R

£10.85

400 x 300 x 270

212 x 131

25.6

200

XL2113B

£11.25

XL2113R

£12.70

600 x 400 x 220

274 x 106

44.3

250

XL2710B

£14.55

XL2710R

£16.45

600 x 400 x 270

274 x 131

54.5

250

XL2713B

£17.05

XL2713R

£18.30

600 x 400 x 320

274 x 156

64.8

250

XL2715B

£16.75

XL2715R

£18.50

600 x 400 x 420

274 x 206

85.3

250

XL2720B

£21.05

XL2720R

£23.45

800 x 600 x 320

459 x 153

132

500

XL4515B

£48.00

800 x 600 x 420

459 x 203

174

500

XL4520B

£48.00

800 x 600 x 520

459 x 253

217

500

XL4525B

£55.75

XL Containers with Fork Entry Shoes ›› ››

Colour: Red

External Size L x W x H mm

Each container is supplied with a label card Ergonomically designed open hand grips

Shelving & Storage

day delivery

Insertable Window

5YR

FROM ONLY

£66.05

GUARANTEE

External Size L x W x H mm

Pick Opening W x H mm

Volume Litres

Load Cap. kg

Container Model

Insertable Window

Price

Model

Price

Short Side Pick Opening 800 x 600 x 320

459 x 153

132

200

XLS4515

£66.05

XLW4515

£8.70

800 x 600 x 420

459 x 203

174

200

XLS4520

£71.20

XLW4520

£8.70

800 x 600 x 520

459 x 253

217

200

XLS4525

£76.35

XLW4525

£8.90

Long Side Pick Opening 800 x 600 x 320

459 x 153

132

200

XLL4515

£68.10

XLW4515

£8.70

800 x 600 x 420

459 x 203

174

200

XLL4520

£71.20

XLW4520

£8.70

800 x 600 x 520

459 x 253

217

200

XLL4525

£78.45

XLW4525

£8.90

110

Big Box Manufactured in high density polyethylene Securely stacks loads of up to 4500Kg - 9 full units ›› Smooth internal & external walls for ease of cleaning ›› 4 way entry for fork & pump trucks ›› Drain taps & plugs are available & all components are easily replaceable ›› Boxes & lids available in grey only ›› Ideal for heavy duty applications ›› ››

day delivery

i Information

4401.100.554

OPERATIONAL FROM -40° TO +80° 4410.820.502

Box Pallets

i Information

UNIT LOAD CAPACITY 500KG

4401.105.554

4401.300.554 Description

External Size L x W x H mm

Internal Size L x W x H mm

Solid sides & base

1200 x 800 x 760

Solid sides & base

1200 x 800 x 790

Solid sides & base Solid sides & base with drop down door

Feet & Door Fittings

Model

Price

1110 x 710 x 610

4 Feet

4403.100.554

£320.06

1110 x 710 x 610

3 Skids

4403.300.554

£360.72

1200 x 800 x 915

1110 x 710 x 610

4 Wheels

4403.105.554

P.O.A.

1200 x 800 x 760

1110 x 710 x 610

4 Feet

4403.150.554

£329.31

Lid to suit 1200 x 800 Box

1200 x 800

4409.820.502

£61.52

Solid sides & base

1200 x 1000 x 760

1110 x 910 x 610

4 Feet

4401.100.554

£330.54

Perforated sides & base

1200 x 1000 x 760

1110 x 910 x 610

4 Feet

4401.400.554

P.O.A.

Solid sides & base with drop down door

1200 x 1000 x 760

1110 x 910 x 610

4 Feet

4401.150.554

£362.02

Solid sides & base

1200 x 1000 x 790

1110 x 910 x 610

3 Skids

4401.300.554

£385.52

Perforated sides & base

1200 x 1000 x 790

1110 x 910 x 610

3 Skids

4401.600.554

£365.30

Solid sides & base

1200 x 1000 x 915

1110 x 910 x 610

4 Wheels

4401.105.554

P.O.A.

Lid to suit 1200 x 1000 Box

1200 x 1000

4410.820.502

£68.91

Magnum Optimum & Tytan Easy to fold & erect. Folded Height: 325mm Lighter, more durable, offers more shipping & useable volume. Achieves a highest possible folding ratio & fulfills quality standards of all current European regulations for FOC’s ›› When empty, it folds to around one third of its erected size, saving valuable space in storage or return transport. Each side is numbered in the sequence they fold.

Shelving & Storage

›› ››

day delivery

2530.652.502

2540.652.502 Folded Description

External Size L x W x H mm

Volume Litres

Weight kg

Model

Price

Magnum - 2 Slide Access Doors

1200 x 800 x 950

620

2330.456

£409.97

Lid to suit

1200 x 800

2336.820

£44.98

1200 x 1000 x 750

606

2540.652.502

£420.63

Magnum - 2 Slide Access Doors Magnum - 2 Drop Access Doors

1200 x 1000 x 870

734

2530.652.502

£420.63

1200 x 1000 x 975

847

2549.461.502

£420.63 £420.63

1200 x 1000 x 1000

873

2550.461.502

Lid To Suit. Colour: Black

1200 x 1000

2326.820

£42.60

Tytan - 2 Drop Access Doors

1200 x 1000 x 975

800

FL097520AA

£361.67

Lid To Suit. Colour: Black

1200 x 1000

LI09759D

£51.59

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

111

Light Duty Roller Tracks

5YR

Roller Tracks

GUARANTEE

›› ››

Cylindrical plastic rollers Roller pitch: 28mm

5YR

GUARANTEE

Flanged plastic rollers Roller pitch: 42mm

›› ››

GUARANTEE

›› ››

Steel spindle cylindrical rollers Roller pitch: 28mm

Length mm

Capacity per Linear Metre

Model

Price

Length mm

Capacity per Linear Metre

Model

Price

Length mm

Capacity per Linear Metre

Model

Price

2000

140kg

RT20CR28

£8.30

2000

90kg

RT20FR42

£10.65

2000

280kg

RT20SSR28

£12.05

3000

140kg

RT30CR28

£12.25

3000

90kg

RT30FR42

£15.90

3000

280kg

RT30SSR28

£18.00

Heavy Duty Roller Tracks ››

Flanged plastic rollers

2YR

Shelving & Storage

GUARANTEE

››

Cylindrical plastic rollers

Roller Pitch: 96mm

Roller Pitch: 72mm

Length mm

Capacity per Linear Metre

Model

Price

Model

Price

2400

845kg

RT24FPR96

£72.25

RT24FPR72

£82.55

3600

845kg

RT36FPR96

£103.20

RT36FPR72

£120.75

2YR

GUARANTEE

››

Cylindrical steel rollers

112

Length mm

Capacity per Linear Metre

Roller Pitch: 96mm

Roller Pitch: 72mm

Roller Pitch: 48mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

2400

1300kg

RT24CPR96

£75.35

RT24CPR72

£88.75

RT24CPR48

£114.55

3600

1300kg

RT36CPR96

£107.35

RT36CPR72

£127.95

RT36CPR48

£167.15

Length mm

Capacity per Linear Metre

Roller Pitch: 96mm

Roller Pitch: 72mm

Roller Pitch: 48mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

2400

2600kg

RT24STR96

£134.15

RT24STR72

£162.00

RT24STR48

£227.00

3600

2600kg

RT36STR96

£189.85

RT36STR72

£237.35

RT36STR48

£330.20

2YR

GUARANTEE

Heavy Duty Mobile Bar Storage Rack ›› ›› ›› ››

Tiers per unit: 3 Space between arms: 330mm Mobile on 4 x 200mm heavy duty swivel castors, 2 braked Folded height: 630mm

NEW

Storage Racks

Removable Central Support Section

GSR35

Foldable unit for easy storage & allows them to be stacked Description

Load Capacity kg

Overall Size H x W x L mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

2 Arms

1000kg

1560 x 1100 x 1600

GSR30

£707.35

3 Arms

2000kg

1560 x 1100 x 1600

GSR35

£812.70

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Shelving & Storage

manufactured

2 x GSR11 2 x GSR62 GSR01

GSR61

Bar Storage Racks ›› ›› ››

350kg 350kg 400kg

Tiers per unit: 6 Units can be fixed to the floor for stability Load heavy materials at base

850kg 950kg 1100kg Load Capacity Per Arm

Heavy Duty Bar Storage Racks ›› ›› ›› ››

Load Capacity per arm: 1000kg Space between arms: 250mm Units can be fixed to the floor for stability Load heavy materials at base Overall Size L x D x H mm

Tiers per unit

Overall Size L x D x H mm

Type

Weight kg

Model

Price

1150 x 575 x 1500

1150 x 575 x 1870

680 x 680 x 1910

Single

GSR61

£335.50

1150 x 1000 x 1500

1270 x 680 x 1910

Double

GSR62

£491.35

1150 x 1000 x 1870

Type Single Double

Weight kg

Model

Price

GSR01

£462.25

GSR02

£517.80

GSR11

£570.60

GSR12

£618.25

113

Bar Pallets A versatile & flexible bar storage system of an all welded construction, which stacks up to 5 high ›› Load capacity of 1000kg per unit, max 5000kg ››

upto

5000kg

evenly distributed

FROM ONLY

Storage Racks

£235.35

4 x BRP01Z

3YR

manufactured

BRP12Z

2 x BRP01Z

GUARANTEE

Internal Size L x W mm

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

620 x 400

700 x 480 x 610

BRP01Z

£235.35

920 x 400

1000 x 480 x 610

BRP02Z

£238.75

620 x 520

700 x 600 x 610

BRP11Z

£240.15

920 x 520

1000 x 600 x 610

BRP12Z

£243.55

Cantilever Racking Fully welded construction Load capacity per arm: 200kg ›› Each arm has end stops to prevent items falling off ›› Load heavy materials at base ›› ››

GCR110

Shelving & Storage

£814.25

GCR120

3YR

GCR110

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Description

Overall Size L x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

£814.25

Parallel Arms Single Sided - 2 Bay

2580 x 610 x 2100

106

GCR110

Single Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays

Increase Length by 1225mm per bay

GCR111

£367.90

Double Sided - 2 Bay

2580 x 1100 x 2100

143

GCR210

£1016.15

Increase Length by 1225mm per bay

GCR211

£485.40

Double Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays

Tapered Arms Single Sided - 2 Bay

2580 x 650 x 2030

GCR120

£888.40

Single Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays

Increase Length by 1225mm per bay

GCR121

£416.75

Double Sided - 2 Bay

2580 x 1190 x 2030

125

GCR220

£948.35

Double Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays

Increase Length by 1225mm per bay

GCR221

£482.50

114

Cantilever Racking ›› ›› ››

››

›› ››

Store long & heavy products safely Improve stock accessibility. Ideal for timber, piping, steel, plastic etc The arms are fitted with removable end stops for the ease of loading products on & off Frame has wall & floor fixing points to secure the unit (fixings not included) The arms are height adjustable in increments of 150mm Load capacity per arm: 250kg

Cantilever Racking

Heavy duty, height adjustable arms with removable end stops

3YR

manufactured Overall Size L x D x H mm

GUARANTEE

CR1003ST

Starter Bay with 12 Arms & 3 Uprights Starter Bay with 15 Arms & 3 Uprights Model

Price

Model

Price

Extension Bay with 1 Upright

Additional Arm

Model

Price

Model

Price

CR050EX

£508.35

CRA05A

£117.20

CR100EX

£547.75

CRA10A

£126.95

500mm Long Arms 2490 x 1200 x 3000

£1337.00

CR0503ST

CR0504ST

£1428.65

1000mm Long Arms 2490 x 1200 x 3000

£1447.65

CR1003ST

CR1004ST

£1549.20

Vertical Storage Racks ›› ››

››

Shelving & Storage

››

Each starter bay is made up of two uprights & 3 adjustable support arms Each extension bay is made up of one upright & a further 3 adjustable support dividers Movable dividers enable horizontal & vertical adjustment of the storage sections allowing the unit to meet your individual requirements Plywood base offers protection to the ends of the stored items whilst adding stability to the unit Frame has wall mounted fixing points to secure the unit (fixings not included)

3YR

GUARANTEE

Movable dividers enable horizontal & vertical adjustment

CR2575ST & CR2575EX with 1 x CRA15A

manufactured Starter Bay

Description

Overall Size L x D x H mm

Model

3 Dividers

1633 x 785 x 2575

Additional Divider

Extension Bay Price

Overall Size L x D x H mm

Model

Price

CR2575ST

£718.95

1595 x 785 x 2575

CR2575EX

£590.00

CRA15A

£58.40

CRA15A

£58.40

115

Vertical Storage Racks ›› ›› ››

››

Each starter bay is made up of two uprights & 8 adjustable support dividers Each extension bay is made up of one upright & a further 8 adjustable support dividers Movable dividers enable horizontal adjustment of the storage sections allowing the unit to meet your individual requirements Plywood base offers protection to the ends of the stored items whilst adding stability to the unit Frame has wall mounted fixing points to secure the unit (fixings not included)

Storage Racks

YR GUARANTEE

manufactured

CR3000ST Movable Divider CR3000ST Starter Bay Description

Overall Size L x D x H mm

Model

5 Compartments (8 Dividers)

2430 x 650 x 3000

Additional Divider

Extension Bay Price

Overall Size L x D x H mm

Model

Price

CR3000ST

£819.80

2430 x 650 x 3000

CR3000EX

£684.35

CRA20A

£49.20

CRA20A

£49.20

GVR31

Shelving & Storage

£351.50

YR GUARANTEE

GSR34

GVR31

manufactured

YR GUARANTEE

Variable Height Sheet Rack Fully welded construction ›› Distance between uprights: 160mm ›› 5 Support Bars: 400, 550, 700, 850 & 1000mm ››

Overall Size H x L x D mm 1000 x 1400 x 800

116

Weight kg 70

Model GVR31

Price £351.50

Sheet Racking ›› ››

Fully welded construction Intermediate floor bracing for supporting the sheet materials

manufactured

Overall Size H x L x W mm

No of Bays

Distance between Uprights

Weight kg

Model

Price

1050 x 2040 x 1200

260mm

135

GSR34

£800.80

1050 x 2040 x 1400

242mm

160

GSR35

£953.00

1050 x 2040 x 1600

229mm

180

GSR36

£1121.50

1050 x 2040 x 1800

221mm

200

GSR37

£1280.80

1050 x 2040 x 2000

214mm

215

GSR38

£1491.05

1050 x 2040 x 2200

209mm

235

GSR39

£1682.35

1050 x 2040 x 2400

205mm

255

GSR40

£1846.80

GVR20

£518.20

YR GUARANTEE

manufactured Both of these units are fitted with compartment bars to stop smaller sheets from sliding between compartments

GVR15

£216.85

GVR15

Vertical Sheet Rack ›› ››

day delivery

GVR20

Vertical Sheet Rack ››

Fully welded construction Distance between support bars: 230mm

›› ››

manufactured

Fully welded construction Distance between support bars: 310mm Flat Steel base to accept sheet metal

Overall Size H x L x W mm

No of Sections

Weight kg

Model

Price

Overall Size H x L x W mm

No of Sections

Weight kg

Model

Price

900 x 860 x 860

GVR15

£216.85

1245 x 1100 x 970

GVR20

£518.20

Vertical Storage Racks

Storage Racks

YR GUARANTEE

Vertical Sheet Rack

GVR24

£337.75

Shelving & Storage

YR GUARANTEE

GVR01

manufactured

GVR24 ›› ›› ››

Fully welded construction Distance between support bars: 250mm Pre-drilled for bolting to the floor (fixings not supplied) Overall Size H x L x W mm

No of Sections

Weight kg

Model

Price

1500 x 600 x 1200

GVR24

£337.75

1500 x 600 x 1800

100

GVR26

£416.85

1500 x 600 x 2400

120

GVR28

£562.10

›› ›› ››

Bolted & welded construction Overall Size: 2120L x 1240W x 1530H mm Flatpack Size: 1240L x 1530W x 120H mm For use with Sheet Size

Opening mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

21/2 m x 11/2 m

150

140

GVR01

£971.20

117

Hazardous Substance Storage Cupboards ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Hazardous Storage

›› ››

››

Manufactured from 0.7mm steel body & 0.9mm steel doors These units enable separate storage of hazardous substances “No Snag” handles with 2 point locking mechanism Adjustable spill retaining shelves for superior spill management Integral liquid tight sump encourages the correct handling of spills (except wall mounted cupboards) Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for mounting (fixings not included) Floor chests have an integrated welded sump, angled lid to discourage article placement & a hasp & staple lock - padlock not supplied Stands raise cupboards by 500mm with an adjustable foot for uneven surfaces

i Information

FROM ONLY

£130.55

THESE CABINETS CAN HELP YOU COMPLY WITH COSHH REGULATIONS, DEPENDING ON YOUR RISK ASSESSMENT

EFC16Z

EWC01Z

day delivery

EXCEPT FLOOR CHESTS

Overall Size H x W x D mm

No of Shelves

No of Doors

manufactured Model

Price

Shelving & Storage

Floor Cupboards 700 x 350 x 300

Single

EFC01Z

£130.55

700 x 900 x 460

Double

EFC03Z

£179.85

900 x 460 x 460

Single

EFC02Z

£153.55

900 x 900 x 460

Double

EFC05Z

£196.85

1200 x 900 x 460

Double

EFC06Z

£248.20

1800 x 900 x 460

Double

EFC08Z

£291.90

1800 x 1200 x 460

Double

EFC16Z

£343.90

Mobile Cupboards

ESS02Z

840 x 900 x 460

Double

EMC01Z

£286.30

1040 x 900 x 460

Double

EMC02Z

£311.90

EWC01Z

£170.60

Wall Cupboards 570 x 850 x 255

Double

Floor Chests 510 x 610 x 340

EFC18Z

£212.30

610 x 1170 x 460

EFC19Z

£331.60

To Fit W x D mm

Model

Price

Extra Shelves 350 x 300

EES01Z

£18.55

460 x 460

EES02Z

£23.20

900 x 460

EES08Z

£30.15

1200 x 460

EES16Z

£34.80

350 x 300

ESS01Z

£69.55

460 x 460

ESS02Z

£69.55

900 x 460

ESS08Z

£77.65

Stands

EFC18Z

118

Heavy Duty Hazardous Substance Storage Cupboards ›› ›› ››

››

›› ››

››

Hazardous Storage

››

Manufactured from 0.9mm sheet steel with formed & welded seams Supplied with removable galvanised sump tray & shelves Doors are fitted with vertical reinforcement panels to prevent distortion Produced with return flange around doors & joints to prevent the passage of flame Fitted with security locks & two keys Shelves can be used as flush shelves or as a tray & are adjustable to 75mm centres Locks & handles are all metal to eliminate melting under fire attack Powder coated yellow

HSC05Z

Shelving & Storage

››

HSC08Z

i Information THESE CABINETS CAN HELP YOU COMPLY WITH COSHH REGULATIONS, DEPENDING ON YOUR RISK ASSESSMENT

HSC02Z HSC03Z

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Overall Size W x D x H mm

No of Shelves

Doors

Weight kg

Model

Price

458 x 483 x 915

Single

HSC02Z

£281.40

610 x 306 x 610

Double

HSC03Z

£291.45

915 x 483 x 915

Double

HSC05Z

£388.95

915 x 483 x 1830

Double

HSC08Z

£652.90

119

Heavy Duty Hazardous Cabinets GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE CABINETS SHOWN ON PAGES 120 & 121 ››

›› ›› ››

Hazardous Storage

›› ››

Designed to comply with Flammable Liquid Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate & Health & Safety Guidance notes HSG51 & CS19 Comply with Factory Inspectorate Certificate of Approval No. 1 Parts 3 & 4 Manufactured from 1.2mm sheet steel for extra strength & improved protection from fire penetration A robustly constructed range of cabinets providing safe storage for flammable liquids Base of each unit is fitted with a large capacity removable sump to contain any spillage All formed welded seams Doors are fitted with vertical reinforcement panels to prevent distortion ›› Produced with return flange around doors & joints to prevent the passage of flame ›› Fitted with all metal security locks & two keys ›› Adjustable galvanised shelves to 75mm centres. Shelves are also reversible which allows them to be used as a tray ›› Floor stands are available for the five smallest sizes, raising the units by 450 mm ››

FROM ONLY

£330.85

HEAVY DUTY CABINETS

Made from 1.2mm sheet steel

Shelving & Storage

FSC Range

i Information THESE CABINETS CAN HELP YOU COMPLY WITH COSHH REGULATIONS, DEPENDING ON YOUR RISK ASSESSMENT

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Highly Flammable Storage Cabinets - FSC Range ›› ›› ››

Powder coated Yellow Supplied with appropriate labels to BS5378 standard For pricing details please see opposite page

General Storage Cabinets - GSC Range ›› ›› ››

Powder coated grey Supplied complete with general purpose labelling For pricing details please see opposite page

120

GSC Range

Hazardous Storage

3YR

GUARANTEE

PSC Range

manufactured

i Information

HEAVY DUTY CABINETS Made from 1.2mm sheet steel

ASC Range

Before storage of herbicides & petroleum based products takes place the advice of the following should be sought for specific guidance.

Pesticide/Agrochemical Storage Cabinets - PSC Range

››

Powder coated red For your safety the doors of the cabinets are fitted with louvre vents Supplied with the currently approved labels to BS5378 & EEC directive 92/58

››

All other details are as per general specification shown on the previous page

›› ››

Health & Safety Inspector Trading Standards Officers Environmental Health Officers ›› Fire Officers

››

Acid Storage Cabinets - ASC Range ››

›› ››

Powder coated white which is impervious to most acids

››

Complete with acid warning label conforming to BS5499/1 & EEC directive 92/58

››

All other details are as per general specification shown on the previous page Highly Flammable

General

Pesticide/Agrochemical

Acid

Overall Size W x D x H mm

No of Shelves

Shelf Depth (as a tray)

Sump Capacity

Doors

Weight kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

*458 x 483 x 765

38mm

14 litres

FSC01Z

£335.25

GSC01Z

£330.85

PSC01Z

£357.05

ASC01Z

£357.05

*458 x 483 x 915

38mm

14 litres

FSC02Z

£375.15

GSC02Z

£370.65

PSC02Z

£396.90

ASC02Z

£396.90

*610 x 306 x 610

24mm

12 litres

FSC03Z

£358.20

GSC03Z

£353.85

PSC03Z

£379.90

ASC03Z

£379.90

*915 x 483 x 710

34mm

33 litres

FSC04Z

£466.35

GSC04Z

£461.95

PSC04Z

£488.00

ASC04Z

£488.00

*915 x 483 x 915

34mm

33 litres

FSC05Z

£539.10

GSC05Z

£534.80

PSC05Z

£560.85

ASC05Z

£560.85

915 x 483 x 1220

34mm

33 litres

FSC06Z

£599.90

GSC06Z

£595.65

PSC06Z

£621.65

ASC06Z

£621.65

915 x 483 x 1500

34mm

33 litres

FSC07Z

£735.05

GSC07Z

£730.65

PSC07Z

£756.75

ASC07Z

£756.75

915 x 483 x 1830

34mm

33 litres

100

FSC08Z

£821.05

GSC08Z

£816.65

PSC08Z

£842.65

ASC08Z

£842.65

FSC09Z

£152.80

GSC09Z

£152.80

PSC09Z

£170.60

ASC09Z

£170.60

*Floor stand (available for the 5 smallest sizes)

121

Shelving & Storage

SAFETY NOTE

CoSHH Cupboards CFC08Z

CFC16Z

FROM ONLY

£130.55

CFC03Z & CSS08Z

CoSHH Cupboards

CFC06Z

CFC05Z

Shelving & Storage

CFC02Z

CFC01Z

manufactured CFC18Z

It is vital that employers and employees comply with the control of hazardous substances in all working environments. This range of cupboards & cabinets enables the separate storage & transportation of hazardous substances as demanded by the CoSHH regulations. ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

››

Manufactured from 0.7mm steel body & 0.9mm steel doors “No snag” handles with 2-point locking Adjustable spill-retaining galvanized shelves for superior spill management* Integral liquid-tight sump encourages the correct handling of spills through the use of absorbents* Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for mounting (fixings not included). Floor chests have a welded integrated sump, angled lid to discourage article placement & a hasp & staple lock – padlock not supplied Stands raise cupboards by 500mm with an adjustable foot for uneven surfaces

*Except wall mounted cupboards

122

Overall Size H x W x D mm

No of Shelves

No of Doors

Model

Price

Floor Cupboards 700 x 350 x 300

Single

CFC01Z

£130.55

700 x 900 x 460

Double

CFC03Z

£179.85

900 x 460 x 460

Single

CFC02Z

£153.55

900 x 900 x 460

Double

CFC05Z

£196.85

1200 x 900 x 460

Double

CFC06Z

£248.20

1800 x 900 x 460

Double

CFC08Z

£291.90

1800 x 1200 x 460

Double

CFC16Z

£343.90

Mobile Cupboards 840 x 900 x 460

Double

CMC01Z

£286.30

1040 x 900 x 460

Double

CMC02Z

£311.90

CWC01Z

£170.60

Wall Cupboards 570 x 850 x 255

Double

Floor Chests 510 x 610 x 340

CFC18Z

£212.30

610 x 1170 x 460

CFC19Z

£331.60

To Fit W x D mm

Model

Price

350 x 300

CSS01Z

£69.55

460 x 460

CSS02Z

£69.55

900 x 460

CSS08Z

£77.65

Stands

General Storage Flat Top Bins The base of each unit is fitted with skids to prevent deterioration ›› Finished in grey powder coat & labelled to comply with regulations ›› The flanged lid is fitted with a hasp & staple for locking & is supplied with a removable 100mm liquid tight drip tray ››

manufactured

GSB Range

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

625 x 335 x 508

GSB10Z

£396.60

610 x 610 x 610

GSB20Z

£550.70

1220 x 610 x 610

GSB30Z

£710.30

Petroleum Storage Chests Suitable for ‘CLASS A’ Storage (1986) & labelled in accordance with the Petroleum Consolidation Act 1928, conforming to BS5378 & E.C. Directive 92/58 EEC ›› Fully welded units designed & constructed to comply with A.P.E.A requirements ›› Fitted with a hasp & staple to enable padlocking ›› Produced with a sloping roof to aid protection against the weather ›› Each unit is fitted with a removable sump YR ››

Storage Chests & Cabinets

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

SSB10Z

Overall Size W x D x H front/rear mm

Weight kg

Capacity (Cubic Metres)

Model

Price

610 x 630 x 655/810

0.25

SSB09Z

£577.00

965 x 630 x 655/810

0.34

SSB10Z

£717.30

1270 x 630 x 655/810

0.40

SSB11Z

£848.95

›› ›› ›› ››

››

›› ››

Shelving & Storage

Storage Cabinet SSC01Z Lockable handle on double doors Clear space between shelves: 550 top & 540 bottom shelf Two removable storage shelves of 25 x 25mm mesh, 1115W x 520D mm Designed to comply with the Flammable Liquid Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate & the Factory Inspection Guide HSG51 The adjustable vent meets the requirements of both flammable storage (vent closed) & agrochemicals (vent open) All welded unit conforming to the A.P.E.A. construction requirements The unit provides a half hour YR protection from collapse GUARANTEE & the passage of flame

£1025.15

N.B - A Fork Lift will be needed to unload this unit manufactured Overall Size W x D x H mm

Base Unit Capacity

Weight kg

Model

Price

1125 x 560 x 1535

85 Litre

120

SSC01Z

£1025.15

SSC01Z

123

Storage Vaults ››

››

FROM ONLY

£1334.55

›› ›› ›› ››

Storage Vaults

››

Designed to comply with the Flammable Liquid Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate & the Factory Inspection Guide HSG51 Adjustable vent meets the requirements of both flammable storage (vents closed) & agrochemicals (vents open) All welded units conforming to the A.P.E.A. construction requirements Provide a half hour protection from collapse & the passage of flame Multi-lockable for high security & fitted with a lift up action lid assisted by gas struts For extra protection & fork lifting the units have skids on the base Middle shelves pivot on models SSV01Z & SSV02Z to enable larger items to be stored on the base level Model SSV03Z has a central partition & four shelves - the two middle shelves fold away & the two top shelves are made in 3 sections the back section is fixed in position & the front two sections removable All models have a liquid-tight base to contain spillage N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these vaults

3YR

SSV02Z

GUARANTEE

Shelving & Storage

manufactured

SSV01Z

SAFETY NOTE Before storage of herbicides & petroleum based products takes place the advice of the following should be sought for specific guidance. Health & Safety Inspector Trading Standards Officers Environmental Health Officers ›› Fire Officers

›› ›› ››

SSV03Z

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Liquid Tight Sealed Base Unit Capacity

Shelves mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

700 x 850 x 1270

120 Litre

2 x Shelves: Top: 690 x 400 fixed Middle: 690 x 400 pivots

180

SSV01Z

£1334.55

1370 x 850 x 1270

250 Litre

2 x Shelves: Top: 1360 x 400 fixed Middle: 1360 x 400 pivots

260

SSV02Z

£1879.45

2500 x 1080 x 1270

550 Litre

4 x Shelves: 1220 x 500

460

SSV03Z

£3352.50

124

Hazardous Material Stores The window brings natural light into the container without creating high energy costs! Size: 600W x 800D mm Also available on LGE range on the opposite page Price: P.O.A.

››

Safety Stores

››

Designed for the safe storage of small & large quantities of hazardous, flammable or chemical liquids (powered extraction available as an accessory) Storage Area: 3 to 7.5m2 Bespoke units available - call for details

SSCOM1-L2-G

£3479.05

SSCOM1-L2-G (shelving & ramp are available as accessories)

5YR

Shelving & Storage

GUARANTEE

manufactured

FROM ONLY

£160.80 Internal view showing built-in shelving (see table below) Manufactured in accordance with PPG 26 regulations as per the requirement of the Environment Agency

Built-in Shelving

Model

SSCOM1-L2

SSCOM2-L2

SSCOM3-L2

External Size: W x D x H mm Internal Size: W x D x H mm Sump Capacity: Litres Load Capacity: kg/m2 Type of Door Position of Door

2480 x 1490 x 2460 2240 x 1240 x 2100 550 1000 2 Wing Doors Long Side

2490 x 2420 x 2460 2240 x 2240 x 2100 1000 1000 2 Wing Doors Long Side

3420 x 2490 x 2460 3240 x 2240 x 2100 1500 1000 2 Wing Doors Long Side

Model: Galvanised Price

SSCOM1-L2-G £3479.05

SSCOM2-L2-G £3907.60

SSCOM3-L2-G £5159.80

Size: W x D mm Grid Shelves mm

1000 x 500 3 x 1000

2000 x 500 3 x 2000

Model: Galvanised & Painted Price

SSCOM1-L2-GP £3835.65

SSCOM2-L2-GP £4500.05

SSCOM3-L2-GP £5892.55

Model: Price

SSSHELF-1 £160.80

SSSHELF-2 £298.20

126

››

For safe & secure storage of a range of small & large containers & canisters Model

Due to the size of these units, additional cranage costs may be incurred - CALL FOR DETAILS

Security Cage with Lift Up Lid ›› ›› ››

Security Cages & Mesh Pallets

›› ›› ››

Fully welded construction Hinged lift up lid is assisted by gas struts When the lid is shut the front doors will not open leaving a completely secure & enclosed unit Units have a hasp & staple padlock facility (padlock not included) Incorporates 2 fork lift pockets Optional hazardous chemical sign available - see page 131 for details

FROM ONLY

£894.25

GBC12Z

3YR

GUARANTEE

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Internal Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1260 x 1260 x 830

710

150

GBC12Z

£894.25

1860 x 1260 x 1250

1130

180

GBC18Z

£1139.35

GBC12Z

N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units

Metal Pallets ››

Shelving & Storage

Available with half drop gate ›› Stackable up to 5 high ›› Load capacity: 1000kg

COLOUR OPTIONS Red Blue specify when ordering

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured Overall Size: W x D x Effective H mm 915 x 609 x 609 (Ground Clearance - 152mm)

Overall Size: W x D x Effective H mm 915 x 915 x 609 (Ground Clearance - 152mm)

Overall Size: W x D x Effective H mm 1220 x 915 x 609 (Ground Clearance - 152mm)

Weight kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

PP04Z

£226.55

BP04Z

£370.75

BP64ZH

£408.00

MP04Z

£351.20

Post Pallet (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with a sheet Steel base) 27

PP02Z

£162.30

PP03Z

£198.10

Box Pallet (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with a sheet Steel base & sides) 52

BP02Z

£320.00

BP03Z

£343.90

Box Pallet with 1/2 Drop Side (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with a sheet Steel base & sides) 52

BP62ZH

£352.95

BP63ZH

£376.50

Mesh Pallet (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with 50 x 50 x 10 gauge Steel base & mesh sides) 36

MP02Z

£251.65

MP03Z

£305.35

Mesh Pallet with 1/2 Drop Side (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with 50 x 50 x 10 gauge Steel base & mesh sides) 36

128

MP62ZH

£284.05

MP63ZH

£338.05

MP64ZH

£388.35

K.D. Cylinder Cages ›› ›› ›› ››

Manufactured from 50 x 50mm mesh panels & galvanised roof This unit is supplied knock down for easy access into your premises Complete with a hasp & staple locking facility (padlock not supplied) GLC25Z & GLC35Z supplied with a pallet base which incorporates fork lift pockets

FROM ONLY

£896.05

3YR

GUARANTEE

Security Cages

manufactured

NEW GLC20Z

GLC20Z Folded (on a pallet) Painted

Galvanised

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

1260 x 1310 x 1830

GLC20Z

£896.05

GLC30Z

£965.10

1290 x 1340 x 2000

135

GLC25Z

£1182.20

GLC35Z

£1320.25

GLC25Z

Lock Up Security Cage ›› ›› ›› ››

Shelving & Storage

Manufactured from 50 x 50mm mesh panels & galvanised roof This unit is supplied fully constructed Complete with a hasp & staple locking facility (padlock not supplied) Door fitted to right hand side

FROM ONLY

£1150.25

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1580 x 1175 x 1910

100

GLC12Z

£1150.25

2700 x 1175 x 1910

150

GLC15Z

£1648.85

3160 x 1175 x 1910

160

GLC18Z

£1705.15

129

Security Cages

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

500kg

Security Cages

evenly distributed

SCB06Z SCB01Z

FROM ONLY

Shelving & Storage

£392.35

SCB05Z

›› ›› ›› ›› ››

All welded units constructed from steel angle & 25 x 25mm weld mesh Units have a padlock facility (padlock not supplied) Ideal for the security of both hazardous & valuable materials Blue powder coat finish Optional hazardous chemical sign available - see page 131 for details

130

SCB02Z

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Internal Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

700 x 700 x 830

690 x 690 x 790

SCB01Z

£392.35

1400 x 700 x 830

1380 x 690 x 790

SCB02Z

£656.90

700 x 700 x 1630

690 x 690 x 1585

SCB03Z

£697.00

700 x 1000 x 1630

690 x 990 x 1585

SCB06Z

£779.35

1400 x 700 x 1630

1380 x 690 x 1585

110

SCB04Z

£1057.55

1400 x 1000 x 1630

1380 x 990 x 1585

113

SCB07Z

£1145.35

2070 x 700 x 1630

2040 x 690 x 1585

124

SCB05Z

£1332.45

2070 x 1000 x 1630

2040 x 990 x 1585

127

SCB08Z

£1403.35

Security Cages SCS03Z fitted with SCS003

SCS04Z fitted with SCS001

FROM ONLY

£455.15

Security Cages

SCG02S

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

SCG01Z

Shelving & Storage

››

All welded units constructed from steel angle & 25 x 25mm weld mesh Units are load tested & CE certified Units have a padlock facility (padlock not supplied) Cranage eyes for easy lifting (when lifting using the Cranage eyes, we recommend using a spreader) A hazardous chemical sign is available as a factory fitted optional extra Mobile units are fitted with 4 x 100mm nylon, 2 braked swivel castors (N.B add 115mm to the height) Two finishes available: powder coated yellow or galvanised body with powder coated yellow doors

i Information IDEAL FOR SECURE STORAGE OF BOTH HAZARDOUS & VALUABLE MATERIALS

3YR

500kg

evenly distributed

GUARANTEE

SCS04Z

manufactured Powder Coated Yellow

Galvanised - Yellow Doors

Shelf to suit Factory Fitted (one per unit)

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Internal Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

700 x 700 x 880

690 x 690 x 790

SCS01Z

£455.15

SCS01S

£498.60

SCG01Z

£489.75

SCG01S

£533.30

1400 x 700 x 880

1380 x 690 x 790

SCS02Z

£736.30

SCS02S

£779.90

SCG02Z

£788.55

SCG02S

£832.00

Static

Mobile

Static

Mobile

Price

700 x 700 x 1680

690 x 690 x 1585

SCS03Z

£774.65

SCS03S

£818.25

SCG03Z

£826.25

SCG03S

£869.65

SCS003

£62.15

1400 x 700 x 1680

1380 x 690 x 1585

110

SCS04Z

£1184.75

SCS04S

£1227.15

SCG04Z

£1319.75

SCG04S

£1363.25

SCS004

£104.50

2070 x 700 x 1680

2040 x 690 x 1585

124

SCS05Z

£1430.25

SCS05S

£1473.70

SCG05Z

£1589.45

SCG05S

£1633.10

SCS005

£138.45

SCS001

£47.75

Optional Hazardous Sign - Factory Fitted

131

Security Cages

Mini & Maxi Boxes

i Information

Shelving & Storage

AVAILABLE EX-STOCK Boxes

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Mini Box No. 1

1200 x 1200 x 2230

Maxi Box No. 1

2200 x 1200 x 2230

Maxi Box No. 2

2200 x 2400 x 2230

Maxi Box No. 3 Maxi Box No. 4 Maxi Box No. 5

2200 x 3600 x 2230

2200 x 4800 x 2230

2200 x 6000 x 2230

Finish

Model

Price

Grey - RAL 7037

UK800298

£635.81

Hot Dip Galvanised

UK800299

£843.98

Grey - RAL 7037

UK800295

£841.37

Hot Dip Galvanised

UK800296

£1116.49

Grey - RAL 7037

UK800293

£1162.54

Hot Dip Galvanised

UK800294

£1552.06

Grey - RAL 7037

UK800290

£1483.73

Hot Dip Galvanised

UK800291

£1987.49

Grey - RAL 7037

UK800288

£1804.90

Hot Dip Galvanised

UK800289

£2422.98

Grey - RAL 7037

UK800286

£2126.09

Hot Dip Galvanised

UK800287

£2858.48

Why not ask about our installation service?

››

These modular mesh storage boxes come with a roof & padlockable single or double doors

››

Suitable for the safe storage of hazardous materials & ISO 9000 segregation of materials

››

All boxes have a nominal height of 2230mm

Site Survey, CAD Design & Installation Service Available 132

Endurance Plus Helmet ››

››

PPE Equipment

››

COLOUR OPTIONS

This fully certified helmet has the added feature of molten metal protection with retractable visor Six-point self-sizing wheel ratchet suspension system Constructed using a high-density ABS material & is suitable to be worn in temperatures of -30ºC Molten metal protection

Yellow

››

White Red Blue

››

specify when ordering

››

›› ››

Comply to EN-812 Ideal for use where helmets are not required Designed to protect against bumps & scrapes, secures easily with a velcro back adjuster COLOUR The high profile ABS shell acts OPTIONS as a shock absorber & comes with Black a soft padded crown Navy Features eight ventilation specify when ordering ports for cooling ventilation 100% cotton with an ABS shell with EVA pad

Model

Price

Model

Price

PW54

£10.60

PW59

£7.86

Ear Defenders ››

››

ED40: comfortable noise reducing ear defenders with a general purpose adjustable headband. SNR = 27db. Conforms to EN352-1. Pack of 10 ED43: quality ear defender, suitable for use in medium duty industrial & outdoor applications. Soft wide foam cushions for all day comfort. SNR = 32db. Conforms to EN352-1. Pack of 10 Description

Model

Price

Ear Defenders

ED40

£41.66

Deluxe Ear Defenders

ED43

£87.80

Restraint Kit ››

Site Safety & Premises

Bump Cap

››

ED43 ED40

Scaffolding Kit

This kit will prevent users from passing a ledge or edge and thus not allowing a fall to occur Features: work positioning belt, single lanyard with carabiner & Scaffold hook

››

134

This kit will allow users to transfer between points where a single lanyard will temporarily leave the user unprotected Users can pass an edge but will be protected from the force of a fall Features: 3 point harness, double lanyard with shock absorber carabiner & 2 scaffold hooks

Model

Price

Model

Price

FP60

£35.83

FP64

£109.76

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Sleeveless Waistcoat

Long Sleeve Waistcoat

››

Available in: yellow & orange EN471 specification: Class 2 approved conforming to 89/686/EEC directive ›› 100% polyester ›› 2 band & brace ›› 2 retro reflective strips (50mm wide) stitched-on around the body

››

›› ››

››

Road Safety Jacket

Available in: yellow & orange ›› EN471 specification: Class 2 ›› approved conforming to 89/686/EEC directive ›› 100% polyester 2 retro reflective strips ›› (50mm wide) stitched-on around the body & 1 over ›› each shoulder Velcro fastening

Available in: yellow & orange EN471 specification: class 3 approved conforming to 89/686/EEC directive Outer fabric 300 denier 100% polyester PU coated Padded & lined with a hood with draw cord under the collar 2 retro reflective strips (50mm wide) stitched-on around the body

PPE Equipment

2XL

3XL

4XL

2XL

3XL

4XL

2XL

3XL

4XL

38-40

46-48

50-52

38-40

46-48

50-52

38-40

46-48

50-52

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

UC801

£4.88

UC802

£8.44

UC803

£36.75

Bomber Jacket ›› ››

››

Cargo Trouser

››

Available in: yellow EN471 specification: class 1 approved conforming to 89/686/EEC directive ›› 300 denier 100% polyester PU coated ›› Fully elasticated waist & adjustable ankle ›› 2 front pockets

››

Available in: black & navy, 245gsm - 65% polyester & 30% cotton ›› Flat front with sewn-in front crease ›› 2 side & 2 rear pockets with velcro straps ›› 2 thigh pockets with velcro straps ›› Twin hook & bar fastenings at waist ›› Twin belt loop reinforced for extra strength ›› Wide belt loops ›› Available in 28” to 52”

2XL

3XL

4XL

2XL

3XL

38-40

46-48

50-52

38-40

46-48

50-52

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

UC804

£33.94

UC807

£15.75

UC902

£21.19

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

135

Site Safety & Premises

››

Trouser

Two Way Radios

KENWOOD & HYTERA RADIO EQUIPMENT ››

Two Way Radios

›› ››

››

TK-3501T

TK-3401DT

TC 320

››

i Information

Site Safety & Premises

ERGONOMIC & USER FRIENDLY

››

User friendly with no need for a licence Many accessories available - please call for details TK-3501T: a licence free analogue PMR 446 UHF transceiver, compliant with IP 54 & US MIL-STD standards. 16 channels. The ready to use package contains the radio body, a 1130 Li-ion mAh battery, battery charger & belt clip TK-3401DT: a licence free digital DPMR & FM PMR 446 UHF transceiver. Dual mode analogue/digital. User programmable features. IP 54/55 protection. scanning functions. 16 channels. Extended range & improved RFI performance. The package contains the radio body, a 2000 Li-ion mAh battery, battery charger & belt clip TC 320: a compact licence free analogue PMR 446 UHF transceiver. Lightweight & tough design. 16 channels. Battery strength indicator. Mini USB charger. The package contains the radio body, a 1700 Li-ion mAh battery, plug in rapid battery charger & belt clip TC 446S: A licence free analogue PMR 446 UHF transceiver. Lightweight & tough design. 16 channels. The package contains the radio body, a 1300 Li-ion mAh battery, battery charger & belt clip POWER 446: A licence free analogue PMR 446 UHF transceiver. Dust & water protection class IP66 rated. 16 channels. The package contains the radio body, a 2000 Li-ion mAh battery, battery charger & belt clip PD 365LF: A licence free digital PMR 446 UHF transceiver. Dual mode analogue/digital. Pocket-size design. Easy to carry. Supports messaging up to 64 characters. IP 54 protection. Scanning functions. 256 channels. The package contains the radio body, a 2000 Li-ion mAh battery, battery charger & belt clip Please note: the images are not to scale

NEW TC 446S

POWER 446

PD-365LF

Frequency Range MHz

Channel Spacing

Battery Life

Audio Output Internal

External

Overall Size W x H x D mm

Model

Price

446.0 to 446.1

12.5 KHz

14 hours

1.5W

500 mW

54 x 117 x 25.5

TK-3501T

£125.47

A: 446.0 to 446.1 & D: 446.1 to 446.2

12.5 KHz

14 hours

500 mW

54 x 122 x 35.5

TK-3401DT

£163.39

446.0 to 446.09

12.5 KHz

More than 10 hours

400 mW

48 x 100 x 27

TC 320

£62.17

446.0 to 446.09

12.5 KHz

Up to 24 hours

0.5W

800 mW

54 x 113 x 35

TC 446S

£93.00

136

446.0 to 446.09

12.5 KHz

Up to 24 hours

0.5W

800 mW

55 x 119 x 36

POWER 446

£125.14

446

12.5 KHz

A: 10 hours & D: 12 hours

0.4W

54 x 100 x 23

PD-365LF

£148.77

Please note: in the specification table above A = analogue & D = digital

Fire Extinguishers i Information MAINTENANCE, INSTALL, FIRE RISK ASSESSMENTS & TRAINING AVAILABLE - CALL FOR DETAILS

Description

Capacity

Carbon Dioxide

AFF Foam

Water

Model

Price

2 kg

55 B

C2/1

£59.95

5 kg

70 B

C5/1

£79.50

2 Litre

8 A : 55 B

F2/1

£32.50

6 Litre

21 A : 183 B

F6/1

£38.50

9 Litre

27 A : 233 B

F9/1

£44.95

1 kg

5 A : 55 B

P1/1

£18.90

2 kg

13 A : 89 B

P2/1

£29.95

4 kg

27 A : 183 B

P4/1

£52.50

6 kg

43 A : 233 B

P6/1

£52.50

9 kg

55 A : 233 B

P9/1

£58.50

6 Litre

13 A

W6/1

£43.50

9 Litre

21 A

W9/1

£47.00

i Information ALL EXTINGUISHERS ARE APPROVED TO BS EN 3

Fire Risks

Water

Freely burning materials: Wood, Paper, Textiles etc.

✔

Carbon Dioxide

Flammable Liquids: Petrol, Oil, Fats, Paints etc.

✔

AFF Foam

ABC Powder

✔

Flammable Gases

Fire Equipment

ABC Powder

Fire Rating

✔

Electrical Hazards

✔

Fire Control F

Item

Description

Model

Price

Fire Blanket - 1200 x 1200mm

FB12

£16.95

Single Extinguishers Polyethylene Cabinet - for wall, floor or post mounting

ECS

£59.50

Double Extinguishers Polyethylene Cabinet - for wall, floor or post mounting

ECD

£79.50

High Impact Polyethylene & Chemical Resistant Single Extinguisher Stand

ESS

£32.50

High Impact Polyethylene & Chemical Resistant Double Extinguisher Stand

ESD

£41.50

Mobile Extinguisher Steel Trolley

MFB

£70.00

Mobile Extinguisher Steel Trolley with Rotary Bell

MFBRHB

£96.50

Polypropylene Fire Bucket with Lid & Handle

FBK

£19.95

Site Alarm - Diecast Aluminium Hand Bell (65dB at 30M)

RHB

£33.75

Site Alert Alarm (118dB & 5 units can be linked)

ESA

£75.00

Carbon Monoxide Detector - 30ppm sensitivity (85dB)

CMD

£29.95

Smoke Detector - 10 year battery (85db)

SDT

£19.50

137

Site Safety & Premises

Mini Vault Silver ›› ›› ›› ››

Key Locking

›› ›› ››

Electronic Locking

››

Ideal in the office or at home 4mm solid body with 8mm thick solid steel door £4000 recommended overnight cash rating (10x valuables)* 2 locking options: double bitted key lock or easy to use programmable digital keypad with dual user function Felt lined interior & motion sensitive interior light. Jewellery shelves included in sizes 1 & 2 Access to the power source is via a front panel Registration system to prevent lockout situation i Information Can be fixed to a wall or floor (fixings supplied) IDEAL FOR

Safes & Stores

KEEPING CASH OR VALUABLES

Key Locking

Electronic Locking

External Size H x W x D mm

Internal Size H x W x D mm

No of Shelves

Weight kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

250 x 374 x 274

240 x 354 x 210

SFMV0K-S

£181.00

SFMV0ZE-S

£240.00

294 x 374 x 325

282 x 354 x 260

SFMV1K-S

£203.00

SFMV1ZE-S

£270.00

532 x 374 x 425

522 x 354 x 360

SFMV2K-S

£315.00

SFMV2ZE-S

£352.00

Secure Stor ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Ideal for storing large or bulky items £2000 recommended overnight cash rating (10x valuables)* Independently tested & certified to EN 14450 S1 by VdS test house 3mm steel body with 3 way locking Fitted with VdS class 1 lock & 2 keys as standard Electronic locking available on all models Hardened steel plates protect all potential attack areas Supplied with shelves adjustable at 30mm intervals 2 base fixing points Colour: RAL 7035 (light grey)

Site Safety & Premises

Price includes delivery & fixing to a ground floor location (UK Mainland only). An additional charge will apply for deliveries above or below ground floor.

Key Locking

NEW Electronic Locking

External Size H x W x D mm

Internal Size H x W x D mm

No of Shelves

Weight kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

430 x 446 x 364

377 x 430 x 305

SFSC-050-KEY

£545.00

SFSC-050-ZE

£755.00

550 x 446 x 364

497 x 430 x 305

SFSC-065-KEY

£575.00

SFSC-065-ZE

£785.00

790 x 496 x 364

737 x 480 x 305

SFSC-110-KEY

£725.00

SFSC-110-ZE

£935.00

1150 x 496 x 364

1097 x 480 x 305

SFSC-155-KEY

£875.00

SFSC-155-ZE

£1085.00

1510 x 496 x 364

1457 x 480 x 305

SFSC-215-KEY

£925.00

SFSC-215-ZE

£1135.00

i Information

30 MINUTE PROTECTION AT 750°C

Fire Stor ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

For the safe storage of paper documents & valuables Independently tested to EN-14450 S1 by VdS test house 3-way locking mechanism & continuous ‘dog bar’ to protect the hinge edge for maximum security £2000 recommended overnight cash rating (£20,000 valuables)* CEN/VdS approved double bitted 8 lever safe lock & 2 keys Filled with fire resistant material to DIN4102 Combination & electronic locking options - call for details

Price includes delivery & fixing to a ground floor location (UK Mainland only). An additional charge will apply for deliveries above or below ground floor.

138

External Size H x W x D mm

Internal Size H x W x D mm

No of Shelves

Capacity Lever Arch Files

Weight kg

Model

Price

860 x 600 x 520

690 x 490 x 405

FS1023S1

£1025.00

1220 x 600 x 520

1050 x 490 x 405

120

FS1022S1

£1176.00

1580 x 600 x 520

1410 x 490 x 405

145

FS1021S1

£1284.00

1950 x 930 x 520

1780 x 820 x 405

215

FS1020S1

£1804.00

1950 x 1200 x 520

1780 x 1090 x 405

245

FS1024S1

£2077.00

*Insurance Companies’ ratings can vary with higher or lower figures applied depending upon risk, location and locking option. Please check with your insurers

Security Cupboards ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Provide an extra level of security for the storage of high value equipment & materials Welded all steel structure for extra strength Seven lever safe lock for high security Full length heavy duty hinges with concealed fixings to prevent forced entry Adjustable powder coated shelves Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology anti-bacterial paint Made from 1.5mm powder coated mild steel

manufactured COLOUR OPTIONS Red Green Light Blue Blue Grey Yellow

Security Cupboards

SC094646

SC181246

SC120946

specify when ordering

Security Cupboards

Extra Shelves

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

900 x 460 x 460

SC094646

£452.10

SC4646ES

£27.35

1200 x 900 x 460

SC120946

£629.60

SC0946ES

£42.15

1200 x 1200 x 460

SC121246

£960.75

SC1246ES

£59.20

1800 x 900 x 460

SC180946

£967.60

SC0946ES

£42.15

1800 x 1200 x 460

SC181246

£1182.65

SC1246ES

£59.20

Heavy Duty High Security Storage Cabinets All welded construction, designed to minimise intrusion Produced from heavy gauge material ›› “Jemmy” proof with built in security features ›› Uses a 7 lever no tamper locking system with anti-pick levers ›› Keys are individual to each unit ›› CE marked & plated ›› Hand or foot operated door opening system, prevent putting down what you are carrying to open a door on this cabinet ›› The door handles & lock are recessed for security & there are no protuding parts to be damaged by passing equipment ›› Cabinet can be moved without unloading. The shelves in the doors are positioned to prevent items stored on the interior shelves from falling off when the cabinet is moved ›› Lifting eyes fitted on two door unit ›› Stove enamel painted yellow finish N.B. A Forklift will be needed manufactured to unload these units ›› ››

Site Safety & Premises

3YR

GUARANTEE

Image showing the foot mechanism showing how the door can be opened even if your hands are full!!

YSC02Z

YSC01Z

Overall Size H x W x D mm

No of Shelves

Weight kg

Model

Price

1560 x 1020 x 615

180

YSC01Z

£1640.75

1610 x 1830 x 615

275

YSC02Z

£2096.80

139

Keystor Sturdy steel cabinets with a tough powder coated, light grey finish ›› Fixed coloured & numbered hook bars, with matching key tabs ›› Removable key control index with the 3 larger models ›› Key locking complete with 2 keys

Key Cabinets, Padlocks & Accessories

››

K100

K048 K064

K030

Description

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

20 Hook Key Cabinet

255 x 180 x 80

K020

£35.00

30 Hook Key Cabinet

300 x 210 x 80

K030

£44.00

42 Hook Key Cabinet

320 x 245 x 80

K042

£60.00

48 Hook Key Cabinet

350 x 300 x 80

K048

£99.00

64 Hook Key Cabinet

450 x 300 x 80

K064

£127.00

100 Hook Key Cabinet

550 x 380 x 80

K100

£162.00

K020

K030

Solid Brass Padlocks ››

Corrosion resistant brass body with double locking hardened steel shackle

Combination Padlocks Solid aluminium body with a brushed metal finish & steel shackle ›› 7630D - 3 digits / 1000 codes ›› 7640D - 4 digits / 10,000 codes

Site Safety & Premises

››

Excell Laminated Steel Padlocks

Excell Laminated Steel Padlocks Body Width mm

Shackle Dia. mm

Shackle Length mm

Horizontal Shackle Clearance mm

Pack Size

Model

Price

Solid Brass Padlocks - supplied with 2 keys

Laminated steel core for higher strength with stainless steel & zinc outer sleeve for weather resistance ›› Exclusive octagonal boron-carbide shackle for maximum cut resistance & double deadbolt locking for added protection from prying & hammering ››

4130

£31.20

4140

£39.60

4150

£63.60

Combination Padlocks - (set your own combination) 30

7630D

£38.80

7640D

£45.60

Excell Laminated Steel Padlocks - 4 pin cylinder 50

5MEURD

£17.40

5MEURDLF

£19.00

5MEURDLH

£19.70

5MEURDLJ

£20.50

Fake Banknote Detector Pen

Retractable Key Chain

››

Detect forged notes in seconds Works on Sterling, Euro & 200 other currencies ›› A clear or light amber mark means the note is genuine. Brown or grey means the note is suspect ›› One pen tests 8000 notes

››

140

Combination Padlocks

Solid Brass Padlocks

Keep your keys in easy reach Stainless steel casing with 600mm stainless steel chain ›› Spring clip fixing can be attached to a belt, waistband or handbag

Description

Model

Price

Description

Model

Price

Pack of 10 Pens

PABNA

£49.00

Spring clip fixing

RSCALOGOSKY

£15.50

Key Storage Boxes

Masterlock Key Storage Box

››

10,000 possible codes Can be used as a mini safe ›› Aluminium construction to resist corrosion ›› Ideal for maintenance teams, cleaning service employees, construction workers etc

››

4000 possible codes Can be used as a mini safe ›› Zinc body to resist against hammering or sawing ›› Weather resistant - suitable for outdoor use ›› Ideal for domestic & commercial applications

Key Storage

External Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

119 x 85 x 35

5401D

£31.60

External Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

146 x 105 x 50

5403D

£41.10

140 x 102 x 75

5412D

£47.20

System Key Cabinets - The total solution for the storage of keys ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Pressed steel construction (1.5mm thick body & door) Removable control index for added security (except KC020) Adjustable hook bars cater for different key lengths Keytabs are coloured & numbered to match hook bars Supplied with security camlock c/w 2 keys Combination or electronic locks available - call for details Capacity

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

260 x 185 x 80

KC020

£65.00

305 x 215 x 80

KC030

£85.00

35 Keys

320 x 245 x 80

KC035

£95.00

48 Keys

355 x 300 x 80

KC048

£154.00

64 Keys

450 x 300 x 80

KC064

£210.00

100 Keys

550 x 380 x 80

KC100

£255.00

150 Keys

550 x 380 x 140

KC150

£414.00

200 Keys

550 x 380 x 140

KC200

£469.00

Site Safety & Premises

20 Keys 30 Keys

‘Key Vault’ Security Key Cabinets ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

2.5mm fabricated steel construction Adjustable hook bars cater for different key lengths Removable control index for added security Keytabs are coloured & numbered to match hook bars Supplied with euro profile security deadlock lock c/w 2 keys Combination or electronic locks available - call for details Capacity

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

30 Keys

305 x 230 x 70

KV030

£125.00

48 Keys

355 x 300 x 80

KV048

£185.00

100 Keys

550 x 380 x 80

KV100

£318.00

200 Keys

550 x 380 x 140

KV200

£523.00

400 Keys

550 x 730 x 140

KV400

£871.00

600 Keys

550 x 730 x 205

KV600

£1066.00

48 Bunches

355 x 300 x 140

KVD048

£212.00

100 Bunches

550 x 380 x 140

KVD100

£377.00

200 Bunches

550 x 730 x 140

KVD200

£625.00

141

Valve Lockout

Lockout Hasps Gate Valve Lockout

Di-Electric Lockout Hasp day delivery

Economy Lockout Hasp

LOK003 ››

Lockout & Padlocks

››

›› ›› ››

Slip these valve lockouts over the top of the handle to secure against unauthorised activation Resistant to cracking, abrasion & extreme temperatures Manufactured from tough polypropylene Suitable for hasps & padlocks Description

Site Safety & Premises

£5.18

LOK069

£5.45

Vinyl Coated Lockout Hasp LOK044

£5.45

Price

38mm

LOK045

£5.91

£10.91

LOK002

£16.36

127 - 165mm

LOK003

£26.36

6mm thread, 80mm clearance

165 - 254mm

LOK004

£30.91

››

LOK005

£54.55

››

£36.36

LOK006

›› ››

day delivery

Cable Lockout

Model

Price

2.5M Steel Core Cable

LOK013

£16.36

2.5M Nylon Core Cable

LOK014

£16.36

LOK046

£5.91

Safety Lockout Padlocks

254 - 355mm

Designed as a generic product to lockout equipment when other specialised devices will not fit

Compact high security padlock Nylon body is ribbed for easy gripping & handling with an individually keyed to differ 6-pin lock, which will not release the key until the shackle is closed Supplied individually boxed Supplied individually day delivery with one key. Keyed alike options & etching available upon request

Circuit Breaker Lockouts These universal versions simply place over the top of the breaker & tighten in place using either the thumb screw or grub screw

LOK048

38mm 25mm

Cable Lockout

››

25mm

Di-Electric Lockout Hasp

LOK001

Description

Price

LOK006

63.5 - 127mm

Model Economy Lockout Hasp

Adjustable Gate Valve Lockout

››

day delivery

Hasps are used when you wish to use multiple padlocks to lockout an energy source & the primary lockout device does not have enough integral lockout points

Gate Valve Lockout

25.5 - 165mm

Vinyl Coated Lockout Hasp

Description

Model

25 - 63.5mm

Description

Model

Price

Red

LOK007-L

£9.10

Yellow

LOK008-L

£9.10

Green

LOK009-L

£9.10

Blue

LOK010-L

£9.10

Black

LOK011-L

£9.10

Orange

LOK012-L

£9.10

Lockout Tags

day delivery

REVERSE

FRONT LOK161 Description

LOK043 Model

Price

Universal Circuit Breaker Lockout - Each Universal with Thumb Screw (Red)

LOK043

£7.27

Universal with Grub Screw (Gold coloured)

LOK161

£4.91

More Lockout available, please ask for details.

Delivery charge for pages 142 & 143 Order Value

Charge

up to £50.00 Over £50.00

£3.50 Carriage FREE

For delivery to one address within the UK Mainland

142

LOK050 ›› ››

LOK051

LOK052

These tags are printed on both sides with the details displayed above Supplied in packs of 10 complete with tie-wraps Tag Size W x H mm

Model

Price

75 x 135

See above

£7.18

Lockout Station ›› ››

Highly visible lockout station ideal for providing readily accessible lockout equipment Includes; 1 x station lock board, 5 x blue shackle padlocks, 1 x 25mm Economy hasp, 1 x 38mm economy hasp & 1 x Pack (10) of ‘Do not operate’ tags

A heavy duty polypropylene A-Board pre-printed with the most commonly used messages in use today. Printed both sides, the A-Board folds day flat for easy storage & transportation delivery with its integral carry handle

››

day delivery

Model

Price

290 x 395 x 40

LOK113

£118.18

Description

Model

Price

Men at Work

4710

£11.00

Wet Floor

4702

£11.00

Cleaning in Progress

4703

£11.00

Work in Progress

4715

£11.00

Stencil Packs

Tags are to be used to be permanently fixed to equipment in a suitable place. These inserts are designed to be used with the AssetTag holder.

Our laser cut stencil packs are ideal when you need to create your own message ‘on the fly’. Each letter comes on a separate sheet of white polyester with etched spacer marks on corners to allow you to line up accurately to the next letter

››

Forklift Tag

day delivery

Lockout & Tags

Board Size H x W x D mm

Ladder/Forklift Tags ››

NEW

A BOARDS

NEW

NEW Ladder Tag

day delivery

Model

Price

Ladder Tag

›› ››

25mm Letter & Numbers Stencil Kit

9403

£11.24

50mm Letter & Numbers Stencil Kit

9404

£13.60

75mm Letter & Numbers Stencil Kit

9405

£22.20

100mm Letter & Numbers Stencil Kit

9406

£27.04

150mm Numbers Stencil Kit

9410

£17.76

TG0410

£9.17

150mm Letters Stencil Kits

9411

£34.31

50 x 181mm - Box of 10 holders, 2 inserts & 1 pen

TG04BOX

£41.67

200mm Numbers Stencil Kit

9414

£18.87

200mm Letters Stencil Kits

9415

£41.31

75 x 180mm - Pack of 10 (inserts)

TG0210

£11.92

300mm Numbers Stencil Kit

9416

£24.33

75 x 180mm - Box of 10 holders, 2 inserts & 1 pen

TG02BOX

£49.92

300mm Letters Stencil Kits

9417

£59.89

AssetTag Flex

››

Price

50 x 181mm - Pack of 10 (inserts) Forklift Tag

››

Model

Can be used on a multitude of applications, from asset identification through to inspection Manufactured from polyurethane meaning that they are flexible & durable Supplied in packs of 50 Custom printed AssetTag Flex options are available - please ask for details Description Plain Tags

NEW

day delivery

Code Blue

Green

Orange

Red

White

Yellow

Purple

TGF-B50

TGF-G50

TGF-O50

TGF-R50

TGF-W50

TGF-Y50

TGF-P50

Price £40.83

143

Site Safety & Premises

Description

Health & Safety Law Poster ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Signs & Labelling

››

Legally required Clearly marked sections for easy reading i Information Certified for authenticity with LEGAL REQUIREMENT an embedded hologram All old versions of this Details HSE & incident contact sign must have been replaced by April 2014 centre helpline numbers Manufactured using biodegradable material This poster was introduced on the 6th April 2009 Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

595 x 415

HSLP01

£15.09

Prohibition Signs ››

Available in 210H x 148Wmm or 297H x 210Wmm

PRS05

PRS30

PRS29

PRS02

FES21

PRS10

PRS14

See Below Illustrations

Fire Exit & Emergency Signs

FES20

Many more sign designs available - call for details

Model

QUALITY SIGNS FOR THE WORKPLACE

FES19

››

PRS06

Size H x W mm

Self-Adhesive Vinyl

1.2mm Rigid Plastic

210 x 148

£3.73

£5.86

297 x 210

£6.11

£9.25

Photoluminescent Signs

FES24

FES47

PLS03

PLS04

PLS05

Site Safety & Premises

150 x 450

PLS06

PLS19

150 x 450

FES34

FES32

PRS15

FES35

FES05

FES02

FES62 297 x 210

75 x 600 mm

RIGID SIGNS ARE NOW MANUFACTURED FROM ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY POLYPROPYLENE

100 x 100 mm

FES60

PLS07

150 x 300 mm

FES01

420 x 297

PLS01

PLS02

50 x 100 mm

FES03

PLS20 PLS21

150 x 150 mm

PLS11

100 x 100 mm

FES72 PLS24

75 x 600 mm Model

See Below Illustrations

144

Size H x W mm

Self-Adhesive Vinyl

1.2mm Rigid Plastic

50 x 100

£1.29

£2.50

PLS09

PLS10

300 x 250 mm Model

150 x 150 mm

Size H x W mm

Self-Adhesive Vinyl

1.2mm Rigid Plastic

75 x 600

£5.04

£8.41

75 x 600

£7.04

£11.77

100 x 100

£1.86

£2.59

100 x 100

£2.57

£4.66

150 x 150

£2.89

£5.52

150 x 150

£4.09

£7.71

150 x 450

£6.64

£9.80

150 x 300

£7.04

£11.77

297 x 210

£6.11

£9.25

420 x 297

£10.09

£15.55

See Below Illustrations

150 x 450

£9.45

£13.73

300 x 250

£10.57

£16.29

WHEN ORDERING PLEASE STATE MODEL NUMBER, SIZE & MATERIAL

Hazard Signs ››

Available in 210H x 148Wmm or 297H x 210Wmm

HZS01

HZS37

HZS41

››

HZS23

Many more sign designs available - call for details

HZS19

HZS29

HZS30

HZS34

HZS26

HZS46

HZS25

HZS36

HZS09

HZS04

HZS44

Size H x W mm

Self-Adhesive Vinyl

1.2mm Rigid Plastic

210 x 148

£3.73

£5.86

297 x 210

£6.11

£9.25

Model

Self-Adhesive Vinyl

1.2mm Rigid Plastic (Undrilled)

See Below Illustrations

Signs & Labelling

HZS14

Mandatory Signs ››

Available in 210H x 148Wmm or 297H x 210Wmm

››

Many more sign designs available - call for details

MAS04

MAS18

MAS08

MAS03

MAS07

MAS15

MAS36

MAS09

MAS24

MAS17

MAS37

MAS22

MAS02

MAS12

MAS10

MAS43

MAS38

MAS27

MAS33

MAS34

MAS28

MAS29

MAS30

RIGID SIGNS ARE MANUFACTURED FROM ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY POLYPROPYLENE Model

MAS31

MAS35

MAS25

MAS42

See Below Illustrations

Size H x W mm

Self-Adhesive Vinyl

1.2mm Rigid Plastic

210 x 148

£3.73

£5.86

297 x 210

£6.11

£9.25

WHEN ORDERING PLEASE STATE MODEL NUMBER, SIZE & MATERIAL

145

Site Safety & Premises

MAS06

Aisle Markers

Bay Markers

High visibility aisle markers manufactured in rigid styrene in white or yellow with black letters (Model AM4 is only available in yellow) ›› Prices include printing

››

High visibility magnetic or self-adhesive bay markers ›› Offers clear identification ›› Simple & easy to use - no drilling required ›› Available in single or double digit sizes

››

Signs & Labelling

Please note characters are supplied separately & can be fitted to the front or back of each marker AM1

AM1F

(state left or right hand side)

AM2

Overall Size W x H mm

Model

Price

167 x 260 - Single Digit

BM1

£16.50

310 x 260 - Double Digits

BM2

£23.70

167 x 260 - Single Digit

BA1

£16.50

310 x 260 - Double Digits

BA2

£23.70

Individual Characters

£2.46

Fixing

AM1T

Magnetic AM3 Self-Adhesive

day delivery

Beam & Shelf Location Code Labelling ›› ›› AM6

AM4

Site Safety & Premises

Overall Size H x W mm

››

Model

Price

95 x 160 - up to 3 x 60mm Digits

AM1

£6.60

95 x 130 - Self-adhesive - up to 3 x 60mm Digits

AM1F

£7.20

As above but with Magnetic Flange

AM1FM

£7.50

95 x 130 - Self-adhesive - up to 3 x 60mm Digits

AM1T

£11.40

As above but with Magnetic Flange

AM1TM

£12.90

220 x 270 - up to 2 x 180mm Digits

AM2

£12.90

220 x 450 - up to 3 x 180mm Digits

AM3

£17.70

300 x 300 - up to 2 x 180mm Digits

AM3X

£14.40

660 x 343 - up to 1 x 500mm Digit

AM4

£18.90

600 x 600 - up to 1 x 450mm Digit

AM6

£46.20

››

High quality custom made location code labels produced quickly & efficiently They can incorporate alpha-numeric codes, directional arrows, check digits & barcodes Black text on white or yellow background Installation service available - call for details

Warehouse Information Labels

›› ››

››

High visibility individual weight loading manufactured labels suitable for both racking & shelving Available in magnetic or self-adhesive & printed black on yellow or white background. Please state colour required. *print may appear on two lines Minimum order value of £25.00 Self Adhesive

Magnetic

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

25 x 200

BL23

£0.93

BL23M

£1.50

50 x 300

BL53

£1.47

BL53M

£2.85

70 x 300

*BL73

£2.16

*BL73M

£3.81

90 x 300

*BL93

£2.58

*BL93M

£4.77

146

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

manufactured

Weight Load Notices ››

Can be supplied blank or printed at no extra charge, (black printing only), colour printing extra - call for details

BLS1

BLS2

BLS4

BLS3

BLS5

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

Shelf/Pallet Racking Weight Load Notice

356 x 254

BLS1

£12.60

Cantilever Racking Weight Load Notice

356 x 254

BLS2

£12.60

Drive Thru’ Racking Weight Load Notice

356 x 254

BLS3

£12.60

Landscape Mezzanine Floor Weight Load Notice

210 x 295

BLS4

£12.60

Portrait Pallet Racking Weight Load Notice

470 x 350

BLS5

£14.85

Landscape Pallet Racking Weight Load Notice

297 x 420

BLS6

£15.30

Landscape Shelving Weight Load Notice

215 x 220

BLS7

£10.20

Racksack

BLS7

i Information

IDEAL FOR USE IN MANY ENVIRONMENTS

manufactured

day delivery

Manage your warehouse waste manufactured To be hung onto 900/1100mm end frames of racking ›› Quick & easy ‘S’ hook locator fixings ›› Manufactured from tough woven polyester ›› Choice of 14 standard designs as shown below. Specials are available - call for details ››

››

Overall Size H x W mm

Sack Colour

Single Unit Model

Price

Pack of 5 Model

Price

SACK COLOUR OPTIONS

Pack of 10 Model

Price

1000 x 920

Blue

RSB/1

£22.50

RSB/5

£105.00

RSB/10

£193.80

1000 x 920

Green

RSG/1

£22.50

RSG/5

£105.00

RSG/10

£193.80

Blue Green specify when ordering

Wire Shelving Clip Holder ››

Three information pockets manufactured in tough PVC Available in either magnetic or self-adhesive fixing ›› The label can be easily inserted behind the transparent cover holding the label firmly in place ››

››

›› ›› ›› ››

Easily identify locations on wire shelving Scan barcodes without removing labels Supplied complete with white cards Suits wire shelves with max height of 35mm Multi position, flat or choice of 2 angled settings

manufactured

Magnetic

Self-Adhesive

Document Size Pack H x W mm

Model

Price

Document Size Pack H x W mm

Model

Price

30 x 100

100

MP310

£62.40

30 x 100

100 SAP310 £55.80

40 x 120

100

MP412

£73.80

40 x 120

100 SAP412 £58.80

Overall Size HxW

Pack Size

Model

Price

43 x 75

WSC47/12

£25.20

43 x 75

WSC47/50

£92.70

60 x 100

100

MP610

£85.80

60 x 100

100 SAP610 £61.80

60 x 140

100

MP614

£98.40

60 x 140

100 SAP614 £69.00

manufactured

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

147

Site Safety & Premises

Magnetic & Self-adhesive Ticket Pouches

Signs & Labelling

Description

BLS6

Magnetic & Self-adhesive Label Holders

Magnetic Height mm

›› Steel racking or shelving Instant identification ›› Supplied complete with white card ›› Easy to update & cut to size ›› Protective transparent PVC strip supplied with each holder ›› Self-adhesive holders are white & magnetic holders are brown ››

Signs & Labelling

Magnetic 50

Label Holder Profiles day delivery

20 70

60 50 40

manufactured 25

30 80

Self Adhesive

Pack Size

Model

Price

100

ML18X

£21.30

500

ML150X

£27.60

50,000

50M Roll

MLR1X

£93.00

100

ML18

£32.40

500

ML150

£41.40

50,000

50M Roll

MLR1

£138.00 £36.60

100

ML28X

500

ML250X

£45.90

50,000

50M Roll

MLR2X

£150.00 £39.60

100

ML28

500

ML250

£49.50

50,000

50M Roll

MLR2

£159.00

100

ML38

£43.80

500

ML350

£54.00

5000

5M Roll

MLR3/5

£27.30

10,000

10M Roll

MLR3/10

£54.00

50,000

50M Roll

MLR3

£168.00

100

ML48

£57.90

500

ML450

£67.80

5000

5M Roll

MLR4/5

£35.70

10,000

10M Roll

MLR4/10

£70.80

50,000

50M Roll

MLR4

£204.00

100

ML58

£71.40

500

ML550

£87.30

5000

5M Roll

MLR5/5

£43.80

10,000

10M Roll

MLR5/10

£87.30

50,000

50M Roll

MLR5

£237.00

100

ML610

£82.50

200

ML620

£81.00

500

ML650

£96.00

1000

ML6/10

£96.00

100

ML710

£99.60

200

ML720

£97.80

1000

ML7/10

£117.00

10,000

10M Roll

MLR7/10

£117.00

200

ML820

£111.00

1000

ML8/10

£132.00

10,000

10M Roll

MLR8/10

£132.00

Self-adhesive Height in mm

Height mm 15

Site Safety & Premises

Length mm

Self Adhesive

Length mm

Pack Size

Model

Price

100

AL18

£39.30

1000

AL1/10

£30.60

100

AL38

£53.40

1000

AL3/10

£41.70

100

AL58

£66.00

1000

AL5/10

£48.90

Magnetic & Self-adhesive Ticket Holders ››

Pull forward front allows easy loading & updating Magnetic fixing is suitable for cold stores

››

* White card included

››

Self-Adhesive

day delivery

manufactured

Magnetic

Overall Size H x W mm

Pack Size

Model

Price

Model

Price

25 x 100

100

TS210*

£41.40

TS210M*

£72.60

25 x 200

TS220*

£39.60

TS220M*

£57.60

25 x 1000

TS25/10*

£32.55

TS25M/10*

£50.55

25 x 2000

TS25/20

£48.15

TS25M/20

£78.90

38 x 100

100

TS310*

£44.70

TS310M*

£76.50

38 x 200

TS320*

£42.30

TS320M*

£61.50

38 x 1000

TS38/10*

£37.35

TS38M/10*

£56.70

38 x 2000

TS38/20

£56.10

TS38M/20

£91.20

54 x 100

100

TS510*

£61.80

TS510M*

£90.90

54 x 200

TS520*

£56.10

TS520M*

£82.20

54 x 1000

TS54/10*

£53.70

TS54M/10*

£79.95

54 x 2000

TS54/20

£90.90

TS54M/20

£135.00

80 x 100

100

TS810*

£67.35

TS810M*

£98.25

80 x 200

TS820*

£62.40

TS820M*

£89.40

80 x 1000

TS80/10*

£58.50

TS80M/10*

£83.85

80 x 2000

TS80/20

£108.00

TS80M/20

£144.00

148

i Information

SCAN YOUR BARCODES THROUGH THE PLASTIC FRONT

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Ticket Holder Profiles 80 Height in mm 38 25

Magnetic Easy Wipe Racking Strip Write on - wipe off Adheres to any steel racking ›› Cut to suit any length required ›› 6 colour options available: red, green, blue, black, yellow or white - please specify when ordering ››

manufactured

››

Overall Size LxW

Price

10m x 10mm

MSR1

£12.60

10m x 15mm

MSR15

£18.00

10m x 20mm

MSR2

£21.60

10m x 25mm

MSR25

£25.80

10m x 30mm

MSR3

£29.10

10m x 40mm

MSR4

£37.20

10m x 50mm

MSR5

£44.70

10m x 60mm

MSR6

£45.00

10m x 70mm

MSR7

£52.20

10m x 80mm

MSR8

£56.10

10m x 90mm

MSR9

£60.30

10m x 100mm

MSR10

£65.40

90mm 20mm 30mm

day delivery

50mm

70mm

Magnetic Self-adhesive Strip Makes anything magnetic Cut to suit any length ›› Mount items onto steel structures without the need for drilling ›› Foam adhesive helps smooth out irregular surfaces

››

i Information

MAKE ANYTHING MAGNETIC

day delivery

Fixing

Pack Size

Model

Price

13mm x 30M

Premium Adhesive

MSSA/13

£64.80

20mm x 10M

Foam Adhesive

MSSA/20

£34.50

25mm x 10M

Foam Adhesive

MSSA/25

£42.00

50mm x 10M

Foam Adhesive

MSSA/50

£53.70

Magnetic Easy Wipe Location Markers ››

White faced magnetic location markers Use a wet wipe marker pen, wipe off

Size mm HxW

day delivery

manufactured

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Pack size

Model

Price

10 x 80

100

LM18

£9.45

15 x 80

100

LM158

£14.55

20 x 80

100

LM28

£21.30

25 x 80

100

LM258

£24.30

30 x 80

100

LM38

£27.60

40 x 80

100

LM48

£32.10 £40.80

50 x 80

100

LM58

30 x 100

100

LM310

£29.70

40 x 100

100

LM410

£40.20

50 x 100

100

LM510

£45.90

60 x 100

100

LM610

£60.00

70 x 100

100

LM710

£64.80

80 x 100

100

LM810

£69.30

50 x 150

100

LM515

£61.20

56 x 105

100

LM105

£55.80

80 x 150

100

LM815

£92.70

100 x 150

100

LM1015

£108.00

50 x 200

100

LM520

£82.50

80 x 200

100

LM820

£120.00

100 x 200

100

LM1020

£148.50

90 x 210

LM219

£16.65

149

Site Safety & Premises

Overall Size H x W mm

››

Signs & Labelling

Model

Frames4docs ›› ››

›› ›› ››

Signs & Labelling

››

Frame any sign, chart or document in seconds Colour coded frames. Colours conform with British Safety Standards Self-adhesive or magnetic fixings Ideal for displaying important messages in 5S & lean manufacturing Frames can be used vertically or horizontally Suitable throughout industry to display all types of literature, certificates & information. Suitable for documents up to 1.5mm thick

Self-adhesive frames have an aggressive adhesive that has been selected to adhere to most surfaces ›› Magnetic frames have a very strong pull force & can be applied to any flat steel surface. ››

day delivery

COLOUR OPTIONS Red Green Blue Yellow Black available as a pack of the same colour or a mixed pack of 2 specify when ordering

To Suit Documents

Magnetic

Quantity per Pack

A5 A4

Site Safety & Premises

Self-Adhesive

Model

Price

Model

Price

MFD5/10

£45.90

SFD5/10

£44.40

MFD4/10

£57.00

SFD4/10

£55.20

MFD3/10

£86.70

SFD3/10

£84.60

MFD2/10

£141.00

SFD2/10

£138.00

Hazard Frames4docs

Document Pockets

For those important warnings & messages Frame any A4 sign, chart or document ›› Available in red/white, green/white & yellow/black - all supplied in packs of 10 ›› Self-adhesive or magnetic fixings

››

›› ››

day delivery

Self-adhesive pockets have an aggressive tape on reverse for permanent fixing ›› Magnetic pockets for steel cabinets, racking or shelving ›› Manufactured in tough clear polypropylene with welded edges, ample room for A3, A4, A5, A6 & A7 documents ›› Pockets supplied in packs of 10 except A7 size which is supplied in packs of 100

day delivery

manufactured

Magnetic

Self-Adhesive

Magnetic

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

316 x 436

AP3H/10

£51.45

MP3H/10

£57.00

436 x 316

AP3V/10

£51.45

MP3V/10

£57.00

215 x 310

AP4H/10

£18.75

MP4H/10

£27.30

310 x 220

AP4V/10

£18.75

MP4V/10

£27.30

155 x 230

AP5H/10

£15.60

MP5H/10

£22.35

215 x 160

AP5V/10

£15.60

MP5V/10

£22.35

110 x 155

AP6H/10

£20.85

MP6H/10

£21.45

150 x 110

AP6V/10

£20.85

MP6V/10

£21.45

60 x 110

AP7H/100

£56.70

MP7H/100

£75.00

Quantity per Pack

Model

Price

Model

Price

110 x 110

AP1111/10

£17.40

MP1111/10

£20.85

MHFD4/10

£57.00

SHFD4/10

£55.20

110 x 220

AP1122/10

£24.60

MP1122/10

£25.80

150

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Rainbow Pockets Industrial quality coloured document pockets Help protect & highlight your messages ›› Quick & easy to use - no need to remove or lift the pocket to replace the insert ›› Ideal for 5S & lean manufacturing ››

››

COLOUR OPTIONS

day delivery

manufactured

Red Green Blue Yellow Black

Signs & Labelling

available as a pack of the same colour or a mixed pack of 2 specify when ordering

Magnetic To Suit Documents

Self-adhesive Magnetic

Quantity per Pack

A4 Vertical

A4 Horizontal

Hanging Pockets ›› ››

Tie-on

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

CMP5V

£25.20

CAP5V

£17.70

CTP5V

£19.20

CMP5H

£25.20

CAP5H

£17.70

CTP5H

£19.20

CMP4V

£30.90

CAP4V

£21.00

CTP4V

£22.80

CMP4H

£30.90

CAP4H

£21.00

CTP4H

£22.80

Wrap-A-Round Pockets ››

Three information pockets made from tough plastic, with a magnetic header that is designed to wrap around the mesh of an industrial cage or trolley handle (fits around a maximum diameter of 30mm)

day delivery

manufactured

Size H x W mm 297 x 210 297 x 210 To Suit Documents A5 A4

Quantity per Pack 10

148 x 210

Model

Price

WCP5H/10

£25.80

105 x 210

WCP4H/10

£32.10

105 x 210

148 x 210

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Type A4 Vertical A5 Horizontal A6 Horizontal

Pack

Model

Price

WRP4V/10

£40.20 £174.00

WRP4V/50

WRP5H/10

£33.30

WRP5H/50

£141.30

WRP6H/10

£29.70

WRP6H/50

£126.00

151

Site Safety & Premises

Manufactured in tough plastic Unique hooked header design - ideal for hanging off industrial wooden pallet cases, trolleys & stillages (anything that has a lip of upto 25mm)

Self-adhesive

Model

A5 Vertical A5 Horizontal

Tie-on

Self-adhesive Numbers & Letters ›› ››

›› ››

Self-adhesive vinyl labelling Black characters on yellow backgrounds (available on white backgrounds for F1 to F6 - call for details) For applications in factories, warehouses & offices, etc Minimum order - 20 cards. These can be mixed numbers, letters or sizes

››

Specify characters required See table for quantity of characters per card

Signs & Labelling

››

Cards of identical, individual peel-off numbers 0-9 or letters A-Z Easily applied - cleanly removed

Bin Numbering

Stores

day delivery

manufactured

Individual Numbers or Letters: Card Size H x W mm

Digits per card

Arrows

Model

Price

9.5 x 6

168

£0.99

12.5 x 8.5

£0.99

19 x 14

✓

£0.99

38 x 21

✓

£0.99

56 x 21

✓

£1.38

90 x 38

✓

£1.89

130 x 45

£2.46

230 x 140

£2.46

Numbers & Letters Packs ››

Site Safety & Premises

››

3 manufactured

day delivery

Handy packs of self-adhesive numbers & letters Each pack contains 1 card of each letter/number Number Pack

Digits per card

Model

Price

Model

Price

9.5 x 6

168

F1PACK0-9

£9.90

F1PACKA-Z

£25.74

12.5 x 8.5

F2PACK0-9

£9.90

F2PACKA-Z

£25.74

19 x 14

F3PACK0-9

£9.90

F3PACKA-Z

£25.74

38 x 21

F4PACK0-9

£9.90

F4PACKA-Z

£25.74

56 x 21

F5PACK0-9

£13.80

F5PACKA-Z

£35.88

90 x 38

F6PACK0-9

£18.90

F6PACKA-Z

£49.14

130 x 45

F7PACK0-9

£24.60

F7PACKA-Z

£63.96

230 x 140

F8PACK0-9

£24.60

F8PACKA-Z

£63.96

Floor Identification Markers High visibility floor markers - 190mm diameter Designed to withstand traffic in a warehouse ›› Bay or aisle identification ›› ››

‘A TO Z’ & ‘0 TO 25’ AVAILABLE Model

Price

FMC/State Character or Digit

£4.95

152

Letter Pack

Label Size H x W mm

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

manufactured

Floor Graphic Markers ›› Bold text Graphic floor signs - 430mm diameter Designed to withstand the everyday traffic in a warehouse ›› High visibility ›› Independently tested for slip resistance ››

››

FM01

FM02

FM16

FM24

FM31

FM03

FM35

FM04

FM05

FM30

FM22

FM29

FM32

FM06

FM20

FM19

FM07

FM08

FM09

FM34

FM23

FM33

FM10

FM11

FM25

FM12

FM26

FM13

FM27

FM14

FM15

FM17

FM28

FM21

Model

Price

See codes below each illustration

£18.30

Signs & Labelling

FM18

manufactured

FM05

Floor Signals

Frames4floors™

Manufactured from tough PVC Easy solution for marking up in your warehouse ›› Mark walkways, forklift routes & pallet positions ›› Designed to withstand traffic in a warehouse ›› FS/F: Pack of 10 - 5 right & 5 left feet

››

COLOUR OPTIONS

›› ››

››

Red Blue specify when ordering

››

DL Size

manufactured A4 Size - Blue A4 Size - Yellow & Black

manufactured Description

Overall Size H x W mm

day delivery

NEW

Pack Size

Model

Price

Size of Insert

Colours

Model

Price

‘T’ Floor Signal

200 x 300

FS/T

£13.80

DL - 210 x 99mm

Blue, Black, Green, Red or Yellow

FFDL/10

£30.90

‘L’ Floor Signal

200 x 200

FS/L

£13.80

DL - 210 x 99mm

2 of each of the above colours

FFDLMIX/10

£30.90

‘+’ Floor Signal

300 x 300

FS/+

£20.25

DL - 210 x 99mm

Yellow & Black

FFDLBY/10

£37.80

‘O’ Floor Signal

90 dia.

100

FS/O

£32.10

A4 - 210 x 295mm

Blue, Black, Green, Red or Yellow

FFA4/10

£52.50

‘O’ Floor Signal

90 x 90

100

FS/A

£32.10

A4 - 210 x 295mm

2 of each of the above colours

FFA4MIX/10

£52.50

‘ ’ Floor Signal

300 x 100

FS/F

£13.80

A4 - 210 x 295mm

Yellow & Black

FFA4BY/10

£60.90

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

153

Site Safety & Premises

Yellow Black White Green

Tough, flat, colour coded floor identification frames for the warehouse floor or wall - ideal for identifying bulk stack locations or to highlight important information Can be used either vertically or horizontally Permanent industrial strength adhesive to withstand warehouse traffic Framing your data could not be easier, with the frame face down, peel off the centre release panel & position your document or label, face down onto the adhesive & smooth flat. Decide on the frame location, then remove the outer release paper, turn the panel over & press firmly into place on a clean sealed floor. Allow 24 hours for the adhesive to cure. Supplied in packs of 10 (packs of 50 also available)

Stanchion Signs ›› ››

Made from 2mm rigid plastic (economy stanchion signs) or 2mm rigid foam plastic (standard stanchion signs) ›› Many others signs available - please call for details Suitable for indoor or outdoor use

NEW

Economy Stanchion Signs - 2mm rigid plastic (450H x 450Wmm)

Stanchion Signs

SE009

SE010

SE011

SE012

SE013

Standard Stanchion Signs - 2mm rigid foam plastic (450H x 600Wmm)

SS001

SS002

SS003

SS004

SS005

SS006

SS007

SS008

Model

To Suit

Price

450 x 450

Economy Stanchions

£19.60

450 x 600

Standard Stanchions

£20.45

Site Safety & Premises

See Below Illustrations

Size H x W mm

Stanchions

NEW

›› Robust stanchions which are ideal for displaying signs on a temporary basis ›› Easily & quickly position near to a potential hazard or danger ›› Manufactured from steel which is painted in grey primer to discourage rust ›› Available in single or double sided options ›› Clips are provided for sign retention into the stanchion

ST4560DS

ST4560SS Description

Model

Price

Economy Stanchions - to Suit 450H x 450W mm Stanchion Signs

ST4560SS & SS002

154

Single Sided

ST4545SS

£21.79

Double Sided

ST4545DS

£34.91

Standard Stanchions - to Suit 450H x 600W mm Stanchion Signs Single Sided

ST4560SS

£22.18

Double Sided

ST4560DS

£31.22

Self-adhesive Floor Marking Tape

PROLine Paint Marking Systems

PROLine

››

Floor marking tape for internal surfaces ›› Ideal for demarcation of aisles, traffic ways, pedestrian routes etc ›› Can be removed from most surfaces without leaving residue ›› Tape length: 33M ››

››

›› ›› ››

Description

Colour

75 x 33mm

Price

Model

Price

261.15.202

£155.20

261.19.212

£159.71

Yellow

261.17.297

£155.20

261.18.900

£159.71

Blue

261.14.977

£155.20

261.16.487

£159.71

Red

261.15.660

£155.20

261.16.560

£159.71

Green

261.19.541

£155.20

261.17.656

£159.71

Orange

261.17.130

£155.20

261.13.748

£159.71

261.16.528

£129.80

White

Tape Marking Set 1 x TAPELiner 2 x Rolls of ProLine Tape 1 x Trimming Knife Marker Line & Chalk

50 x 33mm Model

TAPELiner (Marker with Trimming Knife) Description

50mm Wide

Description

Colour

Model

Price

Paint Marking Set - 1 PROLiner Applicator, 2 Cans of Paint, Marker Line & Chalk

White

260.11.610

£140.11

Yellow

75mm Wide

260.10.795

£140.11

PROLiner Applicator for 50 to 75mm Lines

260.10.174

£101.51

ROADLiner Applicator for 100 to 130mm Lines

260.10.383

£141.00

Model

Price

Model

Price

HANDLiner Applicator for Hand Use

260.10.437

£27.51

White

261.16.606

£4.00

261.16.619

£6.00

PROLine Chalk Marker Line

260.11.543

£21.20

Yellow

261.13.796

£4.00

261.18.798

£6.00

Chalk Refill (for Marker Line above)

260.11.117

£4.40

Blue

261.19.771

£4.00

261.15.989

£6.00

Red

261.13.752

£4.00

261.18.675

£6.00

Colour

Model

Price per Can

Colour

Model

Impact Protection & Floor Marking

Floor marking paint for internal & external use Will adhere to concrete, asphalt, tarmac, metal, tiles etc Quick drying - can be walked on in minutes 750ml can will do a 50mm wide line for 50 to 90M approx ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY Not to be used on sealed floors Conforms to the latest EU Regulations

››

Price per Can

Paint Cans

Green

261.18.249

£4.00

261.16.655

£6.00

Orange

261.16.322

£4.00

261.17.531

£6.00

White

260.11.745

£10.71

Green

260.11.015

£10.71

Red & White (laminated)

261.18.826

£6.20

261.15.954

£9.31

Yellow

260.11.089

£10.71

Orange

260.17.886

£10.71

Yellow & Black (laminated)

261.17.941

£6.20

261.13.438

£9.31

Blue

260.12.531

£10.71

Grey

260.11.057

£10.71

Green & White (laminated)

261.17.310

£6.20

261.19.066

£9.31

Red

260.12.976

£10.71

Black

260.11.954

£10.71

Traffic Line - Wheel Stop Park It Easily & quickly installed Highly visible reflective markings ›› Oil & heat resistant. Also UV stable ›› Fixings included

Site Safety & Premises

›› ››

i Information

PREVENT VEHICLE OVERUNS

Black & Yellow

Black & White

Brick Red & White

Blue & White

Overall Size L x D x H mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

550 x 150 x 100

284.25.388

£22.40

900 x 150 x 100

284.26.220

£32.11

284.22.610

£32.11

284.27.783

£34.51

284.20.740

£34.51

1200 x 150 x 100

284.21.568

£44.91

284.26.766

£44.91

284.23.656

£49.51

284.23.032

£49.51

1800 x 150 x 100

284.26.285

£58.71

284.27.586

£58.71

284.22.724

£71.71

284.27.231

£71.71

284.25.975

£97.11

20kg 2 Component Resin Based Adhesive (5kg bonding agent & 15kg Quartz Sand Activator)

Price

155

Protect-It Does your warehouse meet HSE requirements?

i Information

HSE document HSG76 states: ‘Where racking is likely to be struck by lift trucks & other vehicles it should be protected’ If you are going to conform to HSE requirements make sure you fit a protector that meets the recognised European Standard FEM 10.2.02. ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Passes both front/side impact tests to conform to FEM 10.2.02 Deflects in the same way as a car bumper to absorb impacts Easy to fit by hand - no tools required Easy to remove for rack inspections Effective in cold stores as low as -40oC Sold in over 70 countries throughout the world

Barriers

››

HSE GUIDELINES STATE THAT EVERY UPRIGHT SHOULD BE PROTECTED

Please specify type of racking if known when ordering or send a photo of the racking Protection Height

Uprights upto 90mm

Uprights between 90mm x 120mm wide

268mm

£13.30

£14.63

400mm

£19.95

£21.95

Protect-It MAXI

Site Safety & Premises

Protect-it MAXI is a revolutionary structural column guard designed to minimize damage to building columns especially suited to mezzanine floor columns ››

›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Fits any column size beginning with 100mm (4”) & increasing in 25mm (1”) increments to fit any size & shape including square, rectangular, ‘H’ section, ‘I’ section, round or even walls Slim line construction saves space. Only adds 75mm to each side of the column Provides even impact absorption from all directions Improves workplace safety Securely fits around columns◆ Tested to withstand a 2.7 tonne fork lift truck hitting a 200mm column at 6km/hour - no damage to the column occurred

Free delivery on orders over £250.00. For orders less than this please add £25.00 per order. For Column Sizes Between mm

Price 500mm High

Price 1000mm High

Square or ‘H’ Section 100 x 100 & 140 x 140

£80.00

£155.00

150 x 150 & 300 x 300

£155.00

£310.00

325 x 325 & 425 x 425

£235.00

£465.00

450 x 450 & 600 x 600

£310.00

£620.00

Round Section 175 200

£155.00

£310.00

300 Protect-It Wall (per linear metre - actual size 1080L x 500H mm) -

156

£310.00

Wall Protection: can conform to the shape of the wall (1080L x 500H mm)

Traffic Line - Impact Protection ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Manufactured in flexible, age-resistant foam which is free from CFC’s & silicones Ideal for interior or exterior use Simply cut to size on site with a knife or fine toothed saw Provide both visual warning & safety cushioning Protect protruding edges in your warehouse or goods in area UV resistant signal colours according to DIN 4844 o o Temperature resistant from -40 C to +90 C Easy to install to dust & grease free surfaces Other colours / profiles available - call for details

Impact Protection

Edge Protection Description

Colour

Self-Adhesive Fitting

Length

Magnetic Fitting

Model

Price

Model

Price

Edge Protection Trapeze - 40/40 Trapeze 40/40

Right Angle 30/30

Semi Circular 40/40

Right Angle 60/60

Surface Protection

Right Angle - 30/30 Right Angle - 60/60

Trapeze 40/40

Semi Circular 40/32

Rectangle 60/20

Push-fit Protection

Trapeze 40/80/8

Semi Circular 40/40/8

Trapeze - 40/40 Semi Circular - 40/32

Rectangle 25/30/5

Pipe Protection

50/70mm Pipes

70/100mm Pipes

Corner Edge Protection Trapeze

£25.00

422.23.243

£28.00

422.17.559

£24.40

422.24.979

£27.40

White

1000

422.15.712

£24.40

Yellow/Black

1000

422.18.566

£39.71

422.25.253

£42.80

Yellow/Black

1000

422.19.099

£25.00

422.20.276

£28.00

White

1000

422.15.039

£25.00

Yellow/Black

1000

422.18.441

£24.11

422.26.582

£27.11

Yellow/Black

1000

422.13.249

£24.11

422.27.977

£27.11

White

1000

422.18.541

£24.11

Yellow/Black

1000

422.19.912

£32.80

422.20.678

£35.80

White

1000

422.18.163

£32.80

Push-fit Protection (Push Fit) Trapeze - 40/40/8

Yellow/Black

1000

422.13.264

£22.91

Trapeze - 40/80/8

Yellow/Black

1000

422.15.601

£36.31

Yellow/Black

1000

422.17.696

£22.91

White

1000

422.18.250

£22.91

Yellow/Black

1000

422.26.168

£25.40

Semi Circular - 40/40/8

30/50mm Pipes

422.14.275

1000

Surface Protection

Rectangle - 60/20 Trapeze 40/40/8

1000

Yellow/Black

Rectangle - 25/30/8

Pipe Protection 40: for 30-50mm Pipes

Yellow/Black

1000

422.16.740

£45.51

422.21.293

£48.60

60: for 50-70mm Pipes

Yellow/Black

1000

422.17.049

£49.00

422.22.247

£52.00

85: for 70-100mm Pipes

Yellow/Black

1000

422.17.488

£55.91

422.20.581

£59.00

Corner Edge Protection External Corner

Tri External Corner

Internal Corner

Corner Edge Protection Semi Circular

Trapeze External Corner

Black

422.18.641

£14.00

Trapeze External Tri Corner

Black

422.16.525

£12.80

Trapeze Internal Corner

Black

422.18.012

£12.71

Black

422.19.578

£11.60

White

422.14.008

£11.60

Black

422.18.356

£11.60

White

422.17.487

£11.60

Black

422.17.839

£11.60

Semi Circular External Corner

Semi Circular External Tri Corner External Corner

Tri External Corner

Internal Corner

Semi Circular Internal Corner

157

Site Safety & Premises

Semi Circular - 40/40

Yellow/Black

Safety Flooring COBAGRiP

UV stabilised GRP sheets, treads & stair nosing designed to offer exceptional levels of slip-resistance both indoors & out, while having outstanding wear & tear qualities ›› Ideal for pedestrian & factory walkways, access ramps, gangways & bridges ›› Resistant to most solvents & chemicals ›› Manufactured from a flame retardent silicone carbide ‘gritted’ top surface ›› Easy to install, simply bond or screw to the existing floor surface ››

COBAGRiP ››

Safety Flooring

››

Suitable for use with forklift traffic Thickness: 5mm overall

COBAGRiP Light ››

COBAGRiP Stair Tread

››

Also suitable for food production areas Thickness: 2.4mm overall

COBAGRiP Stair Tread ›› ››

Designed to fully cover the stair area Thickness: 5mm overall

COBAGRiP Stair Nosing ›› ››

Designed to cover the edge of the stair Thickness: 5mm overall

Site Safety & Premises

COBAGRiP Stair Nosing

Description COBAGRiP COBAGRiP COBAGRiP COBAGRiP Light COBAGRiP Light

COBAGRiP Stair Tread

COBAGRiP Stair Nosing

Overall Size L x W x H mm 1200 x 1200 1200 x 2400 1200 x 1200 1200 x 2400 1200 x 1200 1200 x 2400 1200 x 1200 1200 x 2400 1200 x 1200

Black Grey Yellow Black Grey

Model

Price

GRP010002

£97.58

GRP010001

£186.32

GRP060002

£97.58

GRP060001

£186.32

GRP070002

£97.58

GRP070001

£186.32

GRP010002L

£73.47

GRP010001L

£138.05

GRP060002L

£73.47

GRP060001L

£138.05

345 x 1000 x 55

GRP010704S

£36.58

345 x 1500 x 55

GRP010703S

£51.55

GRP010702S

£64.23

1200 x 2400

345 x 2000 x 55

Black/Yellow

345 x 3000 x 55

GRP010701S

£91.93

55 x 1000 x 55

GRP070004N

£17.55

GRP070003N

£22.16

GRP070002N

£26.22

GRP070001N

£34.89

55 x 1500 x 55 55 x 2000 x 55 55 x 3000 x 55

158

Colour

Yellow

COBAGRiP Stair Tread

Colours: Black

Grey

Yellow

Grip Foot Tape Hard wearing & easy to install Abrasive grip tape with self-adhesive backing ›› Suitable for ladders, stairs, ramps, entrances etc ›› ››

Safety Matting & Tape

GF010005

GF010006

Description

Model

Price

Black - 25mm wide

GF010001

£18.32

Black - 50mm wide

GF010002

£36.58

Black - 102mm wide

GF010003

£73.16

Black - 152mm wide

GF010004

£109.75

Tape Rolls - 18.3m Long

Black/Yellow - 50mm wide

GF010702

£45.71

Red/White - 50mm wide

GF031002

£45.71

Black - 140mm x 140mm (Pack of 10)

GF010005

£11.84

Black - 152mm x 610mm (Pack of 10)

GF010006

£40.28

Grip Tape Patches

Rampmat ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

An economical anti-fatigue mat for the workplace Raised circular surface for superior slip resistance Conforms to Slip Resistance Test EN13552 Category R10 Open drainage holes for spilt liquids Made from hardwearing NBR rubber Moulded bevelled edges reduce trip hazards i Information Thickness: 10mm

Overall Size L x W mm

Model

Price

1200 x 800

RP010002

£24.17

1500 x 900

RP010001

£30.90

Model

Price

Site Safety & Premises

HELP PREVENT SLIPPING ACCIDENTS IN THE WORKPLACE

Bubblemat ›› ›› ››

››

Effective anti-fatigue mat made from 100% natural rubber Raised bubbled surface to stimulate blood circulation Available as complete mats or interlocking sections for longer runs Thickness: 14mm

Overall Size L x W mm 600 x 900 (edged all round)

BF010001

£44.58

900 x 1200 (edged all round)

BF010002

£64.15

600 x 900 (interlocking end piece)

BF010003

£44.58

600 x 900 (interlocking middle piece)

BF010004

£44.58

159

Orthomat® Anti Fatigue ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

››

Extremely comfortable standing surface Reduces fatigue from standing for long periods Pebble surface offers slip resistance Suitable for dry environments only Anti Fatigue - charcoal or grey Safety Fatigue - charcoal with yellow borders Thickness: 9mm

Safety Matting

Overall Size L x W mm

Anti Fatigue

Safety Fatigue

Model

Price

Model

Price

600 x 900

AF-0001

£29.55

AF-0701

£31.69

900 x 1500

AF-0002

£59.50

AF-0702

£63.88

900 x 18,300

AF-0003

£623.45

AF-0703

£670.01

900 x Linear Metre

AF-0003C

£46.48

AF-0703C

£51.47

Orthomat® Ultimate The mat is encapsulated in revolutionary PolyNit material that is resilient to most oils & chemicals found in engineering ›› Soft foam centre layer creates a very comfortable surface to reduce tiredness & health issues associated with prolonged standing ›› Raised diamond surface provides additional underfoot grip for enhanced safety. ›› Fire test classification of DFL-s1 according to BS EN 13501 ›› Thickness: 10mm ››

Overall Size L x W mm

Model

600 x 900

OU010001

£47.97

900 x 1500

OU010002

£113.49

900 x 18,300

OU010003

£1154.84

900 x Linear Metre

OU010003C

£69.91

Price

Solid & Open Fatigue Step ›› ›› ››

Site Safety & Premises

›› ››

››

Premium quality anti-fatigue tiles Available with solid surface or holes for drainage Tiles interlink to provide coverage for any area size Suitable for wet or dry environments Optional extras - male & female bevelled edges in black or yellow tiles colour black Thickness: 19mm Overall Size L x W mm

Open

Solid

Deckplate ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

››

PVC diamond surface offers wear resistance Foam backing relieves fatigue from standing Supplied complete with all round ramped edges Withstands demanding industrial applications Suitable for dry environments Deckplate - black Safety Deckplate - black with yellow borders Thickness: 14mm Deckplate

Safety Deckplate

Overall Size L x W mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

600 x 900

DP-0609

£102.38

SD-0701

£109.56

900 x 1500

DP-0915

£194.44

SD-0702

£212.17

900 x 3000

DP-0903

£385.40

SD-0703

£422.56

900 x 6000

DP-0906

£772.71

SD-0704

£843.44

160

900 x 900

Solid Fatigue Step

Open Fatigue Step

Model

Price

Model

Price

ST-0001

£98.70

SS-0001

£98.70

Black Edging/Corner Female

SS010002F

£16.60

SS010002F

£16.60

Black Edging/Corner Male

SS010002M

£16.60

SS010002M

£16.60

Yellow Edging/Corner Female

SS070002F

£20.85

SS070002F

£20.85

Yellow Edging/Corner Male

SS070002M

£20.85

SS070002M

£20.85

Cobamat Standard ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Fights against operator fatigue Flame retardent to DIN 4102 Conforms to BIA anti-slip test Offers slip resistance in both directions Colours: red, black, green or blue Thickness: 12mm Hole size: 22 x 22mm

manufactured Overall Size L x W mm

Model

Price

CS-0610

£413.09

CS-0910

£619.69

1200 x 10,000

CS-1210

£826.21

Edging per linear metre

XS01

£7.97

Safety Matting

600 x 10,000 900 x 10,000

Cobamat Inter ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Easy to clean with detergent & a pressure cleaner Gives added cross grip in wet/oily areas Ideal for heavy duty applications Colours: red, black, green or blue Thickness: 12mm Hole size: 30 x 10mm manufactured Overall Size L x W mm

Model

Price

600 x 10,000

CE-0610

£509.29

900 x 10,000

CE-0910

£763.82

1200 x 10,000

CE-1210

£1,018.60

Edging per linear metre

XE02

£7.97

Workstation Mat Supplied with yellow bevelled edge Cross ribbed to help prevent slipping in wet areas ›› Ideal as a machine operatives mat ›› Good resistance to the majority of oils & chemicals ›› Thickness: 12mm manufactured ›› ››

Model

Price

600 x 1200 - Standard (22 x 22mm Hole Size)

WS-0701

£84.26

1000 x 1500 - Standard (22 x 22mm Hole Size)

WS-0702

£158.37

1200 x 1800 - Standard (22 x 22mm Hole Size)

WS-0703

£216.86

600 x 1200 - Heavy Duty (22 x 10mm Hole Size)

WD-0701

£126.29

1000 x 1500 - Heavy Duty (22 x 10mm Hole Size)

WD-0702

£233.81

1200 x 1800 - Heavy Duty (22 x 10mm Hole Size)

WD-0703

£320.58

Site Safety & Premises

Overall Size L x W mm

Worksafe Mat Manufactured from hard wearing rubber Ideally suited to relieve operator fatigue ›› Bevelled edges help prevent trips over the mat ›› Unique underside design prevents the mat from slipping on the floor ›› ››

Overall Size L x W mm

Model

Price

900 x 1500 - Black

SW-0001

£124.47

900 x 1500 - Blue (grease/oil resistant)

SW-0002

£163.34

161

Traffic Line - Impact Protection Railing System Extremely strong & versatile protective railing system Interior use - powder coated yellow ›› Exterior use - hot dip galvanised & powder coated yellow ›› Shock absorbing pad enables the posts & bollards to deflect by up to 10°. This allows the railing system to absorb shocks & impacts whilst damage is reduced significantly. The pad is UV, weather/temperature resistant & increases the height of the railing system by 40mm (installed by the use of 4 chemical anchor bolts per post/bollard Shock Absorbing Pad ›› Superior high strength & build quality ›› Posts: 100 x 100mm section Base Plate: 200 x 200mm Surface fixing (4 bolts) ›› Lateral rails: 120 x 80mm section ›› ››

Barriers

Cross Bars Cross Bar 120 x 80 mm

Weight kg

1000

9.5

Interior Use (NEW)

Exterior Use

Model

Price

Model

Price

194.18.997

£70.11

194.16.672

£107.00

1200

11.5

194.16.172

£75.71

194.14.863

£115.40

1500

194.15.942

£94.31

194.16.449

£143.60

2000

194.13.434

£123.31

194.13.826

£187.80

Bollards & Posts Description

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Bollard

1000 x 100 x 100

Interior Use (NEW)

Exterior Use

Model

Price

Model

Price

194.15.516

£85.71

194.13.700

£130.31

End Post

500 x 100 x 100

194.16.094

£67.91

194.15.765

£103.31

Centre Post

500 x 100 x 100

10.5

194.18.550

£73.80

194.18.142

£112.31

90o Angle Post

500 x 100 x 100

10.5

194.13.760

£74.91

194.15.032

£114.00

End Post

1000 x 100 x 100

194.14.244

£101.60

194.13.501

£157.20

Centre Post

1000 x 100 x 100

194.17.026

£116.00

194.13.894

£176.51

90o Angle Post

1000 x 100 x 100

194.18.205

£120.51

194.15.572

£183.31

Shock Absorbing Pad Description

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Pad for Post

50 x 200 x 200

0.6

422.21.456

£20.31

Chemical Anchors

300 x 100 x 100

100.20.858

£50.60

Interlocking Tile System Can be laid in a variety of methods – dry laid

››

for light duty applications, glued down for heavier duty applications involving fork lift trucks & cold welded along the tongue & groove joints to provide a waterproof surface Thermal insulating, sound insulating, fire retardant (Bfl-S1) & slip resistant (R 10) Textured tiles are manufactured from re-cycled vinyl & are extremely resilient & abrasion proof Easily joined by concealed tongue & groove fixtures to form floor coverings of any width or length Attractive & quick way to restore old floor surfaces NEW Thickness: 6mm

Price

£8.00

Edge 2 (Tongue)

100 x 500

0.8

275.29.861

£8.00

Edge 3 (Groove)

100 x 500

0.8

275.25.281

£8.00

Edge 4 (Groove)

100 x 500

0.8

275.26.620

£8.00

Corner

100 x 100

0.2

275.27.427

£4.31

Glue (Bucket)

275.27.089

£66.80

Cold Weld Agent

0.8

275.23.589

£20.91

162

Floor Tile

Edge 4 (Groove)

£11.71

275.20.501

275.23.045

0.8

100 x 500

500 x 500

rn Co

Floor Tile Edge 1 (Tongue)

Edge 3 (Groove)

Model

Weight kg

Overall Size W x D mm

Edge 1 (Tongue)

Description

Edge 2 (Tongue)

Site Safety & Premises

››

Traffic Line - Heavy Duty Pallet Racking Protectors ›› ›› ›› ››

›› ›› ››

Conform to DIN 4844 safety guidelines Provide protection from vulnerable frame ends & uprights Made in steel & powder coated yellow with black bands Can effectively be used to protect machines, partitioning, mezzanine support columns, concrete columns etc Right angle - for corner protection (bolted on 2 sides) U-Profile - for three sided protection (bolted on 3 sides) Superior high strength & build quality

Barriers

197.22.542

197.22.365 Overall Size H x W x Gauge mm

required per protector

Fixing Bolts

Weight kg

Model

Price

400 x 160 x 5

197.15.928

£27.51

400 x 160 x 6

197.13.182

£36.91

800 x 160 x 6

197.14.605

£69.31

1200 x 160 x 6

197.18.380

£103.40

Right Angle with Rollers

400 x 160 x 6

197.22.542

£74.71

U-Profile

400 x 160 x 6

197.18.365

£56.00

U-Profile with Rollers

400 x 160 x 6

197.22.021

£97.71

Fixing Bolts (2 per pack)

12 x 100

0.2

100.17.393.2

£3.02

Description

Right Angle

Traffic Line - Collision Protection Bars Site Safety & Premises

Protect your shelves, cabinets, machinery etc Low profile design allows easy access to pedestrians ›› Size: 76mm Dia., 3mm wall thickness ›› Surface mounted with extra strength base plates ›› Powder coated in yellow with black bands ››

››

Description Protection Bars (needs 4 Bolts) Fixing Bolts (4 per pack)

Overall Size H x W mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

86 x 400

195.13.478

£26.60

86 x 800

7.5

195.19.220

£41.20

86 x 1200

195.14.143

£56.40

12 x 100

0.2

100.17.393.4

£6.03

163

Traffic Line - Protection Guards ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

High impact guards manufactured in 3mm gauge steel, 76mm dia. Superior high strength & build quality Finishes: yellow powder coat with black bands (interior use) or hot dip galvanised & yellow powder coat with black bands (exterior use) Protect your stock, traffic routes & work areas Special size & colours are available - call for details Sub-surface fixings are available - call for details

Description

Overall Size H x W mm

Weight kg

Powder Coated Model

Galvanised & Powder Coated Price

Model

Price

Barriers

Bollards Yellow with Black Bands - Surface Fixing Plate

90 x 1200

14.5

199.19.943

£93.60

Yellow with Black Bands - Sub surface Fixing

90 x 1600

16.5

199.17.454

£92.40

Yellow with Black Bands - Surface Fixing Plate

159 x 1200

33.5

199.16.549

£197.00

Yellow with Black Bands - Sub surface Fixing

159 x 1600

35.5

199.15.852

£190.40 £126.51

Protection Guards Yellow - Surface Fixing Plate

Yellow with Black Bands Surface Fixing Plate

Surface Fixing Bolts (8 per guard - price per 8)

350 x 375

195.15.621

£101.60

195.18.233

350 x 750

195.14.450

£116.20

195.16.265

£145.20

350 x 1000

195.14.589

£128.11

195.13.499

£159.20

600 x 750

195.18.515

£143.80

195.17.623

£176.20

600 x 1000

195.18.943

£151.71

195.19.157

£188.80

1200 x 750

195.19.573

£179.51

195.17.296

£222.91

1200 x 1000

195.17.903

£192.60

195.18.822

£240.31

0.2

100.17.393.8

£12.06 £266.40

12 x 100

Corner Protection Hoops Yellow with Black Bands Surface Fixing Plate Surface Fixing Bolts (12 per guard - price per 12)

350 x 600

195.13.241

£204.51

195.14.708

600 x 600

195.14.637

£239.31

195.17.083

£312.11

1200 x 600

195.17.512

£302.60

195.13.874

£393.11

12 x 100

0.2

100.17.393.12

£18.09

Traffic Line - Steel Hoop Guards Guards manufactured in 2mm gauge high quality steel, 48mm dia. Ideal for the segregation & protection of vulnerable zones such as walkways, machinery ›› Finishes: Yellow powder coat with black bands (interior use) Hot dip galvanised & yellow powder coat with black bands (exterior use) ››

Site Safety & Premises

››

Description

Yellow with Black Bands Surface Fixing Bolts (4 per guard - price per 4)

164

Overall Size H x W mm

Weight kg

1000 x 1000

Powder Coated

Galvanised & Powder Coated

Model

Price

Model

Price

201.14.228

£142.60

201.15.512

£179.51

1000 x 1500

201.15.794

£169.20

201.17.982

£213.11

1000 x 2000

201.14.465

£190.91

201.13.553

£242.91

12 x 100

0.2

100.17.393.4

£6.03

Heavy Duty Safety Barriers / Machine Guards Constructed from heavy duty 115mm diameter steel pipe, these units are ideal for work areas Bases are pre-drilled with 22mm diameter holes for fixing to the floor (not supplied) These units are powder coated yellow for high visibilty

››

FROM ONLY

£68.40

SMG10H SMG02L In Use

SMG09B

Barriers

SMG02L day delivery

Description

Overall Height mm

Overall Length mm

High Profile Guard

1065

Low Profile Guard

230

Safety Bollard

915

Corner Guard

610

Mounting Plate Size mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1220

SMG10H

£143.30

1220

SMG02L

£100.65

SMG09B

£68.40

SMG15C

£131.50

200 x 200

SMG15C

Barriers - Open & Mesh Infil ›› ››

Full welded protective barriers A barrier system with open or mesh infil panels Supplied complete with floor fixings

Open Straight Barrier Unit

Site Safety & Premises

››

Gate Barrier Unit with Mesh Infil

day delivery

OPEN STRAIGHT BARRIER UNITS

manufactured

Mesh Infil

Overall Size L x H mm

Model

1200 x 900

SBS1209M

i Information

Open Price

Model

Price

SBS1209O

£145.90

Straight Barrier Units £192.05

1200 x 1100

SBS1211M

£242.00

SBS1211O

£186.70

2400 x 900

SBS2409M

£306.40

SBS2409O

£216.45

2400 x 1100

SBS2411M

£320.70

SBS2411O

£224.00

Overall Size L x H mm

Mesh Infil Model

TAILOR MAKE YOUR OWN BARRIER Overall Size L x H mm

Model

Mesh Infil Model

Open Price

Model

Price

Gate Barrier Units

Open Price

Corner Barrier Unit with Mesh Infil

Price

Corner Barrier Units

900 x 900

SBG0909M

£173.25

SBG0909O

£135.80

900 x 1100

SBG0911M

£180.75

SBG0911O

£144.70

1200 x 900

SBC1209M

£303.75

SBC1209O

£205.90

1200 x 900

SBG1209M

£189.85

SBG1209O

£142.80

1200 x 1100

SBC1211M

£303.15

SBC1211O

£208.55

1200 x 1100

SBG1211M

£202.25

SBG1211O

£154.15

165

Protective Rail System Constructed from 100mm welded heavy duty square tubular steel Ideal for dividing manufacturing units & equipment in warehouses etc ›› Mounted on square floor plates with pre-drilled fixing holes for fixing to the floor. (fixings not supplied) FROM ONLY ›› The corner rail gives the option of a protective cage around equipment ›› Finish: powder coated yellow ››

Triple Rail

››

£231.30 Corner Section

SBR304

Single Rail SBR104

3YR

SBR200

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Barriers

Double Rail

Single Rail Height 380mm

Rail Length 1220mm

SBR204

Double Rail Height 750mm

Triple Rail Height 1120mm

Weight

Model

Price

Weight

Model

Price

Weight

Model

Price

27 kg

SBR104

£231.30

58 kg

SBR204

£438.35

84 kg

SBR304

£589.40

1830mm

41 kg

SBR106

£263.35

76 kg

SBR206

£492.85

111 kg

SBR306

£673.45

2440mm

50 kg

SBR108

£292.75

94 kg

SBR208

£552.20

129 kg

SBR308

£739.60

Corner Section 1m x 1m

50 kg

SBR100

£370.05

94 kg

SBR200

£619.55

136 kg

SBR300

£826.55

Lift Out Rail System The rails on this protective barrier system are easy to remove allowing cost efficient access to machinery Posts are constructed from 80mm heavy duty square tubular steel, & the rails from 100 x 50mm tubular steel ›› Mounted on square floor plates which are pre-drilled for fixing to the floor (fixings not supplied) ›› Finish: powder coated yellow ››

››

SBLR04 & 2 x SBLP11

FROM ONLY

£91.75

manufactured

Site Safety & Premises

3YR

GUARANTEE

Lift Out Rails

4 x SBLR04 & 2 x SBLP21 & 1 x SBLP22

Posts

Rail Length

Weight kg

Model

SBLR04

1220 mm

Price

Description

Single Rail - 500mm High

Double Rail - 1100mm High

Weight kg

Model

Price

Weight kg

Model

Price

End Post

5.5

SBLP11

£102.75

SBLP21

£145.20

£91.75

1830 mm

SBLR06

£101.80

2440 mm

17.5

SBLR08

£127.05

Corner Post

SBLP12

£120.85

10.5

SBLP22

£163.35

3000 mm

21.5

SBLR10

£147.70

In Line Post

SBLP13

£120.85

10.5

SBLP23

£163.35

Modular Barrier System These units provide isolation for drums & machinery offering protection to products & operators Manufactured from rectangular hollow section steel these units can be bolted together in a line or at right angles ›› Pre-drilled base plates for fixing to the floor with 12mm bolts (not provided) ›› Extension units are supplied with 2 joining bolts ›› Finish: powder coated yellow ›› ››

Standard Unit

Extension Unit

Description

Length mm

Height mm

Model

Price

Standard

1000

SB1000

£113.95

Extension

1000

SE1000

£109.40

Standard

1500

1000

SB1500

£120.35

Extension

1500

1000

SE1500

£112.70

166

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Steel Barrier System ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Simple & easy installation Triple ridge barrier for strength & rigidity Rolled top edges help eliminate sharp edges Available with single & double height posts Mounted on square floor plates with pre-drilled fixing holes (fixings not supplied)

3 x SGP10Z & 4 x SGR11Z In Use

i Information

TAILOR MAKE YOUR OWN BARRIER

day delivery

Barriers 3 x SGP04Z & 2 x SGR11Z In Use

Posts

Length mm

Weight kg

Model

508

SGR05Z

£63.30

1118

SGR11Z

£107.10

Price

1728

SGR17Z

£148.40

2337

34.5

SGR23Z

£191.55

Barriers

- Suitable for use as both ‘In-Line’ posts & Corner posts

Height mm

Post Size mm

Mounting Plate Size mm

Weight kg

Model

Single - 483

100 x 100

254 x 254

16.5

SGP04Z

£93.45

27.5

SGP10Z

£142.50

Double - 1093

Price

Heavy Duty Barrier System ›› ›› ›› ››

i Information

GALVANISED BARRIERS ARE IDEAL FOR OUTDOOR USE

FROM ONLY

£85.95

3 x BPY04Z, 1 x BBY06Z & 1 x BBY24Z

3YR

3 x BPG04Z, 1 x BBG06Z & 1 x BBG24Z

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Barriers Length mm

Stove Enamel Yellow

Weight kg

Model

610

915

1220 2440

Posts

3 x BPG04Z, 1 x BBG06Z & 1 x BBG24Z

Galvanised

Price

Model

Price

BBY06Z

£85.95

BBG06Z

£96.00

BBY09Z

£105.15

BBG09Z

£119.15

BBY12Z

£109.80

BBG12Z

£125.10

BBY24Z

£144.55

BBG24Z

£178.30

- Suitable for use as both ‘In-Line’ posts & Corner posts Stove Enamel Yellow

Galvanised

Post Size mm

Mounting Plate Size mm

Post Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

100 x 100

220 x 220

510

BPY04Z

£126.05

BPG04Z

£135.35

167

Site Safety & Premises

››

Simple & easy installation Double ridge barrier for strength & rigidity Rolled edges help eliminate sharp edges Available in either a powder coated yellow finish or galvanised for outdoor use Mounted on square floor plates with pre-drilled fixing holes (fixings not supplied)

Economy Posts ›› ›› ››

Parking Posts

Constructed from mild steel coated yellow Quick & easy bolt down design Quick & easy collapsing mechanism

›› ››

››

Multiple posts can be keyed alike A fixed post with chain eyelets is also available for either surface or sub-surface mounting - call for details Available powder coated hi viz yellow - call for details

Traffic Management

manufactured

SB.28W

SB11HP

SB.28HP Description

Price

Model

Price

Hinged Lockable Post

SB11HI

£87.41

Winged Hinged Post c/w Padlock Facility (padlock not supplied)

SB.28W

£64.86

Hinged Padlock Type (Zinc Plated)

SB11HP

£71.76

Hinged Post c/w Padlock Facility (padlock not supplied)

SB.28HP

£59.13

Winged c/w Integral Lock (2 keys)

SB11W

£139.61

Fixed Surface Mounted

SB.28SM

£31.43

Fixed Surface Mounted

SB11SM

£62.36

Fixed Sunken Permanent

SB.28SP

£29.31

Fixed Sunken Permanent

SB11SP

£51.99

High Visibility Bollards ››

Surface Mounted Flow Plates

Constructed from 137.9mm dia. 5 mm mild steel coated black with two high visibility yellow PVC strips

›› ›› ››

Site Safety & Premises

Model

Description

Easy to fix & relocate No drainage required Ideal for use with the speed ramps shown opposite

HGV Deflator ›› ›› ››

manufactured

i Information

ENFORCE ONE WAY Tough & heavy duty TRAFFIC FLOW Easy & quick to install Ideal for use with the SB14S speed ramps shown opposite

manufactured

SB14 HGV

SB14 HGVD

SB.29FSM9

Description

Model

Price

Standard Flow Plate (up to 1 tonne per axle)

SB14S

£185.34

HGV Flow Plate

SB14 HGV

£339.54

HGV Deflator

SB14 HGVD

£422.90

Standard Locking Bar

£15.43

Description

Model

Price

Fixed Surface Mounted - 900mm High

SB.29FSM9

£163.63

HGV Locking Bar

£20.84

Fixed Surface Mounted - 1200mm High

SB.29FSM12

£182.87

Spare Springs (Standard)

£18.23

Fixed Sunken Permanent - 1500mm High

SB.29FSM15

£211.74

Fixings (each)

£1.77

168

Speed Ramps ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Quick & easy to install Heavy duty 99% recycled PVC segments which have high UV & chemical resistance. All parts are re-useable & recyclable White reflectors offer excellent visibility Will withstand heavy goods vehicles Will not deform or crack in extreme hot or cold weather conditions Ideal for narrow or wide roads Central channel available for wiring manufactured Supplied complete with fixings Description

Model

3000mm Unit Price

4000mm Unit Price

5000mm Unit Price

6000mm Unit Price

7000mm Unit Price

SB22(5)

£160.40

£210.46

£260.51

£310.60

£360.67

SB22(7.5)

£209.31

£277.07

£345.41

£423.20

£493.14

Manual Traffic Security Barrier ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Access Gate ››

Boom length can be manufactured to your specification Pivot post & end rest - red Boom supplied red with white stripes (yellow with black stripes available - call for details) Finely balanced for light operation End rest has padlock facility (not included)

›› ››

Powder coated yellow Includes padlockable hinge post & latch post SB187M is subject to additional carriage - please call for details

manufactured

Traffic Management

50mm Speed Ramp - Complete Bundle (max speed 15mph) 75mm Speed Ramp - Complete Bundle (max speed 10mph)

manufactured Description

Model

Price

3 Metre Boom

SB43M

£713.03

4 Metre Boom

SB44M

£747.81

3 Metre Access Gate

SB183M

£900.93

5 Metre Boom

SB45M

£837.81

4 Metre Access Gate

SB184M

£989.29

Model

Price

6 Metre Boom

SB46M

£874.31

5 Metre Access Gate

SB185M

£1078.66

7 Metre Boom

SB47M

£959.36

6 Metre Access Gate

SB186M

£1172.56

£24.31

7 Metre Access Gate

SB187M*

£1251.90

Optional Extras: Stop / No Entry Sign

Height Restriction Barriers

Designed to interface with a wide variety of control equipment such as card readers, security switches, code locks, ticket dispensers, coin & token acceptors, infra red & radio transmitters

›› ›› ›› ››

Restricts access to vehicles from 2M high Posts manufactured from 100 x 100mm square box section - can also be wall mounted Can be surface mounted or sunken Available with nudge bar, hinged top bar or manufactured to your specific manufactured requirements - call for details

manufactured

Description

Model

Price

Automatic Barriers

SB100/33

P.O.A.

169

Site Safety & Premises

Automatic Barrier ››

Description

Traffic Line Crowd Barrier Fixed Leg 25 Crowd Barrier

Each barrier is linked with clasps that prevent unauthorised opening of inner sections ›› Strong inner bars of 13mm dia. ›› Light duty version also available ››

Loose Leg 25 Crowd Barrier

Designed to meet the growing demands for barriers that reduce the risk of tripping over support legs ›› Each barrier is linked with clasps that prevent unauthorised opening of inner sections ›› Strong inner bars of 13mm dia.

Traffic Management

››

Fixed Leg 25 Crowd Barrier

Fixed Leg 23 Crowd Barrier

The same design as the Fixed Leg 25 version except for having slightly lighter weight inner bars (12mm dia.) & they are 250mm shorter ›› These barriers are compatible with the Fixed Leg 25 versions ››

Loose Leg 25 Crowd Barrier Description

Size W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Fixed Leg 25

2500 x 1100

230.17.740

£72.31

Loose Leg 25

2500 x 1100

230.16.638

£69.00

Feet for Loose Leg

2.5

230.19.513

£13.80

Fixed Leg 23

2250 x 1100

230.18.230

£59.71

i Information

GALVANISED STEEL FOR LONG LIFE SERVICE

Traffic Line Flexible Post These posts have a knuckle joint at the base enabling them to return to a vertical position after being hit or run over ›› Ideal for off-highway applications

Site Safety & Premises

››

Knuckle Joint

Height mm

Model

Price

460

291.10.114

£14.40

760

291.12.496

£18.60

1000

291.11.558

£22.71

60 - Base

291.11.145

£7.51

Traffic Line Flexible Post in application

Traffic Cones

TC2 Cone

Two piece & one-piece moulded cones with retro-reflective D2 sleeves ›› The cellular construction of the D2 sleeve provides greater tear resistance ››

TC1 Cone

170

Description

Height mm

Model

Price

TC1-50

500

350.15.478

£10.40

TC1-75

750

350.16.862

£14.71

TC1-100

1000

350.17.100

£18.40

TC2

460

350.18.349

£6.31

TC3 (Sand Weighted)

750

350.13.537

£11.20

TC3 Cone (Sand Weighted)

Bollard, Lamp Post & Sign Post Protectors

Barriers

manufactured ›› ›› ›› ››

››

BCK-1260-MBY

BCK-1260-MGW BCK-1260-MRW CSP-1260-MBY & CLP-1260-MBY Overall Height mm

Colour

Site Safety & Premises

››

Upgrade rusty & tired bollards without the need to keep re-painting Make your Bollards, Sign Posts & Lamp Posts visible to drivers with vibrant polymer cover kits Eliminate nasty vehicle dents, scuffs & scratches to staff & customers using your carpark Manufactured in the UK from polyethylene with 10 Year UV stabilised polymer No costly excavation & replacement costs 50mm reflective bands for night-time visibility - custom sizes & configurations available

Model

Price 1 Off

Price (each) 10 +

Bollard Cover Kits - fits Bollards up to 6”/168mm dia. Black & Yellow

1260

BCK-1260-MBY

£128.25

£114.75

Green & White

1260

BCK-1260-MGW

£128.25

£114.75

Red & White

1260

BCK-1260-MRW

£128.25

£114.75

Custom Colour

1260

BCK-1260-MCC

£128.25

£114.75

Signage Post Protector Kit (foam absorbing core) - fits up to 168mm Post dia. Black/Yellow Custom Colour

1260 1260

CSP-1260-MBY

£193.50

£184.50

CSP-1260-MCC

£193.50

£184.50

Lamp Post Protector Kit (foam absorbing core) - fits up to 200mm Post dia. Black/Yellow

1260

CLP-1260-MBY

£213.75

£200.25

Custom Colour

1260

CLP-1260-MCC

£213.75

£200.25

171

Warning Belt Barrier ›› ›› ››

Hose Reels & Barriers

››

›› ››

Red PVC post for a durable & aesthetic finish The retractable red/white warning belt is manufactured from nylon Complete with strong & durable rubber base Ideal for where you need to channel traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc Belt size: 48mm high & 2000mm length 3 way connectivity

NEW

day delivery

SPC04Z

£81.55

SPC04Z SPC04Z

Base Width mm

Post Size H x Ø mm

Model

Price

520

1040 x 63

SPC04Z

£81.55

Air & Water Hoses ›› ››

Site Safety & Premises

››

Automatic rewind Positive latching mechanism - automatically locks hose at desired length Subject to availability

HRA06Z HRW04Z

FROM ONLY

£50.10 3

day delivery

HRA01Z

Hose

Hose Colour

Hose Length

Hose Dia. mm

Case Size L x W x H mm

Case Colour

Case Material

Max Pressure

Weight kg

Model

Price

Air Hoses Rubber

Red

8 metre

430 x 200 x 370

Blue

Polypropylene

300 Psi

HRA01Z

£50.10

Rubber

Red

15 metre

520 x 220 x 560

Black

Metal

300 Psi

HRA06Z

£85.75

Rubber

Red

15 metre

520 x 220 x 560

Black

Metal

300 Psi

HRA07Z

£92.15

Polypropylene

10.5

HRW04Z

£55.25

Water Hose PVC

172

Green

15 metre

430 x 200 x 370

Green

Guarda - Lightweight Chain Posts For quick & easy cordoning off space in warehouses etc ›› Available in a choice of 3 base styles: ›› Triangular plastic base filled with concrete for outdoor use ›› Round plastic hollow base to be filled with sand, water etc ›› Square hard rubber base ››

Height mm

Version

Colour

Triangular Plastic Base - Concrete Filled

Red & White Black & Yellow

Square Hard Rubber Base

Black & Yellow

Round Plastic Hollow Base

Black & Yellow

Base mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Individual Guarda Chain Posts & Bases

Red & White

870

Red & White

300 SL

3.4

265 x 265

2.3

300 ø

175.13.895

£8.11

175.14.011

£8.11

175.19.222

£11.60

175.16.601

£11.60

175.16.320

£9.91

175.18.711

£9.91

6mm Polyethylene Chain - Red & White (25M Length)

212.10.805

£25.00

6mm Polyethylene Chain - Yellow & Black (25M Length)

212.13.380

£25.00

Barriers

Guarda Chains

Set of 6 Guarda Chain Posts & Bases (10M chain, 10 connecting links & 10 hooks) Red & White

Triangular Plastic Base - Concrete Filled

Black & Yellow

Square Hard Rubber Base

Black & Yellow

Round Plastic Hollow Base

Black & Yellow

Red & White

870

Red & White

300 SL

265 x 265

12.5

300 ø

175.16.146

£74.80

175.13.735

£74.80

175.19.176

£94.80

175.17.668

£94.80

175.15.850

£84.71

175.17.247

£84.71

Traffic Line - Belt Posts ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Post Colour Yellow Red

3000mm Belt Length

Belt Colour Black & Yellow

Site Safety & Premises

››

Flexible system providing demarcation of public areas from traffic routes Powder coated aluminium posts Moulded bases with reflective disks Secure 4 point fixing for permanent installation (fixings not included) Self-tensioning belts with retraction feature Overall height: 985mm Post diameter: 60mm 4000mm Belt Length

Model

Price

Model

Price

179.14.759

£158.20

179.22.511

£175.91

Yellow

179.17.353

£158.20

179.26.335

£175.91

Red & White

179.19.970

£158.20

179.28.338

£175.91

Red

179.15.362

£158.20

179.24.575

£175.91

Wall Clip

179.16.000

£10.31

Belt Link

179.17.430

£5.71

Wall Mounted Belt Cartridges For entrances, doorways, stairs etc ›› Easy to fix bracket ›› Black cartridge ›› Self tensioning ››

Belt Colour Black/Yellow Striped

Red/White Striped

179.13.738

179.27.462

Wall Mounted

Wall Mounted - Magnetic

Belt Length

Model

Price

Model

Price

3000mm

179.18.124

£78.51

179.27.462

£97.60

4000mm

179.23.024

£97.60

179.23.187

£122.00

3000mm

179.13.738

£78.51

179.27.835

£97.60

4000mm

179.23.085

£97.60

179.21.407

£122.00

173

Black Post Belt Barrier RPLB4R , RPLB5B or RPLB6B

Belt Barriers

Stainless Steel Post Belt Barrier RPLS1R, RPLS2B or RPLS3B

Site Safety & Premises

Barriers

3 x RPLS1R

Double Belt Barrier RDLS7B

Wall Mounted Belt Barrier RWLS9B

››

›› ››

›› ›› ››

Posts are available in a black coated finish or a high quality polished stainless steel finish for a durable & aesthetic finish The retractable belt is manufactured from nylon Ideal for where you need to channel traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc Belt size: 50mm high & 2000mm length Belt mechanism incorporates a speed restriction function to prevent to belt retracting to quickly 3 way connectivity

day delivery

Belt Colour

Post Size H x W mm

Model

Price

Black Post - Retractable Belt Barrier Red

RPLB4R

£80.35

Blue

RPLB5B

£80.35

RPLB6B

£80.35

RRLB8P

£67.75

930 x 350

Black Receiving End Post

Stainless Steel Post - Retractable Belt Barrier Red

RPLS1R

£80.35

Blue

RPLS2B

£80.35

RPLS3B

£80.35

RRLS9P

£67.75

930 x 350

Black Receiving End Post

Stainless Steel Post - Double Retractable Belt Barrier Blue

985 x 320

RDLS7B

£109.95

Wall Mounted Retractable Belt Barrier Blue

174

RWLS9B

£35.60

Rope Barriers

3 x SPL11Z & 2 x SRL25B

SHL01Z

Barriers

i Information SIMPLY BUY YOUR POST & ADD YOUR ROPE TO SUIT YOUR REQUIREMENTS

››

SRL21R ››

››

SRL22B

High quality polished stainless steel posts for a durable & aesthetic finish The ropes are manufactured from high quality polyester Ideal where you need to channel traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc 4 way connectivity

Description

Post Size H x W mm

YOUR MESSAGE GOES HERE

RSLS8Z

Model

Price

Stainless Steel Post Ball Head

987 x 320

SPL11Z

£74.95

Top Hat Head

935 x 320

SPL21Z

£74.95

SRL21R

£29.95*

SRL22B

£29.95*

SRL25B

£29.95*

SHL01Z

£12.55*

RSLS8Z

£49.90*

Ropes Red

SRL25B SPL21Z & SRL21R

day delivery

Blue Black

Wall Hook -

Sign Board

SPL11Z & SRL22B

1500

370 x 205

*prices applicable when ordering with Posts. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

175

Site Safety & Premises

Rope Barriers

Claw Racks ›› ›› ›› ››

Twin level for up to 12 bikes Powder coated dark grey Fully welded - no assembly required Simply bolts to the floor (fixings not supplied)

Cycle Racks & Shelters

manufactured Stores

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

4 Bikes

670 x 1445 x 790

SRCLAWSG4KXX

£323.71

6 Bikes

670 x 2325 x 790

SRCLAWSG6KXX

£382.57

8 Bikes

670 x 1665 x 790

SRCLAWDS8KXX

£500.29

12 Bikes

670 x 2545 x 790

SRCLAWDSTKXX

£700.40

Traditional Racks ›› ›› ›› ››

Twin level bike racks for use with Traditional Shelters (see page 179) Powder coated dark grey Fully welded - no assembly required Simply bolts to the floor (fixings not supplied) manufactured Stores

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

6 Bikes

935 x 1750 x 600

SRTRADCR6KXX

£235.43

8 Bikes

935 x 2350 x 600

SRTRADCR8KXX

£294.29

Cycle Compounds ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Optional central security canopy available Covered shelter for a minimum of 16 bikes Attractive gate with hasp to take a padlock Side panels made from tough clear perspex Parabolts for surface mounting to concrete included. Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability Frame Colour Options L

Site Safety & Premises

For required colour please add corresponding suffix to end of code

SWC215530S2

SWC215530G2

Compound - Lockable Gate Stores

Overall Size H x W x D mm

manufactured Model

Price

Compound - Lockable Gate & Security Canopy Stores

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

16 Bikes

2325 x 5500 x 3000

SWC215530G2

£6271.37

16 Bikes

2625 x 5500 x 3000

SWC215530S2

£6697.39

32 Bikes

2325 x 5500 x 6000

SWC215560G4

£9862.22

32 Bikes

2625 x 5500 x 6000

SWC215560S4

£10,715.36

48 Bikes

2325 x 5500 x 9000

SWC215590G6

£13,277.05

48 Bikes

2625 x 5500 x 9000

SWC215590S6

£14,490.07

176

3/4/5 Bicycle Racks

Sheffield Style Racks

Swivels up to 180o ›› Compact & flexible design ›› Suitable for tyre width: 50mm ›› Manufactured in galvanised steel with round tube wheel locators

››

Great value for money Suitable for tyre width: 40mm ›› Manufactured in galvanised steel with round tube wheel locators

››

i Information

››

FULLY ASSEMBLED READY FOR IMMEDIATE USE

i Information

SWIVELS UP TO 180° Stores

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

1 Bike

335 x 90 x 285

169.17.113

£18.71

››

Holds

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

255 x 725 x 330

169.28.632

£43.71

255 x 1180 x 330

169.15.334

255 x 1340 x 330

169.19.382

Cycle Racks

Wall Mounted Rack

Economic, durable & effective bike storage Manufactured in mild steel galvanised 48mm dia. x 2.5mm gauge steel tube Size (above ground): 750W x 850H mm Surface fixing plates: 70 x 160 x 5 mm Description

Model

Price

£54.00

Surface Fixing

201.88.041

£91.91

£64.11

Sub-surface Fixing

201.88.045

£65.51

Hi-hoop Cycle Rack

Lo-hoop Cycle Rack

››

Strong hot dip galvanised steel construction Suitable for tyre width: 55mm ›› Accessible from both sides

››

FULLY RE IMM

Strong hot dip galvanised steel construction Suitable for tyre width: 55mm ›› Accessible from both sides

Site Safety & Premises

day delivery

manufactured

Holds

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Holds

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

415 x 700 x 390

169.13.535

£41.00

415 x 700 x 550

169.19.379

£43.60 £61.40

415 x 1050 x 390

169.18.628

£57.31

415 x 1050 x 550

169.17.164

415 x 1400 x 390

169.15.104

£76.31

415 x 1400 x 550

169.14.842

£85.20

415 x 1750 x 390

169.14.981

£93.20

415 x 1750 x 550

169.13.432

£102.40

415 x 2100 x 390

169.15.566

£112.20

415 x 2100 x 550

169.13.416

£119.11

177

Cycle Shelter ›› ››

››

›› ›› ›› ››

Can fit up to 7 bikes Constructed from heavy gauge steel framework of bolted components Fitted with triple wall polycarbonate roof & side panels to protect the bikes Modern & attractive design Staggered storage to prevent handle contact Powder coated green On-site construction available - call for details

Cycle Shelters

N.B. A fork lift will be needed to unload the panelled sections

BCS07Z

£2681.85

3YR

BCS07Z

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Cycle Shelter

2580 x 2430 x 2230

200

BCS07Z

£2681.85

Staggered Cycle Slots

Industrial Cycle Shelter Can fit up to 7 bikes Constructed from heavy gauge steel framework of bolted components ›› Galvanised side panels & PVC roof ›› Design features curved roof & drainage gutters ›› On-site construction available - call for details ››

Site Safety & Premises

››

N.B. A fork lift will be needed to unload the panelled sections

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

BCS03Z

i Information

£2380.75 Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Industrial Cycle Shelter

2600 x 2480 x 2230

285

BCS03Z

£2380.75

178

PROVIDE SECURE STORAGE FOR BICYCLES

Traditional Cycle Shelters ››

›› ››

››

›› ››

Choice of galvanised or powder coated sheet steel side & back panels - light grey panels supplied as standard Adjustable feet for on-site positioning Parabolts for surface mounting to concrete included. Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability High capacity shelters can be created using runs of initial & extension shelters or double depth shelters Shelter height - 2180mm Shelter shown with Traditional Cycle Rack - see page 176 for details

Powder Coated Sides With Open Back Frame Overall Size H x W x D mm

Shelter Model

2180 x 2450 x 1900

With Closed Back Frame

Price

Extension Model

Price

Shelter Model

Price

Extension Model

Price

SC211924B

£1534.99

SC211924BE

£1379.61

SC211924C

£1783.37

SC211924CE

£1588.70

2180 x 2450 x 2500

SC212524B

£1680.96

SC212524BE

£1494.97

SC212524C

£1921.10

SC212524CE

£1743.35

2180 x 3060 x 1900

SC211930B

£1851.65

SC211930BE

£1726.87

SC211930C

£2122.39

SC211930CE

£1968.19

2180 x 3060 x 2500

SC212530B

£2064.71

SC212530BE

£1895.20

SC212530C

£2347.22

SC212530CE

£2156.52

Galvanised Sides With Open Back Frame

Cycle Shelters

manufactured

With Closed Back Frame

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Shelter Model

Price

Extension Model

Price

Shelter Model

Price

Extension Model

Price

2180 x 2450 x 1900

SC211924G

£1075.91

SC211924GE

£931.12

SC211924K

£1239.53

SC211924KE

£1060.31

2180 x 2450 x 2500

SC212524G

£1167.68

SC212524GE

£985.27

SC212524K

£1313.69

SC212524KE

£1114.76

2180 x 3060 x 1900

SC211930G

£1383.14

SC211930GE

£1291.32

SC211930K

£1538.53

SC211930KE

£1376.08

2180 x 3060 x 2500

SC212530G

£1500.86

SC212530GE

£1398.44

SC212530K

£1658.59

SC212530KE

£1426.69

Premier Cycle Shelters ›› ››

››

›› ››

Site Safety & Premises

››

Choice of clear perspex or powder coated steel panels Premier shelters come complete with integral cycle rack Adjustable feet for on-site positioning Parabolts for surface mounting to concrete included. Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability Framework is powder coated Shelter height - 2320mm

Shelter with Perspex Sides Size - H x W x D mm

Model

Price

2320 x 3000 x 2100

SC223021X

£2843.98

Shelter with Steel Sides Size - H x W x D mm

Model

Price

2320 x 3000 x 2100

SC223021P

£2560.29

Shelter Options For required shelter colour please add corresponding suffix to end of code: Traditional & Premier Shelter LXX

BXX

GXX

RXX

AXX

Traditional Extension LEA

BEA

GEA

REA

AEA

›› Blue premier shelters supplied with light blue perforated panels ›› Green & light grey premier shelters supplied with light grey perforated panels

manufactured

Finish & Installation Shelters are supplied in knock down form. Installation service is available upon request - call for details

179

Dalton Cycle Shelters

COLOUR OPTIONS Red Green Blue Black Grey

Shelters

specify when ordering

Dalton Cycle Shelter shown with Cycle Racks

Site Safety & Premises

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

manufactured

Attractive yet simple modern design & has a tough, robust all weather construction Ideal for schools, colleges & workplaces Easily accessed from both sides Zinc coated with powder coated finish in a range of RAL colours - also available fully galvanised Leg frames can either be bolted to the floor or grouted into the ground Curved design roof Designed for use with the Cycle Racks shown on page 176

Dalton Cycle Shelter shown with Cycle Racks

180

Painted Unit

Galvanised Unit

Overall Size H x D x W mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

2530 x 2540 x 2000

SCDLTN2020P

£1540.18

SCDLTN2020G

£1540.18

2530 x 2540 x 3000

SCDLTN3020P

£1745.36

SCDLTN3020G

£1745.36

2530 x 2540 x 4000

SCDLTN4020P

£1950.89

SCDLTN4020G

£1950.89

Tintagel Cycle Shelter COLOUR OPTIONS Red Green Blue Black Grey specify when ordering

Shelters

Tintagel Cycle Shelter shown with a Cycle Rack

manufactured ›› ››

››

›› ›› ››

Off Centre Version

Centre Version

Double Width Version (2 off centre versions joined together)

Site Safety & Premises

››

Attractive yet simple modern design & has a tough, robust all weather construction A unique design feature of the Tintagel is that the leg frames can be used as racks to provide additional cycle parking if required Ideal for schools, colleges & workplaces Easily accessed from both sides Zinc coated with powder coated finish in a range of RAL colours - also available fully galvanised Leg frames can either be bolted to the floor or grouted into the ground Designed for use with the Cycle Racks shown on page 176

Tintagel Cycle Shelter shown with Cycle Racks Off Centre Version (2160Hmm at rear & 2530Hmm at front)

Overall Size H x D x W mm

Painted Unit

Galvanised Unit

Centre Version Painted Unit

Galvanised Unit

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

2530 x 2150 x 2000

SCTT2020FJXX

£1379.46

SCTT2020FV

£1379.46

SCTT2020NJXX

£1379.46

SCTT2020NV

£1379.46

2530 x 2150 x 3000

SCTT3020FJXX

£1563.24

SCTT3020FV

£1563.24

SCTT3020NJXX

£1563.24

SCTT3020NV

£1563.24

2530 x 2150 x 4000

SCTT4020FJXX

£1747.32

SCTT4020FV

£1747.32

SCTT4020NJXX

£1747.32

SCTT4020NV

£1747.32

2530 x 2150 x 5000

SCTT5020FJXX

£1931.25

SCTT5020FV

£1931.25

SCTT5020NJXX

£1931.25

SCTT5020NV

£1931.25

181

Cycle Shelters

Secure Kenilworth Cycle Shelters

Site Safety & Premises

manufactured

i Information

OFFERS FLOOR TO ROOF LEVEL PROTECTION FROM THE ELEMENTS ››

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

All the benefits of the Kenilworth shelters shown opposite but with the added security of a lockable door Complete with covered front panel & side gate Offers floor to roof level protection A range of aesthetically pleasing, curved cycle shelters that are ideal for schools & colleges Tough & robust with vandal resistant features Leg frames can either be bolted to the floor or grouted into the ground Designed for use with cycle stands & racks (not included) Shelters can be linked side by side to create long runs Zinc coated with powder coated finish in 5 colours; jet black, pine green, traffic blue, red or light grey - please specify when ordering. Also available fully galvanised

182

Painted Unit

Galvanised Unit

Overall Size H x D x W mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

2500 x 3200 x 3000

SCKP3032SGOJ

£3404.72

SCKP3032SGOV

£3404.72

2500 x 3200 x 4000

SCKP4032SGOJ

£4048.47

SCKP4032SGOV

£4048.47

2500 x 3200 x 5000

SCKP5032SGOJ

£4406.11

SCKP5032SGOV

£4406.11

Kenilworth Cycle Shelters

Cycle Shelters

›› ›› ›› ›› ››

A range of aesthetically pleasing, curved cycle shelters that are ideal for schools & colleges Tough & robust with vandal resistant features Leg frames can either be bolted to the floor or grouted into the ground Designed for use with cycle stands & racks (not included) Shelters can be linked side by side to create long runs Zinc coated with powder coated finish in 6 colours; jet black, pine green, traffic blue, red or light grey - please specify when ordering. Also available fully galvanised

Site Safety & Premises

››

manufactured Painted Unit

Galvanised Unit

Overall Size H x D x W mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

2230 x 2150 x 2000

SCKN2020OJ

£1931.25

SCKN2020OV

£1931.25

2230 x 2150 x 3000

SCKN3020OJ

£2115.18

SCKN3020OV

£2115.18

2230 x 2150 x 4000

SCKN4020OJ

£2299.11

SCKN4020OV

£2299.11

2230 x 2150 x 5000

SCKN5020OJ

£2483.04

SCKN5020OV

£2483.04

183

Smoking & Wheeled Bin Shelters No fixing required - simply secure these units by using six 600 x 600mm paving slabs (not supplied) ›› Fabricated from robust heavy duty box section ›› Complemented by tri wall fluted plastic side panels & a galvanised sheet steel roof

Smoking & Wheeled Bin Shelters

››

N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units

i Information

COMPLY TO SMOKING REGULATIONS 2007

BSS204

£813.25 BSS204

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

BWS204

Site Safety & Premises

£813.25 i Information

KEEP YOUR WHEELED BIN AREA NEAT & TIDY

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

Price

Smoking Shelter 1980 x 1250 x 2040

BWS204

BSS204

1980 x 1250 x 2040

BWS204

These units are supplied complete with 2 braces which fit securely over the bottom leg brace. This allows you to place six 600 x 600 paving slabs directly on top to secure the unit in place. This also gives a neatly finished & firm standing area.

184

£813.25

Wheeled Bin Shelter £813.25

Wall Mounted Smoking Shelters ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

››

Aesthetically pleasing design On site construction available - ask for details Complies to Smoking Regulations 2007 Box section construction which makes the unit exceptionally sturdy & durable The roof is made up of 16mm thick triple wall polycarbonate sheet & front capping of 1mm galvanised sheet steel The unit comes with two upright supports & additional option of fill in end panels clad with 16mm triple wall polycarbonate sheeting Powder coated green

Smoking Shleters

N.B. The unit must be securely bolted to the wall & floor. Wall/Floor fixing bolts are not supplied with the unit

BSSW6Z & 2 x BSSP7Z

i Information

COMPLY TO SMOKING REGULATIONS 2007

manufactured

3YR

BSSW6Z

£715.95

GUARANTEE

Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Wall Mounted Smoking Shelter Optional Single Side Panel

2440 x 1100 x 2250

BSSW6Z

£715.95

1220 x 80 x 1085

BSSP7Z

£251.20

Price

Smoking Shelters ›› ›› ›› ››

BSS27Z

£2775.25 BSS27Z N.B. - A Fork Lift is needed to unload the panelled section & this unit must be bolted down on a prepared level concrete base

i Information

COMPLY TO SMOKING REGULATIONS 2007

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

BSS27Z & BSOS7Z

Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Smoking Shelter

2580 x 2430 x 2230

Optional Perch - Factory Fitted

2580 x 300

Model

Price

200

BSS27Z

£2775.25

BSOS7Z

£242.55

185

Site Safety & Premises

›› ››

Polycarbonate panels provide high impact strength, 200 TIMES STRONGER THAN GLASS ›› Powder coated green Fire resistant On site construction available - ask for details A modern & versatile shelter featuring a curved roof & drainage gutters on a firm & heavy gauge skeletal framework of bolted components PVC roof & 16mm triple wall polycarbonate side panels This unit is ideal for keeping smokers in a covered & designated smoking area

Premier Walkways ›› ››

Smoking Shelters & Walkways

››

Free-standing modular design available in 3 metre lengths Stylish curved roof, made from opaque polycarbonate panels mounted on steel frame Optional side panels made from tough clear perspex for improved weather protection Parabolts for surface mounting to concrete included, they must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability

manufactured

Initial Unit (2330 x 2000 x 3000)

Model

Price

SWV3000MIR

£1695.13

Roof & One Side

SWV3000MI1

£2259.79

Roof & Two Sides

SWV3000MI2

£2824.45

Extension Unit (2330 x 2000 x 3000)

Frame Colour Options LX

Option Roof Only

For required colour please add corresponding suffix to end of code

Option

Model

Price

Roof Only

SWV3000MER

£1242.48

Roof & One Side

SWV3000ME1

£1808.29

Roof & Two Sides

SWV3000ME2

£2373.15

Premier Smoking Shelters ›› ›› ››

Site Safety & Premises

››

Comply with 2007 laws banning smoking in enclosed spaces Adjustable feet for on-site positioning More than 50% open area to allow rapid dispersal of fumes Parabolts for surface mounting to 250mm thick concrete for stability

manufactured

Shelter With Perspex Sides Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

2320 x 3000 x 2100

SS223021X

£3563.40

With Perforated Steel Sides Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

2320 x 3000 x 2100

SS223021P

£3271.21

Accessories

Shelter Options

For required shelter colour please add corresponding suffix to end of code:

LXX

GXX

›› Blue premier shelters supplied with light blue perforated panels

BXX

›› Green & light grey premier shelters supplied with light grey perforated panels

Accessories

186

Finish & Installation Shelters are supplied in knock down form. Installation service is available upon request - call for details

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Wall Mounted Stainless Steel Bin

280 x 265 x 110

SSWMTBINZZXX

£75.24

Bulkhead Light Unit

110 x 210 x 210

SSBHLGHTZZXX

£134.58

Fluorescent Light Unit

75 x 1320 x 105

SSFLLGHTZZXX

£126.10

Stainless Steel Free Standing Perch Seat

900 x 1150 x 300

SSSSPSETZZXX

£290.99

Powder Coated Free Standing Perch Seat

900 x 1150 x 300

SSPAPSETZLXX

£179.44

Floor Mounted Tuscan Smoking Bin

1001 x 311 x 311

TUSCANSMBINB

£120.94

Small Cable Protection Ramps Easily & quickly installed Enables you to drive over cables & hoses without causing them damage ›› Manufactured from high strength natural rubber ›› Yellow & black elements provides high visibility ›› Protects cables/hoses with a dia. of up to 40mm ›› ››

Yellow Black

Overall Size L x W x H mm 1200 x 215 x 65

Weight kg 12.8

Model

Price

279.28.720

£56.11

279.21.784

£56.11

Traffic Management

Colour

Large Cable Protection Ramps ›› ›› ››

›› ›› ›› ››

Enables you to drive over cables, hoses & pipes without causing them damage Easily & quickly installed High strength rubber compound ramp with a polypropylene chequer plate, anti-slip, yellow surface moulded cover All sections can be safely interlocked Features 3 cable ducts: 2 cables 68 x 50mm, 1 cable 55 x 50mm End sections & 45º elbow sections are available for corners & curves Tested to 10,000kg axle weights Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Centre element

Black & Yellow

960 x 600 x 75

26.5

Angle - left

Black & Yellow

Angle - right

Black & Yellow

500/200 x 600 x 75

End element - Female

Black

End element - Male

Black

283 x 600 x 75

12 3

Model

Price

279.23.799

£68.71

279.29.848

£34.71

279.26.562

£34.71

279.20.233

£15.31

279.22.899

£15.31

Traffic Line Kerb Ramp ›› ›› ›› ››

››

Enables vehicles, trolleys & wheelchairs to mount kerbs easily Easily & quickly installed All rubber construction Features channels in the base which allow the passage of rainwater or can be used to channel cable through Load capacity up to 40,000kg

279.20.108

i Information

MOUNT KERBS EASILY

279.23.929

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

600 x 300 x 100

279.23.929

£29.71

600 x 360 x 150

279.20.108

£43.60

187

Site Safety & Premises

Colour

Description

Speed Ramps

Speed Ramps & Cushions

NEW

Quick & easy to install - manufactured from recycled high density rubber ›› 2 light reflective chevrons on each middle section these speed bumps are highly visible at night ›› Will withstand heavy goods vehicles ›› Will not deform or crack in extreme hot or cold weather conditions ›› Supplied complete with fixings & SDS drill bit ›› Each unit is supplied with middles & end caps ››

SR7505 4000mm

SR5010 3000mm

Description

Model

2000mm (3 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price

3000mm (5 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price

4000mm (7 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price

5000mm (9 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price

6000mm (11 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price

7000mm (13 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price

50mm Speed Ramp (max speed 10mph)

SR5010

£60.00

£90.00

£120.00

£150.00

£180.00

£210.00

75mm Speed Ramp (max speed 5mph)

SR7505

£80.00

£120.00

£160.00

£200.00

£240.00

£280.00

Heavy Duty Speed Ramps Quick & easy to install - manufactured from recycled high density rubber ›› 4 cats-eye reflectors on each side of the mid-sections ›› Will withstand heavy goods vehicles ›› Will not deform or crack in extreme hot or cold weather conditions ›› Supplied complete with fixings & SDS drill bit ›› Each unit is supplied with middles & end caps ››

HSSR60 4500mm

Site Safety & Premises

NEW

Description

Model

2500mm (2 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price

3500mm (3 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price

4500mm (4 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price

5500mm (5 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price

6500mm (6 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price

7500mm (7 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price

60mm Speed Ramp (max speed 10mph)

HSSR60

£125.00

£175.00

£225.00

£275.00

£325.00

£375.00

Speed Cushion Easy Install - comes with all necessary fixings ›› Slows cars down to approximately 30km/h ›› Emergency vehicles can pass over it with ease ›› Very flexible - can adhere to most even & uneven surfaces ›› Highly visible white markings ensure good night time visibility ››

NEW SC2010

188

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

Price

2000 x 1000 x 65

SC2010

£500.00

Cable Protectors

11mm 16mm

64mm

25mm 38mm

76mm

Channel Size: 16 x 6.4mm

Channel Size: 38 x 16mm

Length mm

W x H mm

Model

Price

W x H mm

Model

Price

1000

64 x 11

CP161064

£6.60

76 x 25

CP381076

£11.00

2000

64 x 11

CP162064

£12.50

76 x 25

CP382076

£15.00

5000

64 x 11

CP165064

£25.00

76 x 25

CP385076

£30.00

9000

64 x 11

CP169064

£35.00

76 x 25

CP389076

£48.00

Cable Protectors & Wheelchair Ramps

NEW

Lightweight cable protectors & cord covers are perfect for the home or office ›› Up to 38mm of cable channel width, these highly durable PVC cable covers will keep your important wires & cables covered & protected from feet, trolleys, trucks & wheels ›› Made from highly extruded rubber ›› Gently sloping edges ››

Hazard Warning Cable Protector i Information

35 x 10MM CABLE CHANNEL

NEW

Fabricated from the highest grade vulcanised rubber. These premium cable protectors can be used indoors as well as outdoors to cover single wires & cables ›› Features a snap-open design ›› 16mm High Hazard Stripped ›› Gently sloping edges ››

Size W x H mm

Channel Size H x W mm

Model

Price

1000

78 x 14

10 x 35

TRP-CHAZ2

£12.00

9000

78 x 14

10 x 35

TRP-CHAZ3

£36.00

Folding Wheelchair Ramp ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Non-slip surface on the folding ramp design for easy storage & transportation Ramps lie flat for easy storage when not in use Centre mounted carrying handle Manufactured from lightweight aircraft grade aluminium (type 6005A) Robot welded for solid, strong & durable construction Smooth access onto the wheelchair ramp Edges on each side of the ramp to prevent accidentally wheeling off 275kg capacity

NEW Overall Size L x W mm

Max Load Height mm

Model

Price

610 x 715

100

TRP607-2

£39.00

920 x 715

150

TRP607-3

£60.00

1220 x 715

200

TRP607-4

£70.00

1520 x 715

250

TRP607-5

£90.00

1830 x 715

300

TRP607-6

£105.00

2130 x 715

355

TRP607-7

£109.00

2440 x 715

405

TRP607-8

£115.00

189

Site Safety & Premises

Length mm

Dock Bumpers Reduce damage to loading docks & buildings caused by vehicle impact ›› The use of rubber dock bumpers, cushions the impact thus minimising ongoing maintenance requirements ›› The correct thickness bumper also helps with the positioning of loading dock equipment such as dock levellers

Loading & Unloading Equipment

››

Overall Size mm

Thickness mm

Fixing Holes

Fixing Required

Model

Price

254 x 457

TWB-F4

TWB-1018-2

£29.20

254 x 457

100

TWB-F4

TWB-1018-4

£55.50

254 x 457

150

TWB-F5

TWB-1018-6

£67.40

254 x 762

TWB-F4

TWB-1030-2

£45.00

254 x 762

100

TWB-F4

+ Priced per metre *7 holes recommended per 3M length Description

Model

Price

TWB-1030-4

£70.70

100 x 100 D-Section - lengths up to 3M

TWB-E-100

£60.90+

Washer to suit all TWB-XXXX-X Bumpers - 2½”

TWB-W

£1.80

Optional steel fixing strip for TWB-E-100

TWB-EST

£11.60+

Fixing: 16mm dia x 180mm long - for concrete

TWB-F4

£3.60

Fixing holes drilled in TWB-E-100 as required*

TWB-EH

£3.50

Fixing: 16mm dia x 220mm long - for concrete

TWB-F5

£6.60

Fixing: 12mm dia x 135mm long - for concrete

TWB-F1

£2.50

Dockplates

Wheel Chocks

Used for (un)loading vehicles from a raised loading area ›› Typically for use with pallet trucks, sack trucks, roll cages & pedestrian access ›› Standard features; manufactured from high tensile aluminium with built in anti-slip finish, loop type handles for movement & one pair of locking legs to prevent movement ›› Options; fork truck handles (FTH-1) for movement by fork truck & side curbs with castors (SCC-2) to aid movement

››

Site Safety & Premises

TWB-E-100

TWB-1018-4

Wheel chocks are a low cost effective way of minimising the unexpected movement of vehicles whilst parked or being (un)loaded ›› Moulded rubber units have built-in lifting handles ›› An anti-theft retaining chain is available

day delivery

TWC-3

TWC-1

Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

TWC-10 Model

Price each

Rubber Chock

270 x 190 x 190

TWC-1

£29.40

Retaining Chain

5M Long

TWC-2

£28.80

Aluminium Chock

400 x 180 x 180

TWC-3

£79.90

Rubber Chock

150 x 175 x 150

TWC-8

£21.20

Steel Chock

268 x 200 x 230

TWC-10

£31.50

Dock Lights Other sizes & capacities available on request - please call for details Height Differential

Overall Size W x L mm

Max Poss.

Max Rec.

915 x 1220

178

1220 x 610

Load Cap. kg

Model

Price

125

770

3648

£504.00

2040

4824

£398.00

1220 x 915

127

1360

4836

£503.00

1220 x 915

127

2450

H4836

£600.00

1220 x 1220

178

125

1020

4848

£609.00

1220 x 1220

178

125

1810

H4848

£731.00

1220 x 1525

228

160

810

4860

£713.00

1525 x 1220

178

125

1270

Swings & pivots, allowing the light to be positioned to illuminate the inside day area of a vehicle delivery during (un)loading ›› All units emit 1000 lumen light output ›› Extended arm length of 1060mm ›› IP21 for indoor applications only ››

Description

Model

Price

6048

£713.00

Dock Light - 240v 80W Halogen

TWDL-3-240

£190.00

Fork Truck Lifting Handles (pair)

FTH-1

£113.00

Dock Light - 110v 80W Halogen

TWDL-3-110

£190.00

Side Curbs with castors for easy movement (pair)

SCC-2

£186.00

Dock Light - 110/240v 12W LED

TWDL-3L-240

£225.00

190

Searchlight ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

TS550YE

Lights & Torches

››

NEW

USB Rechargeable LED searchlight, powered by Li-ion battery 550 Lumens output - 600 metre light beam Four light modes, full, half power, flashing & emergency Rubberised casing Runtime: 3 hrs on full & 7 hrs on half USB Output socket to charge mobile phones emergency function Can be set to automatically turn on during power cuts Water & dust resistant to IP54 rating Impact resistant to 1.5M The product includes; searchlight, wall mount, USB cable, USB car charger & shoulder strap 12 hours charge time, rechargable from almost any USB source

TS550BL

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

Price (each) 1+

Price (each) 3+

Yellow

193 x 117 x 132

TS550YE

£47.97

£45.06

Blue

193 x 117 x 132

TS550BL

£47.97

£45.06

TSUKMA

£14.19

£11.28

Colour

UK Mains Adapter for USB lead

Flashlight ›› ››

FS800BL

›› ››

FS250BL

››

Powerful USB Rechargeable LED flashlight powered by Li-ion battery NEW The flashlight is robust & ultra light due to its aircraft grade aluminium body Three light modes to suit your needs Weather resistant to IPX4 5 hours charge time, rechargable from almost any USB source Run Time

AC Rechargeable Flashlight - 250 Lumens Output (300M Light Beam)

6 hrs on full, 40 hrs on low & 10 hrs on strobe

148 x 36

USB Rechargeable Flashlight - 800 Lumens Output (500M Light Beam)

3 hrs on full, 28 hrs on low & 7 hrs on strobe

150 x 36

Headtorch

››

Price (each) 1+

Price (each) 3+

FS250BL

£49.72

£46.81

FS800BL

£65.43

£61.97

Model

Inspection Light

Powerful USB Rechargeable LED headtorches powered by Li-ion battery 3 Light modes: spot beam, wide beam or auto spot-wide Weather resistant to IP66

››

›› ››

NEW

››

HT550G

››

HT340G Description

Run Time

Model

Price Price (each) 1+ (each) 3+

340 Lumens (200M Light Beam)

1.4 hrs on full & 130 hrs on low

HT340G

£46.23

£43.32

550 Lumens (550M Light Beam)

7.5 hrs on full & 169 hrs on low

HT550G

£62.81

£59.35

››

NEW

Rechargable light powered by Li-ion battery complete with charging base & AC adaptor 200 Lumens output - 25 metre light beam Selectable modes for either a wide or narrow beam, the flood inspection now features 8 x Surface Mounting Diodes (SMD) and a spot beam for torch function Integrated magnetic back & foldable hanging hook giving a choice of mounting options Manufactured in heavy duty rubber casing with a virtually unbreakable polycarbonate lens, it is shock, water & oil resistant with an IP54 rating Run time: 14 hrs on low & 8 hrs on high 4 hours charge time

IL550BL

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

Price (each) 1+

Price (each) 3+

235 x 40 x 40

IL550BL

£48.67

£45.76

191

Site Safety & Premises

››

Overall Size L x Dia. mm

Description

Petrol Frame Generators

Diesel Generators

Generators

NEW

Champion Power Equipment is a market leader in power generation equipment. Champion has years of experience providing dependable & durable power products designed & engineered in the US & now available in the EU. For work, recreation or home use, Champion products are the standard of performance excellence.

The Warrior Diesel range covers all your needs with 3KW to 11KW portable generators. These portable diesel standby generators have a heavy-duty industrial frame design which provides full protection & aids portability.

These powerful and reliable generators are fitted with maintenance-free brushless alternators. They are From 2,800 watt inverter generators to 9000 watt smooth running units fitted with anti-vibration heavy-duty generators, Champion has the right mountings with low oil cut-out feature portable power solution to fit your needs. Designed with & fuel gauges. portability in mind, Champion products can be stored, moved & used with ease no matter where. Max Start AC Load Warranty Model Price Watts

Watts

AC Load

Start Up

Warranty

Model

Price

2800

1 x 120V & 1 x 240V

Manual

3 Years

CPG3500

£216.30

3500

1 x 120V & 1 x 240V

Electric

3 Years

CPG4000E1

5500

2 x 120V & 1 x 240V

Electric/remote

3 Years

CPG6500

9000

2 x 120V & 1 x 240V

Electric/remote

3 Years

CPG9000E2

3KW

1 x 120V & 1 x 240V

Electric

2 Years

LDG3600CE

£449.80

4.6KW

1 x 120V & 1 x 240V

Electric

2 Years

LDG4600E

£602.70

£273.80

5KW

1 x 120V & 1 x 240V

Electric

2 Years

LDG6000SA

£708.50

£534.00

6.3KW (3ph)

2 x 120V & 1 x 415V

Electric

2 Years

LDG6000SA3

£727.70

£705.60

11KW

2 x 120V & 2 x 240V

Electric

2 Years

LDG12S

£2866.50

Dual Fuel Generators

Petrol Silent Inverter Generators

Site Safety & Premises

NEW

The Champion Power Equipment Dual Fuel portable generators run either Petrol or LPG. With a 15 litre fuel tank this unit can run up to 10 hours at 50% load running on petrol or 23hrs running off propane based on 19kg bottle (0.84kg/hr based on 50% Load). Our OHV engine is equipped with a low oil shut-off sensor & designed for long life and easy maintenance. This unit is ideal for caravans, camping trips, travelling, picnics, jobs around the house, or home back-up power during emergencies. Patented volt guard system installed to protect spikes and surges on appliances & equipment. Also included patented Cold Start technology.

All champion engines are designed, engineered and tested in the most demanding environments. The main outstanding feature on a Champion inverter is the delay stop allowing equipment to stop running or power down so no power surge applies. The second outstanding feature is the start up current it has a special peak current of 15.8amp for milliseconds that is ideal for motor homes and caravans allowing equipment to start up without tripping or overloading the generator, especially running A/C units or similar. Watts

AC Load

Start Up

Warranty

Model

Price

1000

1 x 240V

Manual

3 Years

71001I-E

£289.10

Watts Petrol

Watts LPG

Start Up

Warranty

Model

Price

2000

1 x 240V

Manual

3 Years

72001I-E

£374.50

2800

2600

Electric

3 Years

CPG3500E2-DF

£374.50

3100

2 x 240V

Manual

3 Years

73001I-E

£519.00

7000

5500

Electric

3 Years

CPG7500E2-DF

£575.40

3100

2 x 240V

Electric/remote

3 Years

73001I-P (premier)

£636.30

192

Econovex Safety Mirrors

External Mirror

Interior Mirror

Description

Exterior Mirror

Model

Price

Model

300mm dia.

M18021A

£60.00

Price -

400mm dia.

M18036A

£66.00

M18036JP

£90.00

500mm dia.

M18040A

£87.00

600mm dia.

M18057A

£107.00

M18056JP

£144.00

Internal Mirror

A range of convex mirrors ideally suited for security & safety applications. Computer designed curvature & vacuum metalised coating gives the brightest & sharpest image

Hemisphere Mirrors

360º

Features: ›› Suits retail & industrial use ›› 90º & 180º mirrors wall mounting - supplied with dome top screws ›› 360º mirror supplied with dome top screws. Can be suspended with kit included ›› Impact resistant acrylic Hemisphere

Price

300mm 90

M18541H

£42.00

450mm 90o

M18562H

£50.00

600mm 180o

M18535H

£75.00

900mm 180o

M18552H

£108.00

600mm 360o

M18585H

£141.00

900mm 360o

M18589H

£225.00

90º

180º

Decoy CCTV Cameras Help prevent theft & vandalism Looks like a genuine camera. The housing is the same as those used for active cameras ›› Pan & tilt wall bracket ›› Fully weatherproof, high quality, british made, anodised aluminium case ›› Flashing LED with 5 year battery life (2 alkaline batteries included) ›› ››

Description

Model

Price

Internal

PVSCIDC

£27.00

External

PVSC1000

£41.00

193

Site Safety & Premises

Model

Mirrors & Decoy Cameras

›› Helps prevent accidents & injuries by eliminating blind spots ›› Ideal for combating theft of property & valuables ›› Impact resistant acrylic face with vacuum metalised coating ›› Supplied with fully adjustable ‘J-arm’ mounting bracket ›› External mirrors have ACM back for added rigidity

RackNets™ - Safety Net Systems ›› ›› ››

››

Prevents accidents & stock damage Contain a full pallet impact at 1000kg The Gripple® wire fixing solution enables easy COLOUR re-tensioning of the OPTIONS wire when necessary Yellow Faster installation than Black traditional methods Orange Green For new installations or Blue can be retro-fitted

Rack Netting

specify when ordering

The price below is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available on request BUDGET PRICE (per m2)

£18.00

Mezzanine Handrail Netting Prevents items falling from a mezzanine floor ›› Retains the use of the handrail ›› The Gripple® wire fixing solution enables easy re-tensioning of the wire when necessary ›› For new installations or can be retro-fitted

Site Safety & Premises

››

COLOUR OPTIONS Yellow Black Orange Green Blue specify when ordering

The price below is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available on request BUDGET PRICE (per m2)

194

£16.00

RackNets™ In-Flue Safety Netting System ›› ›› ››

››

›› Highly visible Easy to install ›› Protects pickers Contains a pallet Enables fork lift working one side with picking the other The Gripple® wire fixing solution enables easy re-tensioning of the wire when necessary In-flue netting prevents items falling through double entry racking For use in areas where ground pickers & truck operators work in close proximity

COLOUR OPTIONS

Rack Netting

Yellow Black Orange Green Blue specify when ordering

The price below is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available on request BUDGET PRICE (per m2)

£24.00

RackNets™ - Safety Netting Solutions Working closely with our trade partners, we have identified two distinct hazards when working with APR;fall-through & fall-out. Fall-through occurs when a pallet is incorrectly loaded onto APR without any deck or other means of pallet support. This could be due to operator error, or by using an inappropriately sized pallet. In this case the pallet falls into the bay between the beams, & usually results in the pallet & load coming to rest on the materials stored on lower levels, or goods scattering & falling outside the confines of the racking.

Site Safety & Premises

Fall-out occurs when a pallet falls from the rear of a single-sided APR run, often into a pedestrian or pick aisle. This is often due to operator error, e.g. when a second pallet is loaded into a full location. We offer three systems, each designed to fulfil slightly different end-user requirements, but sharing the same fundamental design concept & installation method. RackNets™ 2.3 Spillage Netting RackNets™ 2.3 Spillage Net has been developed to offer warehouse users an effective alternative to traditional steel mesh solutions. RackNets™ 3.0 Containment Netting RackNets™ 3.0 has been developed by us to offer warehouse users an enhanced level of protection for the majority of racking applications where there is a risk of damage or injury caused by pallets falling from racking systems. RackNets™ 5.0 Restraint Netting Offering the same design features as RackNets 3.0, this system will both contain & restrain a dislodged pallet or load of up to 1000kg, drastically reducing the likelihood of injury or damage to property. RackNets™ In-Flue Netting We have identified that in many warehouses there is a significant risk of loaded pallets being pushed through from one aisle into an adjacent aisle. RackNets™ In-Flue nets can be specified as 2.3, 3.0 & 5.0 systems, depending on the application & level of risk identified in the warehouse Risk Assessment.

195

PVC Strip Curtains ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Bespoke-made curtains to fit any location & opening Light to heavy duty use Ambient or freezer grade Pedestrian & forklift friendly Supplied ready to hang

Site Safety & Premises

PVC Strip Curtains

i Information

DESPATCHED WITHIN 2/3 DAYS OF ORDERING

›› ››

High quality European grade PVC Certified DOP & DEHP free

›› ›› ››

Flexible -15oC to +50oC (polar to -32oC) UV stabilisers & high impact resistance Fire safe (self-extinguishing as standard)

Swivel-hinge For heavy & frequent use by forklifts. Strips bolted into hinges so they can’t be pulled down.

Hook-on For pedestrian, pallet truck & occasional forklift use. Available in galvanised or stainless steel.

Quickmount TM For pedestrian areas where safety is key. No steel plates, so no one can be hurt if strips are dislodged.

Strip widths: 300 & 400mm ›› Strip thickness: 3 & 4mm ›› Overlap options: Min & Max

››

Strip widths: 200, 300 & 400mm ›› Strip thickness: 2, 3 & 4mm ›› Overlap options: Min, Med & Max

››

Strip widths: 200, 300 & 400mm ›› Strip thickness: 2, 3 & 4mm ›› Overlap options: Min, Med & Max

PVC in standard grade, polar grade, double ribbed, welding grade & anti-static Replacement Strips & Rolls Available in all sizes & formats. Supplied in 50M rolls or cut to any length & priced per metre EXPRESS DELIVERY

196

ALL CURTAINS PRICED INDIVIDUALLY BASED ON HEADRAIL & PVC OPTIONS

Fast Action Doors & Shelters Industrial Doors Industrial Buildings & Loading Bays

The main benefits of industrial doors are their ability to protect specific areas from dust, fire, temperature variation and uncomfortable draughts. They also act as traffic controllers and speed up processes by allowing traffic to move quickly between tasks. Industrial doors and buildings are key to good organisation for material handling, site safety & well engineered industrial doors offer a low cost of ownership. All our industrial doors are selected for their outstanding value, service & reliability. They are the perfect solution for all access requirements of industrial warehouses, commercial premises and factory applications. These industrial doors give you rapid and easy access. The panels used to make up the sectional doors are of high quality and the thickness used guarantees a high level of insulation. We produce different kinds of sectional doors in order to fit them to your exact dimensions. We also offer a range of optional accessories.

Dock Shelters Our dock shelters are manufactured in two different versions to fit your needs and the space you have available. All dock shelters limit the thermal exchange between the inside & the outside of the warehouse.

Site Safety & Premises

Raised dock shelters contribute both to energy conservation and improvement in working conditions. They also prevent the lorries causing damage to the building itself. Ground dock shelters offer the flexibility of retracting the dock shelter where there is limited manoeuvring space to allow the transit of vehicles.

Standards All Industial buildings & doors are manufactured to BS EN:1993 standards. Fastest completion times of buildings of this type, with the lowest cost of ownership of any building in its class. We only use corrosion resistant materials.

Installation service available (subject to a site survey) - CALLâ&#x20AC;&#x2C6;FORâ&#x20AC;&#x2C6;DETAILS

197

Industrial Buildings & Loading Bays

Industrial Buildings for Relocating & Site Development

Site Safety & Premises

Ideal for offices, commercial, storage, events, manufacturing & so much more.

For the first time, we now offer these tents on a lease agreement as well as purchasing them outright, giving you a fast build, cheap & easy solution. Utilise your space to high quality, usable, undercover work & storage spaces! New Site? Take it with you! We have relocated industrial buildings many times - rapid to dismantle & rebuild. The applications of these buildings are limitless with the ability to control climate, meaning optimal storage is guaranteed.

198

Creating space fast for you with no need for expensive foundations. So whether you need it temporarily for extra storage during your busy periods or you need it as a permanent warehouse due to rapid growth we can design & deliver to your specific requirements. We are so proud of the quality we guarantee steel work for 10 years. Budget Prices to Buy Overall Size L x W x H (M)

Price Examples

6 x 5 x 3.2

£10,000.00

Budget Prices to Rent Duration

Price Examples

12 x 5 x 4.5

£16,000.00

3 Months - 300m²

£7300.00

£25.00 per m²

12 x 10 x 4.5

£25,000.00

6 Months - 500m²

£6000.00

£12.00 per m²

18 x 12 x 6

£42,000.00

6 Months - 1000m² £11,000.00

Installation service available (subject to a site survey) - CALL FOR DETAILS

£11.00 per m²

Pneumatic Roof Option

allowing 50% transparency. A pneumatic roof is made by forming an ‘air pillow’ between two sheets of PVC. Protect your goods against adverse weather conditions by preventing snow heaps from forming & providing additional stability against strong winds with a

Designed. Delivered. Installed

pneumatic roof.

RENTAL OR PURCHASE

Industrial Buildings & Loading Bays

Providing thermal insulation, preventing condensation, while still

CALL NOW FOR YOUR FREE SITE VISIT Site Safety & Premises Flexible low cost designs made to your specification Installation service available (subject to a site survey) - CALL FOR DETAILS

199

KDC Portable Chemical Stores ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Cabins & Stores

››

Knock Down Construction (KDC) Fully galvanised. Door & sump also powder coated in red Easy assembly & dis-assembly (as often as required) All panels can be man handled No special tools or skills required Modular (units can be linked together) Designed for safe storage of hazardous materials (built in ventilation panels) Top & bottom door locks with spare keys provided as standard 10 year guarantee against main body work, structure corroding

SEE PAGE 125 FOR MORE KDC STORES

Overall Size D x W x H mm

Door Width mm

Door Height mm

Internal Height mm

Flatpack Height mm

1900

1970

300

2160 x 2305 x 2247 2160 x 3080 x 2247

YR GUARANTEE

2160 x 4080 x 2247

Sump Capacity

Weight kg

Model

Price

680 L

670

KDCC2

£1918.00

904 L

805

KDCC3

£2252.00

1212 L

1010

KDCC4

£2691.00

Flat Pack Office Cabins ›› ››

Site Safety & Premises

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Instant low cost accommodation supplied in flat pack form Modular (units can be linked together) Double glazed windows complete with shutters for additional security Fitted with lights & sockets 1 All panels are fully insulated Secure locking system Integrated gutter system Easy 5 step 2 assembly Practical & affordable Multi-functional 3

200

Overall Size DxWxH

Model

Price

10ft x 8ft x 9ft

OFC10

£3120.00

20ft x 8ft x 9ft

OFC20

£4735.00

Due to the size of these units, additional carriage costs will be incurred - CALL FOR DETAILS

Taurus Utility Workbench

FROM STOCK

day delivery

i Information

Workbenches

COMPLETE YOUR WORKBENCH - WITH COMPONENTS FROM STOCK. SEE PAGES 204 & 205

250kg

evenly distributed

ST1841575

Overall Size H x W mm ›› ›› ››

Ideal for factories, retail environments & schools etc 20mm high density laminate top (3mm PVC edging) Powder coated, iridium silver workbench frames

day delivery

manufactured Depth: 750mm Model

Depth: 900mm

Price

Model

Price

Workbench 840 x 1500

ST1841575

£345.95

ST1841590

£404.05

840 x 1800

ST1841875

£352.90

ST1841890

£415.45

Workshop Equipment

Economy Workbench

NOW ONLY

£179.95

WBI02Z

200kg

›› ›› ›› ››

Constructed from sheet steel & box section Worktop & full depth bottom shelf have rear & side lips Complete with a centrally positioned lockable drawer Subject to availability

202

evenly distributed

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1500 x 640 x 860

WBI02Z

£179.95

Adjustable Height Workbench ›› ›› ››

38mm MDF worktop with a rubber edge Constructed from steel angle Half depth bottom shelf with rear lip

FROM ONLY

£191.05

Workbenches

WBI00Z

i Information HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE IN 25MM INCREMENTS

Workshop Equipment

WBI01Z

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1220 x 760 x 760 to 880

WBI00Z

£191.05

1520 x 760 x 760 to 880

WBI01Z

£210.05

230kg

evenly distributed

day delivery

203

Taurus Utility Workbenches

FROM STOCK

›› ›› ›› ››

››

day delivery

Ideal for factories, labs, retail environments & schools etc 20mm high density laminate worktop with 3mm PVC edging Powder coated, iridium silver finish on the workbench frames Drawer sets come complete with central locking & have a load capacity of 50kg per drawer. Each drawer set can be fitted either on the left or right of the bench. Cupboard sets can only be positioned on the right hand side Supplied knock down

250kg

evenly distributed

Overall Size H x W mm

day delivery

ST1841575 Depth: 750mm Model

Depth: 900mm

Price

Model

Price

Workbench 840 x 1500

ST1841575

£345.95

ST1841590

£404.05

840 x 1800

ST1841875

£352.90

ST1841890

£415.45

Workbenches

manufactured

ST2841575

Overall Size H x W mm

ST3841575

Depth: 750mm Model

Depth: 900mm

Price

Model

Price

Overall Size H x W mm

Depth: 900mm

Price

Model

Price

Workbench with 2 x Single Drawers

Workbench with Single Drawer

Workshop Equipment

Depth: 750mm Model

840 x 1500

ST2841575

£487.60

ST2841590

£545.65

840 x 1500

ST3841575

£629.20

ST3841590

£687.25

840 x 1800

ST2841875

£494.50

ST2841890

£557.10

840 x 1800

ST3841875

£636.10

ST3841890

£698.70

ST5841575

ST4841575

Overall Size H x W mm

Depth: 750mm Model

Price

Depth: 900mm Model

Price

Overall Size H x W mm

Workbench with Triple Drawer

Depth: 750mm Model

Depth: 900mm

Price

Model

Price

Workbench with 2 x Triple Drawers

840 x 1500

ST4841575

£614.90

ST4841590

£672.95

840 x 1500

ST5841575

£883.80

ST5841590

£941.85

840 x 1800

ST4841875

£621.80

ST4841890

£684.40

840 x 1800

ST5841875

£890.70

ST5841890

£953.30

ST6841575

Overall Size H x W mm

Depth: 750mm Model

Price

ST7841575 Depth: 900mm Model

Price

Overall Size H x W mm

Depth: 750mm Model

Price

Depth: 900mm Model

Price

Workbench with Single Cupboard

Workbench with Triple Drawer & Single Drawer 840 x 1500

ST6841575

£756.50

ST6841590

£814.55

840 x 1500

ST7841575

£472.85

ST7841590

£530.90

840 x 1800

ST6841875

£763.40

ST6841890

£826.00

840 x 1800

ST7841875

£479.75

ST7841890

£542.35

204

DOOR & DRAWER COLOUR OPTIONS

Red Black Blue

manufactured

specify when ordering

day delivery

TAURUS WORKBENCHES FROM STOCK

Workbenches

ST8841575

■

ST9841575

■ ■

Depth: 750mm

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Single Drawer Set: 220H x 420W x 420D mm Triple Drawer Set: 435H x 420W x 420D mm Cupboard Set: 435H x 420W x 420D mm Depth: 900mm

Price

Model

Overall Size H x W mm

Price

Workbench with Single Drawer & Single Cupboard

Depth: 750mm Model

Depth: 900mm

Price

Model

Price

Workbench with Triple Drawer & Single Cupboard

840 x 1500

ST8841575

£614.45

ST8841590

£672.55

840 x 1500

ST9841575

£741.75

ST9841590

£799.85

840 x 1800

ST8841875

£621.40

ST8841890

£683.95

840 x 1800

ST9841875

£748.70

ST9841890

£811.25

Taurus Utility Workbench Accessories C

DOOR & DRAWER COLOUR OPTIONS D

Workshop Equipment

Red FROM STOCK

Blue FROM STOCK

Black extended lead time

Other colours available - please call for details F

250kg

evenly distributed

day delivery

i Information COMPLETE YOUR WORKBENCH - WITH COMPONENTS FROM STOCK

Key

Description

Model

Price

760mm Rear Support Posts

ST076RSP

£60.10*

1180mm Rear Support Posts

ST118RSP

£71.95*

Upper Shelf (300Dmm) for 1500mm Benches

ST3015US

£100.50*

Key

Description

Model

Price

Louvred back panel with Pinboard for 1500mm Benches

ST15LBP

£126.80*

ST18LBP

£141.00*

Upper Shelf (300Dmm) for 1800mm Benches

ST3018US

£119.55*

Louvred back panel with Pinboard for 1800mm Benches

Light/Tool Rail Support for 1500mm Benches

ST15LTR

£67.55*

Worktop Service Duct for 1500mm Benches**

ST15WSD

£99.55*

Light/Tool Rail Support for 1800mm Benches

ST18LTR

£69.90*

Worktop Service Duct for 1800mm Benches**

ST18WSD

£104.30*

Fluorescent Light - 1200mm Long

STFL

£35.55*

Flat Screen Support Arm

STFSSA

£55.40*

**Worktop Service Ducts are not supplied with cabling and must be fitted by a qualified electrician

*Accessories must be ordered with the Workbenches

205

Taurus Cantilever Workbenches

FROM STOCK ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

››

Workbenches

›› ››

day delivery

Workshop bench suitable for use in assembly, production & light engineering environments 20mm high density laminate worktop with 3mm PVC edging Powder coated, iridium silver finish on the workbench frames Cantilever design allows maximum leg room Height adjustable feet for easy levelling Accessories available - see below for details Drawer sets come complete with central locking & have a load capacity of 50kg per drawer. Each drawer set can be fitted either on the left or right of the bench. Cupboard sets can only be positioned on the right hand side Single Drawer Set: 220H x 420W x 420D mm Triple Drawer Set: 435H x 420W x 420D mm Cupboard Set: 435H x 420W x 420D mm

250kg

evenly distributed

day delivery

manufactured

DOOR & DRAWER COLOUR OPTIONS

Red Black Blue

ST18157 with Accessories

specify when ordering

Accessories

ST18157 & STSC444

DOOR & DRAWER COLOUR OPTIONS

Workshop Equipment

A B

Red FROM STOCK

Other colours available - please call for details

Key

Description

Model

Price

760mm Rear Support Posts

ST076RSP

£60.10*

1180mm Rear Support Posts

ST118RSP

£71.95*

Upper Shelf (300Dmm) for 1500mm Benches

ST3015US

£100.50*

Upper Shelf (300Dmm) for 1800mm Benches

ST3018US

£119.55*

Light/Tool Rail Support for 1500mm Benches

ST15LTR

£67.55*

Light/Tool Rail Support for 1800mm Benches

ST18LTR

£69.90*

Fluorescent Light - 1200mm Long

STFL

£35.55*

ST15LBP

£126.80*

Louvred back panel with Pinboard for 1500mm Benches Louvred back panel with Pinboard for 1800mm Benches

Black extended lead time

Blue FROM STOCK

Description

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Cantilever Workbench - 20mm Thick Laminate Top

Cantilever Workbench

840 x 1500 x 750

ST18157

£366.95

840 x 1500 x 900

ST18159

£369.40

840 x 1800 x 750

ST18187

£379.95

840 x 1800 x 900

ST18189

£441.25

900mm deep workbenches are on extended lead time - please call for details Description

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

ST18LBP

£141.00*

Worktop Service Duct for 1500mm Benches**

ST15WSD

£99.55*

Single Drawer

220 x 420 x 420

STSD244

£143.05

Worktop Service Duct for 1800mm Benches**

ST18WSD

£104.30*

Triple Drawer

435 x 420 x 420

STTD444

£270.35

Flat Screen Support Arm

STFSSA

£55.40*

Storage Cupboard

435 x 420 x 420

STSC444

£128.35

206

Drawers & Cupboards

**Worktop Service Ducts are not supplied with cabling and must be fitted by a qualified electrician

*Accessories must be ordered with the Workbenches

Heavy Duty Workbenches ›› ›› ›› ››

Ideal for factories, laboratories, retail environments & schools etc Heavy duty & robust construction 40mm beech laminated veneer worktop Drawer sets come complete with central locking & have a load capacity of 50kg per drawer

200kg

evenly distributed

day delivery

WTB12Z

FROM STOCK

WTB06Z

WTB08Z

WTB10Z

WTB13Z

WTB14Z

WTB15Z

WTB16Z

Configuration Workbench

Smooth Running Drawers Lock Mechanism

Cupboard

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

Price

1800 x 650 x 840

WTB01Z

£358.25

2000 x 650 x 840

WTB02Z

£381.05

Workbench with a Cupboard Unit

1800 x 650 x 840

WTB03Z

£456.80

2000 x 650 x 840

WTB04Z

£481.15

Workbench with 2 x Cupboard Units

1800 x 650 x 840

WTB05Z

£565.10

2000 x 650 x 840

WTB06Z

£590.75

Workbench with 3 Drawer Set

1800 x 650 x 840

WTB07Z

£576.30

2000 x 650 x 840

WTB08Z

£610.30

Workbench with a 3 Drawer Set & a Cupboard Unit

1800 x 650 x 840

WTB09Z

£692.75

2000 x 650 x 840

WTB10Z

£715.05

Workbench with 2 x 3 Drawer Sets

1800 x 650 x 840

WTB11Z

£820.35

2000 x 650 x 840

WTB12Z

£839.85

Workbench with 3 x Cupboard Units

2000 x 650 x 840

WTB13Z

£715.05

Workbench with a 3 Drawer Set & 2 x Cupboard Units

2000 x 650 x 840

WTB14Z

£819.85

Workbench with 2 x 3 Drawer Sets & a Cupboard Unit

2000 x 650 x 840

WTB15Z

£944.65

Workbench with 3 x 3 Drawer Sets

2000 x 650 x 840

WTB16Z

£1068.15

207

Workshop Equipment

WTB04Z

Workbenches

WTB02Z

General Purpose Workbenches - Accessories Accessories for the General Purpose Workbenches shown on the opposite page ›› Support Legs - must be used with all the optional extras except the rear/side lips & the Worktop Electric Power Point ›› Adjustable Cantilever Shelf adjustable to 3 positions ›› Tool Rail - runs the length of the bench ›› Fluorescent Light - supplied with 3M of core cable & 13 amp plug ›› Worktop Electric Power Point complete with 2 double 13 sockets. Supplied with 3M of core cable & a safety cut out plug ››

D A

Workbenches

i Information F

COMPLETE YOUR WORKBENCH WITH THESE ACCESSORIES

manufactured

3YR

Workshop Equipment

GUARANTEE

Bottom Shelf

Drawer & Cupboards ›› Factory fitted cupboard or single drawer ›› Drawer size: 440W x 570D x 155H mm ›› Cupboard size: 440W x 570D x 590H mm

COLOUR OPTIONS Red Green Blue Grey

Description

Rear Support Legs

Right Fitting Model

Price

Lockable Single Drawer OPT100ZL

OPT200ZR

£199.45

208

OPT204ZR

£188.40

Model

Price

OPT106Z

£133.60*

OPT106Z

£133.60* £151.00*

Adjustable Cantilever Shelf

OPT252Z

£145.40*

OPT282Z

Tool Rail

OPT199Z

£40.40*

OPT199Z

£40.40*

Fluorescent Light - 1220mm Long

OPT197Z

£236.70*

OPT197Z

£236.70*

Louvred back panel

OPT353Z

£203.25*

OPT383Z

£246.45*

Worktop Electric Power Point**

OPT198Z

£272.75*

Rear Lips (Vinyl & Plywood Tops only)

OPT454Z

£29.05*

OPT484Z

£49.60*

Key

Description

Side Lips (Vinyl & Plywood Tops only)

Length mm 1500

Cupboard OPT104ZL

Price

1800

750mm Deep Benches

››

£32.70*

OPT555Z

900mm Deep Benches OPT585Z

£33.45*

The shelf sits within the frame of the bench General Purpose Bench - Bottom Shelf

To Suit Left Fitting Model

1800mm Benches

Model

Bottom Shelf

specify when ordering

1500mm Benches

Key

28mm Vinyl

25mm Plywood

28mm Warerite

Depth mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

750

ABS57L

£198.20*

ABS57P

£154.15*

ABS57W

£211.80*

900

ABS59L

£218.50*

ABS59P

£190.70*

ABS59W

£221.95*

750

ABS87L

£186.25*

ABS87P

£155.00*

ABS87W

£222.80*

900

ABS89L

£221.95*

ABS89P

£191.40*

ABS89W

£279.95*

**Worktop Power Points are not supplied with cabling and must be fitted by a qualified electrician

*Accessories must be ordered with the Workbenches

General Purpose Workbenches

AB157W

Workbenches

AB157W & OPT204ZR

i Information COMPLETE YOUR WORKBENCH!! ACCESSORIES SHOWN ON THE PREVIOUS PAGE

manufactured

GUARANTEE

Fully welded bench frames meet the requirements of the assembly & workshop environments ›› Fitted with adjustable feet to ensure a level work surface ›› Worktop height: 840mm

››

Top Options Length mm 1500

1800

Worktop Options

Model

Vinyl

›› 28mm vinyl faced plywood with wood edging ›› 25mm exterior plywood with wood edging

Plywood

›› 28mm plastic chipboard faced with warerite or

Warerite

similar grey surface & edges

28mm Vinyl Depth mm

Workshop Equipment

3YR

300kg

evenly distributed

General Purpose Workbench shown with a range of optional extras

25mm Plywood Price

Model

28mm Warerite Price

Model

Price

750

AB157L

£578.30

AB157P

£531.50

AB157W

£587.30

900

AB159L

£600.45

AB159P

£546.35

AB159W

£617.75

750

AB187L

£597.85

AB187P

£526.60

AB187W

£645.85

900

AB189L

£618.45

AB189P

£569.55

AB189W

£707.25

209

Calibre Workbenches

Information

CREATE A WORKBENCH WITH ACCESSORIES, SUPPORT LEGS OR CALIBRE CABINETS

››

Workbenches

››

Standard worktops to be used with the support legs or the Calibre cabinets to complete your bench Ideal for production & assembly areas Drawers for the Calibre cabinets are mounted on telescopic ball race slides with central locking & anti-tilt feature for security & safety in use.

250kg

evenly distributed

Calibre Cabinets ››

All cabinets are 610mm deep G

100mm

Workshop Equipment

100mm

1500mm Benches

1800mm Benches

150mm

Key

Description

Model

Price

Model

Price

760mm Rear Support Posts

EQ076RSP

£59.85*

EQ076RSP

£59.85*

1180mm Rear Support Posts

EQ118RSP

£72.80*

EQ118RSP

£72.80*

200mm 200mm

Upper Shelf (300Dmm) - Laminate

EQLA15US

£100.05*

EQLA18US

£119.10*

Upper Shelf (300Dmm) - Solid Beech

EQHD15US

£139.20*

EQHD18US

£145.55*

200mm

Light/Tool Rail Support

EQ15LTR

£67.30*

EQ18LTR

£69.65*

Fluorescent Light - 1200mm Long

EQFL

£35.45*

EQFL

£35.45*

Louvred back panel with Pinboard

EQ15LBP

£126.30*

EQ18LBP

£140.45*

Worktop Service Duct**

EQ15WSD

£99.15*

EQ18WSD

£103.90*

100mm

Post fitted Service Duct**

EQ15PFSD

£111.15*

EQ18PFSD

£118.50*

100mm

Flat Screen Support Arm

EQFSSA

£55.35*

EQFSSA

£55.35*

150mm

Overall Size H x W mm

Cap kg

Model

Price

Overall Size H x W mm

G - 2 x 100mm Drawers & a Cupboard

Cap kg

Model

Price

200mm

H - 1 x 150mm & 3 x 200mm Drawers

840 x 615

EQ186070

£376.15

840 x 615

EQ286070

£456.30

840 x 915

EQ189070

£445.55

840 x 915

EQ289070

£577.35

840 x 615

140

EQ186140

£400.05

840 x 615

140

EQ286140

£485.30

840 x 915

140

EQ189140

£473.90

840 x 915

140

EQ289140

£614.10

100mm 100mm 100mm

Overall Size H x W mm

Cap kg

Model

Price

I - 2 x 100mm, 2 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawers 840 x 615

EQ386070

£526.80

Overall Size H x W mm

Cap kg

Model

Price

J - 4 x 100mm, 1 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawers 840 x 615

EQ486070

£604.40

840 x 915

EQ389070

£653.75

840 x 915

EQ489070

£732.25

840 x 615

140

EQ386140

£560.35

840 x 615

140

EQ486140

£642.90

840 x 915

140

EQ389140

£695.40

840 x 915

140

EQ489140

£778.90

DRAWERS HAVE SLOTTED SIDE WALLS FOR ACCEPTING DIVIDERS. PLEASE CALL FOR DETAILS OF THESE ACCESSORIES

210

**Worktop Service Ducts are not supplied with cabling and must be fitted by a qualified electrician

100mm 150mm 200mm

DOOR & DRAWER COLOUR OPTIONS

Red Green Blue Grey specify when ordering

*Accessories must be ordered with the Workbenches

Calibre Workbenches

Workbenches

DOOR & DRAWER COLOUR OPTIONS

Red Green Blue Grey

Workshop Equipment

specify when ordering

i Information CREATE A WORKBENCH WITH ACCESSORIES, SUPPORT LEGS OR CALIBRE CABINETS

Laminate Worktop 30mm Thick

Description

Solid Beech Worktop 40mm Thick

Overall Size W x D mm

Model

Price

Description

Overall Size W x D mm

Model

Price

Laminate Worktop 30mm thick

1505 x 625

EQLA1562

£118.00

EQHD1562

£173.30

EQLA1862

£129.50

Solid Beech Worktop 40mm thick

1505 x 625

1805 x 625

EQHD1862

£181.30

Support Leg - 840H mm

EQ084SL

£93.15

Support Leg - 840H mm

EQ084SL

£93.15

211

All-purpose Heavy Duty Workbenches FROM ONLY

Workbenches

£448.20

ECO157S, ECS750Z, ECD100L & ECC204R

i Information

Workshop Equipment

3YR

manufactured

GUARANTEE

500kg

evenly distributed

HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES IDEAL FOR MANY DIFFERENT ENVIRONMENTS

Robust all-purpose workbench Fully welded construction with formed steel worktop ›› Optional extras available ›› Worktop height: 840mm ›› ››

Workbench Length mm

Depth mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1500

750

ECO157S

£448.20

1800

900

ECO189S

£475.10

Optional Extras - Factory Fitted

ECO157S

Description

Model

Price

Lower Shelf to Suit ECO157S

ECS750Z

£74.85

Lower Shelf to Suit ECO189S

ECS900Z

£83.30

Left

ECD100L

£199.45

Right

ECD200R

£199.45

Left

ECC104L

£188.40

Right

ECC204R

£188.40

Single Lockable Drawer Lockable Cupboard

212

Heavy Duty Modular Workbenches PR222M fitted with PRS22M, PRE22M & PRSE2M

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

i Information

Workbenches

DESIGNED TO OFFER INDEFINITE LENGTHS OF BENCHING

1000kg

evenly distributed

Available up to 1500mm deep to enable working from both sides Worktop height is adjustable in 25mm increments: 940mm max ›› Main benches are supplied fully assembled & extensions knock down. Extension units are not available on their own ›› 4 colour options available for the drawers & cupboard: Red, Green, Blue or Grey - please specify when ordering ›› ››

PR222M

Modular Workbenches & Extension Units Bench Bench mm 28mm Vinyl Length

Extension - only supplied with the main benches

Top Options 25mm MDF

Top Options 25mm Plywood

28mm Vinyl

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

750

PR157L

£614.85

PR157M

£498.60

PR157P

£640.15

PRE57L

£503.70

PRE57M

£409.95

PRE57P

£522.60

2000

900

PR159L

£625.05

PR159M

£509.75

PR159P

£648.70

PRE59L

£516.85

PRE59M

£421.10

PRE59P

£523.00

1200

PR222L

£748.50

PR222M

£588.85

PR222P

£686.00

PRE22L

£610.85

PRE22M

£441.45

PRE22P

£543.30

1500

PR225L

£796.50

PR225M

£676.05

PR225P

£768.00

PRE25L

£638.95

PRE25M

£517.20

PRE25P

£617.65

Optional Lower Shelves to suit Benches & Extension Units -

1500 2000

Shelf Size mm

Depth 750 900 1200 1500

Length 1500 2000

factory fitted

Lower Shelf to suit Bench

Lower Shelf to suit Extension

Top Options 28mm Vinyl

25mm MDF

Top Options 25mm Plywood

28mm Vinyl

25mm MDF

25mm Plywood

Depth

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

630

PRS57L

£134.05

PRS57M

£72.45

PRS57P

£104.45

PRSE7L

£134.05

PRSE7M

£72.45

PRSE7P

£104.45

780

PRS59L

£144.80

PRS59M

£83.65

PRS59P

£141.10

PRSE9L

£144.80

PRSE9M

£83.65

PRSE9P

£141.10

1130

PRS22L

£214.45

PRS22M

£94.90

PRS22P

£156.85

PRSE2L

£214.45

PRSE2M

£94.90

PRSE2P

£156.85

1380

PRS25L

£251.65

PRS25M

£132.55

PRS25P

£204.45

PRSE5L

£251.65

PRSE5M

£132.55

PRSE5P

£204.45

Optional Extras -

factory fitted

Description

To Suit

Model

Price

Upper 2 Shelf

1500

PRPT215Z

£165.75

Upper 2 Shelf

2000

PRPT220Z

£171.55

Light Rail - requires support legs

PRPT97Z

£235.85

Tool Rail - requires support legs

PRPT99Z

£40.40

Support Legs - for use with above

PRPT06Z

£133.60

PRPT98Z

£272.10

Left

PRPT10ZL

£198.50

Right

PRPT20ZR

£198.50

Left

PRPT11ZL

£323.90

Right

PRPT21ZR

£323.90

Left

PRPT12ZL

£441.05

Right

PRPT22ZR

£441.05

Left

PRPT13ZL

£544.35

Right

PRPT23ZR

£544.35

Left

PRPT14ZL

£186.65

Right

PRPT24ZR

£186.65

Electrical Powerpoint Single Drawer: 440W x 570D x 155H mm Double Drawer: 440W x 570D x 300H mm Three Drawer: 440W x 570D x 445H mm Four Drawer: 440W x 570D x 590H mm Lockable Cupboard: 440W x 570D x 590H mm

PR222M fitted with PRS22M, PRPT220Z, PRPT13ZL & PRPT21ZR

213

Workshop Equipment

Length

25mm Plywood

Model

1500

To Suit Bench mm

25mm MDF

Depth

Bin Rail BP

››

Workbenches

›› ››

For picking/stacking bins Height & angle adjusts Load capacity: 30kg For TPH bench

›› ›› ››

For picking/stacking bins Aluminium profile Load capacity: 15kg For TPH bench

›› ›› ››

For more than one shelf on your bench Load capacity: 50kg For TPH bench

Swivel Arm & Tray CKV ›› ›› ›› ››

590mm long arm Angle adjustable Load capacity: 15kg For TPH bench

Overall Size D x W mm

To Suit TPH bench length

Standard Model

Price

ESD Model

Price

145 x 1119

1200

TH 120

£52.00

TH 120 ESD

£73.00

145 x 1419

1500

TH 150

£56.00

TH 150 ESD

£85.00

145 x 1719

1800

TH 180

£61.00

TH 180 ESD

£96.00

1115 Length

1200

BP 120

£47.00

BP 120 ESD

£57.00

1415 Length

1500

BP 150

£55.00

BP 150 ESD

£66.00

1715 Length

1800

BP 180

£59.00

BP 180 ESD

£67.00

310 x 1200

1200

SH 120

£121.00

SH 120 ESD

£181.00

310 x 1500

1500

SH 150

£128.00

SH 150 ESD

£205.00

310 x 1800

1800

SH 180

£136.00

SH 180 ESD

£228.00

210 x 460

CKV 400

£164.00

CKV 400 ESD

£185.00

Overhead Light OL

1200 Length

1200

KT 120

£133.00

1500 Length

1500

KT 150

£135.00

››

1800 Length

1800

KT 180

£138.00

1200 Length - Bar

1200

SPR 120

£29.00

1500 Length - Bar

1500

SPR 150

£36.00

1800 Length - Bar

1800

SPR 180

£41.00

1200 Length

OL-254/GB

£305.00

1120 x 450

1200

LP 1200

£55.00

1420 x 450

1500

LP 1500

£71.00

1720 x 450

1800

LP 1800

£82.00

72 x 72 x 1060

1200

TJK 1204

£208.00

72 x 72 x 1360

1500

TJK 1504

£218.00

72 x 72 x 1660

1800

TJK 1804

£231.00

No.

5&6

Tool & Lighting Support Kit KT ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Includes 1 x C-profile & sliding hook Order extra bar to mount tools & light For TPH bench

Twin 54w flicker free fluorescent lights Pre-wired 3 metre cable to UK plug Built in diffuser

7 6 7

Type 45 Drawer Units ›› ›› ›› ››

Epoxy coated steel Single point locking Load capacity 30kg per drawer Not suitable for 500mm deep benches

TPH BENCHES - Page 215

60649003 9 60641023

Louvred Panel LP ›› ››

For stacking/picking bins For TPH bench 8 60349002

No.

Electrical Power Channels ›› ›› ››

Pre-wired 3 metre cable to UK plug 4 x 13A UK Sockets CE Approved

214

60449002

Overall Size D x W x H mm

Drawer Height mm

Model

Price

520 x 450 x 140

1 x 100mm

60349002

£192.00

520 x 450 x 260

2 x 100mm

60449002

£332.00

520 x 450 x 560

1 x 200mm & 1 x 300mm

606490011*

£415.00

520 x 450 x 560

3 x 100mm & 1 x 200mm

60649003

£470.00

520 x 450 x 700

3 x 100mm & 1 x 200mm + Top, Mat & Castors

60641023

£521.00

520 x 450 x 760

3 x 100mm & 2 x 150mm + Plinth

60749012*

£575.00

*Not Shown

Workshop Equipment

Auxiliary Shelf SH

Workbenches

Metal Shelf TH ››

Ergonomic Workbenches

Workbenches

Frames are epoxy powder coated steel in light grey RAL 7035. The worktops are either 25mm melamine-laminate or volume conductive melamine-laminate on particle board. ESD benches are earthed via a protective 1 mega-ohm resistor. Supplied knock down for self-assembly

Workbench TP Worktop D x W mm

Model

Price

ESD Model

Price

500 x 700

TP 507

£221.00

TP 507 ESD

£241.00

500 x 1000

TP 510

£242.00

TP 510 ESD

£290.00

TP 710

£258.00

TP 710 ESD

£333.00

TP 712

£275.00

TP 712 ESD

£384.00

700 x 1500

TP 715

£292.00

TP 715 ESD

£424.00

700 x 1800

TP 718

£317.00

TP 718 ESD

£500.00

900 x 1500

TP 915

£321.00

TP 915 ESD

£540.00

900 x 1800

TP 918

£352.00

TP 918 ESD

£617.00

Angle Extension 500 x 1000

TP 510 K

£200.00

TP 510 K ESD

£270.00

700 x 1200

TP 712 K

£235.00

TP 712 K ESD

£364.00

Workbench with Shelf TPH Worktop D x W mm

Model

Price

ESD Model

Price

700 x 1200

TPH 712

£440.00

TPH 712 ESD

£584.00

700 x 1500

TPH 715

£461.00

TPH 715 ESD

£643.00

700 x 1800

TPH 718

£511.00

TPH 718 ESD

£765.00

900 x 1500

TPH 915

£505.00

TPH 915 ESD

£736.00

900 x 1800

TPH 918

£532.00

TPH 918 ESD

£867.00

Workbench TP ›› ›› ››

Height adjustable from 650 to 900mm (by allen key) Can be also supplied as a line or angle extension Steel frame in light grey RAL7035

Workbench with Shelf TPH ›› ››

Construction as TP with upright profiles & a 310 mm deep laminate shelf Upper shelf is height adjustable from 1080 to 1550mm

Mobile Bench SAP ›› ›› ››

Construction as TP but with 100mm swivel castors, 2 braked Height adjustable from 650 to 900mm Lower shelf is an optional extra Workbench TP

Mobile Bench SAP Worktop D x W mm

Model

Price

ESD Model

Price

500 x 700

SAP 507

£255.00

SAP 507 ESD

£307.00

700 x 1000

SAP 710

£301.00

SAP 710 ESD

£410.00

700 x 1500

SAP 715

£355.00

SAP 715 ESD

£509.00

Workbench with shelf TPH

Lower Shelf 500 x 700

AT 507

£53.00

AT 507 ESD

£123.00

700 x 1000

AT 710

£83.00

AT 710 ESD

£225.00

Mobile Bench SAP

215

Workshop Equipment

700 x 1000 700 x 1200

ESD protected workbenches are for use in the electronics industry & comply with EN61340-5-1

FULL WIDTH OVER BENCH ACCESSORIES ARE MOUNTED ON UPRIGHT PROFILES & SMALLER MODULES ON ACCESSORY FRAMES

Workshop Equipment

Workbenches

1073mm wide benches can accept 1 x 100 module from the tilting shelf or bin rail options. 1500mm wide benches can accept 2 x 70 modules from the tilting shelf or bin rail options. 1800mm wide benches can accept one of each size, 70 & 100 tilting shelf or bin rail options

Uprights

Accessory Frame

Upper Shelf

Needed for upright mounting accessories. 2 x 900mm uprights & horizontal profile.

Needed for accessory mounting accessories. 1 x 500mm upright & horizontal profile.

Height adjustable 25mm shelves. Mounts on upright. Load capacity: 50kg

Bench Width

Model

Price

Bench Width

Model

Price

Bench Width

Size mm

Model

Price

1073 mm

AL2X110W

£161.00

1073 mm

310 x 1073

ALH-110

£121.00

1500 mm

AL2X150W

£162.00

1500 mm

AKK-150

£88.00

1500 mm

310 x 1500

ALH-150

£156.00

1800 mm

AL2X180W

£171.00

1800 mm

AKK-180

£103.00

1800 mm

310 x 1800

ALH-180

£171.00

Overhead Support

Overhead & Side Light

Power Channel

Steel bracket for tools & OL light. Mounts on upright.

Pre-wired flicker free bulbs. Adjusts for angle. Side light mounts on upright.

Pre-wired power channel with 4 x UK Sockets, 2 on each side. 3 metre cable to UK plug.

Bench Width

Model

Price

Item

Model

1073 mm

HSB-110

£124.00

1500 mm

HSB-150

£129.00

590mm Side Light 2 x 24w Bulb

SL224/GB

Price

Bench Width

Features

Model

Price

£215.00

1073 mm

TJK-904

£206.00

1200mm Overhead Light 2 x 54w Bulb OL224/GB £305.00

TJK-1504

£218.00

1800 mm

Full Width Channel & 4 Sockets

1800 mm

HSB-180

£137.00

TJK-1804

£231.00

1500 mm

Tilting Shelf

Bin Rail

Monitor Arms

Adjusts for height, angle & depth. Mounts on accessory frame. Load capacity: 30kg

Aluminium profile bin rail. Mounts on accessory frame. Accepts most bins.

Mounts on accessory frame. For LCD monitors with VESA 75 or 100 fittings. MA arm moves from 95-425mm. Load 5kg

Bench Width

Size mm

Model

Price

Bench Width

Size mm

Model

Price

Item

Model

Price

1500/1800 mm

400 x 660

ASH-70

£115.00

1500/1800 mm

685

BP-70

£43.00

LCD Screen Bracket

£142.00

1073/1800 mm

400 x 960

ASH-100 £127.00

1073/1800 mm

985

BP-100

£49.00

LCD Screen Bracket & Arm - 5kg

£223.00

LCD Screen Bracket & Arm - 10kg

MA-2

£263.00

PC Stand & Keyboard Shelf

Mounted under worktop. PC holder adjusts from 395-500H mm & 130-240W mm. Keyboard tray is 250 x 500 x 110 mm & includes Pull Out Mouse Mat Item

Model

Price

Corner Unit

Side Table

Used with 2 x WB Benches to create 90º angle. Installed on left or right with brackets; Not suitable with WBC or WBEL units. Load 50kg adjustable in height. Load 50kg

Adjustable PC Holder

CPU

£91.00

Size mm

Model

Price

Size mm

Model

Price

Pull Out Keyboard Shelf

NT-500ESD

£155.00

1153 x 1153

WB-1212CT

£211.00

800 x 400

WB-804ST

£102.00

216

Adjustable Cantilever Workbenches ›› ››

›› ›› ››

››

Stylish design with good leg room Height adjustable from 700 to 1000mm by allen key, hand crank or electric motor Flush bench foot print 25mm laminate particle board worktops Working loads: 250kg (Allen Key) 200kg (Hand Crank) 200kg (Electric Motor) Electric motor takes 19 secs. from minimum to maximum

Workbenches

i Information

IDEAL FOR STANDING OR SEATED WORK

ESD protected versions available - Call for Details

Workshop Equipment

WB815EL shown with Accessories

WB815

Allen Key Adjustment Hand Crank Adjustment

Allen Key Adjustment

Electric Motor Adjustment

Hand Crank Adjustment

Electric Motor Adjustment

Worktop Sizes D x W mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

800 x 1073

WB-811

£540.00

WB-811C

£1150.00

WB-811EL

£1752.00

800 x 1500

WB-815

£545.00

WB-815C

£1145.00

WB-815EL

£1715.00

800 x 1800

WB-818

£568.00

WB-818C

£1185.00

WB-818EL

£1720.00

217

Industrial Trolley ›› ››

1625

››

Mobile Workshop Products

››

125

For use in production, repair or storage areas Basic trolley (BTF) comprises of castor base, uprights & pull handle. Add other accessories as required Frames are epoxy powder coated light grey RAL7038 Mobile on 125mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes

BT KIT 2

BTF Basic Trolley Frame

BT KIT 3

350kg

evenly distributed

NEW BT KIT 4

Workshop Equipment

Product

BT KIT 1 Trolley

Full range of hooks & tool holders available for perforated panels - please call for more details

BT KIT 5 Overall Size D x W x H mm

Includes

Model

Price

Basic Trolley Frame

BTF

£254.00

Bottom shelf, 30 large & 70 small storage bins

BT KIT 1

£1047.00

Bottom shelf with rubber mat, 1 steel shelf, 2 perforated panels & 10 large storage bins

BT KIT 2

£526.00

BT KIT 3

£513.00

Bottom shelf with rubber mat, 1 steel shelf, lockable cabinet, waste basket & paper roll holder

BT KIT 4

£637.00

Bottom shelf & 4 perforated panels

BT KIT 5

£482.00

Bottom shelf with rubber mat & 4 steel shelves

715 x 800 x 1625

Shelf

Bottom shelf with rubber mat

560 x 720 x 32

852719-41

£55.00

Shelf

Steel shelf

560 x 720 x 32

852685-41

£55.00

Moveable Bench ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

218

Height adjustable from 690 to 990mm Integrated lower shelf Epoxy powder coated steel light grey RAL7035 Mobile on 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes Max load 75kg per shelf Worktop Size D x W mm

Model

Price

700 x 500

CTR 705

£365.00

Heavy Duty Industrial Chairs ›› ›› ››

Uncompromising ergonomic design High quality materials & components 3 colour options available for the upholstery: red, grey or blue - please specify when ordering

DX30 CHAIR ›› ›› ››

››

›› ›› ››

››

DX32 CHAIR ››

DX30 Chair

Construction is the same as the DX30 Chair but with longer gas struts

DX35 High Chair with DAR Arm Rests

Industrial Seating

››

The chairs are very comfortable to sit on & offer excellent lumbar support Gas lift controls height adjustment The angle & height of the back rest is mechanically adjusted as well as the tilt of the seat Seat size: 445 x 455mm Back rest size: 370 x 275mm The padding is made from fireproof Foam with a high quality polyester fabric Chair base is constructed from anodized aluminium in grey & black Mobile on swivelling twin castors which are braked when unloaded Arm rests are optional extras

DX35 HIGH CHAIR ››

Construction is the same as the DX32 Chair but includes a foot ring & floor glides for improved work safety

ESD protected versions available - call for details

DX20PU CHAIR ››

›› ››

Construction is the same as the DX30 chair but with black polyurethane seat & back, which have wear resistant & washable surfaces Seat size: 370 x 425mm Back rest size: 350 x 265mm

Workshop Equipment

DX25PU CHAIR ››

Construction is the same as the DX20PU chair but with longer gas struts & includes a foot ring & floor glides for improved work safety

DAR ARM RESTS ›› ›› ››

Made from steel & black polyurethane 80mm high range & 50mm depth range Can be set either forwards or backwards which will allow you to sit closer to a bench

DX20 PU Chair

3YR

GUARANTEE

Seat Height Adjustment Min / Max mm

Model

Price

400 / 540

DX30

£308.00

450 / 650

DX32

£320.00

Fabric High Chair

500 / 740

DX35

£315.00

PU Chair

400 / 540

DX20PU

£246.00

PU High Chair

490 / 730

DX25PU

£277.00

DAR

£77.00

Description Fabric Chair

Arm Rests for the above units - pairs

DX25 PU High Chair with DAR Arm Rests

219

Stainless Steel Preparation Workbenches Fully welded construction Manufactured from food quality grade 304 stainless steel ›› Ideal for food preperation, healthcare facilities & any other environment where hygiene is essential ›› Worktop height: 840mm ›› Hygienic - can be steam cleaned ››

Workbenches

››

The bottom shelf has an integral rear lip

i Information

CONSTRUCTED COMPLETELY FROM FOOD QUALITY GRADE 304 STAINLESS STEEL

Workshop Equipment

PB157S shown with PBS57S, PBD03S, PBC04S, PBRL1S, PBPB5P, PBSR6P, PBCS2P & PBLF7P

3YR

manufactured

GUARANTEE

250kg

evenly distributed

Workbench Overall Size L x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1500 x 750

PB157S

£1007.65

1800 x 900

102

PB189S

£1180.20

PB157S fitted with PBC04S & PBD03S

Optional Extras - factory fitted Description

Model

Price

Bottom Shelf - 1500 x 575

PBS57S

£149.95

Bottom Shelf - 1800 x 575

PBS89S

£168.75

Cantilever Shelf* (Horizontal Fitting)

PBCS2P

£184.70

Rear Retaining Lip

PBRL1S

£65.35

Side Retaining Lip - Each

PBSL2S

£41.30 £375.50

Single Drawer

PBD03S

Lockable Cupboard

PBC04S

£410.50

Electric Powerpoint

PBPB5P

£374.20

Light Fitment*

PBLF7P

£245.60

Support Rails* - for use with the Light Fitment & Cantilever Shelf

PBSR6P

£195.00

* Support Rails are needed for use with Cantilever Shelf & Light Fitment

220

PB157S shown with PBS57S

Heavy Duty Framework Benches ›› Suspended cabinets with 75kg UDL Heavy duty braced framework 40mm multiplex or lino worktops capacity drawers with 100% extensions ›› Maximum load capacity: 800kg UDL ›› Epoxy powder coated in grey & blue ›› Multiplex worktop: resin bonded layered beech ply with a cross laminated construction. A tough general duty worktop suitable for most applications. ›› Lino worktop: chipboard core with 3mm industrial linoleum top surface & plastic edge banding. Resistant to oils & greases. ›› ››

41003396.11v

800kg

evenly distributed

Configuration

Workbenches

41003082.16v

evenly distributed

Overall Size L x D x H mm 1500 x 750 x 840

Frame Bench 2000 x 750 x 840

Worktop Type

Model

Price

Multiplex

41003082.16v

£281.34

Lino

41003084.16v

£315.73

Multiplex

41003178.16v

£345.43

Lino

41003180.16v

£381.72

Configuration

Bench with 1 x 150mm Drawer

Overall Size L x D x H mm 1500 x 750 x 840 2000 x 750 x 840

Model

Price

Multiplex

41003396.11v

£552.77

Lino

41003397.11v

£577.76

Multiplex

41003399.11v

£616.86

Lino

41003400.11v

£642.93

Worktop Type

Model

Price

Multiplex

41003130.11v

£769.17

Lino

41003132.11v

£794.15

Multiplex

41003226.11v

£833.26

Lino

41003228.11v

£859.33

Workshop Equipment

Worktop Type

41003402.11v 41003130.11v

800kg

evenly distributed

Configuration

Bench with 3 x 100mm Drawers

evenly distributed

Overall Size L x D x H mm 1500 x 750 x 840 2000 x 750 x 840

Worktop Type

Model

Price

Multiplex

41003402.11v

£679.52

Lino

41003403.11v

£704.51

Multiplex

41003405.11v

£743.61

Lino

41003406.11v

£769.69

Configuration Bench with 2 x 75, 1 x 150 & 1 x 200mm Drawers

Overall Size L x D x H mm 1500 x 750 x 840 2000 x 750 x 840

221

Drawer Cabinets Robust re-inforced housing with up to 1 tonne overall capacity ›› Ergonomic handle with label strip & cover ›› Full range of drawer dividers available - call for details

75kg UDL drawer capacity on 100% extension Drawer blocking mechanism to prevent more than 1 drawer opening at one time ›› Epoxy powder coated in grey & blue

Workshop Equipment

Drawer Cabinets

››

›› ››

40019035.11v

40019031.11v Configuration

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Configuration

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

1 x 100 & 1 x 175mm Drawers with a 400mm Cupboard

650 x 650 x 800

40019031.11v

£454.10

2 x 100 & 2 x 150 & 1 x 200mm Drawers

650 x 650 x 800

40019035.11v

£553.23

40020041.11v

40020033.11v Configuration

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Configuration

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

1 x 100, 1 x 125 & 1 x 150mm Drawers with a 400mm Cupboard

800 x 650 x 900

40020033.11v

£672.62

5 x 100 & 2 x 150mm Drawers

800 x 650 x 900

40020041.11v

£845.31

Model

Price

40029037.11v

£1531.78

40029031.11v

40029037.11v

Configuration

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Configuration

Overall Size W x D x H mm

2 x 75, 1 x 100, 3 x 150 & 2 x 200mm Drawers

1050 x 750 x 1200

40029031.11v

£1189.61

4 x 100, 2 x 125, 3 x 150 & 2 x 200mm Drawers

1050 x 750 x 1600

222

Team Leader Workstations Designed for team leaders, supervisors or line managers Fully welded steel frame ›› Ideal for standing at to improve health & fitness, but can be used in conjunction with an industrial stool or chair ›› Drawer sets come complete with central locking & have a load capacity of 50kg per drawer. Each drawer set can be fitted either on the left or right of the bench. Cupboard sets can only be positioned on the right hand side ›› Sloping top units add 140mm to the overall height ››

››

day delivery

Black Blue Red

TLS1010461LX

specify when ordering

manufactured

TLF9210463LX

TLF9210464LX

TLS1010465LX

TLF9210466LX

TLF9210467LX

TLS1010468LX

TLF9210469LX

Workstation Only

Workstation with Flat Top

Workstation with Sloping Top

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

920 x 1000 x 460

TLF9210461LX

£186.23

TLS1010461LX

£186.23

920 x 1000 x 600

£196.64

TLF9210601LX

£196.64

TLS1010601LX

Workstation with Single Drawer

920 x 1000 x 460

TLF9210462LX

£311.51

TLS1010462LX

£311.51

920 x 1000 x 600

TLF9210602LX

£321.91

TLS1010602LX

£321.91

Workstation with 2 x Single Drawers

920 x 1000 x 460

TLF9210463LX

£436.78

TLS1010463LX

£436.78

920 x 1000 x 600

TLF9210603LX

£447.18

TLS1010603LX

£447.18

Workstation with Cupboard

920 x 1000 x 460

TLF9210464LX

£298.47

TLS1010464LX

£298.47

920 x 1000 x 600

TLF9210604LX

£328.31

TLS1010604LX

£328.31

Workstation with Single Drawer & Cupboard

920 x 1000 x 460

TLF9210465LX

£423.75

TLS1010465LX

£423.74

920 x 1000 x 600

TLF9210605LX

£434.15

TLS1010605LX

£434.15

Workstation with Triple Drawer

920 x 1000 x 460

TLF9210466LX

£424.10

TLS1010466LX

£424.10

920 x 1000 x 600

TLF9210606LX

£434.50

TLS1010606LX

£434.50

Workstation with Triple Drawer & Single Drawer

920 x 1000 x 460

TLF9210467LX

£549.37

TLS1010467LX

£549.37

920 x 1000 x 600

TLF9210607LX

£559.78

TLS1010607LX

£559.78

Workstation with Double Cupboard

920 x 1000 x 460

TLF9210468LX

£374.93

TLS1010468LX

£374.93

920 x 1000 x 600

TLF9210608LX

£385.33

TLS1010608LX

£385.33

Workstation with Triple Drawer & Cupboard

920 x 1000 x 460

TLF9210469LX

£536.34

TLS1010469LX

£536.34

920 x 1000 x 600

TLF9210609LX

£546.74

TLS1010609LX

£546.74

223

Workshop Equipment

TLF9210462LX

Description

Team Leader Workstations

Red Grey Blue Black specify when ordering

DRAWER & CUPBOARD COLOUR OPTIONS

SLOPING TOP COLOUR OPTIONS

Mobile Euroslide Cabinets ›› ›› ›› ››

Drawer Cabinets

››

Heavy gauge all steel construction Full width, full extension precision ball race slides with safety anti-tilt feature Central locking 70kg load capacity per drawer Drawers have slotted sides for drawer dividers

COLOUR OPTIONS Red Green Blue Dark Grey

ES7846161AM

specify when ordering

ES7846161CM

Workshop Equipment

manufactured

ES78491612M

ES7846161AM

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Steel Top Model

Laminate Top to Suit Price

Model

Price

Overall Size H x W x D mm

2 x 100mm Drawers & Cupboard

Steel Top Model

Laminate Top to Suit Price

Model

Price

4 Drawers - 1 x 150mm & 3 x 200mm

840 x 615 x 610

ES78461612M

£510.00

ESLAMTOP6161

£51.79

840 x 615 x 610

ES7846161AM

£591.80

ESLAMTOP6161

£51.79

840 x 915 x 610

ES78491612M

£580.82

ESLAMTOP9161

£69.36

840 x 915 x 610

ES7849161AM

£715.92

ESLAMTOP9161

£69.36

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Steel Top

Laminate Top to Suit Price

Model

Price

5 Drawers - 2 x 100mm, 2 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm

Steel Top

Laminate Top to Suit Price

Model

Price

6 Drawers - 4 x 100mm, 1 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm

840 x 615 x 610

ES7846161CM

£663.80

ESLAMTOP6161

£51.79

840 x 615 x 610

ES7846161EM

£743.00

ESLAMTOP6161

£51.79

840 x 915 x 610

ES7849161CM

£793.41

ESLAMTOP9161

£69.36

840 x 915 x 610

ES7849161EM

£873.53

ESLAMTOP9161

£69.36

224

Tool Trolleys ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Tool Storage & Trolleys

Attractive red finish Smooth running drawers Chrome 1.2mm steel frame Easy to manoeuvre Ideal for use in warehouses, workshops, production facilities, assembly areas etc Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm rubber castors, 2 with brake Deep 70mm lip around shelves Model TCC22Y has individual keys for each drawer

FROM ONLY

£94.05

TCC12Y

TCC22Y TCC03Y TCC02Y Description

Drawer Size L x W x H mm

770 x 410 x 890

630 x 340 x 90

2 Shelf 3 Shelf 2 Shelf, 1 Drawer 2 Shelf, 2 Drawer

Space Between Shelves

Weight kg

540 mm

12.5

TCC02Y

£94.05

270 mm

TCC03Y

£120.45

360 mm

TCC12Y

£139.00

280 mm

TCC22Y

£183.00

Model

Price

125kg

evenly distributed

Small Parts Storage Carry Case ›› ››

Ideal for all your small parts storage Complete with 18 individual removable containers which have their own divider & belt clip

MSC18H

day delivery

Individual containers complete with dividers & belt clip

MSC18H Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price (each) Pack of 1

Price (each) Pack of 8

330 x 330 x 130

1.6

MSC18H

£28.50

£24.50

225

Workshop Equipment

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Adjustable Height Trolleys

COLOUR OPTIONS

››

day delivery

Red Grey Blue

›› ››

specify when ordering

150kg

Workshop Trolleys

evenly distributed

››

GI942W

Overall Size L x W mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

610 x 460

GI942W

£180.20

Reversible Tray/Shelf Trolleys Reversible shelves - either a smooth shelf or a tray with surrounding lip The height of the centre shelf on the 3 shelf model is adjustable Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked 100mm grey non-marking castors

›› ›› ››

3 Description

Workshop Equipment

2 Shelf 3 Shelf

day delivery

150kg

evenly distributed

TI246Y

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

670 x 400 x 910

TI246Y

£160.85

820 x 500 x 910

TI257Y

£177.05

670 x 400 x 910

TI346Y

£174.05

820 x 500 x 910

23.5

TI357Y

£212.60

TI357Y

Tool Trolley ›› ›› ››

Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm rubber castors Smooth running drawers with a rubber mat insole Subject to availability

day delivery

ONLY

£106.00 Load Capacity

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Drawer Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

200 kg

737 x 383 x 785

648 x 350 x 100

TCI23Y

£106.00

226

Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 braked Perfect for colour co-ordinating depts Shelves are manufactured from 20 gauge steel with smooth rounded edges for extra strength, with the legs constructed from 14 gauge steel Top shelf is easily adjustable from 660 to 1070mm in 100mm increments & comes complete with a ribbed rubber mat

TCI23Y

‘Proplaz’ Shelf Trolleys

100kg

evenly distributed

150kg

evenly distributed

HI275Y

HI291Y

100kg

150kg

evenly distributed

HI292Y

›› ›› ›› ››

day delivery

Workshop Trolleys

HI375Y

HI393Y with the cupboard closed

High quality hardwearing black plastic shelves with grey aluminium uprights Ideal for most environments including warehouses, garages, workshops, laboratories etc ›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors (2 with brakes) Lightweight & easy to clean HI291Y, HI292Y & HI393Y incorporate smooth running grey drawers & model HI393Y also has a black plastic cupboard Overall Size L x W x H mm

Description

Load Capacity kg

750 x 460 x 940

2 Shelf Trolley

100

990 x 515 x 970 750 x 460 x 980

3 Shelf Trolley

990 x 515 x 1010

2 Shelf Trolley with a Lockable Steel Drawer 2 Shelf Trolley with 2 x Steel Drawers 3 Shelf Trolley with a Lockable Steel Drawer & Cupboard

150

750 x 460 x 940

100

750 x 460 x 980

150

Weight kg

Model

Price

HI275Y

£115.80

HI299Y

£168.05

HI375Y

£132.50

HI399Y

£208.50

HI291Y

£188.20

HI292Y

£246.85

HI393Y

£318.35

WTP12Y

WTS30Y

3YR

GUARANTEE

300kg

evenly distributed

manufactured

›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Workshop Equipment

Mobile Work Benches

WTP42Y

FROM ONLY

£436.60

Strong welded construction Worktops have a steel retaining lip Constructed from 40mm steel square section Mobile, on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked 100mm nylon castors, & have a tubular steel push handle to aid manoeuvrability Bottom shelf comes complete with a 40mm surround to 3 sides & a 40mm drop edge to the front Description

Overall Size WxDxH

Mobile Work Bench Mobile Work Bench with Single Drawer Mobile Work Bench with Cupboard Mobile Work Bench with Single Drawer & Cupboard

1130 x 670 x 1000 mm

WTS20Y

2mm Steel Work Top

18mm Plywood Work Top

Weight

Model

Price

Weight

Model

Price

39 kg

WTS10Y

£436.60

49 kg

WTP12Y

£488.80

50 kg

WTS20Y

£521.75

60 kg

WTP22Y

£614.60

55 kg

WTS30Y

£515.35

65 kg

WTP32Y

£610.60

66 kg

WTS40Y

£643.20

76 kg

WTP42Y

£737.65

227

Multi Purpose Trolleys

Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys

YR GUARANTEE

GI403L

›› ›› ›› ›› ››

GI402L

day delivery

›› Easy to clean - will not rust, dent or chip Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys ›› Depth of storage trays: 63mm Ergonomic push handle moulded into the top shelf Mobile on 100mm non-marking rubber swivel castors, 2 with brake These units are ideal for heavy duty use in workshops, maintenance departments, storerooms, warehouses, electronic, chemical & pharmaceutical industries Manufactured from a non conductive polyethylene which will not pass an electrical current & is unaffected by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions Overall Size L x W x H mm

Description 2 Storage Trays 3 Storage Trays

895 x 457 x 920

180kg

evenly distributed

FREE!

Size Between Shelves Top / Bottom mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

571.5

GI402L

£144.85

266 / 266

GI403L

£182.10

Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys ›› ›› ››

Workshop Equipment

››

Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys Easy to clean, versatile - will not rust, dent or chip Ideal for use in workshops, storerooms, warehouses, chemical & pharmaceutical industries Manufactured from a non conductive polyethylene which will not pass an electrical current & is unaffected by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions Mobile on 4 x 100mm non marking rubber swivel castors, 2 with brakes

228

£132.70

day delivery

GI335L

FROM ONLY

YR GUARANTEE

FREE!

GI334L

GI341L

150kg

evenly distributed

Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Size Between Shelves Top / Bottom mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

3 Shelf (3 flat shelves)

610 x 458 x 840

305 / 305

GI341L

£132.70

2 Shelf Trolley

890 x 610 x 880

650

GI334L

£201.00

3 Shelf Trolley

890 x 610 x 865

292 / 292

GI335L

£245.45

Storage Container Cupboards ›› ›› ››

›› ›› ››

These storage container cupboards can be used for a multitude of storage options Louvre panels on the doors & carcass enables you to conveniently store containers close to hand A weld & rivet construction provides all-round robustness, with reinforced doors & “No Snag’’ handles with 2-point locking 75kg UDL capacity galvanised shelves Overall size: 1800H x 900W x 460D mm More containers available - call for details

Workshop Cupboards

manufactured

CYD189046BBX

CYD189046457

CYD189046151 CYD189046461 Container Sizes L x W x H mm

Description Cupboard Cupboard with 4 Shelves & 59 Containers (10 x Size 3, 8 x Size 5 & 41 Size 2) Cupboard with 4 Shelves & 57 Containers (16 x Size 4 & 41 x Size 2) Cupboard with 1 Shelf & 51 Containers (10 x Size 6 & 41 x Size 2)

Size 2 - 165 x 100 x 75 Size 3 - 240 x 150 x 132 Size 4 - 350 x 205 x 132 Size 5 - 350 x 205 x 182 Size 6 - 375 x 420 x 182

Model

Price

CYD189046BBX

£495.96

CYD189046461

£734.62

CYD189046457

£731.65

CYD189046151

£715.00

Multi-Storage Cupboards ›› ››

›› ›› ››

Description

Model

Price

Solid Door Cupboard

C6MSS181065X

£626.33

Vision Door Cupboard

C6MSV181065X

£775.73

Workshop Equipment

››

The welded construction offers high strength & durability manufactured 1800H x 1050W x 650D mm gives a very large storage capacity The cupboards are available with a combination of accessories including drawer, shelves & perforated/louvre rear panels Either with solid doors or vision doors which allow you to inspect the contents of cupboards Each cupboard comes with adjustable feet for levelling Drawers have a heavy duty slide system giving 100% extension & a capacity of 70kg UDL

Accessories £89.64

100mm Deep Drawer

C6MSDRW100DX

150mm Deep Drawer

C6MSDRW150DX

£98.83

200mm Deep Drawer

C6MSDRW200DX

£111.47

Tool Panel (tools not included)

C6MSTOOLPANX

£34.47

Louvre Panel

C6MSLOUVREPX

£34.47

Dual Panel (Tool/Louvre)

C6MSDUALPANX

£34.47

Noticeboard Panel

C6MSNOTICEBX

£28.72

Shelf

C6MSSHELFXXX

£27.58

C6MSV181065X, C6MSDRW100DX, 4 x C6MSDRW200DX, C6MSSHELFXXX, C6MSTOOLPANX & C6MSLOUVREPX (Tools/Containers not included)

229

Heavy Duty Cupboards - 2000mm high with Drawers ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Workshop Cupboards

››

True industrial strength housings, coupled with internal workshops, drawers & shelves Heavy gauge steel construction Attractive two-tone epoxy paint finish Hinged doors with either perfo or louvre inner panels High capacity 125mm drawers glide on roller bearings even when fully loaded Shelves with 100kg capacity adjustable on 25mm vertical pitch Security ensured by espagnolette locking system with flush fitting handle All accessories can be easily moved to alternative position in the cupboard All cupboards are 2000mm high x 1050mm wide x 650mm deep

Workshop Equipment

Description

No of Shelves

No of Drawers

Model

Price £661.98

Louvre inner doors

400 21 125.11V

Perfo inner doors

400 21 109.11V

£918.86

1 x wood top, 1 x perfo backpanel, 1 x louvre backpanel

400 21 160.11V

£1040.38

Louvre inner doors

400 21 161.11V

£957.26

Perfo inner doors

400 21 114.11V

£1355.90

Accessories

Drawer

230

Galvanised Shelf

Multiplex Worktop

Description

Model

Price

Empty cupboard housing with perfo doors (1050W x 650D x 2000H)

40021067.11V

£605.47

Empty cupboard housing with louvre doors

40021068.11V

£605.47

Drawer (125mm high)

40522041.16M

£93.80

Galvanised shelf

42101019.51V

£37.18

Multiplex worktop

41201029.08V

£87.31

10pc hook kit

140 31410

£8.30

20pc hook kit

140 31412

£37.95

24pc bin kit

13003105

£21.25

Perfo Wall Cupboard

Perfo Panels

›› Manufactured to withstand the most rigorous ›› Sturdy lockable wall cabinets for secure storage ›› Fully welded construction with a perforated back conditions, giving a long service life ›› The fully flanged metal panels are reinforced ›› The double skinned doors provide extra storage with channel backstrips & fixing points area & are secured by 2-point locking ›› All hooks lock into the panel with the perfo ›› Cupboards are 800W x 325D x 700H mm ›› Hooks & accessories not included. locking clip, positioned quickly but securely

Model

Price

495 x 457

140 25 115.11

£19.14

990 x 457

140 25 117.11

£27.71

1486 x 457

140 25 118.11

£40.51

Hook

Double Tool Hook

Pk of 5

Workshop Cupboards

Overall Size W x H mm

Description

Model

Price

Cupboard only (empty)

40031060.11v

£215.00

Bin Storage Strip

Shelf

Pk of 5

Length

Model

Price

Length

Model

Price

25 mm

140 01 102

£3.59

25 mm

140 02 037

£6.64

W x D mm

Model

Price

Length

Model

Price

50 mm

140 01 098

£3.88

50 mm

140 02 039

£7.20

450 x 170

140 14 034.16

£11.40

75 mm

140 01 104

£4.15

75 mm

140 02 041

£7.75

100 mm

140 14 043.16

£2.85

900 x 170

140 14 006.16

£20.42

100 mm

140 01 147

£4.43

100 mm

140 02 064

£8.30

450 mm

140 14 044.16

£6.50

450 x 250

140 14 031.16

£15.94

150 mm

140 01 148

£4.70

150 mm

140 02 043

£9.16

900 mm

140 14 045.16

£9.41

900 x 250

140 14 007.16

£28.16

Spanner Holder

Screwdriver Holder

Power Tool Loop

Pk of 5 ø

Model

Price

40 mm

140 11 016

£8.58

Length

Model

Price

Model

Price

Width

Model

Price

60 mm

140 11 018

£8.85

125 mm

140 19 003

£4.00

140 17 002

£5.30

225 mm

140 19 007

£5.25

80 mm

140 11 020

£9.13

Single Spring Clip

Double Spring Clip

U-Holder

Pk of 5

Pipe Brackets

Pk of 5 Pk of 5

Model

Price

WxD

Model

Price

6 mm

140 13 059

£4.43

Model

Price

31 x 20 mm

140 10 015

£6.91

10 mm

140 13 061

£4.43

2 x 6 mm

140 13 075

£7.10

56 x 20 mm

140 10 017

£7.20

Pk of 2 W x ø mm

Model

Price

13 mm

140 13 063

£4.70

2 x 10 mm

140 13 077

£7.23

75 x 20 mm

140 10 019

£8.25

35 x 60

140 15 041

£3.65

16 mm

140 13 065

£4.70

2 x 13 mm

140 13 079

£7.35

32 x 50 mm

140 10 032

£9.41

35 x 100

140 15 042

£4.65

19 mm

140 13 067

£4.70

2 x 16 mm

140 13 081

£7.48

32 x 75 mm

140 10 033

£9.96

100 x 60

140 15 043

£7.63

25 mm

140 13 069

£4.70

2 x 19 mm

140 13 083

£7.53

32 x 100 mm

140 10 034

£10.52

100 x 100

140 15 044

£11.50

231

Workshop Equipment

Saw Holder

Industrial Screens ››

›› ›› ››

›› ››

Workshop Walls

››

Modular industrial screens when used with the hook sets, shown below, provide space-saving & efficient tool & spare parts storage Can be equipped with all M750 accessories – please call for details Industrial screens can also be used as space dividers They also provide noise insulation; the combinations available have perforated back panels on both sides & one side is insulated Each section includes 6 perforated back panels, 3 pcs/side & the standard section includes two feet The extension section includes one foot Available in two colours; grey or blue. Blue comes as standard but if you require grey please change the 07 to 35 in the model code. You can mix & match the colours - please call for details

Description

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Standard Industrial Screen - ‘T’ Foot

780 x 560 x 1850

C52007101

£505.00

Extension Industrial Screen - ‘T’ Foot

750 x 560 x 1850

C52007102

£425.00

Extension Industrial Screen - ‘L’ Foot

750 x 310 x 1850

C52007103

£418.00

Extension Industrial Screen - ‘I’ Foot

750 x 60 x 1850

C52007104

£392.00

Tool Storage System ››

››

Workshop Equipment

›› ››

››

Description

Overall Size D x W x H mm

Model

Price

Tool Storage System with 4 Panels

1025 x 1035 x 2125

83051807

£1237.00

Additional Panel

15 x 949 x 1976

83068207

£220.00

20 Piece Hook Set

85500151

£31.00

45 Piece Hook Set

85500251

£91.00

232

The original Total Storage System also provides space-saving & efficient tool & spare parts storage It requires only 2 sqm of floor space but provides 16 sqm of storage area Can be equipped with all M750 accessories – please call for details There is no need to fasten it to the floor, as it stands firmly on its own. There is a wheel on the lower edge of the panels which makes them easy to move The load capacity is 100 kg/panel. A maximum of 10 panels can be fastened to the tool storage system Available in two colours; grey or blue. Blue comes as standard but if you require grey please change the 07 to 35 in the model code. 20 piece hook set includes; 5 x 50mm straight hooks, 5 x 33mm double hooks, 5 x 19mm spring hooks & 5 x 35mm angle hook 45 piece hook set includes; 5 x 30mm straight hooks, 5 x 50mm straight hooks, 5 x 33mm double hooks, 5 x 19mm spring hooks, 5 x 22mm spring hooks, 1 x 220mm tool holder, 1 x 80mm tube, 5 x 35mm angle hook, 1 x 90mm cup, 5 x 60mm tool hooks, 5 x 35mm plier hooks, 1 x 60mm round hook & 1 x 238mm tool holder

Electronic Crane Scales ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Complies to GB/T11883-2002 & European CE directives Aluminium casting case, high firm hook & shackle Quality integrated circuit for high performance & long time stability 35mm LED display with adjustable brightness setting Internal rechargable battery or AC power Functions include: ›› On/Off ›› Zero ›› Tare ›› Hold/Print

i Information

Weigh Scales

SLEEP MODE TO MAXIMISE THE BATTERY LIFE

NEW

Capacity

Model

Price

1000kg x 0.5kg

BCS-1000

£380.00

3000kg x 1kg

BCS-3000

£390.00

5000kg x 2kg

BCS-5000

£400.00

Workshop Equipment

Floor Scale System ››

Floor & Drum Weighing Scale

›› ››

›› Ideal for the weighing of drums, sack trucks & trolleys etc where ease of operation & accuracy is essential ›› 6 digit 20mm (0.8”) LED display ›› Powered by internal rechargable batteries which gives up to 30 hours of continuous use ›› Functions include: ›› On/Off ›› Zero ›› Tare ›› Hold/Print

›› ››

Versatile indicator - ideal for applications such as shipping, counting, totalizing & check weighing functions Hard wearing powder coated finish Thick safety tread top plate with heavy duty welded wide channel supports 4 alloy steel potted load cells Functions include: ›› Checkweighing ›› Count ›› Weight ›› Total ›› Print Overall Size L x W mm

Capacity

Model

Price

Overall Size L x W x H mm

1220 x 1220

2500kg x 0.5kg

816965005246

£646.00

Capacity

Model

Price

1220 x 1220

5000kg x 1kg

816965005413

£750.00

500kg x 0.2g

1050 x 1050 x 46

DS1000

£520.00

1500 x 1500

2500kg x 0.5kg

816965005406

£762.00

816965002061

£51.00

1500 x 1500

5000kg x 1kg

816965005420

£825.00

Indicator/Readout Stand

233

Electronic Bench/Floor Scales ›› ›› ››

››

Overall Size mm 278 x 318 x 56

Capacity

Model

Price

45kg x 100g & 100lbs x 0.2lbs

GP45

£83.00

110kg x 200g & 250lbs x 0.5lbs

GP110

£83.00

day delivery

Workshop Equipment

Weigh Scales

››

Accurate, easy to read display Large 25.4mm backlit LCD display Functions include: ›› On/Off ›› Zero ›› Tare Auto shutdown feature turns off the weight display after 2 minutes of none use Battery alert will display ‘LO’ when the battery is weak This unit continues to display the weight after the item has been removed. Ideal for weighing oversized goods

i Information

IDEAL FOR PALLETS, CONTAINERS & STILLAGES ETC

Portable Beam Scales Place the beams up to 2 metres apart Both beams are fitted with a lifting handle & adjustable feet ›› Functions include: ›› On/Off ›› Net/Gross ›› Tare ›› Print ›› Ideal for pallets, long loads, containers etc ››

››

234

Indicator Weights are clearly displayed in 7 x 20mm high digits which is backlit LCD for excellent viewing ›› Scales will display low battery when the unit requires recharging. The battery lasts 15 hours of continuous use & is charged via the charger. The display turns itself off after 2 minutes ››

Overall Size mm

Capacity

Model

Price

2 qty of 1200 x 100 Beams

2500kg / 5000lb

816965005628

£598.00

2 qty of 1200 x 100 Beams

5000kg / 10,000lb

816965005635

£636.00

Drum Dolly ›› ››

Drum Dollies & Stands

››

NEW

Design allows loading by overhead lifting Suitable for moving standard 210L drums Fitted with 4 x 75mm rubber swivel castors

day delivery

DID16Y

Overall Size Dia. mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

616

7.5

DID16Y

£85.95

DID16Y

Drum Stands for 210 Litre Drums

Drum Dollies ›› ›› ››

FROM ONLY

››

£107.40

››

Design allows loading by overhead lifting Quick & easy assembly DID04Y height: 100mm DID09Y handle height: 750mm. Suitable for moving standard 210 litre drums Fitted with 4 x 75mm polyethylene swivel castors.

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

FROM ONLY

£39.30

DH440Z

3YR

manufactured

GUARANTEE

DID04Y

DH442S ›› ›› ›› ››

DH443Z & DH439Z

DH445S

day delivery

Fully welded tubular steel construction for strength & durability Model DH443Z: with nylon top rollers to day allow drainage from the side bung delivery Models DH442S & DH432S: mobile on 2 x 100mm fixed wheels & 2 x 75mm swivel castors WHERE Model DH445S: as per DH442S but with nylon top HIGHLIGHTED rollers to allow drainage from the side

Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Height Under Side of Drum mm

Roller Dia. mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Mobile

865 x 595 x 350

280

5.4

DH440Z

£107.40

Static

865 x 595 x 385

315

DH442S

£206.60

Mobile

865 x 595 x 350

290

75mm

7.2

DH443Z

£157.50

Static

865 x 595 x 385

325

75mm

15.4

DH445S

£257.55

DH439Z

£65.05

Drum Handle Lever - Designed for use with the above stands

236

DID09Y

Overall Size L x W mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

300 x 300

DID04Y

£39.30

615 x 615

DID09Y

£84.50

Hydraulic Drum Lifter ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

CE Tested Designed to allow you to pick up & transport a full or empty 210 litre steel drum The foot operated hydraulic pump smoothly lifts the drum, held firm by the top rim clamp The retractable clamp holds the drum securely & releases automatically Mobile on 2 x 200mm nylon wheels & a rear 100mm swivel rubber castor

Retractable Clamp

DL287Z

£288.05 Drum Transporters

DL287Z shown with the drum raised

280kg

evenly distributed

DL287Z

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Maximum Lift Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

800 x 870 x 990

150

36.5

DL287Z

£288.05

Drum Tilter ›› ››

››

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

››

CE marked & plated Designed to allow you to pick up, transport & rotate full or empty 210L steel drums The saddle secures the drum Mobile on 2 x 180mm polyurethane wheels & a rear 75mm swivel castor

300kg

evenly distributed

Drum locking mechanism

i Information

IDEAL FOR LOW LEVEL POURING

DT300P

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1420 x 900 x 1712

DT300P

£384.90

237

Drum Lifters ›› ››

i Information

››

IDEAL FOR MOVING DRUMS FROM EURO & UK PALLETS

›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Drum Lifters

››

CE marked & plated Foot operated hydraulic pump These units will load / unload 210L steel drums from pallets / ground with ease The grip holds the top rim of the drum, the user then pumps the foot pedal to lift the drum Wheel into position & lower accordingly The foot pedal hinges up helping to prevent knocked shins whilst mobile DLL03Z is easily manoeuvrable on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 130mm wheels, one with brake DL450Y is mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 125mm polyurethane castors 450kg load capacity up to 500mm (DL450Y has a capacity of 350kg above this height)

up to

450kg

evenly distributed

DLL03Z

£1201.25

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

DLL03Z

Foot Pedal

DL450Y DL450Y

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Lifting Height mm

Weight kg

1100 x 900

500

940 x 1160 x 1860

1070

238

Model

Price

105

DLL03Z

£1201.25

100

DL450Y

£1229.80

Drum locking mechanism

Drum Handler ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

››

CE marked & plated Designed to carry full or empty 210 litre steel drums Ideal for moving units on & off Euro & UK pallets This unit smoothly lifts the drum (in 20mm increments) which is held firm by the clamp Mobile on 2 fixed 130mm polyurethane wheels & 2 swivel 120mm polyurethane castors DL250Y Lifting height: 250mm

250kg

evenly distributed

£583.10 Drum Transporters

Drum locking mechanism

i Information

IDEAL FOR MOVING DRUMS FROM EURO & UK PALLETS Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

812 x 1130 x 1100

DL250Y

£583.10

DL250Y

Drum Lifter ›› ››

›› ›› ››

300kg

evenly distributed

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

››

CE marked & plated Designed to carry full or empty 210 litre steel drums Foot operated hydraulic pump Lifts a drum up to 740mm off the ground This unit smoothly lifts the drum which is held firm by the clamp Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 125mm nylon castors

DL300Y

£667.80 i Information

IDEAL FOR MOVING DRUMS FROM EURO & UK PALLETS Drum locking mechanism Release mechanism

Hydraulic pump action

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

950 x 1200 x 1565

DL300Y

£667.80

DL300Y

239

Drum Transporter ›› ››

All Purpose Drum Handler

CE marked & plated Constructed from tubular steel this unit is designed to carry 210 litre steel drums. Adjustable drum hook enables varying sizes of drum to be carried. Max drum height: 1575mm DH446L

DH451S

Drum handle in transit position

200kg

manufactured

evenly distributed

3YR

DH446L

GUARANTEE

Drum Transporters

£382.55

300kg

evenly distributed

DH451S

£454.10 DH446L

›› ›› ››

3YR

››

GUARANTEE

manufactured

DH451S

CE marked & plated Designed to carry 210 litre steel drums When positioned vertically, the drum handle locks onto the drum rim. On levering back, the toes engage the base of the drum Mobile on 2 fixed 200mm cushion wheels & 2 swivel 75mm nylon castors

Overall Size W x H mm

Wheels

Weight kg

Model

Price

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

705 x 1575

2 x 350mm Cushion

DH446L

£382.55

800 x 635 x 450

DH451S

£454.10

Pallet Loader ››

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

manufactured

›› ››

3YR

››

GUARANTEE

›› ››

CE marked & plated Drum is held in position by the use of a sliding hook located down the centre of the trolley frame Designed to load & unload standard 210 litre drums safely & efficiently from a pallet Large hooped handles for easy handling This unit is produced/balanced in such a way that it should only be used with full or empty drums Mobile on 2 x 200mm & 2 x 250mm rubber wheels

400kg

3YR

evenly distributed

DH482L

REAR SUPPORTING CASTORS

GUARANTEE

manufactured

250kg

evenly distributed

DH483J

Drum Transporter ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

CE marked & plated Tubular steel construction designed to carry 210 litre steel drums Drum is held in position by an adjustable hook Mobile on 2 x 250mm solid rubber wheels & incorporates 2 x 160mm supporting rear castors This unit is produced/balanced in such a way that it should only be used with full or empty drums

DH482L

Overall Size H x W mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Overall Size L W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1600 x 740

DH483J

£500.95

1800 x 610 x 1225

DH482L

£531.10

240

Vertical Drum/Barrel Clamps ›› ›› ›› ››

Provide 100% positive grip throughout all lifting operations Clamp tightens via ratchet mechanism Suitable for 210 litre steel barrels / plastic drums Supplied with Load Test Certificate

Drum Transporters & Lifters

Plastic Drum Clamp

Steel Barrel Clamp

350kg

Description

Model

Price

Plastic Drum Clamp

SVPDC

£359.00

Steel Barrel Clamp

SVSBC

£354.00

Levadrum Transporter ››

›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Designed for easy handling, convenient storage & access for decanting 210L steel barrels or plastic drums Foldable push / pull handle for easy storage Twin rollers built in to fully rotate the barrel/drum Can be used with steel barrels & plastic drums Large wheels to make it easier to manoeuvre All in one unit for tilting, rotating & transporting barrel / drum Load Capacity

Model

Price

350kg

LEVDT

£884.00

241

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

Load Capacity

Drum Lifters ›› ›› ››

›› ››

One person operation CE marked & plated Simply attach/hang the lifter on a hook from an overhead hoist or crane, saddle around the drum & raise to the desired height & position For use with 210 litre steel drums Model DLV02Z has a geared chain control. The 3 metre control chain can be locked to secure the drum in any position during transit & dispensing

i Information

IDEAL FOR LOW LEVEL POURING

Drum Lifters

350kg

DLV01Z

evenly distributed

Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Standard

820 x 720 x 230

DLV01Z

£255.55

Geared

850 x 850 x 250

DLV02Z

£436.75

DLV02Z

Fork Lift Drum Tilter ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

CE marked & plated Can be operated without leaving the fork lift truck Enables your fork truck to be used as a drum handler Can easily lift, transport & tilt loaded drums The 3 metre pull chain loop allows simple control from the driver seat Fork distance: 620mm apart Fork pockets: 65H x 180W mm

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

DLF05Z

350kg

i Information

DLF05Z

evenly distributed

EASY OPERATION FROM YOUR FORK LIFT CAB

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1000 x 770 x 510

DLF05Z

£589.05

Taper Grip Drum Clamp ›› ›› ››

720kg

evenly distributed

››

CE marked & plated Suitable for use with 210 Litre steel drums The steel jaws grip the rim of the drum, allowing the drums to be picked up or set down without spaces 360kg evenly between them distributed Automatic grip lock will not open & ensures safe drum transportation Grip head has different positions to fit different heights

DLC02Z DLC01Z

N.B. It is important for the safe use of this unit that the drum ring is not damaged & is strong enough to support its own weight

242

No. of Drums Held

Fork Spread

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

560 mm

830 x 710 x 1000

DLC01Z

£568.40

605 mm

1030 x 850 x 1000

DLC02Z

£730.50

Sump Flooring ›› ››

manufactured

››

3YR

Versatile sump flooring to meet your requirements Flush fitting seam welded floor panels Safeguard the contents of the drums from potentially contaminating work areas should a drum fail

GUARANTEE

2 x SF1001, SF2301 & SR1051

Drum Storage

i Information

COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (England) 2001 Sump Capacity

Overall Size L x W x H mm

263 Litres

1400 x 1250 x 160

SF1001

£673.70

347 Litres

2200 x 1050 x 160

*SF2301

£1061.25

525 Litres

2800 x 1250 x 160

*SF2831

£1361.50

SR1051

£240.20

Model

Price

Sump Flooring

Optional Ramp -

1000 x 500 x 160 Optional Safety Rail

1000 x 40 x 1000

SR1000

£93.35

1250 x 40 x 1000

SR1250

£105.00

SF1001, SR1051 & 2 x SR1000

*A fork lift will be needed to unload these units

Sump Pallets ›› ››

Fully welded construction providing secure sump containment Fitted with removable galvanised grid for ease of cleaning Drum Storage Sump Pallets - when not in use the fork guides give a safe & secure lift

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

››

i Information

COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (England) 2001

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

DSP04G

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Description

DSP08Z Sump Capacity

Weight kg

Model

Price

Floor Sump Pallets 2 Drum Units 4 Drum Units

Without Grid

1400 x 625 x 300

230 litres

DSP02Z

£282.85

With Grid

1400 x 625 x 300

230 litres

DSP02G

£403.95

Without Grid

1400 x 1250 x 175

260 litres

DSP04Z

£330.30

With Grid

1400 x 1250 x 175

260 litres

120

DSP04G

£574.05

Drum Storage Sump Pallets 2 Drum Units

With Grid

1400 x 625 x 445

230 litres

DSP06Z

£482.35

4 Drum Units

With Grid

1400 x 1250 x 330

260 litres

130

DSP08Z

£656.60

243

Vertical Drum Store ›› ››

Horizontal Drum Store

Manufactured from heavy duty corrugated steel Enclosed on 3 sides to stop splash contamination

›› ›› ››

Manufactured from heavy duty corrugated steel Enclosed on 3 sides to stop splash contamination Can be stacked 2 high

manufactured

Drum Stores

3YR

GUARANTEE

DH941Z

DH274Z

Sump Capacity

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Sump Capacity

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

250 Litres

820 x 820 x 1375

110

DH941Z

£811.90

490 Litres

1645 x 1360 x 1900

175

DH274Z

£1306.95

Drum Storage Units ›› ››

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

›› ››

Ground clearance: 150mm Fork centres: 760mm Heavy duty drum storage units of fully welded construction Safe storage for 8, 10, 16 or 20 standard 210 litre drums, either palletised or loose loaded Heavy duty frame is rated at 3 tonnes distributed load over a 3 metre bay The 8 & 10 drum units are single tier & the 16 & 20 drum units are double tier Swaged & re-inforced robust sheet steel walls on 3 sides The sump units can be removed for steam cleaning & have removable galvanised grid floor panels Fork guides ensure safe & secure movement Blue powder coated finish

N.B. A Forklift will be needed to unload these units.

i Information CONTROL OF POLLUTION (OIL STORAGE) (ENGLAND) REGULATIONS 2001 Sump Capacity Litres

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

No of Drums

Overall Size W x D x H mm

3000 x 1275 x 1535

865

420

DH908Z

£2239.60

3715 x 1275 x 1535

1112

440

DH910Z

£2892.45

Weight kg

Model

Price

3000 x 1275 x 3070

1729

830

DH916Z

£4378.20

3715 x 1275 x 3070

2223

860

DH920Z

£5193.10

244

DH916Z

DH910Z

Fully Enclosed Drum Stores

Drum Storage

3YR

DH244Z

DH204Z

GUARANTEE

manufactured ››

››

For use outside or where security is of importance. One drum units are fitted with one door & 2 & 4 drum units have 2 doors - all with 3 point locking Vertical units are fitted with galvanised grid floors & horizontal units have an open topped sump N.B. A Forklift will be needed to unload these units.

No of Drums Stored

Storage Type

Sump Capacity Litres

Overall Size W x D X H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

234

800 x 800 x 1470

DH241Z

£1198.20

263

1510 x 750 x 1470

125

DH242Z

£1353.20

439

1510 x 1250 x 1470

150

DH244Z

£2053.60

233

1250 x 800 x 1280

DH201Z

£1362.20

439

1510 x 1250 x 1280

110

DH202Z

£1682.05

439

1510 x 1250 x 2170

150

DH204Z

£1806.85

Vertical

Horizontal

i Information

Drum Stores ››

››

For use outside or where security is of importance. Doors have high & low level venting - with 3 point locking Drums are set back to allow space to dispense liquids N.B. A Forklift will be needed to unload these units.

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (England) 2001

3YR

DH296Z

GUARANTEE

manufactured No of Drums Stored

Sump Capacity Litres

Overall Size W x D X H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

631

2250 x 1350 x 2275

220

DH296Z

£3817.40

245

Plunger Cans

Dispensing Bottles ››

››

Handling Cans

››

›› ››

››

Manufactured from chemically resistant Ryton® & brass Used to safely moisten wipes, cleaning wipes etc with solvent Any surplus solvent drains back into the can

››

Resistant to tough acids & corrosives as well as heat Self close lid, pressure relief mechanism & duel density flame arrester

Capacity Litres

Overall Size Dia x H mm

Model

Price

0.5

125 x 133

PC115Z

£60.90

£39.85

185 x 143

PC118Z

£75.45

Capacity Litres

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

Price

DC004Z

£47.95

185 x 187

PC218Z

£73.85

117 x 194 x 241

PC120Z

£98.15

DC010Z

£51.20

185 x 267

PC418Z

£83.55

117 x 194 x 324

PC140Z

£99.75

Capacity Litres

Overall Size Dia x H mm

Model

Price

0.12

57 x 140

DC002Z

0.24

79 x 140

102 x 267

All products on this page are:

YR GUARANTEE

day delivery

Type I Steel Cans ›› ››

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

Heavy duty polyethylene bottles, use to dispense liquids directly on to work single handed The brass valves are self closing & leak proof The body of the bottle is contoured & textured to aid grip

Polyethylene Cans

Cans upto 1L size have a trigger release handle & 4L onwards have a swinging handle for easier carrying Suitable for corrosive flammable liquids Capacity Litres

Overall Size Dia x H mm

Model

Price

0.5

117 x 172

MC050Z

£78.70

117 x 210

MC100Z

£80.30

241 x 279

MC400Z

£69.00

7.5

241 x 349

MC750Z

£73.85

9.5

298 x 292

MC950Z

£77.10

298 x 429

MC190Z

£78.70

MC200Z

£23.65

Polypropylene Funnels for 4L Can & above

Type II Accuflow™ Steel Cans ›› ›› ››

Innovative manifold automatically vents for smooth, glug free pouring Safe-squeeze trigger gives you maximum control when pouring Stainless steel flame arrester dissipates heat to prevent flashback ignition Capacity Litres

Overall Size Dia x H mm

241 x 267

7.5

241 x 337

9.5

298 x 305

298 x 445

Hose Dia x L mm 16 x 229

25 x 229

Oily Waste Cans ›› ›› ››

Foot operated self closing lid Safe disposal of used wipes, rags & cloths Lid opens no more than 60º & closes when released. This ensures that flammable liquids present on the wipes or rags are not in contact with ignition sources Capacity Litres

Overall Size Dia x H mm

Model

Price

302 x 403

WC100Z

£91.65

354 x 464

WC250Z

£106.25

408 x 514

WC500Z

£135.35

467 x 595

WC700Z

£193.65

246

i Information PERFORATED BASE FOR GOOD AIR CIRCULATION

All products on this page are Prompt Delivery, FM Approved & TUV/GS Approved

Model

Price

AC004Z

£127.30

AC075Z

£127.30

AC095Z

£133.75

AC190Z

£138.60

Flexi-trays ›› ›› ››

Made from rubberised plastic which gives strength & flexibility Easy to wheel equipment into - the sides will just pop back up Easy folded & stored. Contains any spilt liquid & is easily cleaned

SDT5252

SDT1212 SDT1252

manufactured

i Information STW1212 Minimum Order Qty

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

Price each

520 x 520 x 50

STW5252

£20.43

1020 x 520 x 50

STW1252

1020 x 1020 x 50

£25.20

STW1212

£33.25

DTW7013 shown with a Plant Nappy® which are available - call for details

Shallow Trays / Workmats

Shallow Dispensing Trays 1 Grid

520 x 520 x 50

SDT5252

£25.10

2 Grids

1020 x 520 x 50

SDT1252

£33.65

4 Grids

1020 x 1020 x 50

SDT1212

£50.20

Deep Trays / Workmats -

520 x 700 x 100

DTW5270

£29.45

700 x 1030 x 100

DTW7013

£37.25

Drum Storage

Description

DRIVE OVER THE TRAY & THE SIDES POP BACK UP

DTW7013 shown with a Plant Nappy® which are available - call for details

Container Drip Trays ›› ›› ›› ››

Made from 100% recycled polypropylene Tough enough for all working environments Re-usable drip & leak containment Can be ordered in smaller quantities - call for details

CDT28Z

CDT18Z

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Capacity Litres

Minimum Order Qty

410 x 310 x 45

CDT05Z

£8.05

560 x 400 x 40

CDT09Z

£10.95

Model

Price each

790 x 400 x 40

CDT12Z

£15.60

1000 x 400 x 40

CDT15Z

£16.75

1170 x 400 x 40

CDT18Z

£17.95

600 x 600 x 70

CDT28Z

£15.60

1100 x 550 x 40

CDT25Z

£24.35

850ø x 60

CDT40Z

£19.70

Container Bunded Storage ›› ›› ›› ››

Integral grid allows the contents to be raised above the container base Made from 100% recycled polypropylene Tough enough for all work environments Can be ordered in smaller quantities - call for details manufactured PSP25Z

PSP28Z

PSP31Z

PSP22Z Overall Size L x W x H mm

Capacity Litres

Minimum Order Qty

Model

Price £30.05

640 x 490 x 120

PSP22Z

1000 x 550 x 150

PSP25Z

£48.05

1010 x 1000 x 120

100

PSP28Z

£66.05

1200 x 1200 x 120

120

PSP31Z

£84.05

Integral grid allows the contents to be raised above the container base

247

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

CDT40Z

manufactured

Container Spill Trays ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Made from PE - 100% recycled Can be used with / without platform Stackable for easy transportation & storage Non slip platform surface Designed to fit on Euro pallets Easy to clean Can be ordered in smaller quantities - call for details

manufactured

Drum Storage

PSP99Z Overall Size L x W x H mm

Capacity Litres

Minimum Order Qty

Model

Price each

600 x 400 x 150

PSP98Z

£60.05

800 x 400 x 150

PSP99Z

£66.05

800 x 600 x 150

PSP100Z

£72.05

1000 x 600 x 170

PSP101Z

£78.05

1200 x 800 x 170

100

PSP102Z

£118.85

PSP102Z

Bunded Work Floors A range of polyethylene modular flooring panels, highly resistant to most chemicals & corrosion, these panels are designed to protect floors from spills. ›› ›› ››

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

››

2 & 4 drum panels Easy low level loading - 150mm Removable grate allows easy access to sump contents When the sumps are linked together they can be used to create bunded work/storage areas that meet the guidelines provided by the Environment Agency, Scottish Environment Protection Agency & the Environment & Heritage Service

i Information

COMPLY TO ALL UK OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS

PSF54Z

i Information

IDEAL FOR USE WITH BOTH 25 & 205 LITRE DRUMS

manufactured

PSF55Z

Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Capacity Litre

Model

Price

2 Drum

1600 x 800 x 150

121

PSF52Z

£186.05

4 Drum

1600 x 1600 x 150

239

PSF54Z

£273.65

Ramp for Above

1260 x 800 x 180

PSFR2Z

£127.25

4 Drum - Inline

2610 x 900 x 150

300

PSF55Z

£408.10

Ramp for Above

650 x 800 x 160

PSFR5Z

£135.65

248

PSF52Z & ramp PSFR2Z

Sump Storage ››

››

Of polyethylene construction, these pallets are highly resistant to most chemicals & corrosion Fork pockets allowing easy positioning

manufactured

i Information

Drum Storage

COMPLY TO ALL UK OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

PSP04Z

PSP72B

PSP02Z No of Drums Held

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Capacity Litre

Model

Price

Economy Black Two

1300 x 750 x 400

250

PSP72B

£198.05

Four

1380 x 1290 x 280

245

PSP74B

£228.05

Two

1300 x 750 x 400

250

PSP02Z

£204.05

Four

1380 x 1290 x 280

245

PSP04Z

£240.05

Standard Yellow

PSP74B

249

Bunded Drum Rack System ›› ›› ›› ››

Drum rack to be used with drum rack base only Ideal for easy dispensing & storage Can store up to four 210 litre drums Compatible with most forklifts

Drum Storage

manufactured

PSP75Z

PSP06Z

PSP07Z

Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Capacity Litres

Model

Price

Base Unit

1350 x 1370 x 630

500

PSP75Z

£402.10

Stacker Unit

940 x 1370 x 390

PSP76Z

£150.05

Base & Stacker Unit

1350 x 1370 x 1580

500

PSP77Z

£552.15

Base Unit

1350 x 1370 x 630

500

PSP05Z

£416.50

Stacker Unit

940 x 1370 x 390

PSP06Z

£174.05

Base & Stacker Unit

1350 x 1370 x 1580

500

PSP07Z

£588.15

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

Economy Black

Standard Yellow

Covered Drum Storage System ›› ›› ››

Made from PE - 100% recycled Ideal for easy dispensing & storage Compatible with most forklifts

manufactured

i Information

COMPLY TO ALL UK OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS PSP21Z

PSP21Z Overall Size L x W x H mm

Capacity Litre

Model

2 Drum

1565 x 995 x 2110

250

PSP21Z

£996.20

4 Drum

1565 x 1620 x 2110

245

PSP41Z

£1260.25

Description

250

Price

PSP21Z

Polyethylene Storage Cabinets ›› ›› ›› ››

Rotationally moulded from medium density polyethylene ›› Lockable Lightweight yet robust Broad band chemical compatability Polyethylene shelves & grids

manufactured

Drum Storage

PEC03Z PEC25Z

PEC07Z Description

External Size L x W x H mm

Sump Capacity

1 Door & 2 Shelves

545 x 440 x 990

30 Litres

1 Door & 3 Shelves

650 x 570 x 1650

70 Litres

1 Door & Mesh Grid 1 Door & Mesh Grid 1 Door, 1 Shelf & Mesh Grid

920 x 720 x 1520

100 Litres

920 x 720 x 1835

250 Litres

Colour Options

Entire cabinet in Yellow (can be green on orders of 10 or more)

Weight kg

Model

Price

PEC03Z

£263.80

PEC07Z

£450.10

PEC10Z

£659.70

PEC25Z

£607.60

PEC25ZS

£726.65

Polyethylene Vaults ››

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

Roller shutter doors for ease of accessing your drums

i Information

COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (ENGLAND) 2001

PEC27H

manufactured

PEC27Z Description

PEC27S Overall Size L x W x H mm

Sump Capacity

Vault for 2 x 205L drums stored vertically Vault with steel cradle for 1 x 205L drum Vault with shelving (ideal for 5 & 25 Litre Drums)

1490 x 999 x 1690

230 Litres

Weight kg

Model

Price

PEC27Z

£828.65

PEC27H

£987.40

PEC27S

£909.65

251

Plastic IBC Containers ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

IBC Containers

››

Long life, blow moulded polyethylene bottle construction UN packaging groups II & III Available certified for hazardous goods Economical reconditioning 4 Way fork truck/pallet truck entry Complete with label plate 720L x 350H mm Tare weight: 61kg Tolerant between -20oC to +60oC Stacks 2 high when full 1000 litre capacity Valve: standard 50mm Filling opening: standard 150mm Seal Type: standard EPDM (optional PCP, FKM Viton available) - please specify on order

i Information OPERATIONAL FROM -20°C TO +80°C

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Volume Litres

Weight kg

Model

Price

1200 x 1000 x 1175

1000

WIBC1000

£377.78

IBC Containment Pallets Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

›› ›› ›› ››

Manufactured from polyethylene Excellent chemical resistance Fork pockets allowing easy positioning Optional grid available for the PSP01Z - call for details

manufactured

PSP09Z

i Information

STORE IBC’S IN A SAFE ENVIRONMENT Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Capacity Litre

Model

Single

1490 x 2000 x 770

1100

PSP01Z

£738.15

Double

2450 x 1450 x 580

1140

PSP09Z

£1068.25

252

Price

PSP01Z

Drum Storage ››

780 litre sump flooring

IBC Storage ››

1200 litre sump flooring

General Specification ›› ››

››

Drum & IBC Storage

››

Weatherproof for outside storage Constructed from RHS frame galvanised sheet cladding Padlockable dual sliding doors for ease of access (padlock not included) Benches & spill trays are available - see below for details N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

WCD02Z

i Information

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (England) 2001

Optional Accessories

WCG03Z WCI03Z WCG02Z

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

950

WCD02Z

£4635.90

IBC Storage Unit - with Deep Sump Base 3150 x 2250 x 2360

970

WCI03Z

Weight kg

Model

Price

Bench (priced individually)

Drum Storage Unit - with Sump Base 3150 x 2250 x 2360

Overall Size L x W x H mm

£4775.70

1990 x 500 x 960

WCG02Z

£326.90

Spill Tray (priced individually) - Capacity - 48 Litres 1990 x 500 x 50

WCG03Z

£109.00

253

External Drum Storage Cabinets ››

Ideal for storing drums directly inside the container

When choosing the right cabinet, it is particularly important to consider minimising investment costs per storage place. This tried & tested cabinet range includes a large selection of containers shown in more detail on the following pages:

Earthing Accessory Kit

All drum/IBC stores are naturally ventilated. As an accessory a static discharge / earthing point is available.

5YR

GUARANTEE

Set of accessories for the storage of flammable liquids, Model: SC-EARTH

ONLY

£96.50

Drum Storage

£5216.30

Manufactured in accordance with PPG 26 regulations as per the requirement of the Environment Agency

manufactured

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

SC1-WIN

Optimal dimensions for storing drums directly inside the container, or storing them on chemical/euro pallets. The maximum storage capacity is 72 drums, each holding 205 litres.

SC4-SLI

£14,376.00

SC4-SLI

Drum Stores can be accessed from one side. Double depth drum stores are available on request

INTERNAL CABINETS AVAILABLE - CALL FOR DETAILS Model

SC1

SC2

SC3

SC4

External Size: W x D x H mm Internal Size: W x D x H mm Sump Capacity: Litres Load Capacity: kg/m2 Capacity - holding 205 Litre Drums

3120 x 1460 x 3000 3000 x 1340 x 1250 1060 1000 20 Stored directly on Grid 16 on a Chemical Pallet

5600 x 1460 x 3000 3000 x 1340 x 1250 2175 1000 40 Stored directly on Grid 32 on a Chemical Pallet

8040 x 1460 x 3000 3900 x 1340 x 1250 2800 1000 48 Stored directly on Grid 48 on a Chemical Pallet

8040 x 1460 x 4400 3900 x 1340 x 1250 4000 1000 72 on a Chemical Pallet

Model with Wing Doors Price

SC1-WIN £5,478.70

Model with Sliding Doors Price

SC1-SLI £5,674.25

SC2-SLI £7935.75

SC3-SLI £9799.65

SC4-SLI £14,376.00

254

Due to the size of these units, additional cranage costs may be incurred - CALL FOR DETAILS

External IBC Storage Cabinets

Earthing Accessory Kit

All drum/IBC stores are naturally ventilated. As an accessory a static discharge / earthing point is available.

Set of accessories for the storage of flammable liquids, Model: SC-EARTH

ONLY

£96.50 IBC Storage

SC4-IBC-S

£9799.65

SC4-IBC-S

5YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

These IBC Stores can be supplied as a double depth unit, thus doubling the storage capacity

SC1-IBC-W

£4894.80

SC1-IBC-W

Manufactured in accordance with PPG 26 regulations as per the requirement of the Environment Agency

IBC Stores accessible from one side. Also available as double depth units, to be loaded from one or both sides

INTERNAL CABINETS AVAILABLE - CALL FOR DETAILS Model

SC1-IBC

SC2-IBC

SC3-IBC

SC4-IBC

External Size: W x D x H mm Internal Size: W x D x H mm Sump Capacity: Litres Load Capacity: kg/m2 Capacity - 1000 Litre IBC’s

2820 x 1460 x 3500 2700 x 1340 x 1450 1100 1250 4 IBC’S

3500 x 1460 x 3500 3380 x 1340 x 1450 1500 1250 6 IBC’S

5600 x 1460 x 3500 2700 x 1340 x 1450 2000 1250 8 IBC’S or 32 Drums on 8 Chemical Pallets

7000 x 1460 x 3500 3380 x 1340 x 1450 3000 1250 12 IBC’S

Model with Wing Doors Price

SC1-IBC-W £4894.80

SC2-IBC-W £5869.15

Model with Sliding Doors Price

SC1-IBC-S £5284.55

SC3-IBC-S £8317.10

SC4-IBC-S £9799.65

Due to the size of these units, additional cranage costs may be incurred - CALL FOR DETAILS

255

EVO Absorbent Evolution ›› ›› ›› ››

Spill Control

››

Made in the UK from 85% recycled natural fibres Weight for weight the most Oil absorbent pad in Europe Lowest carbon footprint of any absorbent pad in Europe Tough & soft, high loft construction for maximum usability Low linting construction for bench top use

EVO-P20X

EVO-P100X

EVO-P100

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

EVO-D5

EVO-T45

EVO-P15

i Information

IDEAL FOR OIL SPILLS

manufactured

EVO-SP40X

EVO-T34 Sheet/Roll Size L x W x H mm

Pack Quantity

Packaging

Model

Price

Sheet/Roll Size L x W x H mm

Pads (Triple Loft, Oil preferential)

Pack Quantity

Packaging

Model

Price

£9.00

Drip Trays & Drip Tray Pads

400 x 500 x 10

Clip-Top Bag

EVO-P15

£9.00

410 x 310 x 45

Drip Tray & 5 Pads

EVO-T34

400 x 500 x 10

Dispenser Box

EVO-P20X

£14.63

400 x 300 x 10

20 Pads (refill pack for above)

EVO-T34RF

£9.00

400 x 500 x 10

100

Poly-wrapped

EVO-P100

£49.51

590 x 590 x 10

Drip Tray & 10 Pads

EVO-T45

£22.50

100

Dispenser Box

EVO-P100X

£51.75

600 x 600 x 70

20 Pads (refill pack for above)

EVO-T45RF

£22.50

400 x 500 x 10

Drum-top Pads (with cutout for drum pump)

Spillpod Pads

560 dia.

Clip-Top Bag

EVO-D5

£11.25

310 x 390 x 10

Dispenser Box

EVO-SP40X

£13.59

560 dia.

Clip-Top Bag

EVO-D10

£21.39

310 x 390 x 10

2 x 50

Poly-wrapped

EVO-SP50TP

£32.61

256

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Tanker & Vehicle Spill Kit ›› ››

Shoulder Bag Spill Kit

20 litre or 30 litre capacity Contains: ›› 2 (120cm) socks ›› 12 pads ›› 1 disposal bag

›› ››

50 litre capacity Contains: ›› 2 (300cm) socks ›› 20 pads ›› 3 disposal bags

manufactured

Spill Control

OSK20CT Description

Oil & Fuel Kit

General Kit

OSK50

Chemical Kit

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

20 Litre Kit

OSK20CT

£19.13

GSK20CT

£19.13

CSK20CT

£25.89

30 Litre Kit

OSK30CT

£25.89

GSK30CT

£25.89

CSK30CT

£31.50

Workshop Spill Kit ›› ››

Oil & Fuel Kit

Description 50 Litre Kit

General Kit

Chemical Kit

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

OSK50

£66.39

GSK50

£66.39

CSK50

£76.52

Oil Storage Area Spill Kit

90 litre capacity Contains: ›› 5 (300cm) socks ›› 50 pads ›› 3 disposal bags

›› ››

200 litre capacity Contains: ›› 8 (300cm) socks ›› 100 double-weight pads ›› 4 disposal bags

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

manufactured

OSK200

OSK90RY

Description 90 Litre Kit

Oil & Fuel Kit

General Kit

Chemical Kit

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

OSK90RY

£106.90

GSK90RY

£106.90

CSK90RY

£129.40

Oil & Fuel Kit

Description 200 Litre Kit

General Kit

Chemical Kit

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

OSK200

£225.04

GSK200

£225.04

CSK200

£275.68

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

257

Oxygen Cylinder Trolleys Manufactured in accordance with BS2718, 1979 Especially designed for carrying oxygen cylinders, ideal for use in hospitals The tubular frame has a sheet steel base & retaining straps to hold the cylinder in position Fitted with anti-static metal centred wheels & front 100mm non marking corner buffers

›› ››

TS179L

TS180L

TS178L ›› ››

Cylinder Transporters

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Maximum Cylinder Size mm

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Retaining Strap Heights mm

Wheels Weight mm kg

Model

Price

140

420 x 400 x 1100

220 / 675

125

TS178L £267.20

175

460 x 410 x 1100

220 / 675

250

TS179L £367.70

230

470 x 480 x 1100

270 / 920

250

TS180L £381.10

Propane Cylinder Trolleys ››

›› ››

››

Tubular steel powder coated trucks designed to safely manoeuvre 47kg propane cylinders The max diameter of cradle supports is 380mm Model CT103L is able to carry one 380mm cylinder & one 230mm cylinder Models CT102L & CT103L are fitted with a rear castor which supports the laden trolley enabling full operator control when manoeuvring

150kg

evenly distributed

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

CT102L CT103L Overall Size L x W x H mm

Wheels mm Front / Rear

Weight kg

Model

Price

570 x 550 x 1310

265

CT101L

£237.70

730 x 530 x 1310

265 / 150

CT102L

£347.55

920 x 810 x 1440

400 / 200

CT103L

£574.55

3YR

GUARANTEE

CT101L

manufactured

Cylinder Trolleys ››

››

›› ›› ››

3YR

Models TS177L & CT277L are designed to carry a maximum cylinder size of 286mm dia x 1575mm height. Tubular steel frame fitted with two 125mm rubber tyred rear support castors & 265mm steel centred rubber tyres Cylinders are held in place with a retaining chain for added security when in use Zinc plated models are ideal for use in damp environments TS177L: painted frame CT277L, CT201L & CT201P: zinc plated frame

Cylinder Dia. mm

Cylinder Cap Ltr

Wheels mm

Model

manufactured

Price

286

265 - 125 Cushion

TS177L

£374.05

286

265 - 125 Cushion

CT277L

£402.55

140 - 250

10 / 20 / 40

200 Cushion

CT201L

£188.10

140 - 250

10 / 20 / 40

200 Pneumatic

CT201P

£227.95

258

GUARANTEE

TS177L

CT277L

CT201L

Cylinder Trolleys

i Information Close up of unique lifting toe plate

LIFTING TOE PLATE ALLOWS EASY UNLOADING

›› ›› ››

This cylinder trolley incorporates a unique lifting toe plate, sliding upwards when the truck is placed up against a pallet to make the cylinders easier to slide off The support frame is fitted with 2 swivel castors, making the unit easily manoeuvrable The large wheels on the front of the unit make it easier to go over rough terrain Max Cylinder Dia. mm

Overall Size L x W x H mm

240

700 x 610 x 1375

Toe Plate Size L x D mm

Toe Plate Lifting Height mm 200

345 x 235

Welders Trolley

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Wheels mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

350 x 75 Cushion Roller Bearing 2 x 100mm Nylon Castors

CT209Y

£379.90

Cylinder Pallet Cages

GCP03Z manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

GCP01Z ›› ››

TS171L

›› ››

2 rear castors provide extra stability, support & full operator control Steel tubular frame is fitted with cylinder retaining chains & a welding rod holder This unit is suitable for carrying 2 cylinders: 1 x oxygen cylinder 230mm dia x 1560mm high & 1 x acetylene cylinder 236mm dia x 1200mm high Overall Size L x W x H mm

Wheels mm

760 x 760 x 1090

350 x 75 Cushion Roller Bearing

Weight kg 31

Model

TS171L

Price

£413.15

›› ››

manufactured Fully welded construction with supporting sides & central sections Non-slip steel floor to aid the safe YR loading & unloading of cylinders GUARANTEE Complete with retaining chain/strap Models GCP01/2Z are suitable for transporting cylinders by pallet truck with width across forks of 680mm. Model GCP03Z is suitable for transportation by fork lift only

Overall Size L x W x H mm

No of Cylinders held

Weight kg

Model

Price

555 x 480 x 1010

2 - Max Dia. 275mm

GCP01Z

£357.30

1100 x 480 x 1010

4 - Max Dia. 275mm

GCP02Z

£445.85

1200 x 1050 x 995

9 x 286mm / 12 x 229mm / 20 x 178mm

120

GCP03Z

£959.80

UNSURE OF THE CORRECT TROLLEY FOR YOU? PLEASE CALL FOR ASSISTANCE

259

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

Rear castors

››

Cylinder Transporters

CT209Y

Cambuckle Clamping Wall Racks ›› ››

Cylinder Stand

Individual quick release webbing straps with adjustable cambuckle These units can be used in pairs, top & bottom, for secure movement in transit

›› ›› ››

Base size: 520 x 400mm Flat steel construction with solid sheet steel base Hinged latches to enable easy positioning of the cylinder

3YR

GUARANTEE

Cylinder Storage

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

CB200Z

Cylinder Dia. mm

Overall Size W x D mm

Model

Price 1 Off

Price 2+ Off

720 x 190

CB200Z

£124.40

£121.55

Cylinder Dia. mm

180 - 270 205 - 305

1036 x 190

CB300Z

£169.20

£167.70

178

1352 x 190

CB400Z

£207.60

£206.10

230

835 x 230

CB210Z

£137.20

£134.35

285

Cylinder Storage Fully welded complete with individual securing chains Single or Double Sided Floor Stands ›› Suitable for use with full height cylinders Low Height Floor Stand ›› For use with smaller type cylinders ››

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

CS202Z

No of Cylinders Held

Height mm 605

Weight kg

Model

Price

CS201Z

£218.35

CS202Z

£229.70

CS203Z

£241.90

Wall Fixing Storage Racks & Double Sided Floor Stands ››

Fully welded complete with individual securing chains

3YR

CR353G

GUARANTEE

manufactured CR725Z

3YR

GUARANTEE

CR452G/CR454G

manufactured

CR740Z Cylinder Dia. mm

No of Cylinders Held

Overall Size W x D x H mm

CR765Z

Model

180 - 270

618 x 350 x 922

CR725Z

£168.45

924 x 350 x 922

CR735Z

£209.80

Low Height Double Sided Floor Stand 100 - 180

440 x 465 x 610

CR740Z

£211.50

656 x 465 x 610

CR760Z

£251.10

Double Sided Floor Stand 180 - 270

260

618 x 544 x 922

CR745Z

£247.50

924 x 544 x 922

CR765Z

£289.00

Galvanised Finish

No of Cyl. Held

Overall Size W x D mm

Model

Up To 180

720 x 190

CR301Z

Up To 270

Up To 180

410 x 500

CR401Z £278.40

CR451G £345.45

590 x 500

CR402Z £319.30

CR452G £396.10

Up To 270

590 x 500

CR403Z £297.50

CR453G £364.90

860 x 500

CR404Z £338.30

CR454G £415.25

Price 1 Off

Price 2+ Off

Model

Price 1 Off

Price 2+ Off

Storage Racks

Price

Single Sided Floor Stand

Painted Finish

Cyl. Dia. mm

£85.85

£82.70 CR351G £111.80 £108.65

1036 x 190 CR302Z £105.25 £102.10 CR352G £143.80 £140.65 720 x 190

CR303Z

£89.25

£86.10 CR353G £114.85 £111.70

1036 x 190 CR304Z £108.50 £105.35 CR354G £146.95 £143.80 Storage Stand - 1000mm in Height

Gas Cylinder Cages ›› ›› ››

Provision for a padlock Complete with ‘Highly Flammable’ sign Useable distance between shelves: 720mm

FROM ONLY

£1011.00 Drum Storage

GCC01N

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured ››

GCC12G

Description Static Unit Mobile Unit 200mm Nylon

Finish

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Internal Size W x D mm

Weight kg

Painted

1610 x 890 x 1800

Galvanised

1610 x 890 x 1800

Painted

1690 x 890 x 1900

Galvanised

1690 x 890 x 1900

1560 x 840

Manufactured in angle iron with sides, end & top infilled with metal strip. Base of inverted angle ›› Mobile models have a push Model Price handle at one end ›› Designed to carry up to 16 GCC02Z £1011.00 ‘calor gas’ type cylinders GCC12G £1322.45 ›› Hinged lockable doors GCC01N £1078.45

GCC11G

£1392.55

N.B. A forklift will be needed to unload these units

Cylinder Storage Lock-up Cages Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

FROM ONLY

£1230.45

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

CP601Z CS511G

Permanently fixed or pallet base units ›› Complete with ‘Highly Galvanised Finish Flammable’ sign Model Price ›› Manufactured in angle iron CS511G £1439.60 infilled with tough iron mesh CP611G £2012.70 ›› Cylinders held by retaining chain CS512G £1647.05 ›› Base is drilled for fixing points

›› Painted Finish

Description

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Cage Only

1360 x 1095 x 1840

CS501Z

£1230.45

Cage with Pallet Base

1360 x 1095 x 1990

CP601Z

£1567.15

Cage Only

1360 x 1715 x 1840

CS502Z

£1428.00

Cage with Pallet Base

1360 x 1715 x 1990

CP602Z

£1915.15

CP612G

£2365.70

N.B. A forklift will be needed to unload these units

261

Security Cages FROM ONLY

Cylinder Storage

£455.15

SCS05Z fitted with SCS001

3YR

Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment

GUARANTEE

500kg

evenly distributed

manufactured

i Information

IDEAL FOR STORAGE OF BOTH HAZARDOUS & VALUABLE MATERIALS

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

SCS01Z

All welded units constructed from steel angle & 25 x 25mm weld mesh ›› Units have a padlock facility (padlock not supplied) Units are load tested & CE certified Ideal for the security of both hazardous & valuable materials Cranage eyes for easy lifting (when lifting using the cranage eyes, we recommend using a spreader) A hazardous chemical sign is available as a factory fitted optional extra Mobile units are fitted with 4 x 100mm nylon 2 braked swivel castors (N.B add 115mm to the height) Two finishes available: powder coated yellow or galvanised body with powder coated yellow doors Powder Coated Yellow

Galvanised - Yellow Doors

Shelf to suit Factory Fitted (one per unit)

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Internal Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

700 x 700 x 880

690 x 690 x 790

SCS01Z

£455.15

SCS01S

£498.60

SCG01Z

£489.75

SCG01S

£533.30

1400 x 700 x 880

1380 x 690 x 790

SCS02Z

£736.30

SCS02S

£779.90

SCG02Z

£788.55

SCG02S

£832.00

Static

Mobile

Static

Mobile

Price

700 x 700 x 1680

690 x 690 x 1585

SCS03Z

£774.65

SCS03S

£818.25

SCG03Z

£826.25

SCG03S

£869.65

SCS003

£62.15

1400 x 700 x 1680

1380 x 690 x 1585

110

SCS04Z

£1184.75

SCS04S

£1227.15

SCG04Z

£1319.75

SCG04S

£1363.25

SCS004

£104.50

2070 x 700 x 1680

2040 x 690 x 1585

124

SCS05Z

£1430.25

SCS05S

£1473.70

SCG05Z

£1589.45

SCG05S

£1633.10

SCS005

£138.45

SCS001

£47.75

Optional Hazardous Sign - Factory Fitted

262

Heavy Duty Pump Trucks with Weighing Scale Indicator ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Pallet/Pump Trucks

››

Fork width: 150mm Raised height of forks: 205mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Complete with entry & exit rollers Ergonomically designed handle with a 3 position control lever Manufactured to the recognised European GS standard Mobile on 180mm nylon steering wheels & 70 x 60mm nylon tandem rollers Complete with weighing scale indicator (for guidance only & is not covered by the guarantee)

i Information

2500KG

LOAD CAPACITY

Weighing Scale Indicator

Lifting Equipment

Ergonomically designed handle with 3 position control lever

i Information

REPAIR & MAINTENANCE SERVICE AVAILABLE SEE BELOW FOR DETAILS

GZS34N

2500kg

evenly distributed

Close up of Entry/Exit Roller & Tandem Rollers

Narrow Aisle Pallet Trucks ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

2000kg capacity Fork width: 160mm Overall height: 1160mm Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Highly manoeuvrable through full 180º

Fork Length mm

Width over Forks mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1000

520

55.5

GZS31N

£343.10

1000

685

60.5

GZS32N

£367.25

1150

520

57.5

GZS33N

£353.60

1220

685

62.5

GZS34N

£373.65

In accordance with HSE HS (9) it is recommended that all lifting equipment supplied must have a minimum of one service per annum . BRONZE SERVICE LEVEL One service visit per annum - no call out Price: £65.00 per truck & per annum

day delivery

. SILVER SERVICE LEVEL Two service visits per annum - no call out Price: £90.00 per truck & per annum

Fork Length mm

Width over Forks mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

800

450

GX205N

£379.05

900

450

GX206N

£379.05

1000

450

GX207N

£379.05

1220

450

GX209N

£379.05

264

day delivery

. GOLD SERVICE LEVEL Two service visits plus one free call out per annum Price: £110.00 per truck & per annum Prices Include: Service by a fully qualified engineer, labour & travel, minor repairs & adjustments

FULL NATIONWIDE COVERAGE OF UK MAINLAND

Pump Trucks with Weighing Scale Indicator

i Information

2000KG

LOAD CAPACITY

FROM ONLY

Pump Trucks

£298.90

Weighing Scale Indicator

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Lifting Equipment

››

Fork width: 150mm Raised height of forks: 190mm Lowered height of forks: 75mm Complete with entry & exit rollers Ergonomically designed handle with a 3 position control lever Manufactured to the recognised European GS standard Mobile on 160mm nylon steering wheels & 70mm nylon front rollers Complete with weighing scale indicator (for guidance only & is not covered by the guarantee) Repair & maintenance service available - see opposite page for details

GZES1N

Fork Length mm

Width over Forks mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1000

520

55.5

GZES1N

£298.90

1000

685

60.5

GZES2N

£327.25

1150

520

57.5

GZES3N

£318.45

1220

685

62.5

GZES4N

£335.35

2000kg

evenly distributed

day delivery

265

Low Profile Pallet Trucks ›› ›› ›› ››

Printers Pallet Trucks

Fork width: 150mm Raised height of forks: 140mm Lowered height of forks: 52mm Manufactured to the recognised European GS standard ›› Mobile on 150 x 47mm red polyurethane steering wheels & 50 x 93mm steel front rollers

1500kg

›› ›› ››

Fork width: 130mm Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels & 85mm nylon front rollers (picture shows tandem front rollers which are available upon request) ›› 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral) with a comfortable rubber gripped handle

day delivery

2500kg

evenly distributed

day delivery

Pallet Trucks

evenly distributed

››

GN1045

GN811L

Fork Length mm 1000

Width over Forks mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

›› ›› ››

Lifting Equipment

››

GN811L

£542.80

600

450

GN0645

£388.90

GN812L

£565.35

1000

450

GN1045

£373.05

Quick Lift Pallet Trucks ›› ›› ›› ››

Fork width: 130mm Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels & 85mm nylon front rollers ›› 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral) with a comfortable rubber gripped handle

NEW 2000kg

evenly distributed

day delivery

2500kg

GN709B

266

Price

1000

Model

520

Fork width: 160mm Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Complete with entry & exit rollers Manufactured to the recognised European GS standard ›› Mobile on 200 x 50mm black polyurethane steering wheels & 80 x 70mm polyurethane front rollers ›› Progressive braking system & parking brake facility. With the braking device, the walking speed can be controlled by hand. When you pull the brake knob in upward direction, the brake works. You can use the brake no matter if the truck is moving or not

Fork Length mm

Width over Forks mm

685

Braked Pallet Trucks ››

Fork Length mm

QLPT1554

evenly distributed

Width over Forks mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Fork Length mm

Width over Forks mm

Model

Price

550

GN709B

£583.15

1150

540

QLPT1554

£381.00

685

GN710B

£605.45

1150

685

QLPT1568

£381.00

Robust Industrial Pallet Truck Scale ›› ›› ››

Large 25mm LCD display for easy reading, keyboard with zero & tare functions Powered by 4 x AA easily available batteries Operating time of approximately 80 hours in continuous use or 3 months in normal use thanks to its auto switch-off function

Large 25mm LCD Display with 4 easily available AA batteries

i Information

MAX CAPACITY OF 2000KG BY 1KG INCREMENTS

Width over Forks mm

Weight kg

1150

550

120

Optional ISO:9000 Calibration Certiﬁcate

Model

Price

GTPWN

£995.00

ISO-CERT

£35.00

Pallet Trucks

Fork Length mm

GTPWN

Heavy Duty Pallet Truck Scale ››

›› ››

››

i Information The ultimate heavy duty pallet truck scale is extremely accurate, featuring a triple weigh STAINLESS STEELS ATEX MODELS range, which changes automatically: MODELS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS AVAILABLE 0 - 500kg by 0.2kg increments CALL FOR DETAILS 500 - 1000kg by 0.5kg increments 1000 - 2000kg by 1kg increments Large 25mm LCD display, IP65 rated indicator housing in stainless steel 2000kg NEW evenly Supplied with battery charger which distributed gives an operating time of approx. 60 hours in continuous use, thanks to its auto switch-off function Rubber steering wheels & polyurethane double loading front rollers

Width over Forks mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1150

550

125

GTPWLK

£1195.00

ISO-CERT

£35.00

Optional ISO:9000 Calibration Certiﬁcate

Lifting Equipment

Fork Length mm

GTPWLK

Heavy Duty Pallet Truck Scale with Printer ››

›› ››

The ultimate in pallet truck scales is extremely accurate, featuring a triple weigh range, which changes automatically: 0 - 500kg by 0.2kg increments 500 - 1000kg by 0.5kg increments 1000 - 2000kg by 1kg increments Large swivelling 25mm LCD display, IP65 rated indicator housing Supplied with battery charger which gives an operating time of approx. 50 hours in continuous use, thanks to its auto switch-off function Rubber steering wheels & polyurethane double loading front rollers Built in thermal tally roll printer

i Information

BUILT IN THERMAL TALLY ROLL PRINTER

2000kg

evenly distributed

Large LCD Display with ﬁtted protection shield

Fork Length mm

Width over Forks mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1150

550

125

GTPWAP

£1495.00

ISO-CERT

£35.00

Optional ISO:9000 Calibration Certiﬁcate

GTPWAP

Calibration Certiﬁcates (Model: ISO-CERT) must be ordered at the time of purchasing the Pallet Truck Scales

267

Weigh Scale Pallet Truck

day delivery

›› ›› ››

i Information WEIGHING ACCURACY TO +/- 25kg & in 5kg increments

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Pallet Trucks

››

WPT57H

2000kg

evenly distributed

CE marked & plated Fork width: 182mm Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Mobile on 180 x 50mm polyurethane steering wheels & 74 x 70mm tandem rollers High accuracy (+/- 25kg and in 5kg increments) Electronic lifting height indication in display Highly reliable - all components are compact, designed for mobile use & low power usage Water & dust proof to IP65. IP65 allows the pallet truck to be used outside or on lorries & can be cleaned with water (under normal pressure). The load cells in the forks have an even protection level Power supply - 2 standard AA / LR6 batteries

Fork Length mm

Width over Forks mm

Model

Price

1150

572

WPT57H

£638.10

High Lift Pallet Trucks ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

CE marked & plated Fork width: 160mm Raised height of forks: 800mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Manufactured to the recognised European GS standard Mobile on 180 x 50mm nylon steering wheels & 74 x 50mm front rollers Stabilising bars automatically come into operation to prevent the unit moving Automatically slow descending speed to prevent damage of your goods

7 Fork Length mm

Lifting Equipment

GN403H

1150

day delivery

1000kg

evenly distributed

Width over Forks mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

520

GN403H

£646.50

685

115

GN404H

£684.00

Electric High Lift Pallet Trucks i Information

MANUAL & ELECTRIC LIFT/LOWER FOR PRECISE POSITIONING

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

CE marked & plated Fork width: 160mm Raised height of forks: 800mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Mobile on 180 x 55mm steering wheels & 75 x 50mm front rollers Adjustable stabilising bars come into operation to prevent the unit moving Battery & charger included: ›› Battery - 12v/60Ah Lifting motor power: 0.8kw Manual operation included

7 Fork Length mm

PHL54H

268

1170

day delivery

1000kg

evenly distributed

Width over Forks mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

540

125

PHL54H

£1579.40

680

136

PHL68H

£1704.80

Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks ›› ›› ›› ››

Long Fork Pallet Trucks

›› ››

Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm ›› Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels & 85mm nylon front rollers ›› 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral) with a comfortable rubber gripped handle

NEW

2000kg

evenly distributed

3000kg

evenly distributed

day delivery

Pallet Trucks

GN2054

HDPT301554

›› ›› ›› ››

Model

Price

1500 x 540

220

GN1554

£507.95

1500 x 685

365

GN1568

£531.75

1800 x 540

220

GN1854

£531.75

Width over Forks mm

Model

Price

1800 x 685

365

GN1868

£555.60

1150

540

HDPT301554

£512.70

2000 x 540

220

GN2054

£555.60

1150

680

HDPT301568

£534.95

2000 x 685

365

GN2068

£579.40

Extra Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks

Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Complete with entry & exit rollers Manufactured to the recognised European GS standard Mobile on 180 x 50mm nylon steering wheels & 80 x 70mm nylon front rollers Corrosion resistant - ideal for use in wet & damp conditions

›› ›› ›› ››

Fork width: 130mm Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 90mm Mobile on 200mm steel steering wheels & 80mm steel front rollers ›› 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral) with a comfortable rubber gripped handle

NEW

day delivery

5000kg

evenly distributed

2000kg

1000

day delivery

GN607G

evenly distributed

Fork Length mm

Fork Width mm 160

Width over Forks mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

520

GN607G

£580.35

Fork Length mm

Width over Forks mm

Model

Price

685

GN608G

£601.90

1150

580

HDPT501558

£1246.05

269

Lifting Equipment

››

Fork Spacing mm

Fork Length mm

Galvanised Pallet Truck ››

Fork Size mm

Semi Powered Pallet Truck ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

1500kg

››

evenly distributed

›› ››

CE marked & plated Fork width: 167mm Raised height of forks: 202mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm 400W motor driven without the need for pushing or pulling. Maximum driving speed of 3.3 km/h CURTIS controller unit with a nonpolar speed controller Mobile on 220mm polyurethane steering wheels & 80 x 70mm polyurethane tandem rollers Power supply: 2 x 12 /40 V/ah

i Information

Pallet Trucks

CURTIS CONTROLLER UNIT & A NONPOLAR SPEED CONTROLLER

7 SPPT15

day delivery

Fork Length mm

Width over Forks mm

Model

Price

1150

540

SPPT15

£2379.40

Fully Powered Pallet Trucks ›› ››

2200kg

Lifting Equipment

evenly distributed

›› ››

›› ›› ››

CE marked & plated Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Approved acceleration enhances efficient pallet entry & exit. Nonpolar control is programmable for specific tasks or operator skill levels High quality hydraulic pump ensures little noise & maximum durability Drive unit incorporates an electro magnetic brake that is spring applied & electrically released. The brake is activated by the control handle Ergonomically designed control handle Mobile on 252mm steering wheels & 84mm tandem rollers Driver platform/side protection bars are available on the FPPT20 - call for details

i Information day delivery

Load Cap. kg 1500 2000

270

FPPT20 Fork Length mm 1150

Fork Width mm 160

Width over Forks mm

Model

Price

520

FPPT15

£3704.80

540

FPPT20

£5295.25

DRIVER PLATFORM & SIDE BARS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

Rough Terrain Pallet Truck ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

NEW

CE marked & plated Adjustable forks to adapt to a maximum pallet width of 1200mm Ideal for rough terrain outdoor applications such as building sites, agricultural environments etc Mobile on pneumatic wheels mounted on hubs with sealed bearings Hydraulic lifting system with integrated hand pump Electric version available - please call for details

Pallet Trucks

GZR11N

1500kg

evenly distributed

i Information

Fork Length mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1640 x 1413 x 800

890

173

GZR11N

£1093.70

Stainless Steel Pallet Trucks ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

IDEAL FOR ROUGH OUTDOOR APPLICATIONS

Overall Size W x L x H mm

Reel Handling Pallet Trucks

Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Grade 316 stainless chassis & pump unit Suitable for food & pharmaceutical use Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels & 85mm nylon front rollers 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral) with a comfortable rubber gripped handle

›› ›› ›› ››

››

NEW

day delivery

2000kg

evenly distributed

2000kg

evenly distributed

RHPT0500 To Suit Reel Size

Fork Width mm

Model

Price

400/600

760

RHPT0500

£619.05

600/800

850

RHPT0700

£634.95

1000

RHPT1000

£666.70

1150

RHPT1500

£714.30

Fork Length mm

Width over Forks mm

Model

Price

1150

540

SSPT1554

£1579.40

800/1200

1150

685

SSPT1568

£1690.50

1200/1600

Fork Length mm

1000

271

Lifting Equipment

››

CE marked & plated Designed to carry horizontal loads such as rolls, reels, cable drums etc Strong & robust chassis which is reinforced at the ‘A’ frame & the legs are strengthened along their length Hydraulic pump with a slow lowering hand control valve. A 3 position control lever provides fingertip control of all hydraulic system functions with the handle in any position Mobile on 200 x 50mm steering wheels & 82 x 70mm roller tandems Other fork lengths available - call for details

Static Lift Tables - mains operated ›› ›› ››

Lift Tables & Load Movers

››

Comply to BS EN 1570 & BS EN 60204-1 Remote power system, easy for controlling, convenient for maintenance Electronic control box with up, down & emergency buttons PSL82U: specially designed in ‘U’ shape for handling pallets & boxes Platform cut out - 1050L x 585Wmm Lifting speed with load: 42mm/sec

PSL80F

PSL80F Lowered Ramp Size: 1140L x 890W mm

PSL82U

Load Capacity kg

Lowered Platform Height mm

Raised Platform Height mm

Platform Size L x W mm

Lifting Time

Motor kw

760

1450 x 1140

18 secs.

0.75

1000

Weight kg

Model

Price

235

PSL80F

£1996.85

250

PSL82U

£1950.80

Large Load Movers ››

Lifting Equipment

››

Load is raised & can be easily moved around in any direction, even in the tightest of areas Incorporates a 5M securing strap to secure your loads to the units

LLM18H

i Information

IDEAL FOR BULKY & HEAVY WEIGHT ITEMS

day delivery

Load Capacity kg

Lift

Max Lift Height mm

Toe Plate Size D x W mm

Wheels

600

Manual

300

120 x 225

1800

Hydraulic

250

60 x 600

272

LLM06M

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model (pairs)

Price (pairs)

125mm Polyurethane

570 x 390 x 780

LLM06M

£595.25

150mm Polyurethane

680 x 420 x 1070

LLM18H

£971.45

Scissor Lift Tables ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

These units are elevated by pump action foot pedal & lowered by hand operated release trigger Comply to EN1570:2011 Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked castors with wheel guards Handles supplied loose SL150Y incorporates a folding handle CE marked

150kg

evenly distributed

i Information

REPAIR & MAINTENANCE SERVICE AVAILABLE SEE BELOW FOR DETAILS

FROM ONLY

Lift Tables

£394.45

SL150Y

350kg

evenly distributed

In accordance with HSE HS (9) it is recommended that all lifting equipment supplied must have a minimum of one service per annum HAND SCISSOR LIFT TABLE One service visit per annum Price: £70.00 per truck, per annum

SLD35Y

Prices Include: Service by a fully qualified engineer, labour & travel, minor repairs & adjustments & replacement of any badly worn wheels

FULL NATIONWIDE COVERAGE OF UK MAINLAND Load Capacity

Platform Size mm

Pedal Strokes to Elevate

Lowered Height mm

Max Lift Height mm

Wheels

Weight kg

Model

Price

150 kg

750 x 450

225

740

300 kg

850 x 500

100mm PVC Tyre with a Nylon Centre

SL150Y

£394.45

340

900

SL300Y

£489.00

340

900

127mm Polyurethane Tyre with a Steel Centre

500 kg

850 x 500

SL500Y

£521.00

115

SLD35Y

£605.80

Single Scissor

Double Scissor 350 kg

980 x 500

348

1300

127mm Polyurethane Tyre / Steel Centre

273

Lifting Equipment

300kg

evenly distributed

SL300Y Part Elevated

Fully Powered Lifter ›› ››

›› ››

Lifters & Stackers

››

Lifts a load of up to 75kg to a maximum height of 1100mm Ideal for use in many different environments in small spaces & is ideal to transport in a van Lifts itself into vans & onto platforms 400 x 600mm multiplex platform is available - call for details Mobile on 280mm pneumatic wheels

75kg

evenly distributed

day delivery

i Information

LIFTS ITSELF INTO VANS & ONTO PLATFORMS FPS75

Overall Size H x W mm

Toe Plate Size W x D mm

Model

Price

1550 x 520

300 x 350

FPS75

£3787.35

Lifters/Transporters ››

Roll & Coil Handler

Work Platform

›› ››

Lifting Equipment

››

Jib Crane Arm

Roller Bed Platform

››

›› ››

Drum & Roll Turner

Bevelled Platform

100kg

evenly distributed

LTML115

274

Carry out a range of functions in production, warehousing environments Simple controls all mounted within easy reach of the operator Attachments are easily & quickly changed with simple tools Built in battery allows the truck to be charged from any convenient 13 amp socket Mobile on 100mm steering wheels (fitted with foot pedal brakes) & 80mm tandem rollers Load centre: 300mm Lift motor: 24v / 0.37Kw

Description

Model

Price

Roll & Coil Handler

LTMLRCH

£60.35

Work Platform

LTMLWP

£169.85 £509.55

Jib Crane Arm

LTMLJCA

Roller Bed Platform

LTMLRBP

£582.55

Drum & Roll Turner

LTMLDRT

£1300.00

Bevelled Platform

LTMLBP

£169.85

Load Cap. kg

Lift Height mm

Overall Size H x W x L mm

Lift Speed cm / sec

Battery v / Ah

Weight kg

Model

Price

100

1500

1920 x 560 x 1045

8.3 / 6

2 x 12 / 17

LTML086

£3104.80

100

2000

2420 x 560 x 1045

8.3 / 6

2 x 12 / 17

115

LTML115

£3558.75

100

2300

2920 x 560 x 1045

8.3 / 6

2 x 12 / 17

144

LTML144

£3965.10

200

1500

1920 x 560 x 1045

8.3 / 4.2

2 x 12 / 40

106

LTML106

£3965.10

200

2000

2420 x 560 x 1045

8.3 / 4.2

2 x 12 / 40

135

LTML135

£4114.30

200

2300

2920 x 560 x 1045

8.3 / 4.2

2 x 12 / 40

164

LTML164

£4584.15

Hydraulic Lifters ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

CE marked & plated Conforms to EN 1757-1:2001 Lifting is controlled by a hydraulic pump which can be either hand operated or foot operated Complete with a removable chrome platform Mobile on 2 swivel 130mm braked polyurethane castors with wheel guards & 2 x 75mm front polyurethane rollers

Lifters & Stackers

ML400L without Platform

Lifting Equipment

i Information

COMPLETE WITH A CHROME PLATFORM & ADJUSTABLE FORKS

ML400L shown with Platform

Load Capacity kg

Lifting Height per stroke

Lifting Height mm

Overall Size H x W x L mm

Fork Length mm

Width over Forks mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

200

12 mm

850

1080 x 560 x 1010

600

490

ML200L

£652.20

400

22 mm

1500

1720 x 590 x 1100

650

540

ML400L

£769.35

275

Lifters & Stackers

Hydraulic Stackers

STI05Y

STI03Y

STI02Y

i Information

Lifting Equipment

STRADDLE LEGS ALLOW PALLETISED LOADS TO BE LIFTED FROM THE FLOOR

STI16Y

STI17Y

Width over Forks mm

STI19Y

Load Cap. kg

Lifting Height mm

Overall Size H x W x L mm

Fork Length mm

Load Centre mm

Weight kg

500

1600

2080 x 755 x 1705

1150

550

600

205

STI16Y

£986.90

1000

1790 x 755 x 1655

1150

550

600

210

STI04Y

£957.85

Model

Price

Fork Type: Fixed

1000

1600

2080 x 755 x 1655

1150

550

600

210

STI02Y

£1152.55

1000

2500

2925 x 860 x 1705

1150

550

600

286

STI05Y

£1480.50

1500

1600

2080 x 755 x 1705

1150

550

400

245

STI03Y

£1439.60

Fork Type: Adjustable 500

1600

2010 x 805 x 1640

1060

up to 745

500

161

STI17Y

£958.50

1000

1600

2165 x 1000 x 1380

1060

up to 950

500

250

STI01Y

£1157.95

1000

2500

2928 x 750 x 1640

1060

up to 950

500

316

STI18Y

£1619.00

500

336

STI19Y

£1537.65

Fork Type: Straddle 1000

276

1600

2155 x 1450 x 1560

1060

up to 1250

Hydraulic Stackers ›› ››

››

Conform to EN ISO3691-5:2009 based on directive 2006/42/EC Lifting is controlled by a hydraulic pump which can be either hand operated or foot operated Mobile on 2 swivel 180mm braked nylon castors with wheel guards & 2 tandem 80mm front nylon rollers N.B. Appropriate facilities will be required to unload these units on delivery

Lifters & Stackers

Adjustable Forks

STI18Y

Lifting Equipment

STI01Y

In accordance with HSE HS (9) it is recommended that all lifting equipment supplied must have a minimum of one service per annum HAND STACKER TRUCK One service visit per annum - no call out Price: £120.00 per truck & per annum Prices Include: Service by a fully qualified engineer, labour & travel, minor repairs & adjustments

FULL NATIONWIDE COVERAGE OF UK MAINLAND

i Information EASILY LIFT & MANOEUVRE PALLETISED LOADS AT HEIGHTS

277

Mini Lifters ›› ››

›› ›› ››

Lifters & Stackers

›› ››

Designed for ultimate flexibility & able to carry out a huge range of functions Complete with a removable work platform (removable with the use of simple tools leaving two forks underneath) Electric models: automatic electronic overload protection systems Manual model: operated via hand winch, with auto brake system Choice of easy to change options available: bevelled platform, drum & roll turner, roll & coil handler & roller bed - please call for details Mobile on 125mm steering wheels with foot guards & 75mm rollers 24v/20Ah battery with a built-in charger

day delivery

MLE03Y

MLM01Y

Model

Load Capacity kg

Load Centre mm

Lift Height mm

Manual

100

235

Manual

200

235

Electric

150

235

1500

Electric

300

200

1500/1800

Platform Height mm

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

Price

1500

840 x 600 x 1830

MLM01Y

£722.25

1500

870 x 600 x 1920

MLM02Y

£781.00

870 x 600 x 1790

MLE03Y

£1158.75

870 x 740 x 2220

MLE04Y

£1669.85

470 x 600

Semi Electric Stackers ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Lifting Equipment

››

CE marked & plated Effortless manual push & pull movement Easy control powered lifting Steering & pulling handle Mobile on 180mm steering wheels with foot guards & 74mm tandem rollers 12v/150Ah battery with a built-in charger

i Information ADJUSTABLE FOR UNITS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

1000kg

evenly distributed

SESCT15

Load Capacity kg

1000

1500

278

Fork Length mm

1100

Lift Height mm

Overall Size L x H mm

Model

Price

1600

1720 x 1980

SESCT10

£2254.00

2500

1720 x 3070

SESCT15

£2527.00

1720 x 3570

SESCT20

£2690.50

SESCT25

£3014.30

SESCT30

£3193.70

3000 3500

Lowered Fork Height mm

Fork Width mm

570

1720 x 4020

Straddle Stackers with Adjustable Forks ›› ››

Brake & pulling handle Tandem lift chains with full guarding

Manual Straddle Stackers with Adjustable Forks ›› ››

1000kg

evenly distributed

Adjustable forks give an overall width of: 1080 to 1360mm Mobile on 150mm steering wheels with foot guards & 80mm load wheels

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Lifters & Stackers

Semi Electric Straddle Stackers with Adjustable Forks Manual push/electric lift PSS30E: extended mast height - 3030mm PSS35E: extended mast height - 3530mm Load centre: 600mm Turning radius: 1350mm Adjustable forks & straddle legs giving an overall width of: 1100 to 1380mm Mobile on 180mm steering wheels with foot guards & 100mm load wheels 12v 150Ah battery with built-in automatic charger

i Information

ADJUSTABLE STRADDLE LEGS SUITABLE FOR MOST PALLETS

Lifting Equipment

PSS21M

Fork Length mm

PSS30E

Lowered Fork Height mm

Raised Fork Height mm

Fork Width mm

Overall Size L x H mm

Model

Price

1580 x 2020

PSS21M

£1520.65

1480 x 1770

PSS30M

£1936.55

1480 x 2020

PSS35M

£1955.60

Manual Straddle Stackers with Adjustable Forks 85 915

1600 2500 3000

330 to 700 210 to 800

Semi Electric Straddle Stackers with Adjustable Forks 1150

2500 3000

200 to 800

1800 x 1790

PSS30E

£2833.35

1800 x 2040

PSS35E

£2992.10

279

Fully Powered Stacker ›› ›› ›› ››

››

Lifters & Stackers

››

CE marked & plated Raised height: 3360mm Turning radius: 1485mm Battery voltage: 2 x 12/85 V/Ah Powerful maintenance free batteries (large 2 x 12/106 V/ah are available - call for details) Built in charger as standard, together with battery discharge indicator with automatic lift cut off function, ensure high battery lifetime Fully powered stacker, with duplex mast lifting, that provide smooth travel & lift with easy to operate controls High quality hydraulic pump ensures very little noise, maximum efficiency, durability & shortens the lifting time Four wheel supporting design at the driving end, with offset tiller for perfect view, allows stable & safe operation when the truck is used for high position stacking Compact & ergonomic design improves operator performance

1000kg

Lifting Equipment

evenly distributed

i Information STRADDLE LEG UNITS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

FPSCC28 Load Capacity kg

Fork Length mm

Lift Height mm

Fork Width mm

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

Price

1000

1150

2820

570

1800 x 800 x 1950

FPSCC28

£4365.10

1000

1150

3300

570

1716 x 800 x 2130

FPSCC33

£4992.10

280

Pallet Pal ›› ›› ››

Keep the load at a comfortable working height Power free - fully automatic Load the pallet in uniform layers - the integral turntable allows you to load without bending or stretching

i Information

LOAD A PALLET WITHOUT BENDING OR STRETCHING

2000kg

evenly distributed

Maximum Height mm

Lowered Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1110 x 1220

700

240

160

PALLETPAL

£1820.00

Pallet Loading

Overall Size W x D mm

PALLETPAL

Pal Disc ›› ›› ›› ››

Ultra low profile - ideal for use in confined areas Easy to load with a hand pallet truck – full surround loading ramp Virtually maintenance free Lock prevents accidental rotation

2000kg

evenly distributed

Turntable Dia. mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1240 x 22

1100

100

PALDISC

£897.00

Lifting Equipment

Overall Size Dia. x H mm

PALDISC

Pal Ring ›› ›› ››

Free turning - does not tighten or bind Virtually maintenance free Can be adapted to suit a variety of applications including; mounting onto a scissor platform, solid disc top & special design configurations

PALRING

2000kg

evenly distributed

Overall Size Dia. x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1110 x 60

PALRING

£312.00

281

Lifting Equipment

Mezzanine Floor Lifts

Mezzanine floor lifts are manufactured in the UK allowing both standard & bespoke designs to be installed within short lead times. Our comprehensive project management helps you from site assessment through the design, manufacture & installation phases of the project, including whole life maintenance. ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

4 week lead times Manufactured in the UK Free site assessments Standard off-the-shelf designs Bespoke designs Full compliance with European legislation Rapid UK wide installation UK wide operator training 12 months parts & labour warranty Statutory examinations & testing Spare parts available ex stock Planned maintenance programmes No subcontract labour Goods only Interior or exterior installations

282

SITE ASSESSMENT – DESIGN – MANUFACTURE – INSTALL – SERVICE

Our nationwide network of highly trained, specialist lifting equipment engineers delivers excellent maintenance, repair & refurbishment services to keep your goods & business moving. manufactured ››

Our key services include: Statutory Examinations & Testing in accordance with LOLER ›› Maintenance in accordance with manufacturers’ guideline ›› Inspection ›› Service ›› Issuing of Test Certificates ›› Quality Reports & Surveys ›› No sub-contract labour

Heavy Duty MezzLift ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

1000kg maximum working load Usable platform size 1500mm x 1500mm 2 stop lift, up to 4000mm travel height Ground to mezzanine floor 2000mm high double gates at both levels Platform safety lock at upper level Electrically interlocked gates Constant pressure control buttons at both levels Floor mounted, no pit required Self-supporting mesh shaft Same side or through car loading

manufactured

Mezzanine Floor Lifts

MezzPro ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

500kg maximum working load Opposed mast support for minimal platform deflection Lift speed approx. 0.15m/s Fixed platform A -1300mm x 1300mm or fixed platform B -2000mm x 1000mm 2 stop lift, up to 4000mm travel height Ground to mezzanine floor 2000mm high double gates at both levels Electrically interlocked gates Constant pressure control buttons at both levels Floor mounted, no pit required Self-supporting mesh shaft Same side or through car loading

manufactured

MezzLight ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

›› ››

manufactured

Lifting Equipment

››

250kg maximum working load Lift speed approx. 0.15m/s Usable platform size 1300 x 1100mm Will lift Euro & UK pallets 2 stop lift, up to 4000mm travel height 2000mm high double gates at both levels Electrically interlocked gates Constant pressure control buttons at both levels Floor mounted, no pit required Self-supporting mesh shaft Same side or through car loading

BayLift ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

500kg or 1000kg maximum working load Platform size up to 2400mm x 1500mm Folding barrier on platform 2 stop lift, up to 1500mm travel height Constant pressure control Floor mounted, no pit required Folds away after use manufactured

As your lift will be designed and manufactured in the UK, it is possible to add additional options to suit your exact specification. Such options may include larger platform sizes, increased height, additional stops, trolley stop barriers, 90 degree loading, additional entrances and a choice of finish. Contact the team to discuss all the bespoke options available to suit your application. Bespoke Design & CAD capabilities are available - Call for Details

283

Ratchet Straps with 25mm Lashing & Claw Hooks ›› ›› ›› ››

Minimum breaking strength: 1000kg Rated assembly strength: 500kg Manufactured to BS EN 12195-2:2001 Downward ratchet movement

i Information

Ratchet Straps

FOR ALL YOUR STRAPPING NEEDS

Ratchet Straps with 50mm Lashing & Claw Hooks ›› ›› ›› ››

››

Lifting Equipment

›› ››

Model

Price

25mm x 4M

SRS4CH

£8.30

25mm x 6M

SRS6CH

£9.15

Overall Size WxL

Model

Price

50mm x 4M

RS4CH

£10.25

50mm x 6M

RS6CH

£11.25

50mm x 8M

RS8CH

£11.75

50mm x 10M

RS10CH

£12.25

50mm x 12M

RS12CH

£15.25

i Information

Minimum breaking strength: 5000kg Rated assembly strength: 2500kg Manufactured to BS EN 12195-2:2001 Downward ratchet movement

BESPOKE SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

Ergonomic Ratchet Straps with 50mm Lashing & Claw Hooks ››

Overall Size WxL

35mm & 50mm Endless Ratchet Straps

Minimum breaking strength: 5000kg Rated assembly strength: 2500kg Manufactured to BS EN 12195-2:2001 Upward ratchet movement

›› ›› ›› ››

Minimum breaking strength: 4000kg (35mm) & 8000kg (50mm) Rated assembly strength: 2000kg (35mm) & 4000kg (50mm) Manufactured to BS EN 12195-2:2001 Upward ratchet movement

i Information ALTERNATIVE END FITTINGS ARE AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

284

Overall Size WxL

Model

Price

35mm x 4M

35ERS4

£10.50

35mm x 5M

35ERS5

£11.50

£22.50

50mm x 4M

50ERS4

£12.50

£24.00

50mm x 5M

50ERS5

£13.50

Overall Size WxL

Model

Price

50mm x 8M

ERS8CH

£21.00

50mm x 10M

ERS10CH

50mm x 12M

ERS12CH

Bespoke sizes are available - Call for Details

Circular Polyester Round Slings ›› ››

›› ›› ›› ››

Manufactured from high tenancy 100% polyester fibre Supplied with a clearly defined label, individual ID number & colour code for relevant SWL Manufactured to BS EN 1492-2:2000 from material with CE Factor of Safety of 7:1 Supplied with Certificate of Conformity N.B. The effective working length of each sling is half the circumference length Up to 100 tonne SWL slings available - please call for details

1 Tonne

2 Tonne

3 Tonne

Model

Price

Sling Size Circ

Model

Price

Sling Size Circ

Model

Price

CPRS1X1

£4.95

CPRS2X1

£5.45

CPRS3X1

£6.15

CPRS1X2

£5.45

CPRS2X2

£6.15

CPRS3X2

£7.25

CPRS1X4

£6.65

CPRS2X4

£8.95

CPRS3X4

£11.25

CPRS1X6

£8.45

CPRS2X6

£11.25

CPRS3X6

£14.65

Duplex Web Slings ›› ››

›› ›› ››

Polyester duplex web slings with re-inforced eyes Supplied with a clearly defined label, individual ID number & colour code for relevant SWL Manufactured to BS EN 1492-1:2000 from material with CE Factor of Safety of 7:1 Supplied with Certificate of Conformity i Information Up to 21 tonne SWL slings available BESPOKE SIZES - please call for details AVAILABLE -

Web Slings

Sling Size Circ

CALL FOR DETAILS

2 Tonne

Sling Size Circ

Model

Price

Sling Size Circ

3 Tonne Model

Price

Sling Size Circ

Model

Price

DWS1X1

£5.95

DWS2X1

£7.15

DWS3X1

£10.50

DWS1X2

£7.65

DWS2X2

£9.95

DWS3X2

£14.00

DWS1X3

£9.45

DWS2X3

£12.25

DWS3X3

£18.00

DWS1X5

£12.25

DWS2X5

£17.45

DWS3X5

£25.50

FOR ALL YOUR LIFTING NEEDS

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge - Bespoke sizes are available - Call for Details

285

Lifting Equipment

1 Tonne

Chain Slings ›› ››

Alternate Terminations Available on request

High quality Grade 80 & Grade 100 chains Available in a wide range of lengths, sizes & terminations

When quality & reliability count, it will be guaranteed with every lifting sling in our range! Every component on every sling has full traceability & all slings are manufactured & fully comply with all the required British & EN safety standards & come complete with Test Certification.

Working Load Limit Chart Grade 80 & 100 (in tonnes)

Chain Slings

Each sling is fully assembled & inspected in the UK prior to despatch. We can offer chain slings with Working Load Limits (WLL) from 1.5 tonne through to 67 tonne & slings can be adapted with various lengths & terminations to suit your individual requirements. Chain slings can also be fitted with shortening clutches so that the sling or individual legs can be shortened to suit each load being lifted (price on application).

Chain Size 6mm

Single Leg

Two Legs

Three & Four Legs

Eye Foundry Hook

Suitable for Grade 80 Chains only

Clevis ‘C’ Hook

Suitable for Grade 80 Chains only

Clevis Sling Hook

Single Leg

2 Leg 0º - 45º

2 Leg 45º - 60º

Grade 80

Grade 100

Grade 80

Grade 100

Grade 80

Grade 100

1.4 te

2.0 te

1.4 te

3 & 4 Leg 0º - 45º Grade 80

3 & 4 Leg 45º - 60º

Grade 100

Grade 80

Grade 100

2.9 te

2.1 te

7mm

1.5 te

2.1 te

1.5 te

2.2 te

8mm

2.0 te

2.5 te

2.8 te

3.5 te

2.0 te

2.5 te

2.0 te

5.3 te

3.0 te

3.8 te

10mm

3.15 te

4.0 te

4.25 te

5.6 te

3.15 te

4.0 te

3.15 te

8.4 te

4.75 te

6.0 te

13mm

5.3 te

6.7 te

7.5 te

9.4 te

5.3 te

6.7 te

5.3 te

14.1 te

8.0 te

10.1 te

Suitable for Grade 80 & 100 Chains

Clevis Self-Locking Hook

Lifting Equipment

Below is a short-list of our most popular chain slings. All prices are based on chains being supplied complete with Clevis Sling Hook terminations. For a quote on chain slings with alternative terminations please contact us.

Single Leg Grade 80

Single Leg Grade 100

Length

7mm

8mm

10mm

13mm

Length

6mm

8mm

10mm

2 metres

£41.74

£43.79

3 metres

£47.20

£50.61

4 metres

£52.66

£58.49

£57.52

£90.78

2 metres

£42.30

£46.83

£64.19

£98.56

£66.13

£105.17

3 metres

£49.02

£54.71

£75.29

£116.68

£74.74

£119.55

4 metres

£55.74

£62.58

£86.21

£134.79

Double Leg Grade 80

13mm

Clevis Shackle

Double Leg Grade 100

Length

7mm

8mm

10mm

13mm

Length

6mm

8mm

10mm

13mm

2 metres

£73.08

£77.86

£103.80

£163.59

2 metres

£74.21

£83.00

£112.48

£174.21

3 metres

£84.00

£91.51

£121.02

£192.36

3 metres

£78.20

£98.75

£134.32

£210.43

4 metres

£94.92

£105.16

£138.24

£221.13

4 metres

£91.64

£114.50

£156.16

£246.66

Three Leg Grade 80

Three Leg Grade 100

Length

7mm

8mm

10mm

13mm

Length

6mm

8mm

10mm

13mm

2 metres

£120.00

£128.00

£166.64

£268.09

2 metres

£113.36

£136.97

£179.88

£284.38

3 metres

£136.38

£148.47

£192.47

£311.24

3 metres

£133.14

£160.60

£212.64

£338.72

4 metres

£152.76

£168.95

£218.30

£354.40

4 metres

£153.30

£184.22

£245.40

£393.06

Four Leg Grade 80

Suitable for Grade 80 & 100 Chains

Gripsafe Self-Locking Hook

Four Leg Grade 100

Length

7mm

8mm

10mm

13mm

Length

6mm

8mm

10mm

13mm

2 metres

£148.40

£157.68

£208.59

£334.39

2 metres

£142.25

£169.44

£226.17

£356.00

3 metres

£170.24

£184.98

£243.03

£391.93

3 metres

£169.13

£200.94

£269.85

£428.45

4 metres

£192.08

£212.28

£277.47

£449.47

4 metres

£196.01

£232.44

£313.53

£500.90

Our chain sizes range from 7mm to 32mm so if you don’t see what you’re looking for here please contact us & we will be happy to quote & advise you on your specific needs.

286

Suitable for Grade 80 & 100 Chains

Suitable for Grade 100 Chains only

Vertical Lifting Clamps Ideal for vertical lifting of steel plates & steel structures ›› The spring-loaded tightening lock mechanism assures a positive initial clamping force ›› Clamping force increases in proportion to the weight of the load ›› The main body & the shackle are made of die-forged special alloy steels, which are optimally tempered for maximum strength & durability ›› High frequency quenching of die-forged special alloy steels gives greater durability to the cam ››

Vertical lifting of steel plates

Turning over of steel plates

Vertical lifting of steel structures

Vertical lifting of pipes

When lifting a pipe,

More than 300mm in diameter

When structures have not enough width for two point lifting

These clamps cannot be

used on pipes with diameters of less than 300mm

Capacity

Jaw Opening

Weight kg

Model

Price

Capacity

Jaw Opening

Weight kg

Model

Price

1000kg

0-19mm

SVC1HE

£148.50

4000kg

2000kg

0-25mm

SVC2HE

£192.50

6000kg

25-60mm

SVC4WHE

£346.50

0-40mm

21.5

SVC6HE

2000kg

0-40mm

6.2

SVC2WHE

£264.00

£357.50

6000kg

25-65mm

SVC6WHE

3000kg

0-30mm

10.5

SVC3HE

£500.50

£280.50

8000kg

10-70mm

SVC8HE

£1028.50

4000kg

0-35mm

12.5

SVC4HE

£297.00

8000kg

30-90mm

SVC8WHE

£1039.50

Lifting Clamps

position the clamps so that they face each other as shown in the drawing. (the lifting angle of the sling rope must be kept within 60º

under 60º

Screw Cam Clamps Universal clamp for lifting a large variety of different shaped steel, ranging from steel plates & structured steel to curved & spherical shaped steels ›› This omni - directional clamp can lift, hang, turn over & pull steel structures ›› This clamp is equipped with a screw cam (spherical universal designed), which provides an extra powerful clamping force on the work piece at no load & even when vibrations occur during operation ›› The main body is made from the die-forging of special alloy steels in one piece, which is optimally tempered for maximum strength & durability ›› High frequency quenching of die-forged special alloy steels gives greater durability to the cam ›› The main body is a baked-on finish ›› The cam & the pad can be easily replaced Jaw Weight Capacity ››

SCC 0.5

SCC 0.75

SCC 1W

Price

0.8

SCC 0.5

£170.50

SCC 0.75

£242.00

50-100mm

SCC 1W

£429.00

1500kg

0-32mm

SCC 1.5

£302.50

3000kg

0-50mm

SCC 3

£429.00

3000kg

25-75mm

7.8

SCC 3W

£462.00

6000kg

0-75mm

SCC 6

£775.50

500kg

0-28mm

750kg

0-22mm

1000kg

Lifting Hooks Attaching the lifting hook will change a fork lift into a mobile crane Simply put the tines through the slots & tighten the securing bolts ›› The latch is attached to the swivel hook for omni-directional operation & is vibration proof ›› ››

Capacity

Jaw Opening Width

Jaw Opening Thickness

Weight kg

Model

Price

1000kg

70-120mm

15-40mm

FLH 1

£269.50

287

Lifting Equipment

Model

Opening

Chain Hoists ›› ›› ››

Robust steel construction Each hoist is issued with its own certification & is CE marked & plated Subject to availability

CCH66C

LIFT UP TO 10 TONNE Capacity kg

Standard Lift mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

8.5

CCH08C

£60.25

2500

11.5

CCH11C

£62.80

2000

21.5

CCH21C

£81.25

3000

CCH22C

£107.40

CCH40C

£150.15

CCH66C

£272.30

500 1000

3000

Chain Hoists

5000 10,000

NCH10C

CCH08C

day delivery

NCH50C

day delivery

NLH15L

NLH07L

Lever Hoists

Lifting Equipment

Chain Hoists ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

›› ››

Robust steel construction Each hoist is issued with its own certification & is CE marked & plated Electroplated load chain to help resist wear Strong forged hooks - both are fitted with safety latches & rotate 360º Subject to availability

›› ›› ›› ››

Robust steel construction Rubber safety grip handle Fully enclosed brake system Each hoist is issued with its own certification & is CE marked & plated Free wheeling feature eliminates the need to use the lever to take up slack Subject to availability Capacity kg

Capacity kg

Standard Lift mm

No of Columns of Load Chain

Weight kg

Model

Price

1000

2500

9.5

NCH10C

£77.70

3000

5000

3000

NCH50C

£103.25

6000

Standard Lift mm

No of Columns of Load Chain

Weight kg

Model

NLH15L

£96.40

1500

NLH30L

£132.00

NLH60L

£145.50

1500

Price

Push Travel Trolley ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Robust steel construction Sealed maintenance free bearings Each trolley is issued with its own certification & is CE marked & plated To be used with hoists to transport loads Subject to availability

NPT20P

288

day delivery

Capacity kg

Beam Width mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

2000

88 - 220

NPT20P

£73.45

Plastic Kick Steps

FROM ONLY

››

£31.30

››

Kick Steps

››

Available as a standard version or as a model which is manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Manufactured from high quality plastic & rubber for safety & durability Snap-lock for quick assembly Mounted on 3 sprung loaded polypropylene castors which retract when weight is applied

GA008Z

150kg

evenly distributed

day delivery

COLOUR OPTIONS

Access Equipment

Red Blue Black Grey specify when ordering

GA008Z

i Information IDEAL FOR THOSE HARD TO REACH PLACES

KA007Z

Description Standard GS Approved

404

Loaded Height mm

Unloaded Height mm

Base Dia. mm

Top Dia. mm

445

450

440

300

Weight kg

Model

Price (each) 1+

Price (each) 3+

KA007Z

£33.25

£31.30

GA008Z

£38.45

£35.90

Steel Kick Steps

day delivery

150kg

evenly distributed

FROM ONLY

£34.80 Kick Steps

GA009Z ››

›› ›› ››

Available as a standard version or as a model which is manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Manufactured from quality steel & rubber for safety & durability Snap-lock for quick assembly Mounted on 3 sprung loaded polypropylene castors which retract when weight is applied

Access Equipment

COLOUR OPTIONS Red Green Blue Black Grey Yellow specify when ordering

KA004Z GA009Z Description Standard GS Approved

Loaded Height mm

Unloaded Height mm

Base Dia. mm

Top Dia. mm

430

435

290

Weight kg

Model

Price (each) 1+

Price (each) 3+

KA004Z

£37.75

£34.80

GA009Z

£40.90

£37.65

405

Plastic Step Stool

Folding Aluminium Handy Steps

Handy carry hole

HE400Z

£28.25

day delivery

NEW 150kg

Handy Steps

evenly distributed

FS369Z

FS253Z HE400Z

130kg

›› ›› ›› ››

evenly distributed

Comply to EN-14183 Manufactured from high quality plastic Lightweight yet durable 2 step unit Large anti-slip platform & feet

day delivery

›› ›› ›› ››

Comply to EN-14183 Strong & sturdy folding aluminum steps Large (405W x 242D mm) durable platform for safe & comfortable standing Ideal for use in many environments

No of Treads

Overall Size - Open H x W x D mm

Overall Size - Folded Weight H x W x D mm kg

Model

Price

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

450 x 450 x 530

503 x 450 x 230

FS253Z

£43.65

470 x 510 x 400

1.8

HE400Z

£28.25

667 x 480 x 690

735 x 480 x 230

FS369Z

£55.90

Plastic Handy Steps

260kg

evenly distributed

HPE04Z

Plastic Step-up ››

HPE03Z ››

This versatile nestable step is manufactured from injection moulded plastic complete with non-slip feet Platform hieght: 240mm

manufactured

Access Equipment

COLOUR OPTIONS Red Blue Yellow Green specify when ordering

HPE01Z

7 ›› ››

›› ››

day delivery

FROM ONLY

£29.60

HPE02Z WHERE HIGHLIGHTED, RED, BLUE OR YELLOW ONLY

Tested to BS EN 14183:2003 Manufactured from tough, medium density polyethylene & resistant to most chemicals Ideal for wash down applications Fitted with anti-slip strips on the treads

COLOUR OPTIONS Grey Black

HS501Z

specify when ordering

HPE05Z

i Information

No of Treads

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

300 x 485 x 310

HPE01Z

£52.65

415 x 475 x 540

HPE02Z

£79.55

620 x 440 x 795

HPE03Z

£109.20

820 x 490 x 1080

HPE04Z

£177.45

Platform Size W x D mm

Overall Size mm

Weight kg

Model

Price 1 Off

Price (each) 2+

4 with Handrail

1620 x 490 x 1080

HPE05Z

£293.45

425 x 280

480 x 330

HS501Z

£35.60

£29.60

406

EASY TO STACK & STORE

Steel Step-ups ›› ››

›› ››

Comply to EN-14183 standard These nestable steps are constructed from tubular steel & come complete with grooved plastic feet Platform size: 380W x 260D mm Ribbed rubber mat platforms

150kg

evenly distributed

day delivery

No. of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size W x D mm

Light Duty Steps

HJS02Z

HJS01Z Weight kg

Model

Price

255

440 x 385

2.2

HJS01Z

£26.30

375

445 x 555

3.5

HJS02Z

£33.35

Step-A-Trucks ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Comply to EN-131 standard ■ Versatile - neat & compact Large toe plate & wide step treads Load capacity: as sack truck - 60kg & as step unit - 150kg Multi purpose, simple & easy to convert from step to sack truck When in sack truck mode they are mobile on two 100mm wheels

EASY TO USE FOAM RUBBER HANDLE

FROM ONLY

£77.20 3

day delivery

NON SLIP PLASTIC TREADS

Access Equipment

FMS83Y as Sack Truck

FOLD AWAY WHEELS FMS82Y as Step Unit

FMS83Y as Step Unit

No. of Treads

Easy to move into position

Overall Size - W x D x H mm

Platform Height mm

Folded

as Sack Truck

as Step Unit

460 x 70 x 990

480 x 490 x 990

470 x 530 x 920

490

470 x 90 x 1265

490 x 450 x 1265

470 x 735 x 1190

750

Sack Truck Toe Plate

Step Tread Size

390 x 280 mm

375 x 210 mm

Weight kg

Model

Price 1 Off

Price (each) 2+

6.5

FMS82Y

£84.00

£77.20

FMS83Y

£97.60

£89.65

407

Folding Steps

FROM ONLY

Folding Steps

£47.40

FS203Z

FS202Z

3 FS204Z

›› ›› ››

No. of Treads

Tubular steel, non-slip treads & plastic feet Folds down flat for easy compact storage Tread size: 300W x 200Dmm

Height of top tread

Overall Size when open H x W x D mm

Overall Size when folded H x W x D mm

Wt kg

day delivery

Model

Price

470

810 x 410 x 540

900 x 410 x 70

FS202Z

£47.40

710

1050 x 410 x 670

1180 x 410 x 70

FS203Z

£62.20

940

1300 x 410 x 810

1440 x 410 x 70

FS204Z

£79.85

day delivery

FROM ONLY

day delivery

FROM ONLY

£47.60

Access Equipment

£59.95

FJS64Z

FCI02Z

FJS62Z

FJS63Z

FCI03Z

Folding Steps with High Back ›› ›› ››

Chrome Plated Folding Steps

Comply to EN-14183 standard High safety rail, non-slip treads & feet Tread size: 380W x 260Dmm

No. Height of of top Treads tread mm

Overall Size when open H x W x D mm

Overall Size when folded H x W x D mm

›› ›› ››

Wt kg

Model

Price

7.2

FJS62Z

£47.60

Comply to EN-14183 standard Chrome plated tubular steel construction High safety rail, non-slip treads & plastic feet

No. Height of of top Treads tread mm

470

1070 x 520 x 540 1080 x 520 x 220

705

1305 x 520 x 655 1310 x 520 x 150

FJS63Z

£60.60

470

960

1560 x 520 x 810 1600 x 520 x 140

12.5

FJS64Z

£72.00

700

408

Overall Size when open H x W x D mm

Overall Size when folded H x W x D mm

Wt kg

Model

Price

1070 x 480 x 470

960 x 480 x 100

5.5

FCI02Z

£59.95

1340 x 540 x 630

1410 x 540 x 110

FCI03Z

£79.10

Folding Steps with Foam Handle ››

››

›› ››

Standard version & units which are manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard. Both ranges comply to EN-14183 standard Tubular steel construction, fitted with non-slip treads, non-slip feet & foam covered handle, giving a comfortable backing when used as a seat Tread size: 380W x 260Dmm FJS72Z: subject to availability

GS402Z, GS403Z & GS404Z

day delivery

FJS72Z

£33.95

MASSIVE Folding Steps

FJS72Z

FROM ONLY

£42.50

GS402Z, GS403Z & GS404Z GS403Z

Access Equipment

GS402Z

GS404Z

Description

No. of Treads

Standard

Grey with Blue Foam Handle

490

830 x 470 x 550

1080 x 470 x 90

FJS72Z

£33.95

GS Approved

White with Black Foam Handle

480

820 x 450 x 520

1065 x 450 x 90

GS402Z

£42.50

Colour

Height of top tread mm

Overall Size - Open H x W x D mm

Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

GS Approved

White with Black Foam Handle

725

1180 x 460 x 670

1310 x 460 x 90

GS403Z

£54.50

GS Approved

White with Black Foam Handle

980

1435 x 500 x 850

1580 x 500 x 90

GS404Z

£70.50

409

Folding Steps with Yellow Tool Tray ›› ››

››

Comply to EN-14183 standard Large versatile tool tray & a useful tool holder handle 4 x large anti-slip feet

Folding Steps

Tool Tray

Safety Tread Lock Mechanism

150kg

FJY02Z

evenly distributed

day delivery

No. of Treads

Height of Top Tread mm

Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm

Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

500

1160 x 536 x 600

1270 x 536 x 80

6.5

FJY02Z

£67.65

750

1405 x 536 x 780

1545 x 536 x 80

8.5

FJY03Z

£82.40

1000

1655 x 536 x 960

1815 x 536 x 80

FJY04Z

£96.05

Folding Steps with Tool Tray ››

150kg

››

Access Equipment

evenly distributed

FJY03Z

Aluminium Folding Steps

Comply to EN-131 standard Large versatile tool tray & foam handle for your comfort ›› 4 x large anti-slip feet ›› Plat. size: 374L x 313D mm ›› Top tread height: 500mm ›› Subject to availability

›› ›› ›› ››

Comply to EN-131 standard Aluminium serrated treads & anti-slip rubber feet Top tool tray for holding tools & fittings Subject to availability Tool Tray

Large Tool Tray

day delivery

Safety Tread Lock

ALI35Z

FWS02Z

day delivery

No. of Height to top Treads Tread mm

O/A Height Folded

Wt kg

Model

Price

700

950 x 450 x 620

1050 mm

4.5

ALI33Z

£36.85

950

1200 x 480 x 770

1300 mm

5.5

ALI34Z

£44.25

1200

1450 x 510 x 915

1550 mm

ALI35Z

£52.40

1450

1700 x 540 x 1075

1800 mm

ALI36Z

£60.50

No. of Treads

Overall Size In Use H x W x D mm

Overall Size Folded H x W x D mm

Wt kg

Model

1135 x 535 x 600

1205 x 535 x 75

FWS02Z

410

O/A Size - In Use H x W x D mm

Price £35.00

Easy Slope Aluminium Folding Leader Steps ›› ›› ›› ››

›› ›› ››

Aluminium folding steps are ideal for use in offices, storerooms, warehouses etc. Certified to EN-14183 standard Manufactured to GS Approval ‘the recognised European standard’ day delivery Large serrated aluminium treads (360W x 205Dmm) & high handrail offer increased safety during use Tilt & pull wheels for easy movement without lifting Easy slope incline Folded size: only 120mm deep

Folding Steps

AFGS4Z

£171.40

i Information ROBUST & STURDY

AFGS3Z

£140.85

Access Equipment

AFGS4Z AFGS3Z

Tool Tray - on 3 & 4 tread models AFGS2Z Tilt & Pull AFGS2Z Folded No. of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm

Overall Height when Folded mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

440

850 x 520 x 545

790

6.5

AFGS2Z

£116.35

660

1240 x 550 x 830

1060

AFGS3Z

£140.85

880

1440 x 580 x 1110

1360

AFGS4Z

£171.40

411

Aluminium Folding Steps ›› ››

Comply to EN-131 standard Distance between the platform & top handrail is 600mm providing safety at high levels

day delivery

FROM ONLY

£46.20

i Information

Aluminium Folding Steps

FOLDABLE UNITS FOR COMPACT STORAGE

ALR04Z

ALR06Z

ALR05Z

ALR08Z

No. of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm

Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

640

1240 x 420 x 705

1320 x 420 x 125

3.6

ALR03Z

£46.20

840

1470 x 490 x 870

1590 x 490 x 125

3.9

ALR04Z

£53.45

1070

1670 x 470 x 1045

1785 x 470 x 125

4.8

ALR05Z

£61.35

1300

1900 x 490 x 1205

2030 x 490 x 125

5.4

ALR06Z

£69.60

1520

2120 x 520 x 1340

2270 x 520 x 125

6.3

ALR07Z

£77.25

1740

2340 x 600 x 1475

2510 x 600 x 125

6.8

ALR08Z

£84.95

Aluminium Folding Steps Access Equipment

›› ››

Large tool tray, ideal for all your tools & fittings Subject to availability

i Information

FROM ONLY

£29.95

ALR14Z

ALR13Z

No. of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm

day delivery

FOLDABLE UNITS FOR COMPACT STORAGE

Safety Tread Locking Mechanism

Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

860

1300 x 500 x 810

1410 x 500 x 175

3.5

ALR13Z

£29.95

1140

1580 x 530 x 1000

1705 x 530 x 175

ALR14Z

£32.80

412

Double Decker

››

›› ››

5YR

day delivery

Aluminium Folding Steps

Comply to EN-131 Standard Integral toolholder, bucket hook & screwtray A quality professional aluminium stepladder, light enough to facilitate easy movement & transportation The aluminium platform features a red safety strip - indicator for maximum recommended step height & protective edge to prevent cuts & grazes TOOL TRAY Patented large double step underneath & BUCKET HOOK the platform for safe & comfortable standing The unit comes complete with heavy-duty sturdy rubber anti-slip feet to make this a superior, professional, stepladder

›› ››

UNIQUE DOUBLE STEP & RUBBER PLATFORM STRIP FOR EXTRA COMFORT

FROM ONLY

£71.80

GUARANTEE

No. of Treads

Platform Height

O/A Size - In Use H x W x D mm

Folded Height mm

Wt kg

Model

Price

616mm

1244 x 470 x 723

1426

3.8

ALT-502103

£71.80

828mm

1461 x 496 x 869

1656

4.4

ALT-502104

£78.65

1041mm

1677 x 525 x 1016

1887

ALT-502105

£87.25

1253mm

1893 x 552 x 1163

2117

6.1

ALT-502106

£96.35

1465mm

2110 x 580 x 1309

2348

7.2

ALT-502107

£108.60

1677mm

2326 x 607 x 1456

2529

8.4

ALT-502108

£119.10

ALT-502105

Taurus TGB ›› ››

›› ››

YR GUARANTEE

››

£178.90 ›› ››

day

Tool Tray

Locking Mechanism Double Platform

ALT-191506

No. of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm

Overall Height when folded mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

700

1333 x 470 x 736

1441

7.5

ALT-191503

£178.90

950

1568 x 500 x 885

1691

8.5

ALT-191504

£194.80

1400

2038 x 560 x 1182

2191

ALT-191506

£256.10

2800

3447 x 720 x 2072

3691

ALT-191512

£403.00

413

Access Equipment

FROM ONLY

Comply to EN-131 standard delivery Integral tool tray in the guardrail Large anti-slip feet provide extra strength Benefit from a black powder coated finish, which keeps your hands warm & clean The double box section treads are considerably larger & thicker than on traditional products. Designed to give maximum strength, durability & total reliability (see image shown below) Platform size: 330W x 250Dmm Subject to availability

Aluminium Trade Stepladders ›› ›› ››

Aluminium Folding Steps

››

Certified to EN-131 standard & BS2037 Class 1 Unique strengthening beam incorporated into non-slip treads Rubber feet & aluminium side arms help prevent slips & twists as there are no tapes or flimsy arms to break Lightweight & easy to carry

i Information IDEAL FOR MAINTENANCE APPLICATIONS

ATS08Z

Without Handrails

With Handrails

No. of Treads

Open Height mm

Closed Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

580

660

2.4

ATS03Z

£52.60

ATS13Z

£67.20 £73.25

810

890

2.5

ATS04Z

£58.65

ATS14Z

1030

1140

3.4

ATS05Z

£67.70

ATS15Z

£82.30

1260

1380

4.5

ATS06Z

£74.10

ATS16Z

£88.65

1480

1620

5.1

ATS07Z

£80.95

ATS17Z

£95.55

1700

1860

ATS08Z

£88.30

ATS18Z

£102.90

2170

2340

6.6

ATS10Z

£103.85

ATS110Z

£118.45

2570

2820

7.3

ATS12Z

£119.65

ATS112Z

£134.25

Aluminium Platform Stepladders ›› ›› ››

Access Equipment

››

Certified to BS2037 Class 1 Unique strengthening beam incorporated into non-slip treads Rubber feet & aluminium side arms help prevent slips & twists as there are no tapes or flimsy arms to break Lightweight & easy to carry

i Information IDEAL FOR MAINTENANCE APPLICATIONS

APS08Z

APS18Z

414

No. of Treads

Open Height mm

Closed Height mm

Platform Height mm

Weight kg

1240

1350

590

4.2

Without Handrails

With Handrails

Model

Price

Model

Price

APS03Z

£71.60

APS13Z

£86.25

1460

1590

810

4.5

APS04Z

£77.70

APS14Z

£92.30

1680

1830

1030

5.4

APS05Z

£87.35

APS15Z

£101.95 £108.20

1910

2070

1260

APS06Z

£93.60

APS16Z

2130

2310

1480

6.6

APS07Z

£102.35

APS17Z

£116.95

2310

2550

1670

7.25

APS08Z

£103.40

APS18Z

£117.95

2740

3010

2120

8.8

APS10Z

£127.85

APS110Z

£142.40

3200

3520

2600

9.5

APS12Z

£143.85

APS112Z

£158.40

Regina Special ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Comply to EN-131 standard A high quality professional aluminium stepladder complete with large safe hand rails Benefits from sturdy deep treads welded to ensure maximum strength & longevity of performance Integral tool tray in the guardrail, which enables safe storage of tools & materials when in use Heavy-duty non-slip sturdy feet Platform size: 280W x 255Dmm

SV-REGSP-5

£213.35

Aluminium Folding Steps

Tool Tray

5YR

GUARANTEE

No. of Treads

day delivery

Platform Height mm

Overall Size In Use H x W x D mm

Overall Height when folded mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1160

1800 x 490 x 1040

2050

SV-REGSP-5

£213.35

1390

2030 x 510 x 1210

2300

SV-REGSP-6

£229.95

1850

2490 x 570 x 1550

2800

SV-REGSP-8

£284.95

2300

2940 x 620 x 1870

3300

13.5

SV-REGSP-10

£336.70

2770

3410 x 670 x 2250

3800

SV-REGSP-12

£392.75

SV-REGSP-5

Professional Aluminium Folding Steps Folded ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Comply to EN-131 standard Large working platform - 275W x 400Dmm Deep non-slip aluminium treads These units have an extra large standing platform, twin handrails, handy work tray & high support rail Distance from platform to top hand rail: 750mm

day delivery

Access Equipment

High Support Rail

Tool Tray

AFA04Z Large Platform No. of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm

Overall Height when folded

Weight kg

Model

Price

350

1105 x 420 x 650

1180 mm

4.5

AFA02Z

£74.50

580

1330 x 445 x 805

1420 mm

AFA03Z

£80.25

800

1550 x 465 x 955

1660 mm

AFA04Z

£88.40

1020

1775 x 490 x 1110

1900 mm

6.5

AFA05Z

£101.45

1250

2000 x 515 x 1260

2140 mm

7.5

AFA06Z

£122.30

1470

2225 x 535 x 1415

2380 mm

AFA07Z

£149.10

AFA06Z

415

Multi Purpose Ladders ›› ›› ››

PL4X3Z

›› ››

Aluminium Folding Steps

£122.60

Comply to EN-131 standard Can be used as a stepladder with base stabiliser, free standing extension ladder & as a platform ladder Complete with the removable platform (PL4X3Z only) Complete with stabilisers for extra stability Simple ‘click lock’ hinge system

PL4X3Z in Platform Position

PL4X3Z Extended

PL4X3Z Folded

PL4X3Z No. of Rungs

Platform Height mm

Stepladder Height mm

Extended Length mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

4 x 3 Steps

920

1750

4 x 4 Steps

2270

3560

PL4X3Z

£122.60

4680

15.5

PL4X4Z

£141.25

Telescopic Ladder System ›› ›› ››

Access Equipment

TL4X4Z

£185.20

››

Comply to EN-131 standard Adjustable telescopic sections with simple ‘click lock’ hinge system Can be used as a stepladder, stairwell ladder & extension ladder Non-slip feet & splayed base give extra stability

TL4X4Z in Stairwell Position

TL4X4Z Folded

TL4X3Z

TL4X4Z

416

No. of Rungs

Stepladder Height mm

Extended Length mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

4 x 3 Steps

1020 to 1600

2010 to 3200

TL4X3Z

£144.80

4 x 4 Steps

1030 to 2170

3660 to 4430

TL4X4Z

£185.20

3 Way Combination Ladder ›› ›› ›› ››

Certified to BS2037 Class 1 Can be used as a stepladder with base stabiliser, free standing extension ladder & as a stairwell ladder Light, easy to use, store & transport Stabiliser bar & secure locking hinge for added support & safety

WCL03Z

£90.30 Combination Ladders

WCL03Z Stepladder

WCL03Z Extended Ladder

WCL03Z in Stairwell Position Closed Length mm

Stepladder Height mm

Extended Length mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1780

1680

2590

WCL03Z

£90.30

5 Way Combination Ladder ›› ›› ››

WCL05Z

Comply to EN-131 standard Combines 2 single ladders, extension ladder, stepladder, work platform & stairwell platform Complete with large non-slip platform & handrail for increased safety

Access Equipment

£129.85

WCL05Z in Stairwell Platform Position

WCL05Z in Work Platform Position

WCL05Z Stepladder

WCL05Z Extended Ladder

WCL05Z Single Ladders No of Rungs

Base to Platform mm

Closed Height mm

Stepladder Height mm

Extended Length mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

2x6

970

1690

1630

2720

WCL05Z

£129.85

417

Double Sided Picking Steps ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

››

Comply to EN-131 standard Ideal for a wide variety of environments Double sided for good access 4 x 100mm castors fitted either side of the step for greater manoeuvrability This unit incorporates a double handrail either side of the unit as well as a guardrail for optimum safety Subject to availability

SV-DCS006 Folded

Aluminium Steps

FROM ONLY

£251.10

i Information IDEAL FOR ACCESS TO YOUR SHELVING

day delivery

No. of Treads

Overall Size H x W x D mm

1600 x 468 x 1097

2065 x 515 x 1465

2295 x 545 x 1670

SV-DCS006

Platform Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

985

9.5

SV-DCS004

£251.10

1490

11.5

SV-DCS006

£283.30

1740

12.5

SV-DCS007

£300.85

2525 x 570 x 1860

1990

13.5

SV-DCS008

£331.20

2750 x 593 x 2055

2240

SV-DCS009

£362.00

2980 x 620 x 2290

2490

SV-DCS010

£385.70

3195 x 640 x 2490

2740

17.5

SV-DCS011

£402.10

3665 x 695 x 2855

3240

21.5

SV-DCS013

£427.10

Aluminium Warehouse Steps ›› ›› ››

Access Equipment

››

Comply to EN-131 standard Wheels at the back of the unit make this range of steps easy to manoeuvre Constructed from aluminium with heavy duty back supports & side handrails 8 step units & above are sent folded for delivery - easy to erect

i Information IDEAL FOR MANY APPLICATIONS & INDUSTRIES ALW05Z

ALW14Z

418

No. of Treads

Open Height to Platform mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1000

ALW04Z

£165.30

1220

ALW05Z

£168.60

1460

ALW06Z

£189.05

1710

ALW07Z

£204.60

1950

ALW08Z

£237.80

2440

ALW10Z

£277.50

2930

ALW12Z

£290.40

3420

ALW14Z

£319.60

Taurus TME ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Comply to EN-131 standard Enclosed hinge system provides extra stability & allows closure & storage in restricted space Large handrails & 850mm guardrails for extra safety The wheels allow easy movement around warehousing Integral tool tray in the guardrail enabling safe storage of tools & materials when in use Platform size: 330W x 250Dmm

ALT-193207

Aluminium Folding Steps

£366.80

PROFILE OF DOUBLE TREAD SECTION designed to give maximum strength, durability & total reliability

Tilt & Push Handles

day delivery

YR GUARANTEE

No. of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm

Overall Height when folded mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1410

2272 x 620 x 1182

2441

ALT-193206

£337.10

1645

2507 x 650 x 1330

2691

ALT-193207

£366.80

2115

2977 x 710 x 1627

3191

ALT-193209

£435.45

2585

3447 x 770 x 1924

3691

ALT-193211

£499.20

ALT-193207

Vera

Folded

›› ›› ›› ››

Access Equipment

››

Comply to EN-131 standard Large platform size: 450 x 500mm Integral tool tray in the guardrail Welded ribbed aluminium, this quality folding warehouse stepladder is comfortable, sturdy & includes a large platform, which allows safe work at height Equipped with two reinforcing arms, which prevent sudden unwanted opening or closing & are used to move the ladder via two 125mm rubber wheels Tool Tray

SV-VERA-6

£479.60

5YR

GUARANTEE

No. of Treads

SV-VERA-6

Platform Overall Overall Size - In Use Weight Height Height when H x W x D mm kg mm folded mm

day delivery

Model

Price

1400

2200 x 700 x 1640

2460

SV-VERA-6

£479.60

1900

2660 x 740 x 1970

2970

SV-VERA-8

£536.85

2300

3100 x 780 x 2340

3460

SV-VERA-10 £598.45

2800

3570 x 820 x 2700

3940

SV-VERA-12 £657.95

419

Aluminium Trade Stepladders ›› ›› ›› ››

Manufactured from industrial strength aluminium Non-slip treads & a large platform provide a safe working area Available as a double sided step unit - call for details Platform size: 460D x 415W mm

i Information

Aluminium Steps

STRAIGHT BACKED FOR CLOSER ACCESS

ALS04Z

Units without Handrails

Overall Size W x D mm

Platform Height mm

Weight

Model

Price

Weight

Model

Price

460 x 840

730

6.5 kg

ALS03Z

£113.80

9.5 kg

ALS13Z

£206.15

ALS15Z

480 x 970

890

8 kg

ALS04Z

£129.80

11 kg

ALS14Z

£222.15

510 x 1090

1220

9 kg

ALS05Z

£145.85

12 kg

ALS15Z

£238.15

Aluminium Wide Steps ›› ›› ››

Certified to BS2037 Class 1 Wheels at the back of the unit make this range of steps easy to manoeuvre The unit incorporates a safety chain at the front of the platform for increased safety Platform size: 400D x 600W mm

Access Equipment

››

i Information IDEAL FOR MANY APPLICATIONS & INDUSTRIES

No. of Treads

Open Height mm

Platform Height mm

Closed Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1410

385

1570

ALP02Z

£230.10

1625

610

1780

ALP03Z

£254.20

1840

835

1980

ALP04Z

£264.50

2050

1050

2225

ALP05Z

£288.55

2260

1260

2490

ALP06Z

£312.65

2470

1480

2730

ALP07Z

£336.75

2700

1710

2965

ALP08Z

£360.85

420

Units with Handrails

No. of Treads

ALP04Z

Work Platforms ›› ››

›› ››

›› ›› ›› ››

Folds flat for easy moving & storage - opened in one movement Complete with 2 tool trays - upper tray with storage compartments & a lower paint tray - 25kg weight capacity each. Also comes complete with an S-shape pail hook Complete with guardrails & safety chains for your safety 5, 6 & 7 treads come with 2 stabilsers which are easy to set up & fold thanks to the spring loaded lock. They can also be folded up next to the unit for working in reduced spaces ›› 80mm deep non-slip treads Mobile on 2 x 100mm wheels 250mm depth when folded (320mm for the 5, 6 & 7 treads) 400 x 500mm platform size Complies to WHAR

FROM ONLY

£390.45

Platform Steps

5YR

GUARANTEE

day delivery

NEW Complete with 2 tool trays & an S-shape pail hook

PL0502

PL1205 Folded

No. of Treads

Platform Height

Size W x D mm

Width with Stabilisers

Folded Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

500mm

750 x 1000

1660

PL0502

£390.45

700mm

750 x 1120

1930

15.6

PL0703

£412.05

950mm

750 x 1390

2230

16.2

PL0904

£450.85

1200mm

620 x 1660

2000

2490

24.2

PL1205

£454.10

1450mm

620 x 1880

2250

2800

24.9

PL1406

£468.40

1700mm

620 x 2100

2250

3050

26.1

PL1707

£486.10

PL1205

Adjustable Height Telescopic Work Platforms ›› ››

››

›› ›› ››

£680.90

Access Equipment

››

FROM ONLY

Folds flat for easy moving & storage - opened in one movement Complete with 2 tool trays - upper tray with storage compartments & a lower paint tray - 25kg weight capacity each. Also comes complete with an S-shape pail hook Complete with guardrails & safety chains for your safety. Also complete with 2 stabilsers which are easy to set up & fold thanks to the spring loaded lock. They can also be folded up next to the unit for working in reduced spaces ›› 80mm deep non-slip treads Mobile on 2 x 100mm wheels ›› 400 x 500mm platform size 420mm depth when folded Adjustable to enable working on steps/staircases Complies to WHAR

NEW

AP0835 Folded

day delivery

5YR

AP1047

GUARANTEE

AP0835 No. of Treads

No of Plat. Heights

Platform Heights mm

Width with Stabilisers

Folded Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

3 to 5

800/1060/1310

1530/2140/2220

2060

28.5

AP0835

£680.90

4 to 7

1070/1320/1580/1830

1320/2380/2540/2480

2350

AP1047

£727.10

6 to 9

1540/1790/2050/2300

1510/2670/2860/2830

2870

AP1569

£781.95

421

Glass Fibre Folding Steps ›› ››

›› ››

Comply to EN-131 standard Fitted with serrated aluminium treads (standard glass fibre folding steps only) & anti-slip rubber feet Integral tool tray for holding tools GFJ0 range is subject to availability

Glass Fibre Steps

Standard Glass Fibre Folding Step Tool Tray

i Information

INSULATED UP TO 30,000 VOLTS

GFJ05Z

No. of Treads

GFJ07Z

day delivery

Standard Glass Fibre Folding Steps - Insulated to 10,000 volts Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

800 x 450 x 605

935 x 455 x 745

5.5

GFJN57Z

Premier Glass Fibre Folding Steps - Insulated to 30,000 volts

Price

Open Height mm

Closed Height mm

Weight kg

Model

GFJ02Z

£49.00

GFJ03Z

£59.00

1080

1170

5.4

GFJN53Z

£67.80

Price

1170 x 485 x 885

6.5

GFJ04Z

£69.00

1370

1470

6.7

GFJN54Z

£80.25

1410 x 520 x 1050

GFJ05Z

£85.00

1650

1780

7.7

GFJN55Z

£94.45

1645 x 550 x 1205

GFJ06Z

£105.00

1885 x 585 x 1370

10.5

GFJ07Z

£115.00

2210

2390

10.5

GFJN57Z

£123.95

2780

3000

GFJN59Z

£172.15

Premier Glass Fibre Platform Folding Steps

Glass Fibre Platform Folding Steps ››

Access Equipment

››

Comply to EN-131 standard Lightweight steps with high safety rail providing added safety when working at high levels Aluminium treads & top working platform, anti-slip rubber feet & a top tool tray for holding tools & fittings ›› Platform height: 1185mm ›› Subject to availability

››

Comply to EN-131 standard Lightweight steps with high safety rail providing added safety when working at high levels Aluminium treads & top working platform, anti-slip rubber feet & a blue top tool tray for holding tools & fittings (GFPL12Z is a black tool tray)

i Information

INSULATED TO 30,000 VOLTS

INSULATED TO 10,000 VOLTS

GFP05Z Tool Tray No. of Treads

Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

1795 x 560 x 1170

GFP05Z

422

GFPN506Z

day delivery

Price £108.35

day delivery

GFPL12Z

No. of Treads

Platform Height mm

Open Height mm

Closed Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

700

1290

1390

6.6

GFPN503Z

£96.45

940

1520

1640

7.3

GFPN504Z

£113.05

1180

1750

1890

8.6

GFPN505Z

£124.05

1410

1980

2140

9.3

GFPN506Z

£137.50

1640

2240

2410

10.4

GFPN507Z

£154.40

1870

2470

2660

GFPN508Z

£175.10

2330

2930

3160

15.6

GFPN510Z

£203.90

2560

3170

3470

15.5

GFPL12Z

£259.00

Glass Fibre Folding Steps with Large Platform ›› ››

Large working platform with handrails Comply to EN-131 standard ›› Space between rungs: 300mm ›› Fitted with serrated aluminium treads & anti-slip rubber feet ›› Platform size: 400W x 575D mm ›› Handles are supplied loose for easy assembly

LARGE DOUBLE HANDRAILS

LARGE WORKING PLATFORM

day delivery

INSULATED TO 10,000 VOLTS

i Information FJG04Z

IDEAL FOR ACCESS & MAINTENANCE APPLICATIONS

FJG03Z

No. of Treads

Height of Top Tread mm

Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm

Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

890

1790 x 642 x 1147

1932 x 642 x 170

12.5

FJG03Z

£221.15

1154

2054 x 679 x 1346

2232 x 679 x 170

FJG04Z

£253.10

1433

2333 x 716 x 1536

2532 x 716 x 170

15.5

FJG05Z

£281.95

Glass Fibre Steps

i Information

Glass Fibre Wide Steps ›› ›› ››

››

SAFETY CHAIN

Access Equipment

››

Certified to BS EN-131 Manufactured from a glass fibre frame with aluminium treads Wheels at the back of the unit make this range of steps easy to manoeuvre The unit incorporates a safety chain at the front of the platform for increased safety Platform size: 400W x 600D mm

i Information INSULATED TO 25,000 VOLTS

GLF26Z No. of Treads

Open Height mm

Platform Height mm

Closed Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1410

385

1570

GLF22Z

£267.35

1625

610

1750

GLF23Z

£291.35

1855

835

2020

GLF24Z

£315.35

2050

1050

2225

GLF25Z

£335.50

2260

1260

2490

GLF26Z

£342.00

2470

1480

2730

GLF27Z

£361.40

2700

1710

2965

GLF28Z

£380.80

GLF24Z

423

Glass Fibre Ladder ›› ››

›› ›› ›› ››

STABILISER BAR

3 Way Ladders

››

Comply to EN-131 standard Available for use as a stepladder, extension ladder & freestanding extension ladder. Unique sliding mechanism makes conversion between modes easy Manufactured from a glass fibre frame with aluminium rungs & nylon support strap Non-slip rungs for comfort & safety Wide base & heavy duty feet for stability & grip Insulated to 10,000 volts Ideal for use in an electrical environment

i Information

INSULATED TO 10,000 VOLTS GFL07Z

No. of Rungs

GFL07Z

Folded Height mm

Stepladder Height mm

Extension Ladder Length mm

Weight kg

›› ›› ››

1690

2393

3375

GFL06Z

£168.00

1975

2925

4220

14.5

GFL07Z

£187.65

Comply to EN-131 standard Locking mechanism to ensure increased safety Roller wheels for ease of movement on a building/against a wall Tested to 100,000V - far beyond most products Available for use as a stepladder, extension ladder or freestanding extension ladder

Access Equipment

››

WALL WHEELS

i Information

INSULATED TO 100,000 VOLTS

5YR

GUARANTEE

day delivery

STABILISER BAR

No. of Rungs

Closed Length mm

Extended Length mm

Overall Height in aa position mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

3x8

2400

5470

2300

SV-V3-3x8

£461.60

3 x 10

3000

7450

2900

SV-V3-3x10

£602.50

424

Price

V3 - Glass Fibre Ladder ››

Model

SV-V3-3x8

Professional Combination Ladder ›› ››

››

Certified to BS EN-131 This combination ladder can be used as a stepladder with base stabiliser, free standing combination ladder & as a 3 part extension ladder Large comfortable ‘D’ shaped rungs for comfort, strong box section stiles, large stabiliser bar & solid sidearms increase safety & stability

FROM ONLY

£175.55

3 Way Aluminium Ladders

PCL306 in A frame position

PCL306 Extended

No. of Rungs

Closed Length mm

Extended Length mm

Overall Height in aa position mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

3x6

1860

4100

1780

14.5

PCL306

£175.55

3x9

2690

6100

2570

20.5

PCL309

£219.20

3 x 12

3540

8400

3360

PCL312

£297.95

PCL306

Luxe 3 ›› ››

››

Wall Wheels

Access Equipment

››

Comply to EN-131 Standard Aluminium combination ladder which can be used as a stepladder, extension ladder or freestanding extension ladder, as well as for use on stairwells Features wall wheels as standard & a unique patented adjustable stabiliser Large comfortable rungs which are flat at the correct usage angle of 70º Subject to availability day delivery

5YR

GUARANTEE

UNIQUE PATENTED STABILISER

FROM ONLY

£198.60 No. of Rungs

Closed Length mm

Extended Length mm

Overall Height in aa position mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

6+7+7

2250

4950

2100

16.5

SV-LX3-6+7+7

£198.60

7+8+8

2550

5850

2400

18.5

SV-LX3-7+8+8

£219.40

8+9+9

2850

6450

2700

SV-LX3-8+9+9

£247.30

9+10+10

3100

7300

3000

SV-LX3-9+10+10

£320.00

10+11+11

3400

8500

3300

SV-LX3-10+11+11

£369.85

SV-LX3-7+8+8

425

Extension Ladders & Ladder Accessories

Ladder Stand-offs ›› ›› ››

Ladder Clamp

Makes access for guttering & window maintenance so much easier Quick & easy to fit to most ladder types ASO25Z & LASO03 are for use on flat surfaces & the VSO24Z is for building corners as well

›› ››

Secure ladders to your roof rack (padlocks not included) Detachable - quick & easy to fit to most ladder types & roof racks

Model

Price

LALC02

£37.90

Universal Roof Hook ›› ›› ››

Clearance

Weight kg

Model

Turns an extension ladder into a roof ladder Detachable - quick & easy to fit to most ladder types Wheels help move the ladder up the roof

Price

V Type Ladder Stand Off 250 - 400mm

2.4

£52.05

VSO24Z

Adjustable Ladder Stand Off 430 - 610mm

2.5

£48.10

ASO25Z

Universal Ladder Stand Off 355

2.5

£48.60

LASO03

Extension Ladders ››

Access Equipment

›› ››

››

Closed Height mm

Extended Height mm

2420

3820

2920

12 14

Price

URH28Z

£48.60

Class 1 Extension Ladders

Certified to BS EN-131 Large comfortable ‘D’ shaped rungs Rigid extruded box section stiles for added strength Secure, non-slip grip with all round PVC moulded feet

No. of Rungs

Model

›› ››

››

Weight kg

Certified to BS2037 Class 1 1994 Large comfortable ‘D’ shaped rungs & solid moulded rubber feet Easy to handle yet incredibly rigid

Model

Price

No. of Rungs

Closed Height mm

ELL208

£96.60

2430

4200

CEL209

£132.95

4880

10.5

ELL210

£111.75

2930

5200

CEL211

£152.40

3420

5940

ELL212

£141.10

3430

6200

CEL213

£173.90

4040

7030

ELL214

£160.95

3930

7200

CEL215

£229.75

4420

7810

20.5

ELL215

£184.45

4430

8200

CEL217

£244.75

4920

8830

23.5

ELL217

£202.60

4930

8950

28.5

CEL219

£267.70

5420

9900

ELL219

£220.90 7

1930

4460

14.5

CEL307

£159.25

2430

5960

CEL309

£188.40

Two Section Push Up Ladders

Extended Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Two Section Push Up Ladders

Three Section Push Up Ladders

2420

5220

16.5

ELL308

£153.10

2920

6850

18.5

ELL310

£178.25

2930

7460

CEL311

£272.05

3420

8460

25.5

ELL312

£220.40

3430

8960

33.5

CEL313

£314.55

4040

10,220

28.5

ELL314

£252.75

3930

10,460

CEL315

£401.90

426

Telescopic Ladders ›› ››

››

Comply to EN-131 standard To open the unit lift the top rung until the unit clicks into place. Then repeat until you have achieved your required height Fold quickly & easily for compact storage. Simply push the buttons on either side of each rung to close Manufactured in lightweight yet strong aluminium

Telescopic Ladders

day delivery

FROM ONLY

£98.00

Simply push the buttons together to close Spring operated safety mechanism. Prevents you from trapping your ﬁngers

Plastic Clip for tidy storage No. of Rungs

Extended Height mm

Closed Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

9 Rung

2610

800

GXF26Z

£98.00

13 Rung

3870

1010

13.5

GXF38Z

£135.00

GXF26Z In Use

GXF26Z Folded

Telescopic Ladders ››

››

›› ››

Access Equipment

››

SPECIAL PRICES

Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard To open the unit lift the top rung until the unit clicks into place. Then repeat until you have achieved your required height Fold quickly & easily for compact storage. Simply push the buttons on either side of each rung to close Manufactured in lightweight yet strong aluminium Subject to availability

day delivery

GIX32Z Folded No. of Rungs

Extended Length mm

Closed Length mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

3200

820

GIX32Z

£89.95

3800

890

GIX38Z

£99.95

GIX32Z In Use

427

FORT SECURE ACCESS.... for Safety, Strength & Durability ALL FORT SECURE ACCESS STEPS ARE... 1

Access Information

...TRIPLE WELDED FOR MAXIMUM SAFETY, ON ALL TREADS

...POWDER COATED FOR A DURABLE FINISH, EVEN ON THE LARGEST 18 TREAD STEPS

...TESTED IN EXCESS OF THE LOAD CAPACITY

Access Equipment

...HEAVY DUTY SHRINK WRAPPED FOR PROTECTION

EACH STEP IS INDIVIDUALLY CHECKED BEFORE DESPATCH.

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

428

ARE YOUR WAREHOUSE STEPS CERTIFIED TO EN-131?

The Work at Height Regulations 2005 These regulations apply to all work at height, in any place, where if precautions were not taken a person could fall down & injure themselves

We have been the only UK manufacturer of Safety Steps which are accredited to the European GS Standard for many years and elements of these relevant standards have been incorporated into our design and test criteria for all of our UK manufactured steps. This is so we can ensure that the necessary levels of product strength, durability and stability are achieved. Our manufacturing processes all take place under controlled conditions conforming to ISO:9001 ensuring product conformity is verified.

Access Information

Following the introduction of part 7 to the EN131 standard there is growing interest in certified warehouse steps. Heavy duty warehouse steps were previously covered within the European BGI637 standard and this standard was effectively incorporated into the scope of EN131-7 in September 2013. This, together with the previous levels of parts 1 to 3 of the EN131 standard, has defined criteria for design, test and certification across a wide spectrum of step units. We have a vast range of UK manufactured steps which are certified to the EN131 standard and the EN14183 standard and users are becoming increasingly interested in using products that have the benefit of conformance and certification. No longer can manufacturers & suppliers say that there is no British standard.

So... what do you need to do? ✓ CARRY OUT A RISK ASSESSMENT - If access from a fixed point for more than 30 minutes is required a ladder can not be used - consider a Mobile Step, Aluminium Platform or an Access Tower

✓ TRAIN THOSE DOING THE WORK Make sure they know how to use the equipment properly - including erecting / folding equipment if necessary ✓ INSPECT & MAINTAIN - Ensure equipment is regularly inspected. It is recommended that Step Ladders & Ladders used daily have a written, recorded inspection by a person in authority every 3 months. Damaged equipment must be repaired or taken out of use & replaced. NB: Step Ladders & Ladders will fail the regulations with cracked, split or missing feet, tips, dented rungs or missing rivets. ✓ SUPERVISE & MONITOR - Check the work is being carried out as planned, & suitable equipment is being used. Remember that everybody is covered by the WAHR - employers, employees, self-employed & all sub-contracted & managed trades. More information is available from www.hse.gov.uk/falls or ask to speak to our Access Specialist

STEPS CAN BE DESIGNED ....ALL FORT SECURE ACCESS CT REQUIREMENTS. LOOK EXA R YOU & MANUFACTURED TO ESS SYMBOLS ACC FOR THE FORT SECURE

So... what do you need to do? Choose the design of step you require. Contact us with the changes you would like making e.g. bigger platform or treads, higher platform height etc. We will design & price the unit to your specifications (all steps will be designed to ensure safe operation)

It’s that easy!!

WE HAVE THE SOLUTION FOR YOU CALL FOR DETAILS

429

Access Equipment

✓ SELECT THE RIGHT EQUIPMENT Don’t make do to save money & time. Inappropriate selection or usage of access equipment could lead to a fine

E LOOKING FOR.... CAN’T FIND WHAT YOU AR

Fort Heavy Duty Handy Steps

Fort Handy Steps Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

day delivery

HS322Z

LIGHT GREY ONLY

£123.60

COLOUR OPTIONS

manufactured

Fort Handy Steps

Red Green

3YR

Blue Light Grey Grey Yellow

GUARANTEE

HS322Z

specify when ordering

All weather, non-slip, injection moulded treads

COLOUR OPTIONS GS312Z

›› ›› ››

Manufactured & approved to European GS standard Fitted with non-marking rubber feet & all weather non-slip injection moulded treads Tread size: 400W x 200D mm Overall Size H x W x D mm

Description

Weight kg

Model

Price

››

Access Equipment

››

specify when ordering

HS322Z ›› ››

Fully welded tubular steel, with a looped handle. Fitted with non-marking rubber feet & all weather non-slip injection moulded treads Top tread height: 400mm ■ Handle height: 650mm

266 x 457 x 370

GS301Z

£64.65

1 with post

1200 x 457 x 370

GS311Z

£98.70

432 x 515 x 638

GS302Z

£97.45

Overall Height mm

Overall Width mm

Overall Depth mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

2 with post

1330 x 515 x 638

GS312Z

£132.40

1050

515

638

HS322Z

£123.60

Fort Double Sided Steps ››

Red Blue Yellow Grey

GS311Z

››

Fort Mobile Step - Tilt & Pull

All weather non-slip injection moulded treads Mobile models are fitted with 4 x 80mm sprung weight reactive retractable swivel castors Tread size: 400 x 200mm

›› ››

Double sided tubular steel unit Resilient anti-slip treads, two swivel castors & a handle on one side

COLOUR OPTIONS Red Blue Green Light Grey specify when ordering

day delivery

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

HS9222

£179.55

HS9222

HS3212

3YR

MS7312

Description

Platform Height

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Mobile 2 step w/out handle

500 mm

575 x 490 x 610

MS7212 £383.60

Model

GUARANTEE

Price

manufactured

Mobile 2 step with handle

500 mm

1245 x 490 x 610

MS7312 £433.50

Static 2 step w/out handle

500 mm

555 x 460 x 610

HS3212 £251.55

Platform Height

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Tread Size mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Static 2 step with handle

500 mm

1255 x 460 x 610

HS3312 £301.15

390 mm

1120 x 400 x 410

290 x 160

HS9222

£179.55

430

GS Approved Fort Stable Steps ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Certified to EN 14183 standard Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Platform size: 200D x 396W mm Open mesh treads facilitates safe use with muddy boots & in dirty environments Robust, ergonomic & heavy duty grey rubber non-marking grounding feet make these units extremely stable

Fort Stable Steps

i Information EXTREMELY STABLE IN USE GS3002G Galvanised Finish

GS3012M

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

Access Equipment

GS3013M

3YR

GUARANTEE

GS3113M In Use Description

manufactured Platform Height mm

2 Step Unit without Handrail 2 Step Unit with Handrail

400

2 Step Unit with Handrail & Rear Wheels 3 Step Unit without Handrail 3 Step Unit with Handrail 3 Step Unit with Handrail & Rear Wheels

600

Painted Finish

Galvanised Finish

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

436 x 450 x 606

GS3002M

£77.10

GS3002G

£87.90

990 x 450 x 606

GS3012M

£89.60

GS3012G

£103.15

990 x 450 x 686

GS3112M

£100.35

GS3112G

£113.85

636 x 450 x 806

GS3003M

£107.45

GS3003G

£123.60

1190 x 450 x 806

GS3013M

£122.10

GS3013G

£141.05

1190 x 450 x 886

GS3113M

£132.70

GS3113G

£151.65

431

Fort Machine Steps ›› ›› ››

Platform size: 550 x 300mm Fully welded construction with wide aluminium treads The optional handrail & the wheel facility means that these units are quick & easy to position into the required place

MCS04Z, MCSHR4 & MCS01W

MCS05Z

Fort Handy Steps

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

MCS03Z

Wheels can be positioned inside the frame when not in use

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured No. of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

400

660 x 665 x 400

MCS02Z

£200.95 £39.15*

MCS03Z

£265.65

MCSHR3

£43.55*

MCS04Z

£340.60

MCSHR4

£48.85*

MCS05Z

£414.60

Optional Handrail to suit - MCS05Z

MCSHR5

£53.35*

Optional Wheels - Factory Fitted

MCS01W

£55.85*

Optional Handrail to suit - MCS02Z 3

600

800 x 715 x 600

Optional Handrail to suit - MCS03Z 4

800

1010 x 765 x 800

Optional Handrail to suit - MCS04Z 5

1000

››

Strong steel frame Nestable, lightweight static steps All weather non-slip injection moulded treads

Access Equipment

››

1220 x 815 x 1000

HS301Z

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability HS302Z

All weather, non-slip, injection moulded treads

3YR

day delivery

GUARANTEE

manufactured No. of Treads

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price 1 Off

Price (each) 2+

285 x 400 x 400

HS301Z

£60.15

£54.50

405 x 415 x 730

HS302Z

£92.90

£88.40

2 with post

1400 x 415 x 730

5.5

HS312Z

£112.30

£107.80

432

*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Machine Steps. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

Fort Handy Steps ››

Price

MCSHR2

MCS04Z, MCSHR4 & MCS01W

Model

HS312Z

Fort Buttress Steps ›› ›› ›› ››

››

Certified to EN-14183 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Graduated widths & a 45º easy slope comfort angle makes these steps strong, comfortable & stable The 2 step unit is static on 4 landing feet but can easily be carried. 3-5 step units are mobile on 2 x 150mm rear wheels which enable ‘tilt & pull’ Platform sizes: 2 tread - 400H x 630W x 250Dmm 3 tread - 600H x 600W x 250Dmm 4 tread - 800H x 550W x 250Dmm 5 tread - 1000H x 500W x 250Dmm Available with 4 tread options; mesh, non-slip phenolic, aluminium & galvanised

FROM ONLY

Fort Buttress Steps

£126.40

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

BS9003R & BS9103

Access Equipment

COLOUR OPTIONS Red Blue Grey specify when ordering

BS9004A

BS9003R & BS9103

BS9002M

Painted Tubular Steel Steps No. of Treads

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Wt kg

Mesh Tread

Phenolic Tread

Galvanised Steps

Aluminium Tread

Handrails to Suit

Galvanised Tread

Handrails to Suit

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

400 x 760 x 600

BS9002M

£126.40

BS9002R

£129.50

BS9002A

£130.95

BS9102

£32.55* BS9002G £137.00 BS9102G

£35.60*

600 x 900 x 800

BS9003M

£220.10

BS9003R

£226.20

BS9003A

£229.15

BS9103

£32.55* BS9003G £239.35 BS9103G

£35.60*

800 x 900 x 1000

BS9004M

£268.20

BS9004R

£274.25

BS9004A

£277.25

BS9104

£37.70* BS9004G £301.80 BS9104G

£41.05*

1000 x 900 x 1200

BS9005M

£314.75

BS9005R

£320.80

BS9005A

£323.90

BS9105

£42.75* BS9005G £342.70 BS9105G

£46.35*

*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Buttress Steps. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

433

Stainless Steel Tilt & Pull Steps ›› ›› ›› ››

Fort Stainless Steel Steps

››

Tread size: 400 x 160mm Platform size: 400 x 200mm Constructed from grade 304 stainless steel Grey non-marking rubber wheels at the front of the units enable the steps to be tilted forwards & wheeled into position Treads are covered in a resilient anti-slip surface

3YR

FROM ONLY

£556.15

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability SS2002 No. of Treads

SS2003

SS2004

Top Step Height mm

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price £556.15

500

1055 x 455 x 620

SS2002

750

1300 x 480 x 790

SS2003

£814.80

1000

1700 x 550 x 980

SS2004

£1019.60

Fort Arrow Stainless Steel Steps ›› ›› ›› ››

Access Equipment

›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the European GS standard Tubular steel construction with non-slip tread plate Units are easy to manoeuvre on the 2 wheels - simply use the handles to lift the front & wheel into position A retro fit grip lift mechanism is available - see page 396 for details Tread size: 500W x 150Dmm Platform size: 500W x 300Dmm 2 x 150mm nylon wheels 600mm high rear handrail

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

No. of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

750

1450 x 640 x 1110

GS0603S

£988.10

1000

1700 x 670 x 1220

GS0604S

£1209.90

1250

1950 x 700 x 1535

GS0605S

£1366.15

1500

2200 x 730 x 1745

GS0606S

£1589.95

1750

2450 x 760 x 1955

GS0607S

£1943.05

2000

2700 x 790 x 2165

GS0608S

£2130.05

MS0600

£82.10

Optional Grip Lift Mechanism (factory fitted)

434

Price

GS0604S

Fort Tilt & Pull Steps ›› ›› ››

Tread size: 400 x 150mm Wheels fitted at front enabling the steps to be tilted forwards Fitted with rubber feet & 2 x 75mm grey rubber tyred wheels

Fort Tilt & Pull Steps

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

WS2003

Resilient anti-slip treads with tread clamps Resilient anti-slip treads which are clamped to the steel tread by a high visibility yellow strip to prevent the edges peeling

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

No. of Treads

Top Step Height mm

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

500

1050 x 470 x 630

WS2002

£129.85

750

1300 x 490 x 800

WS2003

£166.90

1000

1700 x 565 x 1005

WS2004

£223.20

WS2004

GS Approved Fort Tilt & Pull Steps ›› ›› ›› ››

GS2004R

£347.75

GS2003R

£262.35

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

COLOUR OPTIONS Red Blue Yellow Green specify when ordering

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

GS2003R

No. of Treads

Top Step Height mm

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

470

1070 x 490 x 580

GS2002R

£196.85

705

1410 x 520 x 745

GS2003R

£262.35

940

1650 x 540 x 910

GS2004R

£347.75

GS2004R

435

Access Equipment

››

Certified to EN-14183 Manufactured & approved to European GS standard Top tread size: 400 x 200mm These steps require virtually no maintenance Phenolic non-slip treads

The Fort Easy Glide Range of Mobile Steps ›› ›› ››

››

Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the European GS standard Expanded steel mesh treads or all weather, non-slip, injection moulded treads Tread size: 400 x 200mm

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

FROM ONLY

Fort Mobile Steps

£291.80

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability GSE513

COLOUR OPTIONS Red Blue Light Grey Green specify when ordering

Access Equipment

GSE515M

Specially designed steel domed feet The design incorporates a heavy duty pressed steel dome with an annular flange to facilitate the mounting of a moulded plastic rim which is shrink fitted for ultimate durability. The turned out rim gives significantly increased lateral strength & protection from side impact forces. These castors are fitted to the Fort Mobile Steps shown on pages 436, 437 & 438

Expanded steel mesh treads or all weather, non-slip, injected moulded treads

GSE514

GSE512M

Mesh Treads

Injected Moulded Treads

No. of Treads

Platform Height mm

Platform Size W x D mm

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

500

400 x 300

1185 x 560 x 640

GSE512M

£291.80

GSE512

£301.85

750

400 x 300

1435 x 560 x 855

GSE513M

£327.70

GSE513

£341.15

1000

400 x 300

1685 x 570 x 1065

GSE514M

£375.70

GSE514

£392.50

1250

450 x 300

1935 x 610 x 1275

GSE515M

£457.65

GSE515

£475.70

436

Fort Mobile Steps ›› ››

Tread size: 400W x 150D mm These steps glide easily across floors, but once body weight is applied they stay firmly in position

Fort Mobile Steps

WS510

FROM ONLY

£171.20 7

day delivery

FROM STOCK BLUE ONLY

WS513

WS514 WS512

These steps glide easily across floors, but once body weight is applied they stay firmly in position

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

3YR

COLOUR OPTIONS

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Red Blue Yellow specify when ordering

Access Equipment

Resilient anti-slip treads with tread clamps Resilient anti-slip treads which are clamped to the steel tread by a high visibility yellow strip to prevent the edges peeling

Description

WM515 WM513 Platform Height mm

Platform Size W x D mm

2 Step without handrail 2 Step with looped handrail

500

2 Step with full handrail

400 x 300

Mesh Treads

Anti-Slip Treads

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

580 x 560 x 575

WM510

£171.20

WS510

£183.95

960 x 560 x 575

WM511

£199.15

WS511

£214.00

960 x 560 x 575

WM512

£209.70

WS512

£225.40

1460 x 560 x 725

WM513

£246.30

WS513

£264.95

3 Step with full handrail

750

4 Step with full handrail

1000

1710 x 560 x 875

WM514

£291.05

WS514

£312.45

5 Step with full handrail

1250

1960 x 610 x 1025

WM515

£346.15

WS515

£371.60

437

COLOUR OPTIONS

The Fort Premier Range of Mobile Steps ›› ››

All weather non-slip injection moulded treads Tread size: 400 x 200mm

Red Blue Light Grey Green

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

specify when ordering

FROM ONLY

Fort Mobile Steps

£304.15

MS6012 & MS002Z

MS6014

MS6013

No. of Treads

Platform Height mm

Platform Size W x D mm

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

508

400 x 200

605 x 560 x 640

MS6012

£304.15

762

400 x 400

1445 x 560 x 860

MS6013

£434.85

1016

400 x 400

1690 x 560 x 1060

MS6014

£558.20

1290

400 x 400

1955 x 615 x 1450

MS6015

£697.15

MS002Z

£21.95*

Optional extra safety post with handgrip for two step model - Height from floor: 1350 mm

*price applicable when ordering with the Fort Premier Range of Mobile Steps. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

MS6015

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

GS Approved Fort Mobile Steps ›› ›› ››

Access Equipment

››

FROM ONLY

Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard All weather non-slip injected moulded treads Tread size: 400W x 200D mm

3YR

£394.75

GS7014

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Spring loaded castors Mobile on 4 spring loaded 80mm swivel castors. When body weight is applied the castors retract leaving the steps firm & safe on rubber feet

All weather, non-slip, injection moulded treads COLOUR OPTIONS

GS7013

Red Blue specify when ordering

Description

Platform Height mm

Platform W x D mm

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

2 Step with handle

470

400 x 200

1330 x 510 x 620

GS7012

£394.75

3 Step

735

400 x 400

1445 x 620 x 870

GS7013

£490.05

4 Step

980

400 x 400

1690 x 650 x 1040

GS7014

£618.80

5 Step

1225

400 x 400

1940 x 670 x 1440

GS7015

£729.35

438

GS7012

Fort Mobile Steps ››

Tread size: 400W x 150D mm

day delivery

MESH TREAD RANGE FROM STOCK

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

manufactured

Fort Mobile Steps

3YR

GUARANTEE

WS7014

WM7015

WM7013

Access Equipment

FROM ONLY

Spring loaded castors

£244.20

Mobile on 4 spring loaded 75mm swivel castors. When body weight is applied the castors retract leaving the steps firm & safe on rubber feet

Resilient anti-slip treads with tread clamps. Resilient anti-slip treads which are clamped to the steel tread by a high visibility yellow strip to prevent the edges peeling

Description

WM7010

Platform Height mm

Platform Size W x D mm

2 Step without handrail 2 Step with looped handrail

500

2 Step with full handrail 400 x 300

WS7011

WS7012 Mesh Treads

Anti-Slip Treads

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

580 x 540 x 510

WM7010

£244.20

WS7010

£262.90

1230 x 540 x 510

WM7011

£257.80

WS7011

£277.40

1230 x 540 x 510

WM7012

£268.80

WS7012

£289.35

1480 x 540 x 720

WM7013

£300.55

WS7013

£323.50

3 Step with full handrail

750

4 Step with full handrail

1000

1730 x 550 x 870

WM7014

£340.70

WS7014

£366.15

5 Step with full handrail

1250

1980 x 665 x 1020

WM7015

£375.35

WS7015

£403.25

6 Step with full handrail

1500

2230 x 750 x 1170

WM7016

£411.80

WS7016

£442.25

439

‘The Universal’ Fort Steps ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

››

Certified to EN-14183 140mm deep treads Large working platform size: 450W x 550Dmm 1000mm high platform handrail with mid rail & kick rail Mobile on 2 x swivel braked 125mm rubber castors & spring loaded 75mm weight reactive rubber castors. Brake facility on the 125mm rear castors gives extra security when working for long periods in one position Safety chain facility with snap/lock carbine hooks at the entrance to the platform gives you greater safety when working above head height

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Fort Mobile Steps

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

COLOUR OPTIONS

TREAD OPTIONS

Yellow Blue

Phenolic (non-slip)

■

specify when ordering

Aluminium (non-slip)

■

FROM ONLY

£360.90

SP1204A

No of Treads

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Platform Height mm

Weight kg

950 x 720 x 1480

480

Expanded Steel Mesh

■

Expanded Steel Treads

Safety Chain

Phenolic Treads

Aluminium Treads

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

SP1202M

£360.90

SP1202R

£380.45

SP1202A

£393.55

1085 x 740 x 1720

720

SP1203M

£406.90

SP1203R

£431.40

SP1203A

£444.50

1220 x 760 x 1960

960

SP1204M

£462.45

SP1204R

£490.25

SP1204A

£495.15

Fort Quick Folding Steps ›› ››

FROM ONLY

£669.30

›› ›› ››

Access Equipment

›› ››

Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Platform size: 450W x 300Dmm 2 x 200mm black rubber tyred wheels Expanded steel tread size: 450W x 145Dmm Folds & unfolds without the use of nuts & bolts Constructed from tubular steel with two handles at the front, fitted with knuckle guard hand grips

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

FGS7805M Folded

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

FGS7808M

440

No of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm

Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1000

1700 x 650 x 1310

930 x 650 x 1830

FGS7804M

£669.30

1250

1950 x 690 x 1520

930 x 690 x 2120

FGS7805M

£761.35

1500

2200 x 720 x 1730

930 x 720 x 2410

FGS7806M

£846.80

1750

2450 x 770 x 1940

930 x 770 x 2700

FGS7807M

£929.75

2000

2700 x 790 x 2150

930 x 790 x 2990

FGS7808M

£1013.20

Fort ‘Duplex’ Weight Reactive Mobile Steps 3 1

GS Version which is also certified to EN-131

manufactured

Standard Version with Expanded Steel Treads

3YR

GUARANTEE

2 Standard Version with Phenolic non-slip Treads

Fort Mobile Steps

MSD103

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

GS5941

MS5961M

›› ››

Unique ‘frame within a frame’ design for maximum stability Standard or GS version available (GS version is manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard) Fitted with 4 sprung retractable 100mm swivel castors When body weight is added the castors retract, leaving the steps stable & safe on rubber feet

No of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Platform Size W x D mm

Tread Size W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Standard Version - Expanded Steel Treads Available in Blue with a Blue Inner Frame

1 3

665

1585 x 480 x 740

880

1800 x 480 x 870

1195

2195 x 680 x 960

1310

2310 x 680 x 1110

335 x 205

335 x 132

530 x 255

530 x 165

MS5931M

£332.90

MS5941M

£356.85

MS5951M

£462.50

MS5961M

£490.85

‘Frame within a Frame’ weight reactive steps When your body weight is applied the uniquely designed inner frame will lower, resting all 4 non-slip rubber feet on the ground. This immobilises the wheels giving maximum stability & safety 1

Standard Version - Phenolic non-slip Treads 2 Available in Blue, Red or Light Grey with a Yellow Inner Frame - please specify colour when ordering 3

645

1828 x 470 x 840

870

1828 x 470 x 840

1090

2310 x 660 x 1120

1310

2310 x 660 x 1120

380 x 300

380 x 150

530 x 300

530 x 150

MSD103

£492.35

MSD104

£525.20

MSD105

£593.35

MSD106

£641.30

GS Version - Phenolic non-slip Treads 3 Available in Blue, Red or Light Grey with a Yellow Inner Frame - please specify colour when ordering 3

690

1780 x 560 x 680

920

2015 x 560 x 820

1150

2240 x 760 x 970

1380

2480 x 760 x 1120

380 x 300 530 x 300

380 x 150 530 x 150

GS5931

£563.80

GS5941

£642.10

GS5951

£745.95

GS5961

£827.45

Castors sit on the floor making these units easily manoeuvrable

When body weight is applied the rubber feet sit on the floor to stop the unit from moving

441

Access Equipment

››

Fort Tilt ‘N’ Push Steps ›› ›› ››

››

Fort Tilt ‘N’ Push Steps

››

Standard or GS approved version available Features a large working top platform: 490 x 600mm The steps have two handles at the front, fitted with knuckle guard hand grips for lifting. These units are then mobile on two fixed rear nylon 100mm castors Platform rail height: 1000mm Tread size: 490 x 160mm

FROM ONLY

£615.30

MS7806G

Access Equipment

Optional Inward Opening Gate - MS700Z

GS7815P

3YR

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

GUARANTEE

manufactured No of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Galvanised Units Model

Price

Blue Painted Units Model

Price

Standard Version 3

750

1750 x 660 x 1235

MS7803G

£727.90

MS7813P

£615.30

1000

2000 x 660 x 1420

MS7804G

£907.05

MS7814P

£783.35 £935.25

1250

2250 x 660 x 1605

MS7805G

£1069.55

MS7815P

1500

2500 x 660 x 1790

MS7806G

£1223.35

MS7816P £1077.85

Inward Opening Gate - factory fitted to the rear

MS700Z

£141.15

MS710Z

£129.40

Retro-fit Lifting Barrier (see page 451 for details)

SB781MS

£76.55

SB780MS

£63.70

GS Approved Version 3

750

1750 x 820 x 1235

GS7803G

£772.50

GS7813P

£656.75

1000

2000 x 820 x 1420

GS7804G

£962.05

GS7814P

£834.65

1250

2250 x 1020 x 1605

GS7805G

£1135.15

GS7815P

£996.10

1500

2500 x 1120 x 1790

GS7806G

£1299.35

GS7816P £1148.25

Inward Opening Gate - factory fitted to the rear

GS700Z

£141.15

GS710Z

£129.40

Retro-fit Lifting Barrier (see page 451 for details)

SB781GS

£76.55

SB780GS

£63.70

442

MS7814P fitted with MS710Z

GS Approved Fort Dock Steps ›› ›› ››

›› ›› ››

Certified to EN-14183 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Fitted with lift handles which incorporate knuckle guard hand grips & 2 x 150mm rubber tyred wheels which make these units extremely manoeuvrable Open rear allows step through access to a loading bay or lorry etc Tread depth: 145mm Platform size: 400W x 300D mm

FROM ONLY

£207.05 Fort Dock Steps

GSD704M GSD703G Galvanised Finish

GSD702R

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

Access Equipment

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Open rear allows step through access to a Loading Bay or Lorry etc No of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Expanded Steel Treads Weight

Model

Phenolic Non-slip Treads

Price

Weight

Model

Price

Powder Coated Finish

GSD704M In Use

500

1210 x 480 x 685

16 kg

GSD702M

£207.05

17 kg

GSD702R

£213.25

750

1460 x 510 x 857

18 kg

GSD703M

£246.50

19 kg

GSD703R

£254.85

1000

1710 x 540 x 1020

20 kg

GSD704M

£293.45

21 kg

GSD704R

£305.05

Galvanised Finish 2

500

1210 x 480 x 685

18 kg

GSD702G

£222.20

750

1460 x 510 x 857

20 kg

GSD703G

£266.20

1000

1710 x 540 x 1020

22 kg

GSD704G

£317.75

443

GS Approved Fort Wheel Steps ›› ››

››

›› ››

FROM ONLY

Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Fitted with lift handles which incorporate knuckle guard hand grips & 2 x 150mm rubber tyred wheels which make these units extremely manoeuvrable Platform size: 400W x 300D mm Tread depth: 145mm

Fort Mobile Steps

£203.90

Access Equipment

GSW704R

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability GSW708M

Expanded Steel Treads

Phenolic Non-slip Treads

No of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight

Model

Price

Weight

Model

Price

500

1210 x 540 x 820

18 kg

GSW702M

£203.90

19 kg

GSW702R

£214.25

750

1460 x 570 x 1032

20 kg

GSW703M

£243.75

21 kg

GSW703R

£260.90

1000

1710 x 600 x 1244

22 kg

GSW704M

£291.50

23 kg

GSW704R

£318.25

1250

1960 x 630 x 1456

24 kg

GSW705M

£339.05

25 kg

GSW705R

£378.65

1500

2210 x 660 x 1668

26 kg

GSW706M

£388.40

27 kg

GSW706R

£444.15

1750

2460 x 690 x 1880

28 kg

GSW707M

£447.95

29 kg

GSW707R

£520.50

2000

2710 x 720 x 2029

30 kg

GSW708M

£496.65

31 kg

GSW708R

£588.95

444

GS Approved Fort Spring Steps ›› ››

›› ››

Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Platform size: 400W x 300Dmm Tread depth: 145mm

FROM ONLY

£235.15

Fort Spring Steps

GSS704M

Access Equipment

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

Spring loaded castors Mobile on 2 spring loaded 75mm swivel castors & 2 x 150mm rubber tyred wheels. When body weight is applied the castors retract leaving the steps firm & safe on rubber feet

GSS708R

Expanded Steel Treads

Phenolic Non-slip Treads

No of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight

Model

Price

Weight

Model

Price

500

1210 x 540 x 820

18 kg

GSS702M

£235.15

19 kg

GSS702R

£245.60

750

1460 x 570 x 1032

20 kg

GSS703M

£275.05

21 kg

GSS703R

£292.20

1000

1710 x 600 x 1244

22 kg

GSS704M

£322.75

23 kg

GSS704R

£349.60

1250

1960 x 630 x 1456

24 kg

GSS705M

£370.30

25 kg

GSS705R

£410.05

1500

2210 x 660 x 1668

26 kg

GSS706M

£419.75

27 kg

GSS706R

£475.45

1750

2460 x 690 x 1880

28 kg

GSS707M

£479.25

29 kg

GSS707R

£551.75

2000

2710 x 720 x 2029

30 kg

GSS708M

£527.95

31 kg

GSS708R

£620.25

445

Fort Arrow Mobile Steps ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

GS0608

£568.75

COLOUR OPTIONS

Fort Arrow Steps

››

Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the European GS standard Units are easy to manoeuvre on the 2 wheels - simply use the handles to lift the front & wheel into position Resilient anti-slip treads Tread size: 500W x 150Dmm Platform size: 500W x 300Dmm 600mm high rear handrail 2 x 150mm nylon wheels

GS0605

Red Blue Grey

£419.30

specify when ordering

GS0608

Access Equipment

GS0605

GS0603

£329.40

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured MS0600 No of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

750

1450 x 640 x 1110

GS0603

£329.40

1000

1700 x 670 x 1220

GS0604

£365.75

1250

1950 x 700 x 1535

GS0605

£419.30

1500

2200 x 730 x 1745

GS0606

£460.30

1750

2450 x 760 x 1955

GS0607

£526.30

2000

2700 x 790 x 2165

GS0608

£568.75

MS0600

£82.10

Optional Retro Grip Lift Mechanism - see picture above

446

GS0603

Fort Atlas Steps ›› ›› ››

››

FROM ONLY

Platform size: 550W x 380Dmm Tread depth: 145mm Made mobile with the use of the unique grip lift mechanism facilitating movement on the retractable castors Mobile on 2 x 160mm rubber wheels & 2 x 100mm swivel nylon castors

£347.10

Fort Atlas Steps

MS1210M Unique Grip Lift Mechanism

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING

Expanded Steel Treads

No of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight

Model

Price

750

1750 x 690 x 810

32 kg

MS1203M

£347.10

1000

2000 x 690 x 870

36 kg

MS1204M

£399.20

1250

2250 x 780 x 1130

40 kg

MS1205M

£492.90 £568.55

1500

2500 x 780 x 1290

44 kg

MS1206M

1750

2750 x 880 x 1450

48 kg

MS1207M

£655.00

2000

3000 x 930 x 1610

52 kg

MS1208M

£702.30

2250

3250 x 980 x 1770

56 kg

MS1209M

£768.15

2500

3500 x 1030 x 1930

62 kg

MS1210M

£882.15

2750

3750 x 1080 x 2090

68 kg

MS1211M

£985.10

3000

4000 x 1130 x 2250

74 kg

MS1212M

£1076.60

3250

4250 x 1180 x 2410

87 kg

MS1213M

£1145.55

3500

4500 x 1230 x 2570

93 kg

MS1214M

£1265.15

3750

4750 x 1280 x 2730

99 kg

MS1215M

£1322.10

447

Access Equipment

MS1205M

Fort Heavy Duty ‘Vantage’ GS Mobile Steps ›› ›› ›› ››

Fort Heavy Duty Mobile Steps

››

›› ››

›› ›› ››

Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Tread size: 490W x 160Dmm Platform size: 540W x 500Dmm Available with a choice of either phenolic non-slip treads or expanded steel mesh treads Standard comfort ladder angle of 54º Fitted with lever operated retractable front castors & a safety bar to deter access to the steps when they are in the mobile position 6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery - easy to erect Platform handrail height: 1000mm Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels & 2 x 100mm swivel nylon castors Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

Optional retro-fit lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of these steps. Also available for steps on pages 442 & 451

GS9808M

Model

Price

SB980GS

£63.70

£1309.40

manufactured

Access Equipment

3YR

GUARANTEE

GS9808M

PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING

GS9805R & SG500Z

OPTIONAL SECURITY GATE A Padlockable security gate (as shown above) can be factory fitted to the bottom of these steps

448

No of Treads

Weight kg

Platform Height mm

Overall Size H x W x D mm

690

1690 x 780 x 954

Expanded Steel Treads

Phenolic Non-slip Treads

Model

Price

Model

Price

GS9803M

£512.95

GS9803R

£523.40

920

1920 x 780 x 1121

GS9804M

£657.00

GS9804R

£669.00

1150

2150 x 910 x 1288

GS9805M

£732.80

GS9805R

£747.65

1380

2380 x 960 x 1425

GS9806M

£941.05

GS9806R

£957.00

1610

2610 x 1010 x 1622

GS9807M

£1138.00

GS9807R

£1154.10

1840

2840 x 1060 x 1789

GS9808M

£1309.40

GS9808R

£1329.45

2070

3070 x 1140 x 1956

GS9809M

£1509.75

GS9809R

£1531.65

2300

3300 x 1220 x 2130

GS9810M

£1693.25

GS9810R

£1716.00

111

2530

3530 x 1270 x 2290

GS9811M

£1983.10

GS9811R

£2008.95

127

2760

3760 x 1370 x 2457

GS9812M

£2194.55

GS9812R

£2222.00

142

2990

3990 x 1460 x 2650

GS9813M

£2607.80

GS9813R

£2637.85

Model

Price

158

3220

4220 x 1540 x 2791

GS9814M

£2887.05

GS9814R

£2918.80

SG500Z

£175.30

173

3450

4450 x 1565 x 2975

GS9815M

£3197.30

GS9815R

£3230.75

Fort Heavy Duty ‘Vantage’ Mobile Steps ›› ››

››

3YR

Unique Grip Lift Mechanism

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Optional retro-fit lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of these steps. Also available for steps on pages 442 & 451 Barrier only recommended for use with MS99 range due to the restricted area on the MS98 platform Model

Price

SB990MS

£63.70

Fort Heavy Duty Mobile Steps

››

Tread size: 490W x 165Dmm Made mobile with the use of the unique grip lift mechanism facilitating movement on retractable castors 6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery - Easy to erect Platform handrail height: 1000mm Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels & 2 x 100mm swivel nylon castors

OPTIONAL INWARD OPENING GATE To allow access from the rear of the platform an inward opening gate can be factory fitted to the rear of the platform handrail

Model

Price

MS500Z

£137.95

No Platform Weight of Height kg Treads mm

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

Platform Size: 460mm Depth x 540mm Width Overall Size H x W x D mm

MS9808M

Platform size: 590mm Depth x 540mm Width

Expanded Steel Treads Phenolic Non-slip Treads Model

Price

Model

Price

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Expanded Steel Treads

Model

Price

1690 x 700 x 890

MS9803M

£429.25

MS9803R

£438.40

1690 x 700 x 1060

MS9903M

£463.90

MS9903R

£476.80

920

1920 x 700 x 1100

MS9804M

£532.45

MS9804R

£543.45

1920 x 700 x 1270

MS9904M

£567.10

MS9904R

£581.90

1150

2150 x 700 x 1200

MS9805M

£635.75

MS9805R

£648.70

2150 x 700 x 1370

MS9905M

£670.35

MS9905R

£686.90

1380

2380 x 700 x 1370

MS9806M

£738.80

MS9806R

£757.25

2380 x 700 x 1540

MS9906M

£774.95

MS9906R

£797.15

1610

2610 x 700 x 1530

MS9807M

£842.05

MS9807R

£858.60

2610 x 700 x 1700

MS9907M

£878.30

MS9907R

£898.60

1840

2840 x 700 x 1700

MS9808M

£945.25

MS9808R

£963.75

2840 x 700 x 1870

MS9908M

£982.80

MS9908R

£1005.05

4 5

Price

Phenolic Non-slip Treads

690

Model

2070

3070 x 700 x 1860

MS9809M £1048.60

MS9809R

£1068.80

3070 x 700 x 2030

MS9909M

£1096.15

MS9909R

£1120.10

2300

3300 x 700 x 2020

MS9810M £1173.40

MS9810R

£1195.45

3300 x 700 x 2190

MS9910M

£1221.15

MS9910R

£1246.95

2530

3530 x 800 x 2190

MS9811M £1286.70

MS9811R

£1310.65

3530 x 800 x 2360

MS9911M

£1334.35

MS9911R

£1362.10

2760

3760 x 800 x 2360

MS9812M £1417.40

MS9812R

£1443.25

3760 x 800 x 2530

MS9912M

£1464.95

MS9912R

£1494.50

2990

3990 x 1150 x 2520 MS9813M £1556.70

MS9813R

£1584.35

3990 x 1150 x 2690

MS9913M

£1604.35

MS9913R

£1635.75

3220

4220 x 1230 x 2690 MS9814M £1696.05

MS9814R

£1725.60

4220 x 1230 x 2860

MS9914M

£1743.65

MS9914R

£1776.95

3450

4450 x 1230 x 2850 MS9815M £1835.45

MS9815R

£1866.80

4450 x 1230 x 3020

MS9915M

£1883.05

MS9915R

£1918.20

101

3680

4680 x 1230 x 2920 MS9816M £1960.30

MS9816R

£1993.50

4680 x 1230 x 3190

MS9916M

£2008.05

MS9916R

£2044.95

108

3910

4910 x 1400 x 3180 MS9817M £2085.20

MS9817R

£2120.20

4910 x 1400 x 3350

MS9917M

£2132.95

MS9917R

£2171.70

117

4140

5140 x 1400 x 3350 MS9818M £2210.10

MS9818R

£2232.35

5140 x 1400 x 3520

MS9918M

£2257.80

MS9918R

£2298.45

449

Access Equipment

PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING

Fort Heavy Duty ‘Elite’ GS Mobile Steps ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Fort Heavy Duty Mobile Steps

›› ›› ››

Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Tread size: 490W x 128Dmm Large working top platform: 540W x 590Dmm Heavy duty steel framed mobile steps Lifting step feature deters access until steps are safely grounded Ladder angle of 60º 6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery - easy to erect

GS9309A

manufactured

£1708.20

3YR

GUARANTEE

TREAD OPTIONS ■

■

Phenolic (non-slip) Aluminium (non-slip) Expanded Steel Mesh

GS9306M

OPTIONAL EXTRAS Tool Tray & Wire Mesh Baskets which hook onto the guard rail (also applies to page 451)

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

Access Equipment

GS9309A

PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

Wire Mesh Basket for GS Step

615 x 260 x 210

BSK93M

£106.00*

Tool tray for GS Step

615 x 260 x 210

BSK93T

£111.30*

Wire Mesh Basket for 490W mm Steps - page 451

650 x 260 x 210

BSK58M

£106.00*

Price

Tool Tray for 490W mm Steps - page 451

650 x 260 x 210

BSK58T

£111.80*

Wire Mesh Basket for 770W mm Steps - page 451

895 x 260 x 210

BSK69M

£111.30*

Tool Tray for 770W mm Steps - page 451

895 x 260 x 210

BSK69T

£116.45*

Optional retro-fit lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of these steps. See page 451 for details. 3 to 5 Tread - SB931GS - £63.70 6 to 15 Tread - SB930GS - £63.70

*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort ‘Elite’ Steps. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own. No of Weight Treads kg

Platform Height mm

Overall Size H x W x D mm

690

1790 x 680 x 972

Phenolic Non-slip Treads

Steel Tread

Aluminium Tread

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

GS9303R

£652.10

GS9303M

£652.10

GS9303A

£788.80

920

2020 x 680 x 1104

GS9304R

£722.50

GS9304M

£722.50

GS9304A

£923.40

1150

2250 x 910 x 1237

GS9305R

£792.25

GS9305M

£792.25

GS9305A

£1071.75

2480 x 960 x 1370

GS9306R

£977.60

GS9306M

£977.60

1380

GS9306A

£1248.35

1610

2710 x 1010 x 1503 GS9307R

£1125.20 GS9307M £1125.20

GS9307A

£1404.35

1840

2940 x 1060 x 1635 GS9308R

£1275.90 GS9308M £1275.90

GS9308A

£1558.35

2070

3170 x 1110 x 1768 GS9309R

£1408.70 GS9309M £1408.70

GS9309A

£1708.20

105

2300

3400 x 1160 x 1901 GS9310R

£1600.95 GS9310M £1600.95

GS9310A

£1880.10

114

2530

3630 x 1210 x 2034 GS9311R

£1845.90 GS9311M £1845.90

GS9311A

£2099.25

123

2760

3860 x 1260 x 2167 GS9312R

£2019.70 GS9312M £2019.70

GS9312A

£2272.85

132

2990

4090 x 1370 x 2299 GS9313R

£2359.55 GS9313M £2359.55

GS9313A

£2475.85

140

3220

4320 x 1420 x 2432 GS9314R

£2533.00 GS9314M £2533.00

GS9314A

£2672.55

149

3450

4550 x 1425 x 2565 GS9315R

£2707.05 GS9315M £2707.05

GS9315A

£2873.05

450

UNIQUE BOTTOM SWINGING STEP This feature lifts the bottom step preventing access while the unit is mobile. Handle mechanism is fitted to the right hand side as standard

Fort Heavy Duty ‘Elite’ Mobile Steps ››

›› ››

£1134.05

3YR

Fort Heavy Duty Mobile Steps

››

Large working top platform: either 600D x 540W mm or extra wide 600D x 820W mm Wide *770mm tread models also available on 11-18 steps Strongly constructed steps MS5822 highly manoeuvrable & stable 6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery easy to erect

MS5831

£1292.50

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

UNIQUE BOTTOM SWINGING STEP

MS5822

This feature lifts the bottom step preventing access while the unit is mobile. This also helps prevent knocked shins

OPTIONAL EXTRAS

MS5831

PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING No of Weight Platform Treads kg Height

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Phenolic Non-slip Treads Model

Optional retro-fit lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of these steps. Also for steps on pages 442 & 450 Model SB580MS

Price £63.70

REAR INWARD OPENING GATE To allow access from the rear of the platform an inward opening gate can be factory fitted to the rear of the platform handrail To Suit 490mm Wide To Suit 770mm Wide

Model MS500Z Model MS600Z

Price £137.95 Price £149.90

TOOL TRAY/WIRE MESH BASKET Please see page 450 for details

Steel Treads Model

Price

Aluminium Treads Model

Price

Tread Size: 160D x 490W mm

690mm

1690 x 700 x 1060

MS5781

£554.85

MS5782

£554.85

MS5783

£649.40

920mm

1920 x 700 x 1270

MS5791

£686.50

MS5792

£686.50

MS5793

£794.45

1150mm

2150 x 700 x 1370

MS5801

£755.95

MS5802

£755.95

MS5803

£875.90

1380mm

2380 x 700 x 1540

MS5811

£944.75

MS5812

£944.75

MS5813

£1080.70

1610mm

2610 x 700 x 1700

MS5821

£1134.05

MS5822

£1134.05

MS5823

£1284.80

1840mm

2840 x 700 x 1870

MS5831

£1292.50

MS5832

£1292.50

MS5833

£1457.80

2070mm

3070 x 700 x 2030

MS5841

£1481.30

MS5842

£1481.30

MS5843

£1662.45

2300mm

3300 x 700 x 2190

MS5851

£1640.45

MS5852

£1640.45

MS5853

£1835.40

110

2530mm

3530 x 800 x 2360

MS5861

£1869.45

MS5862

£1869.45

MS5863

£2079.40

3760 x 800 x 2530

125

2760mm

MS5871

£2042.95

MS5872

£2042.95

MS5873

£2267.85

140

2990mm 3990 x 1150 x 2690

MS5881

£2431.65

MS5882

£2431.65

MS5883

£2676.55

155

3220mm 4220 x 1230 x 2860

MS5891

£2673.90

MS5892

£2673.90

MS5893

£2935.30

170

3450mm 4450 x 1230 x 3020

MS5901

£2948.80

MS5902

£2948.80

MS5903

£3226.65

185

3680mm 4680 x 1230 x 3190

MS5111

£3255.00

MS5112

£3255.00

MS5113

£3548.65

200

3910mm 4910 x 1400 x 3350

MS5121

£3581.00

MS5122

£3581.00

MS5123

£3898.90

215

4140mm 5140 x 1400 x 3520

MS5131

£3931.40

MS5132

£3931.40

MS5133

£4285.45

Platform Size: 600D x 820W mm

Tread Size: 160D x 770W mm

*11

150

2530mm

3530 x 950 x 2360

MS6961

£2237.20

MS6962

£2237.20

MS6963

£2487.70

*12

170

2760mm

3760 x 950 x 2530

MS6971

£2469.00

MS6972

£2469.00

MS6973

£2736.80

*13

190

2990mm 3990 x 1150 x 2690

MS6981

£2910.30

MS6982

£2910.30

MS6983

£3200.75

*14

210

3220mm 4220 x 1230 x 2860

MS6991

£3216.45

MS6992

£3216.45

MS6993

£3526.15

*15

230

3450mm 4450 x 1230 x 3020

MS6901

£3549.80

MS6902

£3549.80

MS6903

£3878.30

*16

250

3680mm 4680 x 1230 x 3190

MS6911

£3878.85

MS6912

£3878.85

MS6913

£4231.35

*17

270

3910mm 4910 x 1400 x 3350

MS6921

£4235.25

MS6922

£4235.25

MS6923

£4612.00

*18

280

4140mm 5140 x 1400 x 3520

MS6931

£4622.45

MS6932

£4622.45

MS6933

£5023.35

451

Access Equipment

Platform Size: 600D x 540W mm

Price

Fort Wide Tread ‘Trojan’ GS Mobile Steps ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Fort Wide Tread Mobile Steps

FROM ONLY

£532.20 ›› ›› ››

Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standards Extra wide treads:- easy slope: 750W x 180Dmm standard slope: 750W x 160Dmm Platform size: 800W x 500Dmm There are two versions available: easy slope 48º angle which is for use in areas where there is space available, enabling the user to turn around & descend the steps facing forward. Standard slope 54º angle for use in areas where space is limited Rear inward opening gate also available - see next page for details Platform handrail height: 1000mm 6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery. Easy to erect Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Access Equipment

PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING No of Treads

Platform Height mm

Lever Operated Retractable Castors & Safety Bar GS4107 Grey ‘Trojan S’ Range. Choose the Heavy Duty ‘Trojan S’ range for the most Industrial Applications

RETRO-FIT LIFTING BARRIER

Unique Grip Lift Mechanism GS1108R Blue ‘Trojan’ Range

Optional barrier fitted to the front (entry) of the platform of the ‘Trojan S’ range of steps Model

Price

SB410GS

£73.20

Standard Slope Version - 54º angle Overall Size H x W x D mm

Wt kg

Easy Slope Version - 48º angle

Phenolic Non-slip Treads Expanded Steel Treads Model

Price

Model

Price

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Wt kg

Phenolic Non-slip Treads Expanded Steel Treads Model

Price

Model

Price

Fort Wide Tread Blue ‘Trojan’ GS Mobile Steps - Mobile on 2 x 200mm Black Rubber tyred wheels & 2 x 125mm Rubber tyred castors with a unique Grip Lift Mechanism

690

1790 x 960 x 1165

GS1003R

£539.60

GS1003M

£532.20

1790 x 960 x 1195

GS1103R

£552.40

GS1103M

£545.10

920

2020 x 960 x 1330

GS1004R

£656.45

GS1004M

£647.55

2020 x 960 x 1380

GS1104R

£681.35

GS1104M

£672.50

1150

2250 x 960 x 1500

GS1005R

£770.50

GS1005M

£760.15

2250 x 960 x 1585

GS1105R

£817.15

GS1105M

£806.80

1380

2460 x 980 x 1665

GS1006R

£928.90

GS1006M

£917.05

2480 x 980 x 1795

GS1106R

£999.05

GS1106M

£987.25

1610

2710 x 1030 x 1835

GS1007R

£1087.25

GS1007M

£1074.00

2710 x 1030 x 1835

GS1107R

£1156.20

GS1107M

£1142.85

1840

2940 x 1080 x 2000

103

GS1008R

£1244.40

GS1008M

£1229.55

2940 x 1080 x 2000

109

GS1108R

£1315.80

GS1108M

£1301.20

2070

3170 x 1130 x 2165

117

GS1009R

£1404.15

GS1009M

£1387.90

3170 x 1130 x 2165

123

GS1109R

£1477.05

GS1109M

£1460.80

2300

3400 x 1180 x 2335

129

GS1010R

£1566.75

GS1010M

£1549.00

3400 x 1180 x 2335

136

GS1110R

£1640.95

GS1110M

£1623.25

2530

3630 x 1230 x 2500

146

GS1011R

£1723.75

GS1011M

£1704.55

3630 x 1230 x 2500

154

GS1111R

£1796.75

GS1111M

£1777.55

2760

3860 x 1280 x 2670

164

GS1012R

£1882.15

GS1012M

£1861.55

3860 x 1280 x 2670

173

GS1112R

£1957.85

GS1112M

£1937.15

Fort Wide Tread Grey ‘Trojan S’ GS Mobile Steps - Mobile on 2 x 200mm Black Rubber tyred wheels & 2 x 125mm Rubber castors with lever operated retractable castors & a safety bar

690

1690 x 1000 x 1095

GS4003

£654.80

1690 x 1000 x 1125

GS4103

£686.60

920

1920 x 960 x 1260

GS4004

£832.20

1920 x 960 x 1310

GS4104

£875.40

1150

2150 x 960 x 1430

GS4005

£937.85

2150 x 960 x 1515

GS4105

£992.75

1380

2380 x 980 x 1595

GS4006

£1136.00

2380 x 980 x 1725

GS4106

£1240.45

1610

2610 x 1030 x 1765

GS4007

£1359.90

2610 x 1030 x 1930

103

GS4107

£1484.35

1840

2840 x 1080 x 1930

112

GS4008

£1553.00

2840 x 1080 x 2140

117

GS4108

£1690.10

2070

3070 x 1130 x 2095

123

GS4009

£1772.65

3070 x 1130 x 2345

132

GS4109

£1929.05

2300

3300 x 1180 x 2265

136

GS4010

£1976.50

3300 x 1180 x 2555

146

GS4110

£2138.50

2530

3530 x 1230 x 2430

146

GS4011

£2242.15

3530 x 1230 x 2760

166

GS4111

£2415.90

2760

3760 x 1280 x 2600

175

GS4012

£2441.30

3760 x 1280 x 2965

186

GS4112

£2638.35

452

Fort Wide Tread ‘Spartan’ Mobile Steps ›› ››

››

›› ››

manufactured

Fort Wide Tread Mobile Steps

››

Extra wide treads: 750W x 180Dmm Platform sizes: 3 to 9 steps - 800W x 400Dmm 10 to 15 steps - 800W x 460Dmm Easy slope 48º angle which is for use in areas where there is space available, enabling you to turn around & descend the steps facing forward Welded expanded steel platform & treads with full handrails either side of the steps The units incorporate kick boards on 3 sides of the platform & knee rails around the platform Mobile on 2 x 200mm black rubber tyred wheels & 2 x 125mm rubber tyred castors mounted on the easy action unique grip lift mechanism 6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery - easy to erect Platform handrail height: 1000mm

3YR

GUARANTEE

MS4107

£903.00

OPTIONAL EXTRA

REAR INWARD OPENING GATE

No of Treads

Model

Price

GS400Z

£149.90

Access Equipment

To allow access from the rear of the platform an inward opening gate can be factory fitted to the rear of the platform handrail.

MS4107

Platform Height mm

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

690

1690 x 960 x 1065

MS4103

£435.05

920

1920 x 960 x 1270

MS4104

£581.95

1150

2150 x 960 x 1475

MS4105

£689.50

1380

2380 x 980 x 1680

MS4106

£795.60

1610

2610 x 1030 x 1885

MS4107

£903.00

1840

2840 x 1080 x 2090

109

MS4108

£1014.90

2070

3070 x 1130 x 2295

123

MS4109

£1119.60

2300

3300 x 1180 x 2560

136

MS4110

£1224.25

2530

3530 x 1230 x 2765

154

MS4111

£1328.85

2760

3760 x 1280 x 2970

173

MS4112

£1433.45

2990

3990 x 1320 x 3175

192

MS4113

£1716.85

3220

4220 x 1360 x 3380

211

MS4114

£1847.30

3450

4450 x 1400 x 3585

230

MS4115

£1972.35

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING

453

Fort Easy Steer Mobile Steps ›› ›› ›› ››

››

Fort Easy Steer Mobile Steps Access Equipment

Unique six wheel design enables the step to virtually turn within its own length Fitted with lever operated retractable castors & a safety bar which deters access to the steps when in the mobile position Handle mechanism fitted to the right hand side as standard Units have expanded steel mesh treads & platform

›› ›› ››

manufactured

6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery - easy to Erect Platform size: 540W x 460Dmm Platform handrail height: 1000mm Wheels: 4 x 100mm fixed nylon castors 2 x 100mm swivel nylon castors

3YR

GUARANTEE

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

ES9809M

£1485.70

PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING

No of Treads

Platform Height mm

7 8

Unique six wheel design reduces turning circle by circa 50%

ES9809M

Standard Slope Version - 54º angle Tread Size 490mm wide x 160mm deep Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1610

2610 x 720 x 1440

ES9807M

£1138.60

1840

2840 x 720 x 1600

ES9808M

£1297.00

2070

3070 x 720 x 1790

ES9809M

£1485.70

2300

3300 x 720 x 1950

ES9810M

£1644.85

2530

3530 x 820 x 2110

109

ES9811M

£1873.95

2760

3760 x 820 x 2270

124

ES9812M

£2032.40

2990

3990 x 1170 x 2430

139

ES9813M

£2420.80

3220

4220 x 1250 x 2590

154

ES9814M

£2663.25

3450

4450 x 1250 x 2750

169

ES9815M

£2932.20

3680

4680 x 1250 x 2910

184

ES9816M

£3214.05

3910

4910 x 1420 x 3070

199

ES9817M

£3540.45

4140

5140 x 1420 x 3230

214

ES9818M

£3890.65

454

Fort Easy Slope Platforms ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Fort Easy Slope Mobile Steps

Easy slope 48º incline - for safe & easy use Platform size: 800W x 1200Dmm Extra wide treads: 750W x 180Dmm Fitted with grip lift mechanism to facilitate movement on the castors Expanded steel mesh treads & platform Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels & 2 x 125mm rubber castors

Standard Fort Easy Slope Platforms ››

Removable platform chains on three sides for access

GS Approved Fort Easy Slope Platforms ›› ››

››

Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Inward opening gates on 3 sides of the platform Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured MS9106M

Access Equipment

Optional retro-fit lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of the GS Approved Version

No of Treads

Platform Height mm

460

3 4 5

690 920 1150

Model

Price

SB910GS

£73.20

GS9108M

Standard Version Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Finish

GS Approved Version Model

Price

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Finish

Model

Price

1460 x 960 x 1479

Powder Coated

GS9102M

£990.85

1690 x 950 x 1826

Powder Coated

MS9103M

£712.40

1690 x 960 x 1686

Powder Coated

GS9103M

£1166.50

1690 x 950 x 1826

Galvanised

MS9103G

£782.15

1920 x 950 x 2033

Powder Coated

MS9104M

£772.45

1920 x 960 x 1893

Powder Coated

GS9104M

£1342.25

1920 x 950 x 2033

Galvanised

MS9104G

£849.55

2150 x 950 x 2240

Powder Coated

MS9105M

£832.50

2150 x 960 x 2100

101

Powder Coated

GS9105M

£1518.00

2150 x 950 x 2240

Galvanised

MS9105G

£918.75

2380 x 950 x 2447

Powder Coated

MS9106M

£912.45

2380 x 980 x 2307

115

Powder Coated

GS9106M

£1693.50

1380

2380 x 950 x 2447

Galvanised

MS9106G

£1007.95

1610

2610 x 1030 x 2514

130

Powder Coated

GS9107M

£1910.80

1840

2840 x 1080 x 2721

144

Powder Coated

GS9108M

£2128.05

455

Aluminium Platform ››

APSW03

››

£55.00 ››

Comply to EN-131 standard Ideal for compact storage & transportation as the unit is lightweight & the legs fold neatly underneath the platform The serrated treads & platform help give an anti-slip work surface

day delivery

150kg

evenly distributed

Work Platforms

APSW03

No of Treads

Platform Height mm

Platform Size L x W mm

Folded Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

600

800 x 300

820 x 400 x 170

APSW03

£55.00

Large Aluminium Platform - Glass Fibre Legs ›› ››

Ideal for compact storage & transportation as the unit is lightweight & the legs fold neatly underneath the platform The large serrated platform gives an anti-slip work surface

i Information INSULATED TO 10,000 VOLTS

i Information LARGE WORKING PLATFORM APJ03Z

APJ03Z

150kg

Access Equipment

£110.75

evenly distributed

No of Treads

Platform Height mm

Platform Size L x W mm

Folded Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

470

610 x 610

700 x 610 x 210

APJ03Z

£110.75

day delivery

APJ03Z Folded

Aluminium Platform ›› ››

›› ›› ››

Complete with plastic tray Lightweight unit ideal for compact storage & transportation as the tool tray & legs fold away The serrated treads & platform help give an anti-slip work surface Platform height: 520mm Work tray height: 1160mm

150kg

evenly distributed

day delivery

APB02Z

£116.25 APB02Z

456

APB02Z Folded

No of Treads

Platform Size L x W x H mm

Folded Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

980 x 320 x 520

200

10.5

APB02Z

£116.25

GS Approved Aluminium Platform

day delivery

150kg

evenly distributed

Work Platforms

APGS03

››

APGS02

›› ››

No of Treads

Platform Size L x W x H mm

Folded Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

870 x 300 x 460

220

APGS02

£99.50

1080 x 300 x 660

220

APGS03

£125.40

››

Approved to the European GS standard Safety lock system locks legs in place Ideal for compact storage & transportation as the unit is lightweight & the legs fold neatly underneath the platform The serrated treads & platform help give an anti-slip work surface

Fort Adjustable Steel Work Platforms ›› ›› ›› ››

Certified to EN-14183 Manufactured & approved to the European GS standard These modular units can be placed alongside each other to create a large working area Mild steel angle construction which is easily height adjustable - simply turn the threaded feet

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Access Equipment

GS024Z

GS041Z

Platform Size L x W mm 610 x 610

Phenolic Non-slip Platform

GS024Z

Galvanised Mesh Grid Platform - 50 x 38mm Mesh Grid Platform Height: 140 to 210mm

Phenolic Non-slip Platform

Platform Height: 230 to 300mm

Platform Height: 140 to 210mm

Platform Height: 230 to 300mm

Weight

Model

Price

Weight

Model

Price

Weight

Model

Price

Weight

Model

Price

16 kg

GS011Z

£243.70

17 kg

GS021Z

£252.70

14 kg

GS031Z

£201.45

15 kg

GS041Z

£208.25

910 x 610

25 kg

GS012Z

£335.70

26 kg

GS022Z

£344.80

17 kg

GS032Z

£268.10

18 kg

GS042Z

£274.80

1210 x 610

34 kg

GS013Z

£435.75

35 kg

GS023Z

£444.85

20 kg

GS033Z

£340.30

21 kg

GS043Z

£348.95

1510 x 610

43 kg

GS014Z

£527.80

44 kg

GS024Z

£536.65

24 kg

GS034Z

£406.95

25 kg

GS044Z

£417.85

457

Fort Universal Work Platforms ›› ››

››

Fort Work Platforms

››

Certified to EN-14183 Manufactured & approved to the European GS standard Non-slip aluminium platform & treads for increased safety Constructed from fully welded tubular steel 2 off 125mm castors at each end of the unit means these units can easily be wheeled into the correct position

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Access Equipment

MP301A, 2 x HR300Z & 1 x MP100Z

MP301A, 1 x HR300Z & 1 x MP100Z

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability MP201G

No of Treads

Platform Size LxW

Platform Height mm

900 x 600 2

1050 x 600

500

1200 x 600

1050 x 600

750

1200 x 600

Model

Price

Model

Price

1300 x 670

MP201A

£519.65

MP201G

£663.55

1450 x 670

MP202A

£553.30

MP202G

£701.20

1600 x 670

MP203A

£584.45

MP203G

£736.80 £140.45*

HR200Z

£95.30*

HR200G

1475 x 670

MP301A

£579.95

MP301G

£740.65

1625 x 670

MP302A

£613.45

MP302G

£778.45

1775 x 670

MP303A

£644.45

MP303G

£813.65

HR300Z

£101.85*

HR300G

£149.05*

Optional Side Handrail for 3 Step Units 900 x 600 4

1050 x 600

1000

1650 x 670

MP401A

£630.90

MP401G

£808.75

1800 x 670

MP402A

£661.75

MP402G

£848.05

1950 x 670

MP403A

£695.50

MP403G

£881.65

Optional Side Handrail for 4 Step Units

HR400Z

£110.40*

HR400G

£161.85*

Optional End Rail

MP100Z

£78.00*

MP100G

£111.90*

1200 x 600

458

Galvanised Version

Weight kg

Optional Side Handrail for 2 Step Units 900 x 600

Painted Version

Overall Size L x W mm

*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Universal Work Platforms. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

Fort Universal Modular Platform Systems

MUP408A & MUPHR4A

Fort Work Platforms

MUP405A & MUPHR5A

MUP307A, MUPHR7A & MUPHR9A

MUP306A

MUP305A MUP205A

MUP205A

MUP208A ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

MUP207A

MUP206A

Certified to EN-14183 Manufactured & approved to the European GS standard Non-slip aluminium platform & treads Constructed from fully welded tubular steel Designed to be placed alongside each other so that you can create a large working area Use the turn units to create ‘L’ & ‘T’ shapes. manufactured Ideal for manoeuvring around your machines

No of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size L x W mm

Weight kg

Painted Version Model

Price

3YR

GUARANTEE

OPTIONAL EXTRAS

Model

Price

›› ››

480

730 x 690

MUP208A

£369.20

MUP208G

£466.00

720

900 x 690

MUP308A

£422.90

MUP308G

£536.20

960

1070 x 690

MUP408A

£484.00

MUP408G

£615.90

Platform Extension Unit - Platform Size: 1160 x 600mm

720

1160 x 690

960

720

700 x 690

720 960

730 x 690

Painted Version

Galvanised Version

£532.45

MUP205G

£675.40

MUP305A

£548.00

MUP305G

£694.75

2 Step Handrail

MUPHR2A £64.35* MUPHR2G

£83.45*

MUP405A

£563.65

MUP405G

£714.05

3 Step Handrail

MUPHR3A £74.85* MUPHR3G

£97.05*

4 Step Handrail

MUPHR4A £84.05* MUPHR4G £109.25*

£386.20

Extension Side Handrail

MUPHR5A £95.75* MUPHR5G £124.50*

MUP206A

£303.25

MUP206G

Model

Price

Model

Price

MUP306A

£317.30

MUP306G

£403.90

Infil Side Handrail

MUPHR6A £58.35* MUPHR6G

£75.85*

MUP406A

£331.45

MUP406G

£421.65

Turn Side Handrail

MUPHR7A £64.35* MUPHR7G

£83.45*

Extension & Infil End Handrail

MUPHR8A £62.40* MUPHR8G

£80.70*

Turn End Handrail

MUPHR9A £66.30* MUPHR9G

£86.00*

Platform Turn Unit - Platform Size: 680 x 600mm 480

Description

MUP205A

960

››

Optional 1100mm handrails for all unit types including side & ends These handrails can be fitted as needed to suit your requirement Ideal to finish off your units

Platform Infil Unit - Platform Size: 600 x 600mm 480

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

Galvanised Version

Platform Step Unit - Platform Size: 500 x 600mm

480

MUP208A

Access Equipment

››

MUP206A

MUP207A

£349.65

MUP207G

£444.90

MUP307A

£366.85

MUP307G

£465.85

MUP407A

£381.00

MUP407G

£483.55

*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Universal Modular Platform Systems. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

459

Easy Tower ››

SV-SET-4

››

£258.95

›› ›› ››

Podium Steps

››

3YR

Anodized aluminium tower with a built-in standing platform which opens for ease of use Built-in 60º inclined ladder Easily folds for ease of movement. Will fit through doorways & narrow aisles Complete with a built-in tool holder Mobile on 2 x 100mm nylon castors Platform suitable for 150kg

GUARANTEE

SV-SET-4 SV-SET-4 Folded

SV-SET-4 Folded

SV-SET-4 Tool Tray

SV-SET-4

High Podium Steps

SV-SET-4 Part Folded

No. of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Overall Size Folded H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1000

2100 x 550 x 1100

2100 x 570 x 180

18.5

SV-SET-4

£258.95

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Access Equipment

››

Complies to PAS 250 1000mm all round lockable guardrail system with non-slip platform Swivel, braked castors for added safety & stability Folds & unfolds in seconds Fits through standard doorways Built in ballast bars eradicate the need for stabilisers but ensures the product is safe & secure Platform size: 760 x 760mm

PODH07Z folded Built in ballast bars

PODH10Z Open Depth mm

Platform Height mm

Working Height mm

Overall Width mm

Weight kg

Model

PODH07Z Price

1280

710 to 960

2710 to 2960

760

PODH07Z

£623.25

1410

910 to 1160

2910 to 3160

760

PODH10Z

£712.50

1600

1210 to 1460

3210 to 3460

760

PODH12Z

£855.40

460

Glass Fibre Tower ›› ›› ››

›› ››

››

›› ››

››

£2931.85 NEW

Towers

››

FROM ONLY

Tested to EN1004:2004 Patented fail safe joint system Non-conductive, non-corroding & non-oxidising Integral ladder system Suitable for use in challenging areas or any zone 1 environment Easily identifiable braces for ease of assembly Impact resistant brace claws 850mm deep Maximum platform load of 200kg 1450mm deep Maximum platform load of 400kg Platform deck edge protection is made up of GRP profile

i Information IDEAL FOR USE IN AN ELECTRICAL ENVIRONMENT

i Information

Description

Base Unit - 1800W x 850D mm

Base Unit - 1800W x 1450D mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

System to 2.2M Platform Height

GFT1808522

£2931.85

GFT1814522

£3440.55

System to 2.7M Platform Height

GFT1808527

£3530.90

GFT1814527

£4053.20

System to 3.2M Platform Height

GFT1808532

£3922.25

GFT1814532

£4463.70

System to 3.7M Platform Height

GFT1808537

£4325.55

GFT1814537

£4916.80

System to 4.2M Platform Height

GFT1808542

£4421.70

GFT1814542

£5032.10

System to 4.7M Platform Height

GFT1808547

£5315.95

GFT1814547

£5939.95

System to 5.2M Platform Height

GFT1808552

£5412.10

GFT1814552

£6055.25

System to 5.7M Platform Height

GFT1808557

£5863.00

GFT1814557

£6556.00

System to 6.2M Platform Height

GFT1808562

£6398.60

GFT1814562

£7110.70

System to 6.7M Platform Height

GFT1808567

£7353.80

GFT1814567

£8018.55

System to 7.2M Platform Height

GFT1808572

£7449.95

GFT1814572

£8133.85

System to 7.7M Platform Height

GFT1808577

£7853.25

GFT1814577

£8586.95

System to 8.2M Platform Height

GFT1808582

£7949.40

GFT1814582

£8702.25

System to 8.7M Platform Height

GFT1808587

£8843.65

GFT1814587

£9610.10

System to 9.2M Platform Height

GFT1808592

£8939.85

GFT1814592

£9725.40

System to 9.7M Platform Height

GFT1808597

£9343.10

GFT1814597

£10,178.50

System to 10.2M Platform Height

GFT18085102

£9439.30

GFT18145102

£10,293.80

System to 10.7M Platform Height

GFT18085107

£10,333.50

GFT18145107

£11,201.65

System to 11.2M Platform Height

GFT18085112

£10,429.70

GFT18145112

£11,316.95

System to 11.7M Platform Height

GFT18085117

£10,832.95

GFT18145117

£11,770.10

461

Access Equipment

INSULATED TO 30,000 VOLTS

Sky-High Tower ›› ›› ››

Towers

››

Tested & certified to BSEN1004:2004 3T compatible Quick & easy to erect - saving time on each job Quick release pull rings with stainless steel pin on bracings for easy assembly

TBL180822

i Information

Access Equipment

MEETS ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE WORKING AT HEIGHT REGULATIONS

TBL251477

Base Unit - 1800mm Wide Description

850mm Deep

Base Unit - 2500mm Wide

1450mm Deep

850mm Deep

1450mm Deep

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

System to 2.2M Platform Height

TBL180822

£1281.40

TBL181422

£1274.50

TBL250822

£1346.75

TBL251422

£1364.75

System to 2.7M Platform Height

TBL180827

£1489.30

TBL181427

£1692.25

TBL250827

£1586.80

TBL251427

£1814.70

System to 3.2M Platform Height

TBL180832

£1635.25

TBL181432

£1846.20

TBL250832

£1746.10

TBL251432

£1981.95

System to 3.7M Platform Height

TBL180837

£1771.40

TBL181437

£1985.80

TBL250837

£1888.35

TBL251437

£2127.65

System to 4.2M Platform Height

TBL180842

£1808.60

TBL181442

£2031.00

TBL250842

£1925.60

TBL251442

£2172.90

System to 4.7M Platform Height

TBL180847

£2193.95

TBL181447

£2354.85

TBL250847

£2356.45

TBL251447

£2556.05

System to 5.2M Platform Height

TBL180852

£2288.35

TBL181452

£2400.10

TBL250852

£2450.80

TBL251452

£2601.25

System to 5.7M Platform Height

TBL180857

£2424.45

TBL181457

£2539.65

TBL250857

£2593.05

TBL251457

£2747.00

System to 6.2M Platform Height

TBL180862

£2461.70

TBL181462

£2584.85

TBL250862

£2630.30

TBL251462

£2792.20

System to 6.7M Platform Height

TBL180867

£2811.15

TBL181467

£2977.50

TBL250867

£3025.25

TBL251467

£3234.90

System to 7.2M Platform Height

TBL180872

£2848.35

TBL181472

£3055.55

TBL250872

£3062.50

TBL251472

£3294.60

System to 7.7M Platform Height

TBL180877

£2966.95

TBL181477

£3195.15

TBL250877

£3204.75

TBL251477

£3440.30

System to 8.2M Platform Height

TBL180882

£3021.75

TBL181482

£3240.35

TBL250882

£3242.00

TBL251482

£3721.80

462

Alpine Tower ›› ›› ›› ››

››

Tested & certified to BSEN1004:2004 3T compatible Base size: 730D x 1800W mm Quick & easy to erect - saving time on each job Fits easily into most small vans or estate cars Narrow width compact & easy storage Quick release pull rings with stainless steel pin on bracings for easy assembly

Towers

AP0600Z

i Information FITS THROUGH DOORWAYS & EASILY INTO CAR BOOTS

Access Equipment

AP6100Z

Description

Model

Price

System to 0.6M Platform Height

AP0600Z

£529.40

System to 1.6M Platform Height

AP1600Z

£761.50

System to 2.1M Platform Height

AP2100Z

£1019.45

System to 3.1M Platform Height

AP3100Z

£1358.00

System to 3.6M Platform Height

AP3600Z

£1391.35

System to 4.6M Platform Height

AP4600Z

£1581.20

System to 5.1M Platform Height

AP5100Z

£1639.45

System to 6.1M Platform Height

AP6100Z

£1946.65

463

Fork Lift Cages ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Robust fully welded construction Complies with Health & Safety guidance note PM28 - 3rd Edition. Units are supplied with a user guide Fits quickly & easily to the majority of fork lifts Safety gate opens inwards, closing automatically through the use of a tension spring loaded retention latch Non-slip floor plate with a high kick plate Various safety features including: ›› Internal grab rail ›› Safety harness anchor point ›› Drivers warning plate ›› High visibility yellow finish

Fork Lift Cages

Economy Range ›› ››

Front opening gate Full height mesh rear guard

manufactured

3YR

Standard Range ›› ››

i Information

Side opening gate Large tool container

SAFE & STABLE ACCESS AT HIGH LEVELS

››

£813.20

GUARANTEE

Front opening gate Mesh back & half sides

Heavy Duty Range ››

FROM ONLY

FORK POCKET FOR ECONOMY RANGE Simply lift the bar on the side of the cage once the fork has been entered. The brace at the rear of the mechanism will then swing, fitting neatly behind the heel of the fork tines, securing the cage to the fork lift

FLC08Z

FLC01Z shown with FLC09Z

Access Equipment

FLC04Z

FLC03Z Load Capacity

Platform Size W x D mm

Overall Height mm

FLC02Z Wheels

Weight kg

Model

Price

FLC08Z

£813.20

Economy Range 250 kg

1000 x 1000

1900

Standard Range

250 kg

990 x 990

1780

FLC01Z

£1103.65

1830

4 Swivel 125mm Nylon

FLC11Y

£1140.40

FLC09Z

£93.25

Optional Tool Box - fitted with 2 hooks to hook onto the cage Heavy Duty Range

300 kg

464

1260 x 800

1985

120

FLC02Z

£1181.60

2110

4 Swivel 125mm Nylon

120

FLC12Y

£1271.50

1985

125

FLC03Z

£1262.15

2110

4 Swivel 125mm Nylon

125

FLC13Y

£1334.65

2100

132

FLC04Z

£1309.10

2225

4 Swivel 125mm Nylon

132

FLC14Y

£1380.65

FORK POCKET FOR THE STANDARD & HEAVY DUTY 184W x 83Dmm with inside clearance of 545mm & overall clearance of 921mm Fo

65 m Tin m ee nt

Floating toggle to prevent accidental withdrawel of the pin pin locks behind heel of fork tines

NOTE: Fork pocket specifications can be altered to meet your requirements. Please specify when ordering

AED Defibrillator

i Information

First Aid Equipment

TRAINING AVAILABLE PLEASE CALL FOR DETAILS

First Responder Kit includes face shield, razor, wipe, scissors, towelette & a pair of disposable gloves H40038 ››

Environmental Control

››

›› ››

Suitable for use by rescuers with minimal training & also BLS/medical trained professionals Provides real time feedback on the rate & depth of chest compressions using ZOLL’s unique Real CPR Help® technology, clinically proven to significantly improve the survival rates from cardiac arrest Supports the UK Resuscitation Council’s entire Chain of Survival, with easy-to-understand audio prompts & illustrations Once installed, the AED Plus has the lowest total cost of ownership. Unless used, there is nothing to replace or buy for five years Easy to place one piece electrode providing more time to focus on the rescue The specially designed lid for the AED Plus can be placed under the shoulders of the patient to help maintain an open airway Automated self testing every 24 hours to ensure a constant state of readiness Powered by 10 x CR123A lithium Duracell or Sanyo batteries with redundant battery circuitry so if one fails the other will kick in Seven year warranty (five years as standard, two years free upon registration of device) Contents: Defibrillator, soft carry case, ten batteries, CPR-D-padz electrodes with first responder kit, instructional training DVD & operator’s guide

466

F90410

H40000

H50002

Description

Model

Price

Fully Automatic Defibrillator

H40038

£1099.00

Stat-Padz II (two piece) - 2 year shelf life

H40004

£25.75

CPR-D-Padz (one piece) - 5 year shelf life - comes complete with First Responder Kit

H40000

£89.99

Wall Mount

H50002

£26.99

AED Sign

F90410

£2.60

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

First Aid Room SAVE £162.50 BY PURCHASING THE COMPLETE FIRST AID ROOM BUNDLE

First Aid Equipment

F75020

F30608

H40038 F62004

›› ›› ››

››

Environmental Control

Executive Examination Couch Easy to clean, hygienic, epoxy coated white frame with unstitched, rounded upholstery corners for cleanliness 50mm thick CMHR foam top for patient comfort Unique paper roll holder which can be fitted within the couch frame or externally (80 x 70.5 x 184cm paper roll internally or 80 x 70.5 x 188cm paper externally Reliable, self-locking, multi-position adjustable backrest

Portable Screen ›› ››

Easy to clean, hygienic, epoxy coated white frame with blue wipe clean curtain 1680 x 2440mm fully extended (1680 x 610mm closed)

First Aid Cabinet ›› ››

Lockable cabinet c/w 2 keys & 3 shelves Size: 410H x 340W x 140D mm

AED Defibrillator ››

››

Description

See opposite page for more details

First Aid Kit - Standard Medium Workplace Kit See page 469 for more details

F40023

Model

Price each

Executive Examination Couch

F75020

£435.00

Portable Screen

F62004

£189.50

First Aid Cabinet

F40023

£32.00

AED Defibrillator

H40038

£1099.00

Standard Medium Workplace Kit

F30608

£19.00

Bundle of all the above

F75012

£1612.00

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

467

Burns Kits ››

F30197

›› ›› ››

First Aid Equipment

››

Comes supplied with fast acting, quick relief dressings & solutions to treat, cool, sooth & halt the burning, scolding & blistering process after direct contact with something hot, such as fire, boiling hot water or steam, radiated heat, chemicals, electricity or friction. Soft, strong carry pouch with clear mesh pockets for easy identification of products & fast access Full range of dressings cater for the best treatment & cooling of burns & scolds over the whole body Hydrogel dressings provide a nonadherent, sterile dressing for application to burns. Provides physical protection against contamination, minimise trauma & are non-toxic, non-irritant & anti-bacterial Suitable for use on children

Contents

Burns Kits Description

Description

Standard

Essential

Burnshield Burn Blott - 3.5ml

Burnshield Dressing - 100 x 100mm

Burnshield Dressing - 200 x 200mm

Burnshield Digit Dressing - 25 x 500mm

Burnshield Limb Dressing - 50 x 1000mm

Conforming Bandage - 750mm x 4.5M

Disposable Heat Retaining Blanket - 2150 x 1500mm

Hydrogel Bottles - 125ml

Hydrogel Treatment - 50ml

Nitrile powder-free Disposable Gloves (pair)

Model

Price

Standard Burns Kit

F30197

£11.00

Zenith Burn Bag (Small in the standard & medium in the essential)

Essential Burns Kit

F30199

£28.60

Tuff-Kut Scissors

Environmental Control

Response® Body Fluid Kit

i Information ›› ›› ››

Meets current health & safety requirements & conforms to BSI 7320 & UN 3H1/Y/S/98 Aids the effective cleaning & disinfection of the soiled area and reduces the risk of cross infection Contains: 1 x pair of vinyl gloves, 1 x pair of polythene oversleeves, 1 x disposable apron, 1 x biohazard bag, 1 x scoop & scraper, 2 x non-woven wipes, 1 x disinfectant wipes

468

CONFORMS TO BSI 7320 & UN 3H1/Y/S/98 Description Body Fluid Kit

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

First Aid Kit

Refill Kit

Model

Price

Model

Price

F14943

£17.50

F14944

£6.25

First Aid Kits ›› ›› ›› ››

Comply to BS-8599 1:2011 Standard first aid kits come in a plastic box & zenith kits come in ripstop polyester bag Each kit comes fully stocked & refill kits are available Single items are available - call for details

First Aid Equipment

F30641x1

F90429

F30607

F30614

COMPLIANT WITH BRITISH STANDARD BS-8599-1:2011

First Aid Kits

Standard Small Workplace Kit Standard Medium Workplace Kit

First Aid Kit

Refill Kit

Model

Price

Model

Price

F30607

£13.00

F30641

£11.00

F30608

£19.00

F30641

£11.00

Standard Large Workplace Kit

F30609

£24.00

F30641

£11.00

Standard Travel Workplace Kit

F30613

£9.99

F30641

£11.00

Zenith Travel Workplace Kit

F30614

First Aid Sign

F90429

£11.00 £4.50

F30641 -

£11.00 -

Description

Small

Medium

Large

Travel

Refill

First Aid Emergency Booklet

HSE Medium Sterile Dressing - 120 x 120mm

HSE Large Sterile Dressing - 180 x 180mm

Triangular Bandage - 900 x 900 x 1300mm

Safety Pins (pack of 6)

Eye Pad

Washproof Plasters

Sterile Moist Cleaning Wipes (pack of 10)

Microporous Tape - 250mm x 10M

Nitrile powder-free Disposable Gloves (pair)

Finger Dressing - 350 x 350mm

Face Shield

Disposable Heat Retaining Blanket - 2150 x 1500mm

Burnshield Dressing - 100 x 100mm

Tuff-Kut Scissors

Conforming Bandage - 750mm x 4.5M

Eye Wash - 500ml

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

469

Environmental Control

Contents

i Information

Description

F30613

F30608

F30609

Evacuation Chair ›› ›› ››

››

First Aid Equipment

››

Designed for the safe & comfortable evacuation of mobility impaired people in an emergency such as a fire The one step setup makes the chair fast & easy to use Lightweight, comfortable & strong this chair is ideal for use in buildings with stairs such as offices & hotels. It can be used on fire escapes, flat surfaces & down stairs The built-in carry handles also allow the chair to be used up stairs & the handles can be folded in to turn it in to a temporary wheelchair Features include: easy to move, foot rest, cushioned head rest, wide chair & seat for comfort, leg support strap & full chest support strap (quick release), weight bearing arm rests, foot operated brake, folds flat for easy storage, large load capacity of up 160kg Supplied with chair cover, hooks, overhead sign, instruction manual & DVD-ROM

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Folded Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

1430 x 650 x 990

1130 x 650 x 290

F77027

£775.00

First Aid Cabinet

Heat Retaining Blanket ››

›› ››

››

Made from metallised polyester film which can reflect over 90% of radiated body heat Strong, waterproof & protects against cold, rain, heat & wind Pack of 10

››

Lockable cabinet c/w 2 keys & 3 shelves Size: 410H x 340W x 140D mm

i Information

Environmental Control

WHITE POWDER COATED FINISH WITH FIRST AID SIGN/LABEL

F40023 Overall Size W x H mm

Model

Price

2100 x 1600

F06154

£5.00

KOOLPAK® ››

››

No need to refrigerate - simply squeeze the pack to activate then dispose of after use Pack of 10

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

410 x 340 x 140

F40023

£32.00

Health & Safety Law Poster

First Aid Manual ››

10th edition manual giving a fully authorised guide to first aid

Overall Size W x H mm

Model

Price

Overall Size W x H mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

130 x 290

F11438

£5.00

420 x 600

P95120

£14.50

P95145

£5.00

470

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Eye Wash Station ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

A robust health & safety compliant emergency eye wash station - suitable for all types of eye injuries Printed with retroflective instructions – useful if a power cut happens, the station can still be located Made from wipe clean hardwearing ABS plastic - dust proof cover keeps contents clean & ready for use Central mirror for easy application Station size: 36 x 51 x 10cm Wall mountable

F90431

First Aid Equipment

F17881

F17899 Description

Contents

Model

Price

Eye Wash Station Eye Wash Bottle

2 x 500ml Eye Wash, 2 x No. 16 Eye Pad Dressings, 5 x 20ml Eye Wash Phials, 1 x Mirror & 1 x Station

F17899

£21.00

1 x 500ml Eye Wash

F17884

£3.50

Eye Wash Phials

Pack of 25 - 20ml Eye Wash Phials

F17881

£7.00

Eye Wash Sign

F90431

£4.50

Hand Sanitizer

››

Contain an instant antiseptic gel, killing 99.9% of germs - with no need for water Enriched with Vitamin E & Aloe which helps keep hands moisturised as well as fresh & clean Pack of 5

››

›› ››

Res-Cue Mask

Produced from advanced third generation synthetic nitrile polymer, giving an outstanding soft pliable feel & incredible sense of touch Small & medium gloves available Box of 100

››

›› ››

Designed to provide protection for the rescuer when manually resuscitating patients Transparent dome allows the rescuer to visually check patient lip colour & check for vomitus Can be used on a patient of any age Includes O2 inlet valve

Volume

Model

Price

Size

Model

Price

Model

Price

240ml

F78029

£13.00

Large

F12636-L

£5.50

F79173

£4.00

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

471

Environmental Control

››

Sensitive Gloves

FACS189046

First Aid Cupboards ›› ›› ››

Cupboards

manufactured

Strong construction provides all round robustness ‘No snag’ handles with 2-point locking Adjustable spill-retaining galvanised shelves for superior spill management. Integral liquid-tight sump encourages the correct handling of spills through the use of absorbents (except the Wall Cupboard) ›› White powder coated finish with identification symbol signs/labels ›› Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology anti-bacterial paint ›› Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for mounting (fixings not supplied) ›› Stands raise cupboards by 500mm & they incorporate an adjustable foot for uneven surfaces

FACS099046

FACS094646 FACS079046

Static Cupboards

FACS073530

Overall Size H x W x D mm

No of Shelves

Model

Price

700 x 350 x 300

FACS073530

£139.55

700 x 900 x 460

FACS079046

£195.10

900 x 460 x 460

FACS094646

£165.65

900 x 900 x 460

FACS099046

£212.15

1800 x 900 x 460

FACS189046

£320.85

Overall Size H x W x D mm

No of Shelves

Model

Price

840 x 900 x 460

FACM089046

£315.45

1040 x 900 x 460

FACM109046

£319.65

FACW578525

Wall Cupboards Overall Size H x W x D mm

No of Shelves

570 x 850 x 255

Extra Shelves

Mobile Cupboards

Model

Price

FACW578525

£184.65

Stands

To Fit W x D mm

Model

Price

To Fit W x D mm

Model

Price

350 x 300

FACES3530

£27.35

350 x 300

FACST3530

£81.10

460 x 460

FACES4646

£34.15

460 x 460

FACST4646

£84.50

900 x 460

FACES9046

£44.40

900 x 460

FACST9046

£98.15

Stainless Steel Cupboards & Floor Chests ›› ›› ››

Environmental Control

››

Ideal for food, pharmaceutical & medical environments - especially where damp is a factor ‘No snag’ handles with 2-point locking Adjustable stainless steel shelves Corrosion resistant

››

Floor chests have riveted structure with angled lid to discourage article placement. Fitted with a hasp & staple lock - padlock not supplied

STFC050603

manufactured

STFC061104

Floor Chests Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

510 x 610 x 340

STFC050603

£687.25

610 x 1170 x 460

STFC061104

£917.60

Static Cupboards Overall Size H x W x D mm

No of Shelves

Model

Price

900 x 460 x 460

STSC090446

£519.20

900 x 900 x 460

STSC090946

£655.00

1200 x 900 x 460

STSC120946

£793.00

1800 x 900 x 460

STSC180946

£997.00

1800 x 1200 x 460

STSC181246

£1307.20

Extra Shelves

STSC180946

472

STSC090946

To Fit W x D mm

Model

Price

900 x 460

STSC0946ES

£84.55

1200 x 460

STSC1246ES

£95.85

Perforated Door Cupboards

FROM ONLY

£254.90 manufactured

Cupboards

PDC090946

‘No snag’ handles with 2-point locking

Door Locking Mechanism

›› ››

Green Grey Blue Yellow

PDC180946

The perforated doors allows view of contents for greater visual security ‘No snag’ handles with 2-point locking

›› ››

Powder coated light grey carcass with a variety of door colours Adjustable shelves

Cupboard

Light Blue Red specify when ordering

Extra Shelf

Overall Size H x W x D mm

No of Shelves

Model

Price

Model

Price

900 x 900 x 460

PDC090946

£254.90

PDC0946ES

£19.35

900 x 900 x 610

PDC090961

£306.00

PDC0961ES

£27.35

1200 x 900 x 460

PDC120946

£304.80

PDC1246ES

£27.35

1800 x 600 x 460

PDC180646

£302.55

PDC0646ES

£17.10

1800 x 900 x 460

PDC180946

£318.85

PDC0946ES

£19.35

1800 x 900 x 610

PDC180961

£424.95

PDC0961ES

£27.35

1800 x 1200 x 460

PDC181246

£422.10

PDC1246ES

£27.35

1800 x 1200 x 610

PDC181261

£499.40

PDC1261ES

£39.85

473

Environmental Control

DOOR COLOUR OPTIONS

FROM ONLY

Utility Cupboards

£85.00

CA165U

Environmental Control

CA085C

CA1654

7 Utility Cupboards ›› ›› ›› ››

Made from robust, high quality plastic Ideal for many applications; kitchens/cafeterias, janitorial closets, schools, offices etc Anti-wear steel hinges that provide a snap closure Hygienic - easy to clean

474

Features

Overall Size L x W x H mm

1 Shelf

700 x 390 x 855

day delivery

Weight kg

Model

Price

CA085C

£85.00

14.5

CA1654

£142.50

CA165U

£142.80

Compact Cupboard Large Cupboard 3 Shelves

700 x 390 x 1650 Utility Cupboard

3 ‘L’ Shaped Shelves

700 x 390 x 1650

Collector Trolley ›› ›› ››

Shelf Trolley

Mobile on 4 x swivel castors - 2 with brakes Complete with 3 x 30L plastic containers & 2 x 14L bins, all removable 2 x 14L bins are suitable for light duty use (recommended maximum capacity of 5kg per bin)

›› ›› ›› ››

100kg

evenly distributed

Clearance between shelves: 280mm Complete with grey aluminium uprights 25mm lip on 3 sides & a 5mm rim on 1 side Mobile on 4 swivel 75mm ‘quietcastors’

Healthcare Trolleys

100kg

evenly distributed

day delivery

HI424Y & HI004Z GIC816

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Grey 3 Shelf Trolley

850 x 420 x 910

HI424Y

£101.60

Optional Buckets to fit the above model

332 x 232 x 172 336 x 236 x 562

HI004Z

£34.15*

Description day delivery

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

776 x 455 x 925

GIC816

£152.95

*price applicable when ordering with the Trolley. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

i Information IDEAL FOR BULKY ITEMS

Environmental Control

350L

capacity

250L

capacity

PCI09Y

PCI08Y

Container Trucks ›› ››

Removable polypropylene containers Push/pull handle & 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm Rubber castors make the units manoeuvrable

Overall Size - L x W x H mm External

Internal

day delivery

Capacity Litres

Weight kg

Model

Price

1170 x 720 x 800

900 x 630 x 590

250

PCI08Y

£299.95

1400 x 770 x 810

1130 x 680 x 600

350

PCI09Y

£349.95

475

‘Proplaz’ Plus Shelf Trolleys ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

High quality hardwearing black plastic shelves with grey aluminium uprights Ideal for healthcare environments Lightweight & easy to clean Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors (2 with brakes) Tray depth of 100mm HIT32Y - comes complete with buckets which attach to the top shelf. Bucket sizes are: 200H x 350W x 240D mm & 470H x 350W x 240D mm

150kg

Janitorial Trolleys

evenly distributed

day delivery

NEW

HIT32Y

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Description

Size between Shelves Top / Bottom mm

›› ›› ›› ››

Model

Price

870 x 490 x 990

553

10.5

HIT29Y

£136.40

3 Tray Trolley

870 x 490 x 1050

275 / 275

11.5

HIT31Y

£164.30

3 Shelf (Top Flat Shelf & 2 Storage Trays)

1100 x 490 x 1030

275 / 275

13.5

HIT32Y

£189.35

Grey Shelf Trolleys

70mm deep trays Strong polyethylene moulded trolleys Non-conductive & resistant to most substances GI627L - clearance between shelves: 660mm GI637L - clearance between shelves: 305mm Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm castors, 2 with brakes

Environmental Control

››

Weight kg

2 Tray Trolley

Deep Tray Trolleys ››

HIT29Y

HIT31Y

›› ›› ›› ››

Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys Will not rust, dent or chip - easy to clean These easy to manoeuvre units are ideal for use in healthcare applications such as hospitals & surgeries Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes

YR GUARANTEE

day delivery

FREE! GI543L GI637L

No of Shelves

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Clearance Between Shelves

Weight kg

Model

Price

610 x 458 x 840

305 mm

GI541L

£151.75

610 x 458 x 915

222 mm

GI542L

£179.30

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

2 Tray Unit

610 x 460 x 980

10.5

GI627L

£134.90

610 x 458 x 915

159 mm

GI543L

£205.15

3 Tray Unit

610 x 460 x 1000

GI637L

£170.75

610 x 458 x 1143

159 mm

GI544L

£248.80

Description

476

Model

Price

Folding Laundry Trolley ›› ›› ››

day delivery

Strong plastic frame & removable PVC sack Base frame to support the sack Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel rubber castors

70kg

evenly distributed

Laundry Trolleys

HI513Y Folded

HI513Y

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

710 x 660 x 950

HI513Y

£89.75

HI513Y

Laundry Trolleys ›› ›› ›› ››

Chrome plated steel tubular frame with a strong, removable canvas sack (base frame for support) Canvas sacks include a drawstring - ideal for transportation Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel non-marking rubber castors (2 with brakes) Model HI552Y folds for compact storage

evenly distributed

Environmental Control

150kg

day delivery

HI551Y

HI552Y Folded

Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Folded Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Rectangular Model

920 x 560 x 880

HI551Y

£137.85

Folding X Type Model

685 x 590 x 1030

1200 x 590 x 380

HI552Y

£109.20

HI552Y

477

Janitorial Cleaning Trolley ›› ››

››

Manufactured from durable plastic Mobile on 2 x 200mm wheels at the back & 2 x 75mm swivel castors at the front Complete with a strong yellow PVC sack

HI308Y

Environmental Control

Janitorial Trolleys

£119.95 100kg

evenly distributed

day delivery

HI308Y

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Shelf Heights

Weight kg

Model

Price

1140 x 500 x 972

580, 970 mm

HI308Y

£119.95

Caution Boards ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Fold flat for storage Overall Size when open: 610H x 310W x 340Dmm Supplied in packs of any 5 - please specify when ordering Designed for use in areas where a hazard or restriction exists Available whilst stocks last

day delivery

Description

Model

Price Pack of 5

Out of Service

CB001Z

£18.95

Repair in Progress

CB002Z

£18.95

No Entry

CB004Z

£18.95

478

CB001Z

CB002Z

CB004Z

Wet & Dry Vacuums ››

››

Full structofoam construction - rugged, doesn’t dent, scratch or deteriorate, is lightweight & resists all standard cleaning chemicals The unique filter system enables you to switch from dry to wet pick up without the hassle of changing filters or kits Includes accessory kit with 2.4m Nuflex threaded hose, 2 x stainless steel extension tubes, stainless steel tube bend, ProFlo 400mm dry brush nozzle & ProFlo 400mm wet nozzle Motor Power

Description

Capacity Wet

NEW

Capacity Dry

Model

Price

1060W

13 L

CV570

£451.89

1060W

30 L

CV900

£528.67

Duplex Two Motor

2 x 1060W

13 L

CVD570

£580.45

Duplex Two Motor

2 x 1060W

30 L

CVD900

£659.42

CV570

CV900

Vacuums

Simplex One Motor Simplex One Motor

Ruc-Sac ›› ›› ››

››

›› Comfort shoulder strap 36V cordless vacuum Easy access “fly-lead” on/off switch Includes accessory kit with 2 x aluminium extension tubes, aluminium tube bend with volume control, double taper hose/tool adaptor, 65mm soft dusting brush, 1.5m Nuflex RSV threaded hose & 270mm “Wand Dock” EcoFlo combination floor nozzle NEW Battery charge LCD display Description

Run Time

Charge Time

Motor

Capacity

30 mins

3.5 hours

250W

1 Battery 2 Battery

Model

Price

RSB 140/1

£606.32

RSB 140/2

£837.83

Baby Ride-on Scrubber Dryer ›› ›› ›› ››

›› ››

80 litre clean & dirty water h.d. polyform tanks, allowing large areas to be cleaned in a single fill Compact design, easy cleaning in those tight spaces Anti-tip system, prevents the machine from tipping when cornering sharply On-board charger port, hassle free charging Flexifill extending & flexible filling hose, fill from any clean water outlet TwinFlo vacuum motor, providing exceptional wet pick up Transit speed: 6 km/h

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Full stainless steel chassis with a deck tilt system which makes brush changes quick & simple 40 litre clean & dirty water heavy duty polyform tanks TwinFlo vacuum motor providing exceptional wet pick up Oil filled, low load, planetary gearbox gives maximum power transmission direct to the floor Fully adjustable operator handle Simple on/off trigger control Flexifill, extending & flexible filling hose Full range of brush & pad drive systems

i Information DEMONSTRATIONS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

NEW

BUY A SCRUBBER DRYER FROM THIS PAGE & RECEIVE A FREE ECO FRIENDLY JAMES VACUUM CLEANER

NEW Run Time

Brush Diameter

Brush Speed

3 hours

550 mm

150 rpm

Model

Price

CRO-8055 £7734.09

Description

Pad/Brush Width mm

Mains Powered

400/450

TT4045

£1912.37

Battery Operated

400/450

TTB4045

£3275.32

Model

Price

479

Environmental Control

››

Scrubber Dryer

Floor Care A - Dry Vacuum ›› Power: 240v ›› Vacuum: 61mbar ›› Motor: 1250W ›› Capacity: 10 Litre ›› 12M detachable power cable ›› Accessory storage on machine

B A

B - Wet & Dry Vacuum Power: 240v ›› Vacuum: 200mbar ›› Motor: 1380W ›› Capacity: 48 Litre ›› Ultra tough suitable for large quantities of wet & dry debris ›› Accessory storage on machine ››

Floor Care

C - Back Pack Vacuum Power: 240v ›› Vacuum: 244mbar ›› Motor: 1300W ›› Capacity: 5 Litre ›› Complete with washable nylon filter, switchable floor nozzle, crevice tool & upholstery tool ››

D - Sweeper Capacity: 20 Litres ›› Working width: 700mm ›› Sweep 7x faster than a conventional broom ›› Adjustable side brush for cleaning right up to kerb edges ››

E - Scrubber Drier Power: 240v ›› Capacity: 10 Litres clean/dirty ›› Motor: 1400W ›› Working width: 400mm ›› Heavy duty cleaning for exceptional results ›› Two counter-rotating brushes & two rubber squeegees ensure floors are thoroughly cleaned & dried in a single pass

Environmental Control

››

F - Scrubber Drier Capacity: 25 Litre ›› 24V battery power ›› Working width - brush: 400mm ›› Working width - vacuum: 770mm ›› Heavy duty cleaning for exceptional results ›› Two counter-rotating brushes & two rubber squeegees ensure floors are thoroughly cleaned & dried in a single pass ››

F E

480

Ref

Description

Model

Price

Dry Vacuum

15274110

£110.00

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Wet & Dry Vacuum

14286220

£199.00

Back Pack Vacuum

13942130

£349.00

Sweeper

15171510

£380.00

Scrubber Drier

96217920

£1720.00

Scrubber Drier

95335000

£3900.00

Floor Care A - Carpet Cleaner ›› Power: 240v ›› Capacity: 10 Litre ›› Deep cleans carpet & upholstery ›› Carpets dry 63% quicker ›› Removable, easy empty, dirty water tank doubles as a clean tank filling bucket ensuring your system is always kept clean

B - Steam Cleaner Power: 240v ›› Capacity: 2.4 & 2.2 Litres ›› Motor: 2250W heater ›› Pressure: 3.2 bar ›› Produce steam up to 150ºc ››

Floor Care

C - HD 7/11 Pressure Washer Power: 240v ›› Max pressure: 13bar ›› Motor: 2200W ›› Water flow: 300/700 l/h ›› Includes: 10m high pressure hose, extended trigger gun with soft grip & a spray lance ››

D - HD 4/9P Pressure Washer Power: 110v ›› Max pressure: 90bar ›› Water flow: 390 l/h ›› Includes: 10m high pressure hose, extended trigger gun, stainless steel lance & triple nozzle ››

F - HD 6/13 Pressure Washer ›› Max pressure: 130bar ›› Motor: 2200W ›› Water flow: 590 l/h ›› Includes: 10m high pressure hose, extended trigger gun with soft grip, spray lance, triple nozzle & a dirt blaster ›› Unique stand up or lay flat operating position with a large carry handle

Environmental Control

E - HD 5/11P Pressure Washer ›› Power: 240v ›› Max pressure: 110bar ›› Water flow: 490 l/h ›› Includes: 10m high pressure hose, extended trigger gun, stainless steel lance, triple nozzle

E F

Ref

Description

Model

Price

Carpet Cleaner

10001320

£430.00

Steam Cleaner

10922810

£760.00

HD 7/11

15241290

£875.00

HD 4/9P

15201950

£389.00

HD 5/11P

15201960

£389.00

HD 6/13

15201620

£565.00 Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

481

Refuse Sacks day delivery

››

Refuse Sacks & Holders

Wall Mounted Steel Sack Holder

CHSA1590B

Example of HDPE40SWL Liner in use

Environmental Control

Steel lid & painted white

WSHW12RE Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

125 x 430 x 440

WSHW12RE

£49.05

£43.15

Description

Capacity

Colours

Liners per Box

HDPE Pedal Bin Liner

15 Litre

White

1000

HDPE15PBL

£15.40

HDPE Square Bin Liner

30 Litre

White

1000

HDPE30SQL

£22.85

HDPE Swing Bin Liner

40 Litre

White

1000

HDPE40SWL

£24.90

90 Litre

Black

200

CHSA0590B

£21.30

10kg CHSA Refuse Sacks

90 Litre

Black

200

CHSA1090B

£28.30

10kg CHSA Refuse Sacks

90 Litre

Natural

200

CHSA1090N

£32.30

15kg CHSA Refuse Sacks

90 Litre

Black

200

CHSA1590B

£36.85

12kg ENSA Professional Refuse Sacks

90 Litre

Blue

200

ENSA1290B

£38.50

12kg ENSA Professional Refuse Sacks

90 Litre

Green

200

ENSA1290G

£38.50

LDPE Refuse Sacks

120 Litre

Black

200

LDPE120B

£34.40

Heavy Duty Refuse Sacks

140 Litre

Black

100

HDRS140B

£38.30

Wheelie Bin Refuse Sacks

240 Litre

Black

100

WBRS240B

£33.40

Recycling Centre Bins - Set of 3 ›› ›› ››

Supplied as a set of 3 bins Suitable for paper, plastic & can/tin waste Manufactured from steel Subject to availablity

day delivery

RCJ49Z

RCJ49Z - Set of 3 Capacity Litres each

Overall Size Top Ø x Bottom Ø x H mm each

Weight kg each

Model

Price

390 x 320 x 580

RCJ49Z

£69.95

482

Price

5kg CHSA Refuse Sacks

ENSA1290G

››

Model

Plastic Sackholders ››

›› ›› ››

LID COLOUR OPTIONS

All plastic construction for easy maintenance & cleaning will not rust or dent Manufactured from ABS, PVC & polyethylene Silent closing lid Mobile on 2 wheels for ease of movement

Yellow White

day delivery

Black Orange Green Blue specify when ordering

Sackholders

FROM ONLY

£99.35

PSH045

PSH065 Capacity Litres

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

590 x 440 x 455

PSH045

£104.85

£99.35

790 x 440 x 455

PSH065

£110.20

£104.70

PSH065

Plastic Sackholders with Removable Bodies ››

›› ››

Environmental Control

››

Manufactured from fire resistant ABS (UL V0) lid & PVC (class 100 fire resistant) body & component parts Tested to HTM0503 & conforms to NHS HTM WM0701 for colour coded waste management Silent closing lid Mobile on 2 wheels for ease of movement

LID COLOUR OPTIONS Yellow White Black Orange Green Blue specify when ordering

day delivery

FSH065 Capacity Litres

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

590 x 440 x 455

FSH045

£166.60

£161.10

790 x 440 x 455

FSH065

£186.90

£181.35

FSH065

483

Sack Holder - Set of 4 Heavy duty structure Retention cord Rubber feet for stability No lid, wheels or pedals

›› ›› ›› ››

COLOUR OPTIONS Yellow Red

NEW

SH470X

Green Blue

day delivery

specify when ordering

Capacity Litres

Overall Size D x W x H mm

Model

Price

440 x 425 x 780

SH470X

£270.50

Sack Holders

Sack Holder with Lid ››

NEW

››

day delivery

Sack Holder with Body

Free standing steel sack holders & pedal operated Available with wheels & with a silent closing lid - please call for details

›› ››

Enclosed solid body sack holder Steel construction pedal operated

manufactured manufactured

COLOUR OPTIONS White Yellow

day delivery

NEW

Blue specify when ordering

Environmental Control

SHL70Z

SHB65Z

Capacity Litres

Overall Size D x W x H mm

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

Capacity Litres

Overall Size D x W x H mm

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

360 x 430 x 850

SHL70Z

£73.25

£62.50

410 x 230 x 820

SHB65Z

£121.05

£110.95

Sack Holder ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Recycling Centre

NHS approved Fire retardent plastic polymer Heavy duty silent closing damper Antimicrobial coating Other lid colours available - please call for details

›› ›› ››

Self closing, fire retardent & colour coded tops - ideal for segregating waste Tops any colour with WRAP logos - please specify when ordering Easy lift out galvanised liner

manufactured

day delivery

NEW

RC360Z SHB20Z

Capacity Litres

Overall Size D x W x H mm

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

Capacity Litres

Overall Size D x W x H mm

Model

Price

340 x 225 x 645

SHB20Z

£142.90

£130.65

60 (total)

200 x 800 x 600

RC360Z

£181.65

484

Pedal Bins ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Ideal for offices, warehouses, schools & factories etc Manufactured from polypropylene Hygienic & easy to wipe clean Lightweight but durable construction Pedal operated Fitted with two wheels to allow easy movement

FROM ONLY

£48.60

COLOUR OPTIONS

day delivery

Yellow Grey

NEW

specify when ordering

GBI45Z

i Information HYGIENIC & EASY TO WIPE CLEAN

Litter Bins

Capacity Litres

GBI68Z

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

600 x 410 x400

GBI45Z

£48.60

670 x 500 x 410

4.5

GBI68Z

£61.45

60L Recycling Bins ›› ›› ›› ››

Capacity: 60 litres Charcoal base with a choice of coloured lids & pictograms Swing lid is self-closing Overall size: 680H x 400W x 330D mm

NEW

day delivery

manufactured

Description

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

Blue Lid (Paper Sticker)

RBB60P

£52.10

£45.40

Red Lid (Plastic Bottles Sticker)

RBR60P

£52.10

£45.40

Green Lid (Mixed Recyclables Sticker)

RBG60M

£52.10

£45.40

Silver Lid (Non-recyclables Sticker)

RBS60N

£52.10

£45.40

485

Environmental Control

GBI45Z

Waste & Recycling Bins ››

››

Colour coded lids encourage effective waste separation. The lids are also hinged for ease of emptying Mobile on 2 wheels which are recessed to save space

FROM ONLY

Litter Bins

£52.65

Lid Colour

Capacity Litres

Overall Size each L x W x H mm

day delivery

Model

Price

Green

RMC0GR

£52.65

Blue

RMC0BL

£52.65

Yellow

RMC0YE

£52.65

100

533 x 512 x 852

RMC0BE

£52.65

Black

RMC0BK

£52.65

Red

RMC0RE

£52.65

Beige

RMC0BK RMC0BL RMC0YE

Waste & Storage Bins ›› ›› ››

Environmental Control

›› ››

RMB166 & RMBL04

Heavy duty, durable construction which will not rust, chip or peel Reinforced rims for durability Built in handles for easy lifting Easy anti-jam nesting Thermal resistance between -20ºC to +60ºC

i Information HEAVY DUTY CONSTRUCTION WHICH WILL NOT RUST OR CHIP

RMB208 & RMBL05 RMB166 & RMBL04

day delivery

RMB121 & RMBL03

FROM ONLY

£34.05

RMB075 & RMBL02 RMB037 & RMBL01 Container

Lids (must be ordered with container)

Capacity Litres

Overall Size Dia. x H mm

Colour

Model

Price

Colour

Model

Price

397 x 435

Grey

RMB037

£34.05

Grey

RMBL01

£8.00

495 x 581

Yellow

RMB075

£49.95

Black

RMBL02

£8.00

121

559 x 692

Grey

RMB121

£66.95

Grey

RMBL03

£11.70

166

610 x 800

Red

RMB166

£100.00

Black or Grey

RMBL04

£26.85

208

673 x 838

Grey

RMB208

£127.90

Grey

RMBL05

£26.20

486

Flip Bins ›› ››

High quality coloured plastic base with a white flip lid Complete with 12 stickers simply attach the sticker of your choosing STICKERS

BASE COLOUR OPTIONS

day delivery

Yellow Red

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

Green Blue

665 x 330 x 400

FB050Z

£20.40

£14.80

specify when ordering

Recycling Pedal Bins

Recycling Pedal Bins ›› ››

››

Ideal for office & industrial use Stainless steel casing, plastic pedal bin lids & removable plastic liners make these bins easy to clean & hygienic Subject to availability

››

Stainless steel or silver grey powder coated steel body with high strength plastic lid & 2 or 3 internal liners

RPB211S

day delivery

Litter Bins

Capacity Litres

day delivery

RPB1911S

RPB211S

RPB311S Compartments

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

605 x 340 x 485

6.4

RCJ45Z

£89.95

Price each 5+

Model

2 x 11L

Stainless Steel Body

RPB211S

£73.40

£69.70

2 x 11L

Powder Coated Body

RPB211P

£56.55

£54.65

3 x 11L

Stainless Steel Body

RPB311S

£89.40

£85.65

3 x 11L

Powder Coated Body

RPB311P

£68.95

£64.75

1 x 19L & 1 x 11L

Stainless Steel Body

RPB1911S

£89.40

£85.65

1 x 19L & 1 x 11L

Powder Coated Body

RPB1911P

£68.95

£64.75

Waste Bins ›› ›› ››

RCY57Z

Hygienic wipe-clean plastic Push flap opening with clear lettering & directional arrow Ideal for use in kitchens, offices, shops, warehouses etc

FROM ONLY

£17.65 3

day delivery

RCY57Z Capacity Litres

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price (each) 1+

Price (each) 2+

355 x 255 x 500

1.2

RCY29Z

£23.05

£17.65

420 x 300 x 670

RCY43Z

£30.80

£28.15

455 x 320 x 750

2.5

RCY57Z

£35.50

£34.45

487

Environmental Control

RCJ45Z Capacity Litres

Price each 1 to 4

Finish

Push Lid Bins ›› ›› ››

Ideal for recycling & your normal waste Available in all grey or grey bases with coloured lids - please specify when ordering Complete with 6 stickers - simply attach the sticker of your choosing

FROM ONLY

Litter Bins

£15.30 STICKERS

LID COLOUR OPTIONS Yellow Red

day delivery

Capacity Litres

Description

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

All Grey

510 x 215 x 360

PLB25G

£21.20

£15.30

Green Blue

Grey Base/Coloured Lid

510 x 215 x 360

PLB26C

£21.20

£15.30

All Grey

510 x 365 x 360

PLB45G

£24.15

£18.25

specify when ordering

Grey Base/Coloured Lid

510 x 365 x 360

PLB46C

£24.15

£18.25

Lift Lid Bins ›› ››

Environmental Control

››

Ideal for recycling & your normal waste Available with coloured lid - please specify when ordering Complete with 6 stickers - simply attach the sticker of your choosing

STICKERS

LID COLOUR OPTIONS Yellow Red

day delivery

488

Green Blue specify when ordering

Capacity Litres

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

510 x 190 x 400

LLB25Z

£17.20

£12.60

510 x 400 x 400

LLB50Z

£21.55

£17.85

Recycling Bins ›› ››

Ideal for recycling & your normal waste Complete with 11 stickers - simply attach the sticker of your choosing

LID COLOUR OPTIONS

FROM ONLY

day delivery

Green Blue Dark Grey Black

£20.80

STICKERS

Lime Brown

Litter Bins

Yellow Red

specify when ordering

Description

Capacity Litres

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

Light Grey Base/Coloured Lid

415 x 410 x 320

RB130Z

£26.70

£20.80

Grey Base/Coloured Lid

415 x 410 x 320

RB230Z

£26.70

£20.80

Light Grey Base/Coloured Lid

620 x 410 x 320

RB150Z

£29.15

£23.25

Grey Base/Coloured Lid

620 x 410 x 320

RB250Z

£29.15

£23.25

Slim Bins ›› ›› ››

Slim metal look plastic recycling bins are the perfect choice for the workplace & home Ideal for recycling & your normal waste Complete with 12 stickers - simply attach the sticker of your choosing

FROM ONLY

STICKERS

£69.95

day delivery

NEW

Description

SB255Z

SB355Z

SB155Z

Aperature Colour

Capacity Litres

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

Slot Lid

Blue

610 x 290 x 490

SB155Z

£77.95

£69.95

Hole Lid

Green, Red or Yellow

610 x 290 x 490

SB255Z

£77.95

£69.95

Handle Top

Grey

610 x 290 x 490

SB355Z

£77.95

£69.95

Slot Lid

Blue

730 x 290 x 490

SB170Z

£97.00

£87.80

Hole Lid

Green, Red or Yellow

730 x 290 x 490

SB270Z

£97.00

£87.80

Handle Top

Grey

730 x 290 x 490

SB370Z

£97.00

£87.80

489

Environmental Control

Wheeled Bin ›› ››

Half Round Head Bins

Manufactured from 30% recycled polyethylene Mobile on 50mm castors

››

day delivery

››

COLOUR OPTIONS

››

Hygienic wipe-clean pale grey plastic Push flap opening with clear lettering & directional arrow Subject to availability

Blue Green Dark Grey Red/Orange specify when ordering

Litter Bins

day delivery

GIH808

LWB50Y Capacity Litres

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price 1 Off

Price 2+ Off

420 x 470 x 650

LWB50Y

£28.95

£23.50

Capacity Litres

External Size Dia x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

60 100

510 x 800

GIH808

£34.55

580 x 900

3.5

GIH807

£42.30

‘Tidy’ Containers ›› ›› ›› ››

Built in handles for easy lifting Hygienic wipe-clean pale grey plastic Optional bag turns a bin into a janitorial trolley Subject to availability

Environmental Control

GID812

Bag Model

Price

GIB811

£30.20*

day delivery

GIT893, GID812 & GIL861

GIT893 & GIL861

*prices applicable when ordering with the Tidy Containers. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own. Container

Lid To Suit

External Size Dia. x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price 1 Off

Price (each) 2+

Model

Price

Model

400 x 430

1.5

GIT843

£28.25

£22.70

GIL840

£12.90*

500 x 580

GIT858

£32.15

£31.40

GIL850

£12.15*

167

610 x 930

13.5

GIT893

£59.20

GIL861

£17.10*

GID812

£31.20*

GIT893, GID812, GIB811 & GIL861

Pedal Bin ›› ›› ›› ››

Ideal for office & industrial use Hygienic wipe clean plastic 60L capacity with a retention bar to hold bin liners Subject to availability

day delivery

RCE60Z

£45.00

Capacity Litres

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

460 x 370 x 590

RCE60Z

£45.00

490

Dolly To Suit

Capacity Litres

RCE60Z

Price

Recycling Bins - Set of 3 ››

›› ››

Supplied as a set of 3 complete with 5 stickers: General Waste (White), Paper (Blue), Plastic (Red), Food & Drinks Cans (Dk Grey) & Glass (Green) Simply select the ones you want to use Ideal for offices, warehouses & factories etc Hygienic wipe-clean plastic

day delivery

RCY63Z

Litter Bins

RCY63Z Set of 3

Capacity Litres each

Overall Size L x W x H mm each

Weight kg each

Model

Price (Set)

330 x 450 x 790

RCY63Z

£94.70

Cardboard Recycling Bins - Set of 5 ››

NEW

Environmental Control

››

A lightweight & highly portable solution to recyclable rubbish & waste. This Pack of 5 Cardboard Recycling Bins includes 5 stickers to help you successfully separate mixed recycling, general waste, cans, paper & plastic bottles Bins come complete with 5 clear plastic liners

day delivery

FROM ONLY

£44.50

Capacity Litres

Overall Size H x W x D mm each

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

760 x 290 x 400

CB010Z

£50.90

£44.50

491

Pedal Bins Fitted with plastic liners

››

day delivery

FROM ONLY

£10.35 PB003Z

Capacity Litres

Overall Size H x dia. mm

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

270 x 167

PB003Z

£15.85

£10.35

400 x 248

PB012Z

£29.90

£24.35

445 x 292

PB020Z

£36.05

£30.55

640 x 292

PB030Z

£48.00

£42.45

PB020Z

PB012Z

Litter Bins

3 12

PB030Z

Soft Touch Bins ›› ›› ›› ››

40 litre steel circular bins with a soft touch plastic lid Manufactured from steel bodies with high impact plastic lids Available in either a stainless steel or black epoxy coated finishes Overall size: 730H x 345 dia. mm

Soft Touch Lid

manufactured

i Information

SOFT TOUCH PLASTIC LIDS

day delivery

Environmental Control

NEW

ST145BL

ST245ME

Push/Swing Top Bins ›› ›› ››

››

Capacity Litres

Colour

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

40 40

Steel Body - Black Painted

ST145BL

£96.45

£87.50

Plastic Body - Metal Effect

ST245ME

£96.45

£87.50

Stainless Steel

ST345SS

£96.45

£87.50

STB06Z

Manufactured in steel & powder coated in different colours STB06Z - lift off top assembly incorporates a lightly sprung flap STB07Z - self closing swivel top prevents a fire by excluding the air flow Overall size: 310W x 310D x 895H mm

manufactured

day delivery

NEW COLOUR OPTIONS

i Information

Light Grey Dark Grey

STB07Z - PREVENTS FIRES BY EXCLUDING THE AIR FLOW

White Green Blue Red specify when ordering

Description

Capacity Litres

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

Push Flap

STB06Z

£117.65

£107.55

Swing Top

STB07Z

£121.38

492

STB07Z

Wall Ashtrays ›› ›› ›› ››

Smokers Pole

Steel construction with drop down door for ease of emptying Fitted with lock & inner galvanized liner Manufactured from epoxy powder coated steel or 304 matt stainless steel Integral collection box day

›› ›› ›› ››

Manufactured from high impact polypropylene Key hole opening at top helps prevent other litter being put in the bin Narrow throat of bin reduces oxygen intake The base holds 15 litre galvanised reception bucket

delivery

NEW Smokers & Litter Bins

day delivery

NEW

WMABL85 SPB15Z

WMASS85 Colour Silver/Grey & Black Stainless Steel

Overall Size D x W x H mm 80 x 260 x 320

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

Colour

WMABL85

£37.65

£31.45

Black

WMASS85

£67.15

£61.55

Grey

SPG15Z

Overall Size H x Dia. mm 1050 x 385

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

SPB15Z

£83.95

£75.00

SPG15Z

£83.95

£75.00

››

40 litre steel pushbin complete with liner Available in a choice of finishes from matt or mirror stainless steel, grey or black epoxy coated.

day delivery

››

NEW

DTB01Z Capacity Litres

DTB02Z

Overall Size H x Dia. mm

740 x 350

DTB03Z

Colour

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+ £90.10

Grey Painted

DTB01Z

£100.95

Black Painted

DTB02Z

£100.95

£90.10

Stainless Steel Matt

DTB03Z

£111.75

£101.55

Stainless Steel Mirror

DTB04Z

£111.75

£101.55

493

Environmental Control

Dome Top Bins

Outdoor Open Top Litter Bins ›› ›› ›› ››

Capacity: 75 litres Open top bin range which has a smooth easy to clean surface Comes complete with zinc coated liner, lock & base Optional moulded concrete ballast blocks for fixing to soft ground or floor fixings for fixing to solid ground are available - see table for details

FROM ONLY

£162.50 COLOUR OPTIONS

90kg

evenly distributed

Litter Bins

Blue Green Red Yellow

day delivery

specify when ordering

SOC75Z

SOV75Z

i Information MANUFACTURED FROM HIGH DENSITY PLASTIC

Overall Size H x dia. mm

Description Coloured Bin

745 x 485

Victorian Bin

Model

Price

SOC75Z

£162.50

SOV75Z

£175.00

Fixing Plate & 4 Fixing Bolts

SOF75Z

£23.25

3 x Moulded Concrete Ballast Blocks

SCB75Z

£60.75

SOC75Z

Outdoor Hooded Top Litter Bins i Information

Environmental Control

MANUFACTURED FROM HIGH DENSITY PLASTIC

COLOUR OPTIONS

FROM ONLY

Blue Green

£167.90

SHV75Z

Red Yellow specify when ordering

›› ››

SHB75Z Description Coloured Bin Victorian Bin

Overall Size H x dia. mm 1000 x 485

Model

Price

SHB75Z

£167.90

SHV75Z

£187.50

Fixing Plate & 4 Fixing Bolts

SHF75Z

£23.25

3 x Moulded Concrete Ballast Blocks

SHC75Z

£60.75

494

›› ››

SHB75Z

day delivery

90kg

evenly distributed

Capacity: 75 litres Hooded bin range which has a smooth easy to clean surface & prevents ingress of rainwater Comes complete with liner, lock & base. The body is removable for easy cleaning Optional moulded concrete ballast blocks for fixing to soft ground or floor fixings for fixing to solid ground are available - see table for details

Open & Closed Top Litter Bins ›› ››

Manufactured from strong polyethylene ideal for indoor & outdoor use Supplied with the widely recognised ‘Tidy Man’ logo or the ‘Smiley Face’ symbol LBCB60TM

LBCR60TM

NEW

LBCY60TM

day delivery

LBCG60TM

Litter Bins

LBGO60SF

LBOR60SF

LBYO60SF

LBOB60SF Capacity Litres

Open Top Litter Bins Colour

Overall Size H x Dia. mm

Red 145

Blue Green

730 x 600

Yellow

Tidy Man Logo

Closed Top Litter Bins Smiley Face Logo

Overall Size H x Dia. mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

LBOR60TM

£81.25

LBOR60SF

£81.25

LBOB60TM

£81.25

LBOB60SF

£81.25

LBOG60TM

£81.25

LBOG60SF

£81.25

LBOY60TM

£81.25

LBOY60SF

£81.25

1040 x 600

Tidy Man Logo

Smiley Face Logo

Model

Price

Model

Price

LBCR60TM

£176.25

LBCR60SF

£176.25

LBCB60TM

£176.25

LBCB60SF

£176.25

LBCG60TM

£176.25

LBCG60SF

£176.25

LBCY60TM

£176.25

LBCY60SF

£176.25

Litter Bins ››

Environmental Control

››

Manufactured from polyethylene Supplied with the widely recognised ‘Tidy Man’ logo

NEW

7 LB906N

day delivery

LB904N

Description

Capacity Litres

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

Price

Open Top Square Bin

360 x 360 x 610

LB906N

£51.80

Closed Top Square Bin

114

432 x 432 x 990

LB904N

£109.85

Closed Top Square Bin with Push Flap

114

432 x 432 x 990

LB914N

£114.30

LB914N

495

Outdoor Litter Bin Capacity: 35 litres Offer an elegant solution to litter disposal ›› High quality stainless steel bins with galvanised steel liners ›› Lockable for greater security ›› The liner is accessed by unlocking & tilting the outer container. Locking is achieved with a triangular key lock ›› Surface mounted. Can be sub-surface fixed by using the ground anchors (which are supplied in pairs) ›› ››

Litter Bins

512.27.861

512.27.575 Unlocked

512.27.575

Capacity Litres

External Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1150 x 580 x 380

512.27.575

£193.08

512.27.861

£28.46

Ground Anchor for sub-surface fixing

Outdoor Litter Bin Capacity: 35 litres Offer an elegant solution to litter disposal ›› High quality stainless steel bins with galvanised steel liners ›› Lockable for greater security ›› The liner is accessed by unlocking the hinged lid. Locking is achieved with a triangular key lock ›› Surface mounted. Can be sub-surface fixed by using the ground anchors (which are supplied in pairs) ››

Environmental Control

››

512.27.861

512.22.823 Unlocked

Capacity Litres

External Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1105 x 360 x 475

14.5

512.22.823

£205.23

512.27.861

£28.46

Ground Anchor for sub-surface fixing

496

512.22.823

Wheeled Bin - 50 Litre ››

››

Manufactured from either 30% recycled polyethylene (Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange) or 100% virgin polyethylene (Yellow) Mobile on COLOUR 50mm castors OPTIONS

FROM ONLY

Blue Green

£23.50 7

Dark Grey Red/Orange Yellow

day delivery

specify when ordering

Colours

LWB50Y

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

420 x 470 x 650

Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange Yellow

››

Price (each) 2+

LWB50Y

£28.95

£23.50

LWB50YYEL

£30.40

£25.80

Wheeled Bin - 80 Litre ››

Price 1 Off

Model

COLOUR OPTIONS

FROM ONLY

Manufactured from either 30% recycled polyethylene (Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange) or 100% virgin polyethylene (Yellow) Mobile on 200mm wheels

LWB50Y

£45.00

Blue Green

NEW

Dark Grey Red/Orange Yellow

Wheeled Bins

Capacity Litres

LWB50YYEL

specify when ordering

LWB80Y

LWB80Y Colours

Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange Yellow

LWB80Y

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

470 x 540 x 780

6.5

LWB80YYEL

Model

Price 1 Off

Price (each) 2+

LWB80Y

£48.15

£45.00

LWB80YYEL

£50.90

£48.70

LWB80Y

day delivery

Environmental Control

Capacity Litres

Wheeled Bins - Recycling Centre ››

››

LW1120Y is a one off unit, please specify which colour lid you require: dark grey (cans), blue (paper), red (plastics) or light grey (general waste) LW4120Y comes complete as a set of 4, 1 of each colour

day delivery

LW4120Y Description 1 Off Set of 4

Capacity Litres each

Overall Size each L x W x H mm

Weight kg each

120

460 x 550 x 940

8.5

›› ››

Price 1 Off

Price (each) 2+

LW1120Y

£49.95

£47.95

››

LW4120Y

£176.50

››

Model

Easily manoeuvrable on 200mm wheels Ideal for use in schools, colleges, hospitals, healthcare centres, offices, warehouses etc Manufactured from 30% recycled polyethylene LW1120Y & LW4120Y have dark grey bodies

497

Wheeled Bins with Accessories ››

››

Manufactured from either 30% recycled Polyethylene (Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange) or 100% virgin polyethylene (Yellow) Easily manoeuvrable on 200mm wheels BODY COLOUR OPTIONS

Blue Green Dark Grey Red/Orange

day delivery

Side Pedal & Dark Grey Lid

FROM ONLY

£63.90

NEW

Yellow

Wheeled Bins

specify when ordering

Push Flap Dark Grey Lid

Environmental Control

Letter Slot Dark Grey Lid

Bottle Hole Dark Grey Lid LWB24BHY Body Colours available: Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange

Capacity Litres

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

120

460 x 550 x 940

8.5

LWB12LSY

£65.90

240

590 x 750 x 1000

LWB24LSY

£94.60

Model

Price 1 Off

Price (each) 2+

Body Colours available: Yellow Model

Price 1 Off

Price (each) 2+

£63.90

LWB12LSYYEL

£69.45

£68.15

LWB24LSYYEL

£96.80

Letter Slot Lid (complete with wheeled bin) - Dark Grey Lid

Bottle Hole Lid (complete with wheeled bin) - Dark Grey Lid 120

460 x 550 x 940

8.5

LWB12BHY

£65.90

£63.90

LWB12BHYYEL

£69.45

£68.15

240

590 x 750 x 1000

LWB24BHY

£94.60

LWB24BHYYEL

£96.80

Push Flap Lid (complete with wheeled bin) - Dark Grey Lid 120

460 x 550 x 940

8.5

LWB12PFY

£65.90

£63.90

LWB12PFYYEL

£69.45

£68.15

240

590 x 750 x 1000

LWB24PFY

£96.45

LWB24PFYYEL

£98.65

Side Pedal & Dark Grey Lid (complete with wheeled bin) 120

460 x 550 x 940

8.5

LWB12SPY

£64.80

£62.80

LWB12SPYYEL

£68.35

£67.05

240

590 x 750 x 1000

LWB24SPY

£92.00

LWB24SPYYEL

£94.20

498

Wheeled Bins

COLOUR OPTIONS

FROM ONLY

£45.00 7

Blue Green Dark Grey Red/Orange

day delivery

Yellow specify when ordering

Wheeled Bins

LWB360Y

Environmental Control

LWB240YYEL

LWB120Y ››

›› ››

LWB120Y

Manufactured from either 30% recycled Polyethylene (Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange) or 100% virgin polyethylene (Yellow) Easily manoeuvrable on 200mm Capacity Overall Size Weight Litres L x W x H mm kg Model LWB360Y is available in blue & green 80 470 x 540 x 780 6.5 as standard. Other colours 120 460 x 550 x 940 8.5 available upon request

LWB120Y LWB80Y Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange Model

Price 1 Off

Price (each) 2+

Yellow Model

Price 1 Off

Price (each) 2+

LWB80Y

£48.15

£45.00

LWB80YYEL

£50.90

£48.70

LWB120Y

£49.95

£47.95

LWB120YYEL

£53.50

£52.20

240

590 x 750 x 1000

LWB240Y

£74.95

LWB240YYEL

£77.15

360

710 x 850 x 1120

LWB360Y

£133.70

499

Quick Lift Wheeled Bin Lifter ›› ›› ››

NEW

30kg

evenly distributed

››

Wheeled Bin Lifter/Shelter

›› ›› ›› ››

Safe lifting capacity of 30kg Lifts 120L and 240L wheeled bins Empties containers over a max. wall height of 1600mm Power assisted fast lift bin emptier providing instant emptying No lever handle to operate simply lifts & empties really quickly! No finger traps, completely safe for any application Easy and safe to operate Ideal for schools, factories & retail outlets

Model

Price

ESMBT-0230-GL

£1956.25

Wheeled Bin Shelter ››

››

Environmental Control

››

BWS204

No fixing required - simply secure these units by using six 600 x 600mm paving slabs (not supplied) Fabricated from robust heavy duty box section Complemented by tri wall fluted plastic side panels & a galvanised sheet steel roof

£813.25 i Information

KEEP YOUR WHEELED BIN AREA NEAT & TIDY

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

500

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

Price

1980 x 1250 x 2040

BWS204

£813.25

660 & 1100L Waste Bins

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Easy to clean - lightweight yet robust construction Easily manoeuvrable when full Made from high density polyethylene Compatible with all standard lifting mechanisms For use where large amounts of waste are generated Brakes are fitted to the two front wheels COLOUR OPTIONS Dark Grey Green specify when ordering

Wheeled Bins

Capacity Litres

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

660

1260 x 760 x 1230

LWB660Y

£365.75

1100

1360 x 1060 x 1370

51.5

LWB1100Y

£421.85

Lifting Mechanism

Galvanised Waste Bin ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Easy to clean & hygienic Easily manoeuvrable when full Close fitting lid helps prevent spillages Compatible with all standard lifting mechanisms For use where large amounts of waste are generated Brakes are fitted to the two front wheels Fitted with a black plastic lid

day delivery

FWB06Y Description

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Max Load kg

Capacity Litres

Model

Price

Galvanised

1340 x 1220 x 950

450

1100

FWB06Y

£651.00

501

Environmental Control

LWB1100Y

Salt Spreader ››

›› ››

Winter Management Products

››

NEW

day delivery

Model

Price

SS30220

£188.60

Vehicle Mounted Salt Spreader ››

›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Can be attached to tractors, pick-up trucks, SUVs & other motorised vehicles converting them into powerful snow clearing equipment Powerful 100 Watt Motor Salt carrying capacity of 105kg Spread pattern up to 9 metres Two-speed hi/lo controller for precise material spread pattern Speed control features ‘Blast’ mode for grinding through tough chunks of salt

Environmental Control

Versatile & easy to use spreader with rustproof construction, variable rate control & high speed gearbox 30L hopper capacity Spread distance is 2.5m to 3m Solid alloy linkage & mobile on 220mm pneumatic tyres on rustproof polypropylene rims

NEW

day delivery

Overall Size W x D mm

Model

Price

660 x 635 x 546

VMSS105

£1178.90

Snow Shovels ››

››

Mobile Push Liquid Deicer Sprayer

Hand held - plastic shaft with durable plastic blade & plastic hand grip. High performance of up to -32oC. Complete with handy carry bag. Folding shovel is only 550mm long when folded Long handle - large head with aluminium edge, aluminium shaft & ergonomic rust proof handle with thermal cover. High performance of up to -32oC

››

›› ››

NEW

Epoxy powder coated chassis, high speed gearbox & spray adjuster - perfect for keeping surfaces ice free Mobile on 250mm pneumatic wheels Ground-driven pump - no battery to charge or maintain

NEW

day delivery

HH275SS

day delivery

LH385SS

LDS022

Description

Blade Size W x D mm

Handle Length mm

Model

Price

Hand Held

275 x 330

850

HH275SS

£31.80

Spray Distance

Capacity L

Model

Price

Long Handle

385 x 550

1550

LH385SS

£27.60

2 to 5 ft

LDS022

£410.65

502

Salt Spreader ››

››

A LARGE HOPPER MEANS LESS DOWNTIME!

Winter Management Products

››

i Information

The large, easy to clean, polyethylene hopper bucket is supported by a strong steel frame mounted on large 500mm pneumatic wheels to give this unit a smooth ride over rough terrain Can hold 25kg of salt Complete with weather shield cover Spread distance is 2.5M to 3M

SQT01Y

£177.85

SQT01Y

SQT01Y Capacity Litres

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1170 x 690 x 925

SQT01Y

£177.85

day delivery

Please check the suitability of the salt prior to use with the spreaders, ensuring the grain size is suitable. The Salt should also be compliant to BS3247 & must be dry & free flowing.

Salt (Seed) Spreader ››

››

Manufactured from heavy duty plastic with a steel handle 8 point adjustment system to increase & decrease the rate at which salt or seed is dispensed Mobile on 2 x 200mm plastic wheels

››

SCA06Y

£49.60

››

The blades & the main body of this unit are manufactured from heavy duty plastic Ideal for clearing car parks, walkways, pavements etc

Environmental Control

››

Snow Clearer

SCA03Z

£59.95

Dispenser Open

Dispenser Closed

day delivery

SCA03Z

day delivery

SCA06Y Capacity Litres

Body Width mm

Handle Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Snow Spout Direction

Working Width mm

Handle Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

660

1250

SCA06Y

£49.60

Right

570

1230

SCA03Z

£59.95

503

Winter Management Products

Salt & Grit Bins

GCB060 60L COLOUR OPTIONS Yellow Green Grey specify when ordering

›› ›› ››

115L COLOUR OPTIONS

Yellow

day delivery

manufactured

Manufactured from tough, medium duty UV stabilised polyethylene Hinged lid protects grit/salt from the elements Hasp & staple, wording & other colours are available upon request

GCB060 Stacked

Capacity Litres

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

500 x 470 x 475

GCB060

£66.10

115

800 x 474 x 605

GCB115

£87.30

Snow Plough ›› ›› ›› ››

The blade is manufactured from polypropylene with a durable metal edge & the steel frame incorporates a foam handle Ideal for clearing car parks, walkways, pavements etc Mobile on 2 x 160mm ribbed wheels which are ideal for rough terrain use The handle is extendable from 1300mm to 1400mm

Environmental Control

i Information

CLEAR CAR PARKS, WALKWAYS & PAVEMENTS IN MINUTES

Blade Size W x H mm

Handle Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

660 x 320

1300 to 1400

SCA05Y

£54.25

day delivery

SCA05Y

Rock Salt ›› ›› ››

25kg bags of white rock salt Delivered in pallets. Can be supplied in individual bags - please call for details Ideal for use with all grit bins & the salt spreaders shown on pages 502 to 506

day delivery

manufactured

504

Description

Model

Price

Pallet of 10 bags

WRS08P

£125.95

Pallet of 49 bags

WRS49P

£341.10

Stackable Grit Bins ›› ›› ››

›› ››

Manufactured from tough, medium density polyethylene Hinged lids - protects the grit/salt from the elements 2 x hasp & staple locks are available (factory fitted) to make these units secure (padlock not included) Ideal for use on highways or private premises Can be handled with either slings or a fork lift truck day delivery

Salt & Grit Bins

GB350E

manufactured External Size L x W x H mm

Capacity Litres

Weight kg

Model

Price

1020 x 520 x 720 1200 x 725 x 750

200

GB200E

£105.90

350

20.5

GB350E

£140.60

GBHSLE

£9.85

2 x Hasp & Staple Lock (factory fitted)

GB350E

Salt & Grit Bin day delivery

30L

evenly distributed

›› ››

manufactured

››

Capacity: 30 litres Comes complete with 25kg of rock salt & a moulded scoop Fitted with 1 x hasp & staple (padlock not included)

i Information COMPLETE WITH 25KG OF ROCK SALT & MOULDED SCOOP

GCB030

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Internal Size W x D x H mm

Bin Weight

Model

Price

475 x 383 x 305

460 x 370 x 230

5 kg

GCB030

£62.30

Heavy Duty Grit Bins ›› ›› ›› ››

Manufactured from tough, medium density polyethylene Hinged Lids - protects the grit/salt from the elements GCB200: fitted with 1 x hasp & staple (padlock not included) GCB400: fitted with 2 x hasp & staple (padlock not included) 400L

COLOUR OPTIONS

evenly distributed

manufactured

day delivery

YELLOW ONLY

GCB400

200L

evenly distributed

Red Blue Yellow Green specify when ordering

GCB200

External Size L x W x H mm

Capacity Litres

Weight kg

Model

Price

720 x 750 x 710

200

GCB200

£136.30

1260 x 750 x 710

400

GCB400

£188.80

505

Environmental Control

GCB030

Tilt Trucks Easy tilt polypropylene trucks Push/pull handle & 2 fixed 230mm rubber wheels & 2 swivel 100mm polypropylene castors which make the units extremely manoeuvrable

››

Container Trucks & Storage Bins

››

ERGONOMIC HANDLE

450L

evenly distributed

EASY TO OPEN HALF HINGED REMOVABLE LID

PCN95Y

Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Without Lid

1180 x 780 x 925

With Removable Lid

1180 x 780 x 955

PCN95Y with the lid removed for tipping Capacity Litres 450

Weight kg

Model

Price

PCN92Y

£348.35

PCN95Y

£405.30

Storage Bins ››

Envrironmental Control

PCN95Y

›› ››

Salt & Grit Bins

These storage bins are rotationally moulded in medium density polyethylene Robust and lightweight they can be used outside as well as indoors Supplied complete with a lock mechanism

›› ›› ›› ››

COLOUR OPTIONS

This range of salt & grit bins is manufactured in medium polyethylene which is robust & non-corrosive Two capacities available which can be handled either with slings or by fork lift truck Ideal for use on highways or private premises Colour - yellow

Blue Green Red Yellow specify when ordering

FROM ONLY

£203.60

manufactured

£137.50

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Capacity Litres

Capacity kg

Weight kg

Model

Price

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Capacity Litres

Capacity kg

Weight kg

Model

Price

850 x 505 x 725

200

150

SSB702L

£203.60

850 x 505 x 725

200

150

SGB200

£137.50

1050 x 650 x 900

400

300

SSB704L

£282.15

1050 x 650 x 900

400

300

SGB400

£191.10

506

Heavy Duty Craning Cage ››

›› ›› ›› ››

3YR

Fully welded 50 x 50mm mesh sides & sheet steel base (SK501Z has a sheet steel side which can also be used as a ramp) CE marked & plated Fork pocket centres: 670mm Can accomodate euro pallets Complete with craning eyes

GUARANTEE

500kg

evenly distributed

manufactured

Skip Trucks

SK501Z

SK501Z SK502Z Full security unit with hasp & staple (lock not included) Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Craning Cage with Loading Ramp

1335 x 1335 x 1200

Craning Cage with Opening Front & 1/2 fold Security Roof

1335 x 1335 x 1200

Capacity kg 500

Weight kg

Model

Price

120

SK501Z

£731.10

110

SK502Z

£878.25

Bottom Emptying Skip ›› ›› ›› ››

››

Environmental Control

››

CE marked & plated Stackable 4 high Fork pocket centres: 670mm This unit is stackable to give compact storage Pushing down on the bar positioned at the back releases the mechanism & opens the bottom. This bar is connected to a chain which can be pulled by the driver to operate the mechanism The base closes when the skip is lowered to the floor

3YR

SK209Z Stacked

GUARANTEE

manufactured Overall Size L x W x H mm

Capacity M²

Weight kg

Model

Price

1330 x 1110 x 1110

0.89

165

SK209Z

£1144.50

SK999Y

£107.15

Optional Castors - 4 x 150mm swivel nylon

SK209Z

507

Heavy Duty Industrial Waste Truck CE marked & plated Load capacity: 300kg Fitted as standard with a DEFLECTOR panel at the base to allow gradual safe & controlled emptying This truck is fitted with 6 x 100mm nylon swivel castors for mobility whilst also being fork liftable under the handles It features a hinged drop away base for easy emptying & can be supplied with a rodent-proof lid.

›› ›› ››

››

Skip Trucks

››

3YR

SK206Y

Overall Height mm

Overall Width mm

Internal Bin Height x Width mm

Load Capacity

Weight kg

1460

1150

1210 x 720

0.8cu m

SK206Y

GUARANTEE

Model

Price

100

SK206Y

£1020.00

SK206Z

£184.45

Lid for above

manufactured

Side Emptying Skip CE marked & plated Four way entry fork pockets Load capacity of 400kg (0.3 cu m) Fully welded construction This side emptying skip is capable of tipping its contents from either side The balanced tipping action is engaged by a foot operated release mechanism & uses a dampening system for controlled emptying

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

SK204Y

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

SK204Y

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Internal Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Wheels mm

Model

Price

1335 x 800 x 1110

1000 x 750 x 600

2 fixed & 2 swivel 125 Nylon wheels

SK204Y

£963.15

Environmental Control

Front Emptying Skip ›› ›› ›› ››

CE marked & plated Chassis welded heavy gauge construction Fitted with fork pockets & stackable 2 high Load can be easily discharged without the operator leaving the vehicle

i Information UNIT CAN BE EMPTIED FROM YOUR VEHICLE

SK105Y

£1586.40 SK105Y

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Internal Size L x W x H mm

Wheels

Weight kg

Model

Price

3YR

1 Cubic Metre / 500kg Load Capacity 1600 x 1500 x 1260

508

1420 x 1320 x 1020

2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 152mm Nylon

130

SK105Y

£1586.40

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Heavy Duty Tilting Skips ›› ›› ›› ››

CE marked & plated Suitable for use with a fork lift truck Robust construction with a strong chassis design Mesh top cage (580mm high) is available factory fitted

SK315Z

FORK GUIDE: 0.25 - 0.5 Cubic Metre - 3 Way Entry 1 - 1.5 Cubic Metre - Back Entry

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Skip Trucks

Mesh Cage

i Information IDEAL FOR SWARF & WASTE MATERIALS

0.25

Wheels

Skip Unit

Mesh Cage to Suit

Load Capacity kg

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

SK302Y

£1018.35

SK001Z

£259.50

750

1400 x 820 x 890

110

0.5

2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 125mm Cast Iron

1000

1670 x 1010 x 1030

133

SK305Y

£1168.50

SK002Z

£276.45

1250

2030 x 1270 x 1030

213

SK310Z

£1445.80

SK003Z

£309.20

1.2

1250

2120 x 1270 x 1140

219

SK312Z

£1554.75

SK004Z

£319.40

1.5

1500

2328 x 1435 x 1140

250

SK315Z

£1757.85

SK005Z

£361.40

Mini Skips ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

SK415Y & SK007Z

CE marked & plated Fits neatly underneath a workbench Specifically designed for production areas where space is limited Mesh top cage (200mm high) is available factory fitted Mobile on 3 x 100mm nylon castors 2 fixed & 1 swivel

Skip Unit

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Mesh Cage to Suit

Capacity Cubic Metres

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

0.1

850 x 450 x 480

SK410Y

£573.70

SK006Z

£162.80

0.15

850 x 600 x 480

SK415Y

£638.35

SK007Z

£165.25

0.19

850 x 750 x 480

SK419Y

£681.80

SK008Z

£167.60

509

Environmental Control

Capacity Cubic Metres

SK305Y

Tilting Skip/Truck ›› ››

3YR

›› ››

GUARANTEE

manufactured

FROM ONLY

CE marked & plated Extremely safe & robust Fully welded construction with the top press formed for rigidity & safety Fitted with a positive skip lock mechanism, fork lift pockets complete with retaining bars & integral sideguards which encloses the tip skid

£997.20 i Information

300kg

evenly distributed

Skip Trucks

IDEAL FOR SWARF & WASTE MATERIALS

FORK GUIDE: ½ Cubic Metre - Side Entry 1 Cubic Metre - Back Entry

500kg

SK101Y

Body Size L x W x H mm

evenly distributed

Overall Height mm

Wheels

Weight kg

Model

Price

SK103Z

£997.20

SK101Y

£1057.05

SK104Z

£1408.20

SK102Y

£1474.55

½ Cubic Metre / 300kg Load Capacity 1080 1220 x 600 x 700

1115

2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 160mm Nylon

1 Cubic Metre / 500kg Load Capacity

Environmental Control

1220 x 1200 x 700

1080

1150

2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 200mm Nylon

116

SK104Z

Tilting Skips Model SK201Y ››

300kg

evenly distributed

›› ›› ›› ››

CE marked & plated Chassis from welded hollow sections fitted to a sheet steel base Tubular steel handle aids the manoeuvring & safe tipping of the skip Safety catch avoids accidental tipping of the body Mobile on 2 swivel 150mm cushion castors & 2 fixed 200mm cushion wheels

Model SK202Y ››

Manufactured to the same spec as SK201Y but with an internal drain

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Description Tilting Skip Swarf Skip

510

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Capacity

1350 x 930 x 1105

.49 cu m

Weight kg

Model

Price

SK201Y

£748.40

SK202Y

£804.35

Invite Reception Furniture

5YR

Reception Furniture

GUARANTEE

›› ››

››

Invite is a modular reception system These base units, complemented with counter tops, shelves & other accessories, create smart & professional reception units These receptions are delivered built-up. Therefore you must complete a questionnaire about access When situated against a wall, the lift-up hatch & gate module must be firmly secured to a wall. This is your responsibility & instructions will be left with the unit

When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require - please refer to the swatches shown below:

Oak

Beech

Maple

Other colour options available - call for details

Base Units

Counter Tops & Accessories

Office & Retail Equipment

Straight Counter Tops

Rectangular Base Units ›› ››

The base units are plain top units Drill holes for counter tops or shelves will be made if specified on your order, adding 10%

Convex Radius Counter Tops

PRCT12

£148.49

1400 x 325 x 465

PRCT14

£155.08

1600 x 325 x 465

PRCT16

£164.59

1800 x 325 x 465

PRCT18

£173.37

Convex Radius Counter Tops W x D x H mm

Model

Price

900 radius x 325 x 465

PRCTR9

£242.13

1200 radius x 325 x 465

PRCTR12

£305.77

Model

Price

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

£230.42

1000 x 800 x 727

PRHM

£311.62

1200 x 800 x 727

PRUT12-8P

£258.22

1400 x 800 x 727

PRUT14-8P

£271.39

1600 x 800 x 727

PRUT16-8P

£283.09

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

1800 x 800 x 727

PRUT18-8P

£302.84

1200 radius x 325 x 465

PRCTCR12

£242.13

Hatch & Gate Module

Available Left or Right Hand (Right Hand Shown) Concave Radius Counter Tops

Concave Radius Counter Tops

Pigeon Hole Unit

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

1600 x 800 x 727

PRUT16-8PW

£283.09

560 x 300 x 439

PRPHU

£138.99

1800 x 800 x 727

PRUT18-8PW

£302.84

Rectangular Reception Shelves Pigeon Hole Unit

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

800 x 325 x 305

PRS8

£122.16

Model

Price

900 radius x 727

PRUTR9-8P

£400.86

1200 x 325 x 305

PRS12

£133.86

1200 radius x 727

PRUTR12-8P

£506.93

1400 x 325 x 305

PRS14

£140.45

Convex Radius Base Unit with Wheelchair Access W x D x H mm

Model

Price

1200 radius x 727

PRUTR12-8PW

£506.93

Rectangular Reception Shelves

Concave Radius Base Unit

512

1200 x 325 x 465

PRUT08-8P

W x D x H mm

Concave Radius Base Unit

£129.48

W x D x H mm

Convex Radius Base Units

Convex Radius Base Unit with Wheelchair Access

Price

PRCT08

800 x 800 x 727

Rectangular Base Units with Wheelchair Access Convex Radius Base Units

Model

800 x 325 x 465

Hatch & Gate Module

Rectangular Base Units

Rectangular Base Units with Wheelchair Access

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

1200 radius x 727

PRUTCR12-8P

£506.93

Radius Reception Shelves

1600 x 325 x 305

PRS16

£148.49

1800 x 325 x 305

PRS18

£153.62

Radius Reception Shelves W x D x H mm

Model

Price

900 radius x 325 x 305

PRSR9

£133.86

1200 radius x 325 x 305

PRSR12

£153.62

Face Seating

Reception Seating

Description

Seat Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Face Single Seat

775 x 770 x 430

FA1/BL/BLK

£194.51

Face Two Seat Sofa

1220 x 770 x 430

FA2/BL/BLK

£277.70

Coffee Table (Beech Top)

610 x 610

FATAB/BCH

£125.69

day delivery

2YR

GUARANTEE

Forum Seating ›› ››

A simple low cost range of modular reception seating Comfortable & practical solution for all reception areas

5YR

GUARANTEE

FR1

FR1A2

FR1AL

FR1AR Description

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Forum Unit Chair

580 x 820 x 890

FR1

£166.78

Forum Unit Chair - Left Arm

680 x 820 x 890

FR1AL

£241.79

Forum Unit Chair - Right Arm

680 x 820 x 890

FR1AR

£241.79

Forum Unit Arm Chair

680 x 820 x 890

FR1A2

£316.01

Forum Corner Segment - Concave

660 x 545 x 890

FRCONCAVE

£159.60

Forum Corner Segment - Convex

490 x 535 x 890

FRCONVEX

£159.60

Forum Unit Table (Maple/Beech Top)

770 x 770 x 300

FRT

£139.65

FRT

513

Office & Retail Equipment

FRCONCAVE

Fraction Pedestals

2YR

day delivery

GUARANTEE

When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require please refer to the swatches shown below: NOAK Nova Oak & Silver

Pedestals

BCH Beech & Silver

Other colour options, including white, are available - call for details

i Information IDEAL FOR USE WITH ALL FRACTION WORKBENCHES

Office & Retail Equipment

FPFP3D

FPMP2D

FPMP3D FPHMP3D FPDHP83

Description

W x H x D mm

Model

Price

FPFP2D

£90.97

FPFP3D

£98.15

(A) Fixed Pedestal 2 Drawer 3 Drawer

430 x 500 x 567

(B) Low Mobile Pedestal 2 Drawer 3 Drawer

435 x 553 x 572

FPMP2D

£120.30

FPMP3D

£126.28

435 x 595 x 572

FPHMP3D

£147.23

(D) Desk High Pedestal 3 Drawer

435 x 730 x 600

FPDHP63

£150.22

435 x 730 x 800

FPDHP83

£161.60

SMP3D

(E) Steel Pedestal 3 Drawer

514

310 x 570 x 545

SNMP3D

£160.40

390 x 570 x 545

SMP3D

£166.98

SNMP3D

Fraction Office Furniture

NOAK

BCH

Nova Oak

Beech

2YR

day delivery

GUARANTEE

Office Desks

When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require - please refer to the swatches shown below:

Other colour options, including white, are available - call for details

(A) Rectangular Meeting Table

(E) Storage Units (B) Circular Meeting Table

(F) Bookcases Description

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

(D) Filing Cabinets

Model

Price

2 Drawer

500 x 600 x 730

FPFC2

£171.17

3 Drawer

500 x 600 x 1020

FPFC3

£192.12

4 Drawer

500 x 600 x 1320

FPFC4

£210.07

(E) Storage Units

(A) Rectangular Meeting Table 1200 x 800 x 730

ZFPMT1208

£108.93

730 High (1 Shelf)

800 x 600 x 730

ZFPDDC720

£148.43

1600 x 800 x 730

ZFPMT1608

£135.86

1600 High (3 Shelves)

800 x 400 x 1600

ZFPDDC1600

£240.60

2000 High (4 Shelves)

800 x 400 x 2000

ZFPDDC2000

£271.12

(B) Circular Meeting Table 1000 x 730 1200 x 730

ZFPCMT10D

£129.87

ZFPCMT12D

£131.07

ZFPBT2400

£238.20

(F) Bookcases 800 High (1 Shelf)

800 x 400 x 800

ZFPBC800

£89.78

1600 High (3 Shelves)

800 x 400 x 1600

ZFPBC1600

£140.05

2000 High (4 Shelves)

800 x 400 x 2000

ZFPBC2000

£150.82

515

Office & Retail Equipment

(D) Filing Cabinets

Fraction Bench

Office Desks

NEW

5YR

Office & Retail Equipment

GUARANTEE

day delivery

When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require - please refer to the swatches shown below: B/S Beech & Silver

O/S

WHT

Oak & Silver

White & Silver Model

ZFB1216DST

Other colour options available - call for details W x H x D mm

Price

(A) Rectangular Workstation 1200 x 720 x 800

ZFB1208SST

£184.94

1400 x 720 x 800

ZFB1408SST

£187.33

1600 x 720 x 800

ZFB1608SST

£196.31

ZFB1208SST

ZFB1208SXT D

(B) Rectangular Workstation Add-On 1200 x 720 x 800

ZFB1208SXT

£139.45

1400 x 720 x 800

ZFB1408SXT

£141.25

1600 x 720 x 800

ZFB1608SXT

£150.82

Desk Mounted Stan

ZFB1216DEX

ZFB1216DST

£317.21

1400 x 720 x 1600

ZFB1416DST

£321.99

1600 x 720 x 1600

ZFB1616DST

£340.55

L-ST-1238 Available in Havana Black & Cluanie Blue (as shown) - please specify when ordering

W x H mm

Model

Price

(E) Desk Mounted Screens 1200 x 380

L-ST-1238

£59.85

1200 x 720 x 1600

ZFB1216DEX

£239.40

1400 x 380

L-ST-1438

£62.84

1400 x 720 x 1600

ZFB1416DEX

£242.99

1600 x 380

L-ST-1638

£74.21

1600 x 720 x 1600

ZFB1616DEX

£262.14

Bracket (2 brackets must be ordered with each screen)

SBKT-01

£9.58

(D) 2 Person Workstation Add-On

Desk Mounted Stan 4

516

Desk Mounted Stan 5

Fraction³ Desks

NEW

Office Desks

5YR

GUARANTEE

day delivery

F3CR/SIL

B/S

ZF3/1208

Beech & Silver

O/S

WHT

Oak & Silver

White & Silver

Other colour options available - call for details W x H x D mm

Model

Price Beech or Oak

Price White

(A) Rectangular Desk 1200 x 730 x 800

ZF3/1208

£131.67

£137.66

1400 x 730 x 800

ZF3/1408

£139.45

£146.03

1600 x 730 x 800

ZF3/1608

£149.63

£156.81

1800 x 730 x 800

ZF3/1808

£153.81

£161.60

(B) Return Workstation complete with Rectangular Desk

ZF3R1608(R)

Left Hand - 1600 x 730 x 1800

ZF3R1608(L)

£212.47

£223.24

Left Hand - 1800 x 730 x 1800

ZF3R1808(L)

£221.45

£232.22

Right Hand - 1600 x 730 x 1800

ZF3R1608(R)

£212.47

£223.24

Right Hand - 1600 x 730 x 1800

ZF3R1808(R)

£221.45

£232.22

£13.17

F3CR/SIL

W x H mm

Desk Mounted Stan

L-ST-1238 Available in Havana Black & Cluanie Blue (as shown) - please specify when ordering

Office & Retail Equipment

When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require - please refer to the swatches shown below:

Model

Price

(D) Desk Mounted Screens 1200 x 380

L-ST-1238

£59.85

1400 x 380

L-ST-1438

£62.84

1600 x 380

L-ST-1638

£74.21

Bracket (2 brackets must be ordered with each screen)

SBKT-01

£9.58

Desk Mounted Stan 480

Curve screens Des

517

Curve screens Des

Fraction² Desks

5YR

day delivery

NEW

GUARANTEE

Office Desks

Core Workstations

Silver Cable Riser

When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require - please refer to the swatches shown below:

Rectangular Workstations

O/S

B/S Beech & Silver

Oak & Silver

Other colour options including white are available - call for details

Desk Mounted S

L-ST-1238 Available in Havana Black & Cluanie Blue (as shown) - please specify when ordering

Office & Retail Equipment

W x H mm

Model

Price

Desk Mounted Screens

Wave Workstations

1200 x 380

L-ST-1238

£59.85

1400 x 380

L-ST-1438

£62.84

1600 x 380

L-ST-1638

£74.21

Bracket (2 brackets must be ordered with each screen)

SBKT-01

£9.58

Desk Mounted S

Core Workstations W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Left Hand 1400 x 800/1200 x 730

ZF2C1412(L)

£185.54

Right Hand 1400 x 800/1200 x 730

ZF2C1412(R)

£185.54

Left Hand 1600 x 800/1200 x 730

ZF2C1612(L)

£199.90

Right Hand 1600 x 800/1200 x 730

ZF2C1612(R)

£199.90

Left Hand 1800 x 800/1200 x 730

ZF2C1812(L)

£210.67

Right Hand 1800 x 800/1200 x 730

ZF2C1812(R)

£210.67

Desk Mounted S

Rectangular Workstations W x D x H mm

Model

Price

1200 x 800 x 730

ZF2/1208

£125.69

1400 x 800 x 730

ZF2/1408

£132.87

1600 x 800 x 730

ZF2/1608

£142.44

1800 x 800 x 730

ZF2/1808

£146.63

Wave Workstations W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Left Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 730

ZF2W1410(L)

£158.00

Right Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 730

ZF2W1410(R)

£158.00

Left Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 730

ZF2W1610(L)

£169.38

Right Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 730

ZF2W1610(R)

£169.38

Wave screens D

Silver Cable Riser W x D x H mm

Model

Price

F2CR/SIL

£13.17

518

Wave screens D

Fraction+ Desks ›› ›› ›› ››

25mm desk tops with cable ports 2mm PVC edging Silver powder coated frames Comprehensive range of matching furniture available

5YR

day delivery

NEW

GUARANTEE

Office Furniture

When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require - please refer to the swatches shown below: O/S

B/S Beech & Silver

Oak & Silver

Other colour options, including white, are available - call for details

i Information IDEAL FOR USE WITH ALL FRACTION PEDESTALS

Core Workstations

Office & Retail Equipment

Rectangular Workstations

Core Workstations W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Left Hand 1400 x 800/1200 x 730

ZFPC1412(L)

£176.56

Right Hand 1400 x 800/1200 x 730

ZFPC1412(R)

£176.56

Left Hand 1600 x 800/1200 x 730

ZFPC1612(L)

£190.32

Right Hand 1600 x 800/1200 x 730

ZFPC1612(R)

£190.32

Left Hand 1800 x 800/1200 x 730

ZFPC1812(L)

£200.50

Right Hand 1800 x 800/1200 x 730

ZFPC1812(R)

£200.50

Wave Workstations

Rectangular Workstations W x D x H mm

Model

Price

1200 x 800 x 730

ZFP1208

£119.70

1400 x 800 x 730

ZFP1408

£126.88

1600 x 800 x 730

ZFP1608

£135.86

1800 x 800 x 730

ZFP1808

£140.05

W x H mm

Wave Workstations W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Desk Mounted Sta

L-ST-1238 Available in Havana Black & Cluanie Blue (as shown) - please specify when ordering Model

Price

Desk Mounted Screens

Left Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 730

ZFPW1410(L)

£150.22

1200 x 380

L-ST-1238

£59.85

Right Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 730

ZFPW1410(R)

£150.22

1400 x 380

L-ST-1438

£62.84

Left Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 730

ZFPW1610(L)

£161.60

1600 x 380

L-ST-1638

£74.21

Right Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 730

ZFPW1610(R)

£161.60

Bracket (2 brackets must be ordered with each screen)

SBKT-01

£9.58

519

Desk Mounted Sta

E Space Executive Office Furniture ››

36mm thick work surfaces & substantial 50mm wide leg panels

5YR

day delivery

NEW

GUARANTEE

Office Furniture

Executive Desk with 2 Drawer Pedestal

Executive Desk with 3 Drawer Pedestal

Side Return with 2 Drawer Pedestal (for ZES604LH & ZES605RH)

Office & Retail Equipment

Pedestal Features: Brushed aluminium handles, pen tray drawer & silver leg with height adjustment

Executive Desk Side Return with 3 Drawer Pedestal (for ZES604LH & ZES605RH) Executive Desk with 2 Drawer Pedestal W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Right Hand 2200 x 1190 x 750

ZES600RH

£397.40

Left Hand 2200 x 1190 x 750

ZES602LH

£397.40

Executive Desk with 3 Drawer Pedestal W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Right Hand 2200 x 1190 x 750

ZES601RH

£382.44

Left Hand 2200 x 1190 x 750

ZES603LH

£382.44

Executive Desk W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Right Hand 2200 x 1190 x 750

ZES605RH

£294.46

Left Hand 2200 x 1190 x 750

ZES604LH

£294.46

Side Return with 2 Drawer Pedestal (for ZES604LH & ZES605RH) W x D x H mm

Model

Price

1380 x 480 x 700

ZES606

£243.59

Side Return with 3 Drawer Pedestal (for ZES604LH & ZES605RH) W x D x H mm

Model

Price

1380 x 480 x 700

ZES607

£228.03

Mobile Pedestal

520

2 Drawer

ES622

£132.27

3 Drawer

ES621

£121.50

ES622

ES621

E Space Executive Office Furniture

Office Furniture

5YR

day delivery

GUARANTEE

Office & Retail Equipment

Circular Meeting Table

NEW

Barrel Shaped Table

Circular Meeting Table Dia. x H mm

Model

Price

1200Ø x 750

ZES609

£228.63

Barrel Shaped Table W x D x H mm

Model

Price

2200 x 1000 x 750

ZES608

£281.30

Low Cabinet

Low Cabinet (includes 1 shelf) W x D x H mm

Model

Price

806 x 425 x 825

ES626

£146.63

Two Drawer Side Filer W x D x H mm

Model

Price

806 x 500 x 680

ES623

£231.02

High Storage Cabinet (includes 3 shelves) W x D x H mm

Model

Price

806 x 425 x 1900

ZES624

£296.86

High Storage Cabinet with Glass Doors (includes 3 shelves) 806 x 425 x 1900

ZES625

£420.75

High Storage Cabinet with Glass Doors

High Storage Cabinet

Two Drawer Side Filer

521

Contract Storage Filing Cabinets ›› ›› ›› ››

Fitted with an anti-tilt device that prevents more than one drawer being open at a time Modern swan neck, flush, anti-snag handles Central locking on all cabinets Available in coffee cream, goose grey or black

day delivery

5YR

Note: each drawer can hold up to 35kg of hanging suspension files. For use with suspension files only as the drawer bottoms are not load bearing

GUARANTEE

When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require - please refer to the swatches shown below: G/G

BLK

Goose Grey

Black

Office Furniture

C/C Coffee & Cream

Other colour options available - call for details No. of Drawers

AOC3

AOC4

AOC2

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

470 x 622 x 711

A0C2*

£129.28

470 x 622 x 1016

A0C3*

£155.34

470 x 622 x 1321

A0C4*

£160.66

Contract Stationery Cupboards ››

››

1 & 3 shelf models available in a choice of goose grey or coffee cream, these double door units are supplied fitted with shelves & are ideal for storing everyday files & stationery items A Black dual purpose shelf is available as an optional extra

5YR

day delivery

Office & Retail Equipment

GUARANTEE

No. of Shelves

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

914 x 400 x 1000

E402A01*

£160.40

914 x 400 x 1806

E722A03*

£209.48

914 x 400 x 1950

E782A04*

£242.39

Additional Dual Shelf

E198P1

£16.16

Contract Side Opening Tambours ››

5YR

GUARANTEE

day delivery

›› ››

Tambour units are priced empty ready to accept storage fitments as shown Units are manufactured with a welded carcass for greater strength Note: storage fitments will not be installed into any tambours on delivery but will be left on site with instructions for self assembly

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

1000 x 470 x 1016

IME101SOTG/G

£275.91

1000 x 470 x 1651

IME161SOTG/G

£337.55

1000 x 470 x 1968

IME191SOTG/G

£356.71

1000 x 470 x 1016

IME101SOTO/S

£348.93

1000 x 470 x 1651

IME161SOTO/S

£406.38

1000 x 470 x 1968

IME191SOTO/S

£429.12

Shelf

Grey, allow 60mm

BBSP1

£22.74

Filing Rail

Allow 285mm with files

BUR

£29.33

Description Tambours Goose Grey

Tambours Oak/Silver

Beech/Silver colour is available on application.

622

Office Shelving ›› ›› ››

Quick & easy to erect - no nuts or bolts Tested & certified to European GS standards Complete with 5 shelves which offer a smooth & hard wearing shelf with strong uprights & beam profiles, finished in high quality epoxy powder coated white paint

day delivery

Office Shelving

i Information

10 MINUTE ASSEMBLY

Locate beam in position

Office & Retail Equipment

Tap beam to secure

Lay the shelf into the beams

5 Chipboard Shelves

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

1770 x 900 x 300

175kg U.D.L

OS17930Z

£51.85

1770 x 900 x 450

175kg U.D.L

OS17945Z

£58.75

175kg U.D.L

OS17960Z

£66.15

1770 x 900 x 600

Description

Model

Price

Rubber Mallet

OSMAL1

£3.35*

*prices applicable when ordering with the Office Shelving. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

523

(A) Stakka Conference Chair ›› ›› ››

Choice of chrome or black frames Available in range of colours from stock Generous size seat & back

Turner Stock Fabric Colours CHA Charcoal

day delivery

CHA

Office Seating

Charcoal

Description

BLUE

Blue

(B) AC3 Chair

Model

Price

Black Frame - Stacking

STP0500/B

£34.11

››

Chrome Frame - Stacking

STP0503/CH

£40.10

››

(A) Stakka Conference Chair

››

(B) General Purpose AC3 Chairs (Stackable) AC3 Chair - Black

AC3BLK

£20.48

AC3 Chair - Blue

AC3BLUE

£20.48

Compliant with BS EN 1729 FIRA tested 430mm height

TUP1

£90.37

Beech Frame - Stacking with Arms

TUP2

£90.37

›› ›› ››

Available with or w/o arms Generous seat & back size Stackable up to 4 high 2 year guarantee

*ORDERING INFORMATION When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require e.g. add CHA for Charcoal Fabric = STP0500/B/CHA - please refer to the swatches shown.

››

Prism Operator Chairs ›› ››

Office & Retail Equipment

››

Choice of tilting mechanisms Waterfall-front seat Seat depth: 440mm

Prism Stock Fabric Colours

BLK

BLUE

RED

CHA

Black

Blue

Red

Charcoal

PSM2

PSM3

ZPSM1/FC1D Description

Model

Price

High Back - Permanent Contact Back

PSM1

£75.41

High Back Operator - Asynchro Tilt

PSM2

£86.78

High Back Operator - Synchro Tilt

PSM3

£92.17

High Back Draughting Chair

ZPSM1/FC1D

£112.52

Fixed Arms - pair

PSMLA

£11.37

Height Adjustable Arms - pair

PSMHA

£28.73

Folding Arms - pair

PSMFA

£33.52

Chrome Base

PSMCB

£30.52

524

day delivery

PSMLA

PSM1

PSMHA

PSMFA

PSMCB

Amber Executive Seating ›› ›› ›› ››

Pivoting lock tilt mechanism & added cushioning for executive levels of comfort Seat size: 495W x 515D mm Back size: 595H x 485W mm Seat height: 425/515 mm

2YR

GUARANTEE

day delivery

AM2HB/F/BLUE

Office Seating

AM3/PU/BLK Bonded Leather Stock Colours

Fabric Stock Colours

BLK

BLUE

BLK

Black

Blue

Black

CO/PAB

Description

Model

Price

Amber Fabric Chair - Blue Fabric

AM2HB/F/BLUE

£95.76

Amber Fabric Chair - Black Fabric

AM2HB/F/BLK

£95.76

Amber Fabric Chair - Black Bonded Leather

AM1HB/L/BLK

£102.34

Amber Visitor Chair - Black Polyurethane

AM3/PU/BLK

£83.79

Polished Base

CO/PAB

£50.87

Obsidian Executive Seating ›› ›› ››

Tanzanite Executive Seating

Pivoting lock tilt mechanism & added cushioning for executive levels of comfort Seat size: 500W x 465D mm Back size: 670H x 500W mm Seat height: 465/555 mm

›› ›› ››

Pivoting lock tilt mechanism & soft padded arms for executive levels of comfort Seat size: 495W x 515D mm Seat height: 490/580 mm

day delivery

Office & Retail Equipment

››

AM1HB/L/BLK

day delivery

2YR

GUARANTEE

2YR

GUARANTEE

CO/PAB

OB1HB/BL/BLK

TZ1/HB/L/BLK

Description

Model

Price

High Back Bonded Leather

OB1HB/BL/BLK

£110.12

Description

Model

Price

Polished Base

CO/PAB

£50.87

High Back Bonded Leather

TZ1/HB/L/BLK

£145.44

525

Etna ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

High quality, breathable, mesh back task chair with moulded cushion seat pad Synchronised mechanism & seat slide will ensure day long adjustability for ultimate comfort Height adjustable arms Back width: 485mm Back height: 585mm Seat width: 450/525mm Seat height: 530mm Seat depth: 485/530mm

Office Seating

day delivery

5YR

GUARANTEE

CO/PAB

ET1HB/M/BLK

Description

Model

Price

Etna Chair

ET1HB/M/BLK

£236.41

Polished Base

CO/PAB

£50.87

Pyramid Operator Chairs ›› ››

Office & Retail Equipment

››

Choice of tilting mechanisms Waterfall-front seat Seat depth: 450mm

3YR

GUARANTEE

day delivery

STOCK COLOURS

Pyramid Stock Fabric Colours

Black

Blue

Pyramid Special Fabric Colours PYR25

PYR15 & PYRLA

Green Description

Model

Price

Mid Back - Permanent Contact Back

PYR15

£121.50

Mid Back - Tilt Mechanism

PYR16

£125.69

High Back - Permanent Contact Back

PYR25

£128.68

High Back - Tilt Mechanism

PYR26

£132.27

High Back Draughting Chair

ZPYR15PYRD

£213.66

526

Fixed Loop Arms - pair

PYRLA

£23.34

Height Adjustable Arms - pair

PYRHA

£37.11

Chrome Base with Gas Lift

PYRB3

£50.87

ZPYR15PYRD PYRLA

PYRHA

PYRB3

Canteen Tables CBT42Z

Ideal for use in eating areas in offices, halls, factories, warehouses & retail premises Seats are manufactured from moulded polypropylene mounted on a strong steel frame Table top is manufactured from chipboard with a melamine coating Now with longer table for your comfort

››

£221.50

Canteen Furniture

2 Seater L > W

> >

4 Seater L

CBT42Z

> W

i Information

> >

6 Seater

SUPPLIED KNOCK DOWN FOR EASY ACCESS INTO YOUR PREMISES

day delivery

> W

No. of Seats

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Table Size L x W mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Peninsula Units - Access 1 Way

600 x 1730 x 810

600 x 600

CBT21Z

£139.90

1250 x 1730 x 810

1250 x 600

CBT41Z

£229.05

1600 x 1730 x 810

1600 x 600

CBT61Z

£320.30

Island Units - Access 2 Ways

THE HEAVY DUTY POLYPROPYLENE SEATS & HARDWEARING MELAMINE WORKTOP ARE MOUNTED ON A STRONG & DURABLE STEEL FRAME

1250 x 1730 x 810

1250 x 600

CBT42Z

£221.50

1600 x 1730 x 810

1600 x 600

CBT62Z

£320.30

527

Office & Retail Equipment

Description

Canteen Tables

Fully welded construction for durability Ideal for use in eating areas in offices, halls, factories, warehouses & retail premises Blue seats manufactured from moulded polypropylene mounted on a steel frame Laminate, light grey table tops

›› ›› ›› ››

day delivery

BLUE ONLY

FROM ONLY

2 Seater >

QCT42Z

L > W

4 Seater >

Canteen Furniture

£167.25

manufactured

> W

> >

6 Seater

SEAT COLOUR OPTIONS

Overall Size L x W x H mm

530 x 1690 x 725

1070 x 1690 x 725

1580 x 1690 x 725

1580 x 600

Model

Price

530 x 600

QCT21Z

£167.25

1070 x 600

QCT41Z

£243.30

QCT61Z

£341.70

2 Way Entry

specify when ordering > W

Table Size L x W mm

1 Way Entry (Wall Units)

Black Red Blue

No. of Seats

1070 x 1690 x 725

1070 x 600

QCT42Z

£243.30

1580 x 1690 x 725

1580 x 600

QCT62Z

£341.70

Premier Canteen Tables Fully welded construction with polypropylene seat shells Ideal for use in eating areas in offices, halls, factories, warehouses & retail premises Seats manufactured from moulded polypropylene mounted on a steel frame Laminate, light grey table tops with PVC edging

›› ›› ››

£342.90

4 Seater

FROM ONLY

L > W

> >

6 Seater

> W

Office & Retail Equipment

››

SEAT COLOUR OPTIONS

QRT162Z

Dark Grey Blue

specify when ordering

manufactured No. of Seats

Overall Size L x W x H mm

1070 x 1690 x 860

1580 x 1690 x 860

Table Size L x W mm

Model

Price

1070 x 600

QRT141Z

£342.90

1580 x 600

QRT161Z

£467.65

1 Way Entry (Wall Units)

2 Way Entry 4

1070 x 1690 x 860

1070 x 600

QRT142Z

£342.90

1580 x 1690 x 860

1580 x 600

QRT162Z

£467.65

528

Canteen Tables

5YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Canteen Furniture

Charlie Canteen Table VTC41Z

i Information DESIGN SERVICE AVAILABLE PLEASE CALL FOR DETAILS

FROM ONLY

£150.50 >

2 Seater L >

> L > W

6 Seater

Beta Canteen Table VTB42Z

Alpha Canteen Table VTA42Z

> W

COLOURS:

(add the number to the end of the model code)

No. of Seats

Seats; (1) Blue

(2) Black

(3) Red

(4) (5) Green Yellow

(6) Grey

(13) White

(14) Grey

(15) Beech

Table Size L x W mm

Single Entry Model

Price

Double Entry Model

Price

Alpha Canteen Tables (Seat Colours Available: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 & 12 - specify when ordering)

(7) (8) (9) (10) Lime Orange Peach Claret Green

(11) (12) White Brown

N.B. The colours for the seats are only available on certain ranges. Please see the specification to match the numbers

Worktops;

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Frames; (16) Silver

(17) Black

N.B. The colours for the Worktops & Frames are available on all ranges.

600 x 1600 x 750

600 x 600

VTA21Z

£150.50

1000 x 1600 x 750

1000 x 600

VTA41Z

£230.40

VTA42Z

£230.40

1600 x 1600 x 750

1600 x 600

VTA61Z

£331.30

VTA62Z

£331.30

Beta Canteen Tables (Seat Colours Available: 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 & 11 - please specify when ordering) 2

600 x 1600 x 750

600 x 600

VTB21Z

£176.10

1000 x 1600 x 750

1000 x 600

VTB41Z

£256.90

VTB42Z

£256.90

1600 x 1600 x 750

1600 x 600

VTB61Z

£355.90

VTB62Z

£355.90

Charlie Canteen Tables (only available with Beech Seats) 2

600 x 1600 x 750

600 x 600

VTC21Z

£181.55

1000 x 1600 x 750

1000 x 600

VTC41Z

£309.25

VTC42Z

£309.25

1600 x 1600 x 750

1600 x 600

VTC61Z

£470.60

VTC62Z

£470.60

529

Office & Retail Equipment

> W

4 Seater

››

Fully welded construction for durability Ideal for use in eating areas in offices, halls, factories, warehouses & retail premises Alpha & Beta range seats are manufactured from moulded polypropylene & Charlie range seats are manufactured from beech. All seats are then mounted on a strong & durable Steel frame Table top is manufactured from chipboard with a melamine coating

››

Beam Benches ››

Multi-purpose Furniture

››

Heavy duty polypropylene chairs mounted on a strong & durable steel frame Seat height: 450mm

BBT04Z

day delivery

BBT03Z Description

Overall Size L x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

3 Seater

1670 x 550 x 790

BBT03Z

£132.00

4 Seater

2235 x 550 x 790

BBT04Z

£163.55

Extra Folding Chairs Office & Retail Equipment

5YR

GUARANTEE

››

Flexible collapsible chair with upholstered seat & back

‘Stabil’ Folding Chairs ››

Stable & robust folding chair with plastic seat & back ‘Stabil’ Chairs

FCBL46

FCBE46 Seat Size W x D x H mm

Colour

Order in Multiples of

Model

Price each

Extra Folding Chairs 380 x 290 x 460

Blue

FCBE46

£14.30

Black

FCBL46

£14.30

‘Stabil’ Folding Chairs 390 x 390 x 445

SCT50Y

Blue

SCBE44

£22.35

Black

SCBL44

£22.35

White

SCWH44

£22.35

‘Stabil’ Folding Chair Trolley - Holds 50 Chairs 485 x 1010 x 1700

SCT00Y

£268.30

‘Stabil’ Folding Chair Trolley - Complete with 50 Chairs (please specify chair colour when ordering) 485 x 1010 x 1700

530

SCT50Y

£1141.25

Folding Tables ›› ››

››

i Information

Manufactured from heavy duty blow moulded plastic Models FFT03Z & FFT04Z easily fold from the centre of the table making them easy to carry All models of tables have folding legs which fit neatly underneath the table for compact storage

IDEAL FOR ALL OCCASIONS

day delivery

Canteen Furniture

FST02Z & 4 x FFC00Z

only £203.30

4 x FFC00Z

TO THIS

Models FFT03Z

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Folded Size L x W x H mm

405 x 400 x 450

1040 x 460 x 215

Office & Retail Equipment

FROM THIS

TO THIS

& FFT04Z Only

Weight kg

Order in Multiples of

Model

Price each

FFC00Z

£28.45

Folding Chair 4.5 Tables with Folding Legs 1200 x 600 x 740

1200 x 600 x 60

8.5

FST01Z

£68.95

1830 x 760 x 720

1830 x 760 x 43

FST02Z

£89.50

Folding Tables with Folding Legs 1200 x 600 x 740

610 x 600 x 90

FFT03Z

£69.95

1830 x 760 x 720

915 x 760 x 86

FFT04Z

£93.35

531

Canteen Table with Bench Seating ›› ›› ››

QBT120Z - Blue

QBT120Z - Red

Canteen Furniture

››

Manufactured from robust, powder coated silver, steel box section with a wipe clean, 20mm thick laminate top Bench seats fit underneath the table for easy cleaning & storage Table height: 750mm Bench height: 470mm

TOP COLOUR OPTIONS Grey Red Blue specify when ordering

QBT120Z - Grey

Overall Size L x W mm

manufactured

Model

Price

1200 x 750

QBT120Z

£393.05

1500 x 750

QBT150Z

£455.70

Bistro Chairs ›› ›› ›› ››

5YR

Stacking for easy storage (side chairs only) Laminated plywood chair in a beech colour with chrome legs Quality non-marking black foot bungs Upholstered seat available - please call for details

GUARANTEE

FROM ONLY

Office & Retail Equipment

£38.25

VTD74Z

NEW

VTE85Z VTD84Z Description

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Seat Height mm

Triangle Shaped Back

795 x 500 x 510

455

6 high

VTD74Z

£38.25

Balloon Shaped Back

850 x 500 x 510

455

6 high

VTD84Z

£38.25

Triangle Shaped Back

1070 x 480 x 510

760

VTE75Z

£100.75

Balloon Shaped Back

1070 x 480 x 510

760

VTE85Z

£100.75

Stacked

Model

Price

Stacking Side Chairs

VTE75Z

532

Barstools

Aster Seat ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Steel structure, 80 x 8mm, with a zinc primer & black finish (RAL 9005) eat & backrest in 36mm deep class 4 pine S ood finish: water based colour W stain preserver mahogany ood uses tamper-proof bolts W ounted on base plates. M Anchor bolts supplied

Seats & Benches

209414

Seat Length mm

Seat Height mm

Model

Price

2000

460

209414

£271.00

Mora Seat Cast steel structure, zinc primed & painted finish in RAL 9005 black eat & backrest made of Class 4 ›› S autoclave treated pine wood slats ood varnished with rosewood stain ›› W ounted on base plates. ›› M Anchor bolts supplied ››

209482

Seat Length mm

Seat Height mm

Model

Price

1800

400

209482

£216.92

Aster Litter Bin Simple & functional litter bin featuring wooden slats set apart to allow a view of the contents as a means of helping to prevent criminal attacks ›› Made of Class 4 autoclave treated pine wood slats, 20mm thick ›› Wood finished in Teck stain ›› To be concreted directly into the ground ››

Capacity Litres

Size Dia. x H mm

Model

Price

380 x 600

208072

£259.62

NEW

208072

533

Office & Retail Equipment

NEW

Trolleys - suitable for Healthcare, Education & Pharmaceutical Environments ›› ››

Complete with trays More sizes available - call for details

Tray Storage

Tray Hanging Facility

SCT8

i Information

Office & Retail Equipment

OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

manufactured

SCT12 Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

530 x 430 x 1105

SCT8

£316.88

1090 x 430 x 1850

SCT12

£633.74

515 x 490 x 550

SCT5

£198.04

SCT5

File Trolley Strong & sturdy aluminium construction Files shown are optional extras - call for details ›› Bespoke units are available - call for details ›› ››

manufactured

SFT01

534

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

420 x 600 x 550

SFT01

£178.25

Folding Box Trucks ›› ›› ››

Durable plastic construction Opens & folds in seconds Folds flat for easy carrying & storage

FROM ONLY

£22.25

i Information

HOLD FOOLSCAP LEVER ARCH & BOX FILES

PI041Y

day delivery

Office Trucks & Storage

Folding Box Trucks fold to a depth of just 85mm

GI040Y

i Information GI042Y with removable lid

HOLDS A4 FILES

Description

Load Capacity

Overall Size - Open H x W x D mm

Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm

Internal Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price (each) 1+

Price (each) 3+

Blue/Yellow

25 kg

850 x 375 x 325

410 x 375 x 85

290 x 345 x 270

GI040Y

£24.50

£22.25

Blue/Yellow

35 kg

990 x 460 x 390

470 x 460 x 85

350 x 395 x 330

GI041Y

£29.95

£27.70

Black

35 kg

990 x 460 x 390

470 x 460 x 85

350 x 395 x 330

BI041Y

£29.65

£27.40

Pink

35 kg

990 x 460 x 390

470 x 460 x 85

350 x 395 x 330

PI041Y

£29.95

£27.70

Grey/Red with removable lid

35 kg

990 x 460 x 390

470 x 460 x 85

350 x 395 x 330

GI042Y

£35.35

£30.85

Plastic Drawers ›› ››

Plastic Cupboard

Manufactured from high quality plastic Mobile on 4 x 40mm swivel castors Subject to availability

›› ›› ››

Made from robust, high quality plastic Ideal for many applications; kitchens/cafeterias janitorial closets, schools, offices etc Hygienic & easy to clean

CA085C

£85.00

day delivery

CDE673

CE095C

Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Features

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

3 Drawer Chest

370 x 440 x 675

4.5

CDE673

£49.00

1 Shelf

700 x 390 x 855

CA085C

£85.00

535

Office & Retail Equipment

››

GI041Y

Chair Bulk Load Sack Truck ›› ›› ›› ››

Folding Trolley

Toe plate size: 565W x 150D mm Fully welded steel construction Mobile on 200 x 50mm cushion roller bearing wheels Ideal for moving stacked chairs

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Sturdy, easy to fold & neat to store Ideal for use in shops, schools etc Can be folded in one simple move Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel rubber tyred castors, 2 with brakes Size when folded: 580L x 100W x 1080H mm Clearance between shelves: 300mm

70kg

Office Trucks & Trolleys

evenly distributed

CI203Y Folded

80kg

evenly distributed

CI203Y

TS142H manufactured Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1168 x 570 x 380

14.5

TS142H

£196.80

580 x 450 x 890

CI203Y

£135.20

‘Foldaway’ Trolley ›› ››

Office & Retail Equipment

›› ›› ››

day delivery

Wooden Deck Trolley

Aluminium construction with a telescopic handle & expanding/contracting base Fits easily into a car boot/van Corner buffers for added protection Mobile on 100mm castors Platform height: 160mm

›› ››

This trolley has a high quality wooden deck & chrome plated folding handle Mobile on 2 fixed, & 2 swivel 100mm non-marking rubber castors

day delivery

GI110Y Folded

150kg

evenly distributed

150kg

evenly distributed

day delivery

GI110Y

GI001Y Extended

Overall Size - Open L x W x H mm

Overall Size - Folded L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

725 x 420 x 960

570 x 420 x 230

8.5

GI001Y

£59.95

740 x 480 x 860

GI110Y

£75.00

536

Adjustable Height Trolleys ›› ›› ››

››

Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 braked Perfect for colour co-ordinating company depts etc Shelves are manufactured from 20 gauge steel with smooth rounded edges for extra strength, with the legs constructed from 14 gauge steel Top shelf is easily adjustable from 660 up to 1070mm in 100mm increments & comes complete with a ribbed rubber mat

day delivery

150kg

evenly distributed

Office Trucks & Trolleys

COLOUR OPTIONS Red Grey Blue

GI942W

specify when ordering

Overall Size L x W mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

610 x 460

GI942W

£180.20

Shopping Trolleys ›› ›› ››

LCD/Flat Panel TV Stands ››

››

Manufactured from 2 heavy duty chrome steel tubes with a black steel base. The base incorporates a 22kg weight which provides the proper centre of gravity Subject to availability

YR GUARANTEE

LFP05Z

i Information BABY SEAT INCLUDED AS STANDARD

SCP150B

Fits TV Dia.

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

685 x 600 x 510

39.5

LFP05Z

£299.95

36” to 60”

685 x 600 x 1145

40.5

LFP11Z

£325.00

685 x 600 x 1525

LFP15Z

£333.00

››

Capacity Litres

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Wheels mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

100

740 x 500 x 1000

100

SCP100B

£110.25

150

900 x 550 x 1000

125

SCP150B

£146.95

››

The universal glide bracket design easily hooks onto the wall plate & ensures screen is securely attached Smooth continuous touch tilt which allows 15º (+/-) of adjustment

537

Office & Retail Equipment

Bright zinc finish & lacquer coating Easy handling once these units are loaded Robust design complete with corner buffers

Flip Bins High quality coloured plastic base with a white flip lid Complete with 12 stickers simply attach the sticker of your choosing

›› ››

STICKERS

Office Litter Bins

BASE COLOUR OPTIONS

Yellow Red Green Blue

Capacity Litres

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

specify when ordering

665 x 330 x 400

FB050Z

£20.40

£14.80

Pedal Bins ››

Recycling Pedal Bins

Fitted with plastic liners

day delivery

››

Stainless steel or silver grey powder coated steel body with high strength plastic lid & 2 or 3 internal liners

RPB211S

day delivery

FROM ONLY

£10.35

RPB1911S

RPB211S

RPB311S

Office & Retail Equipment

PB020Z

PB030Z

Capacity Litres

Overall Size H x dia. mm

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

››

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

Finish

Model

2 x 11L

Stainless Steel Body

RPB211S

£73.40

£69.70

2 x 11L

Powder Coated Body

RPB211P

£56.55

£54.65

3 x 11L

Stainless Steel Body

RPB311S

£89.40

£85.65

3 x 11L

Powder Coated Body

RPB311P

£68.95

£64.75

270 x 167

PB003Z

£15.85

£10.35

400 x 248

PB012Z

£29.90

£24.35

445 x 292

PB020Z

£36.05

£30.55

1 x 19L & 1 x 11L

Stainless Steel Body

RPB1911S

£89.40

£85.65

640 x 292

PB030Z

£48.00

£42.45

1 x 19L & 1 x 11L

Powder Coated Body

RPB1911P

£68.95

£64.75

Cardboard Recycling Bins - Set of 5 ››

Compartments

day delivery

Capacity Litres

Overall Size H x W x D mm each

Model

Price each 1 to 4

Price each 5+

760 x 290 x 400

CB010Z

£50.90

£44.50

538

NEW

FROM ONLY

£44.50

Kick Steps ››

››

Available as a standard version or as a model which is manufactured & approved to the recognised 150kg evenly European GS standard distributed Manufactured from high quality plastic or steel & rubber for safety & durability Snap-lock for quick assembly Mounted on 3 sprung loaded polypropylene castors which retract when weight is applied GA008Z & GA009Z

STEEL COLOUR OPTIONS

FROM ONLY

Red Green

£31.30

Blue Black Grey Yellow specify when ordering

PLASTIC COLOUR OPTIONS

Kick Steps & Folding Steps

››

day delivery

Red Blue Black Grey specify when ordering

GA008Z Description Standard Plastic GS Approved Plastic Standard Steel GS Approved Steel

KA004Z

Loaded Height mm

Unloaded Height mm

Base Dia. mm

Top Dia. mm

445

450

440

300

430

435

290

KA004Z

Weight kg

Price (each) 1+

Model

Price (each) 3+

KA007Z

£33.25

£31.30

GA008Z

£38.45

£35.90

KA004Z

£37.75

£34.80

GA009Z

£40.90

£37.65

Folding Steps with Foam Handle ›› ››

day delivery

Office & Retail Equipment

››

Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard & comply to EN-14183 standard Tubular steel construction, fitted with non-slip treads, non-slip feet & foam covered handle, giving a comfortable backing when used as a seat Tread size: 380W x 260Dmm

FROM ONLY

£42.50

GS403Z GS402Z

GS404Z

No. of Treads

Height of top tread mm

Overall Size - Open H x W x D mm

Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

2 3

480

820 x 450 x 520

1065 x 450 x 90

GS402Z

£42.50

725

1180 x 460 x 670

1310 x 460 x 90

GS403Z

£54.50

980

1435 x 500 x 850

1580 x 500 x 90

GS404Z

£70.50

539

Wooden Screens

Wooden Screens & Computer Tables

››

Ideal for transforming your canteen area, reception area, waiting rooms etc into cosy areas Supplied complete with silver feet

Square Design Birch

Line Design Beech

7 Design Line Square

i Information

day delivery

CHOOSE FROM 2 DESIGNS

Overall Size W x H mm 940 x 1720

Birch

Beech

Model

Price

Model

Price

WSLI26

£194.65

WSLI38

£194.65

WSSQ24

£194.65

WSSQ36

£194.65

Computer Tables ›› ››

Office & Retail Equipment

›› ››

These computer tables are manufactured from strong heavy gauge tubular steel with melamine coated shelves The shelves are adjustable in 25mm increments The open design gives access to the spacious work area Subject to availability

CWS01Y

day delivery

CWS03Y

CWS02Y

540

Overall Height mm

Overall Size W x D mm

711

609 x 762

711

915 x 762

889

609 x 762

Wheels 50mm Swivel, 2 braked

Weight kg

Model

Price

CWS01Y

£123.00

CWS02Y

£137.00

CWS03Y

£115.00

Busyscreen® Classic

manufactured

Desk Screens

Castor Feet

400mm High Desk Screens

The Multi-function Screen System ›› ›› ››

››

Description

COLOUR OPTIONS RY

Royal

Dolphin

Iona

Red

Ivy

Black

Merrick

** To order please add colour code to model code More fabric & partitioning screen models available - call for details

Wave Desk Screens

1525mm High Flat Busyscreens

FURNITURE INDUSTRY RESEARCH ASSOCIATION ACCREDITED PRODUCT

1825mm High Flat Busyscreens

Standard Curved Busyscreens Wall Linking Batten for joining one end of a Busyscreen to a wall

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

1525 x 900

BB1590/**

£141.35

1525 x 1200

BB1512/**

£153.85

1525 x 1500

BB1515/**

£160.75

1525 x 1600

BB1516/**

£165.95

1825 x 900

BB1890/**

£150.70

1825 x 1200

BB1812/**

£162.70

1825 x 1500

BB1815/**

£173.10

1825 x 1600

BB1816/**

£174.65

1525 x 1131

CB1511/**

£238.40

1825 x 1131

CB1811/**

£248.30

1825H

RMA/8

£19.20

RMA/9

£26.50

Pair of Castor Feet in lieu of stabiliser feet 400 x 800

BB4080/**

£50.05

400 x 1200

BB4012/**

£60.05

400 x 1600

BB4016/**

£65.95

400 x 1800

BB4018/**

£86.55

400/600 x 800

BB6480/**

£61.25

400/600 x 1200

BB6412/**

£73.60

400/600 x 1600

BB6416/**

£90.10

400/600 x 1800

BB6418/**

£105.55

Pair of clamps for desks 12-30mm thick (pair required for each desk panel)

BB00223

£11.90

Pair of brackets for desks +30mm thick (pair required for each desk panel)

BS71445

£10.60

400mm High Desk Screens

400/600mm High Wave Desk Screens

541

Office & Retail Equipment

››

All panels are 32mm thick, providing an excellent acoustic shadow All panels have height adjustable button feet Flat panels are supplied as standard with a pair of stabiliser feet, these can be upgraded to castor feet if required Woven cloth conforms to surface spread of flame test BS476 part 7 class 1, cigarette BS EN 1021-1 & is also light fast to meet or exceed ISO 105 A flexible linking strip is included with every screen for joining 2 adjacent panels, can also be used for joining 3 and 4 way linking Panels accept pins Made to order, therefore non-returnable.

Rope Barriers ››

YOUR MESSAGE GOES

››

HERE

››

RSLS8Z

Rope & Belt Barriers

››

High quality polished stainless steel posts for a durable & aesthetic finish The ropes are manufactured from high quality polyester Ideal where you need to channel traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc 4 way connectivity

SRL21R

SRL22B

SHL01Z

SRL25B

SPL21Z & SRL21R

day delivery

SPL11Z & SRL22B

Sign Board - create your own message

Posts & Wall Hook

Description

Post Size H x W mm

Model

Price

Sign Board

370 x 205

RSLS8Z

£49.90*

Ropes - with silver polished ‘Q’ hooks

Description

Post Size H x W mm

Model

Price

Rope Colour

Stainless Steel Post with Ball Head

987 x 320

SPL11Z

£74.95

Red

Stainless Steel Post with Top Hat Head

935 x 320

SPL21Z

£74.95

Blue

Wall Hook

SHL01Z

£12.55*

Black

Rope Length mm 1500

Model

Price

SRL21R

£29.95*

SRL22B

£29.95*

SRL25B

£29.95*

*prices applicable when ordering with Posts. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

Ofﬁce & Retail Equipment

Double Belt Barrier RDLS7B

Belt Barriers

3 x RPLS1R

››

›› ››

Posts are available in a black coated finish or a high quality polished stainless steel finish for a durable & aesthetic finish The retractable belt is manufactured from nylon Ideal for where you need to channel traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc Wall Mounted Belt size: 50mm high Belt Barrier & 2000mm length RWLS9B 3 way connectivity

day delivery

Belt Colour

Post Size H x W mm

Model

Price

Black Post - Retractable Belt Barrier Red

RPLB4R

£80.35

Blue

RPLB5B

£80.35

RPLB6B

£80.35

RRLB8P

£67.75

930 x 350

Black Receiving End Post

Stainless Steel Post - Retractable Belt Barrier Red

RPLS1R

£80.35

Blue

RPLS2B

£80.35

RPLS3B

£80.35

RRLS9P

£67.75

930 x 350

Black Receiving End Post

Stainless Steel Post - Double Retractable Belt Barrier Blue

985 x 320

RDLS7B

£109.95

Wall Mounted Retractable Belt Barrier Blue

542

RWLS9B

£35.60

Vertical & Rotary Con-tur Literature Racks Exclusive Con-tur design totally eliminating paper curl Manufactured from prime steel with a baked enamel finish ›› Vertical racks will wall mount with provided key hole slots or can be used as stand alone units by using the optional legs ›› ››

NEW

Con-Tur design keeps literature upright.

COLOUR OPTIONS Tan Black Grey

Paper curl is eliminated.

specify when ordering

Literature Display

i Information VERTICAL & ROTARY RACKS TO ORGANISE & STORE YOUR LITERATURE

20 Pockets

11 Pockets

5 Pockets

Optional Legs

Description

360º

20 Pockets

44 Pockets

80 Pockets

Overall Size W x H x D mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Vertical Racks 248 x 514 x 105

403

£74.00

Literature Rack - 11 Pockets

248 x 914 x 105

7.5

402

£100.00

Literature Rack - 20 Pockets

248 x 1473 x 105

11.5

400

£101.00

Optional Legs

1.5

408-A

£29.00

Rotary Racks Literature Rack - 20 Pockets

359 x 587 x 359

409

£290.00

Literature Rack - 44 Pockets

359 x 1232 x 359

410

£366.00

Literature Rack - 80 Pockets

359 x 1737 x 359

415

£399.00

Horizontal Literature Racks Steel construction For floor or desktop use ›› Convenient storage for literature & file folders ›› Colour: Tan

Rigid racks - will NOT twist or warp Each opening can be easily labelled ›› Rubber feet are provided ›› Stackable with a modular design

››

Description

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Horizontal Literature Rack - 9 Openings

859 x 281 x 275

431-75

£135.00

Horizontal Literature Rack - 12 Openings

859 x 281 x 362

432-75

£149.00

Horizontal Literature Rack - 15 Openings

859 x 281 x 450

434-75

£175.00

543

Office & Retail Equipment

Literature Rack - 5 Pockets

Literature Displays

Counter Top Carousels

i Information

Wall Mounted Wall Displays

UNIQUE DESIGN ON THE POCKETS ALLOW FOR FULL INTERCHANGE BETWEEN POCKET SIZES Individual Literature Dispensers WDA4

Literature Display

WDTF

CTC12A4HS Pockets 1/3 A4

Size mm

Model

Price 1 to 4

Price 5+ £103.95

Counter Top Carousels 565Ø x 845

CTC12A5HS

£108.60

CTC12A4HS

£108.60

£103.95

CTC24TFHS

£108.60

£103.95

CTC6A412TFHS

£108.60

£103.95

Foyer Stands

WM4A4 Black Pockets 1/3 A4

WM4A4 White

Size mm

Price 1 to 4

Model

Price 5+

Office & Retail Equipment

Wall Mounted Wall Displays -

240W

WM4A4

£67.90

£65.00

450W

WM8A4

£85.95

£82.30

F6A4

£90.50

£86.65

F12A4

£106.35

£101.80

F16A5

£113.10

£108.25

F16TF

£97.30

£93.15

F24TF

£106.35

£101.80

F32TF

£122.20

£116.95

F6A416TF

£113.10

£108.25

F6A416A5

£129.00

£123.45

550 x 1700

Floor Standing Carousels

900W

WM16A4

£119.90

£114.80

C18A5HS

£187.70

£179.75

900W

WM4A48TF

£85.95

£82.30

C18A4HS

£187.80

£179.75

900W

WM8A416TF

£119.90

£114.80

C24A4HS

£212.65

£203.55

C36TFHS

£187.80

£179.75

Wall Displays 8

225W x 560H

WD8TF

£38.50

£36.85

450W x 680H

WD16TF

£47.55

£45.50

550 x 2060

C48TFHS

£237.55

£227.35

C72TFHS

£264.70

£253.35

900W x 560H

WD32TF

£81.45

£77.95

C6A46A512TFHS

£187.80

£179.75

225W x 760H

WD4A4

£38.50

£36.85

C12A412TFHS

£212.65

£203.55

450W x 760H

WD8A4

£47.55

£45.50

C18A436TFHS

£264.70

£253.35

900W x 760H

WD16A4

£81.45

£77.95

C18A46A512TFHS

£212.65

£203.55

450W x 760H

WD4A48TF

£47.55

£45.50

Mobile Literature Display Units

900W x 680H

WD8A416TF

£81.45

£77.95

490W

TR16A4

£115.40

£110.45

900W x 760H

WD6A410A59TF

£95.05

£90.95

960W

TR32A4

£162.90

£155.90

490W

TR40TF

£122.20

£116.95

105W x 210H

WDTF

£11.35

£10.85

960W

TR80TF

£190.00

£181.90

160W x 210H

WDA5

£11.35

£10.85

960W

TR12A420A518TF

£183.25

£175.40

210W x 297H

WDA4

£11.35

£10.85

960W

TR16A440TF

£162.90

£155.90

Individual Literature Dispensers

Combined Literature Dispensers High quality literature holder with tiered steps. Each pocket is 35mm ›› Re-inforced sides to eliminate breaks ›› Subject to availability ››

Pockets

SU4A4 SU4A5 day delivery

Per Pack

1/3 A4

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price each

Quantity

Price

110 x 190 x 320

SU4TF

£24.30

£77.95

157 x 190 x 320

SU4A5

£28.70

£71.45

230 x 190 x 320

SU4A4

£28.70

£77.95

544

SU4TF

i Information

ASSEMBLED IN MINUTES WITHOUT THE NEED FOR TOOLS DESIGN ELIMINATES PAPER CURL WAS

NOW

Literature Display

MANY OTHER COMBINATIONS AVAILABLE TO ORDER

Wall Mounted Wall Displays ›› ›› ››

Attractive displays with polished smooth, full height edges Available in black or white please specify when ordering 130D x 750Hmm

WD16A4

Wall Displays

Foyer Stand

Floor Standing Carousel

Economical & visually appealing ›› Easy to assemble using the aluminium wall bar provided ›› Mix & match all pockets to create a unique literature display ››

Individual Literature Dispensers ››

day delivery

Office & Retail Equipment

››

Can be used as a desktop or wall mounted dispenser (supplied with base bracket & wall fixings) 25D mm

Counter Top Carousels ›› ›› ›› ››

Literature can be seen in all directions Sturdy construction with non-slip feet Mobile Complete with header sleeve Literature Display Unit 565 dia. x 845Hmm

Foyer Stands ›› ››

Lightweight yet sturdy with a 5 legged base 550W x 1700mm

Floor Standing Carousels ›› ›› ›› ››

Lightweight yet sturdy with a 5 legged base Spinners rotate independently Complete with header sleeve 550W x 2060H mm

Mobile Literature Display Units ›› ›› ›› ››

Easy to assemble with the allen key provided Mobile on lockable castors Lightweight yet sturdy construction 370D x 1270Hmm

TR16A4

F12A4

C6A46A512TFHS

545

Drywipe Whiteboards

WRITE-ON® Dual Faced Whiteboards

›› ›› ›› ››

Whiteboards with a plain surface to one side Guideline® gridded surface to the reverse Ultrasmooth to improve erasability & reduce ghosting Aluminium framed with concealed corner fixings Description

Non-magnetic Whiteboards

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

600 x 450

47131

£15.65

›› ›› ›› ››

Whiteboards that also accept magnets Ultrasmooth to improve erasability & reduce ghosting Aluminium framed with concealed corner fixings All whiteboards include a pen tray Description

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

600 x 450

49631

£17.70

900 x 600

47132

£20.95

900 x 600

49632

£21.95

900 x 1200

47143

£31.25

900 x 1200

49643

£36.55

1200 x 1200

47144

£36.25

1200 x 1200

49644

£50.35

1200 x 1500

47154

£55.65

1200 x 1500

49654

£66.30

1200 x 1800

47164

£60.65

1200 x 1800

49664

£78.50

1200 x 2400

47184

£71.10

1200 x 2400

49684

£101.60

1200 x 2700

47194

£109.95

1220 x 2700

49694

£133.10

WRITE-ON® Vitreous Enamel Steel Whiteboards

Office & Retail Equipment

WRITE-ON® Magnetic Whiteboards

Magnetic Whiteboards

WRITE-ON® Revolving Mobile Whiteboards

Vitreous enamel steel is baked at over 800ºC giving it a hardwearing surface ›› Guaranteed for 25 years - invest in the best ›› Aluminium framed with concealed corner fixings

››

Description

Vitreous Enamel Steel Whiteboards

546

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

600 x 450

49431

£28.95

900 x 600

49432

£48.85

900 x 1200

49443

£79.10

›› Sturdy white steel frame with a locking pivot mechanism with 4 castors - 2 locking ›› Whiteboard rotates through its horizontal axis ›› Aluminium framed ultra smooth whiteboard ›› Magnetic versions are also available - call for details Description

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

1200 x 1200

49444

£104.15

900 x 1200

447431

£136.95

1200 x 1500

49454

£129.20

1200 x 900

447341

£137.55

1200 x 1800

49464

£149.15

1200 x 2400

49484

£191.55

1200 x 2700

49494

£219.85

Revolving Mobile Whiteboards

1200 x 1200

447441

£144.00

1200 x 1500

447541

£156.85

1200 x 1800

447641

£185.80

Buzzard Mobile Flipchart Easel

Hawk Tripod Flipchart Easel

Black Easel

White Easel

Flipchart Easels

›› ›› ›› ››

Steel drywipe surface to accept magnets Adjustable A1 flip pad holders Rear leg has a brace for increased stability Supplied with clip-on pen tray Description

Model

›› ›› ›› ››

Price

Black Easel

445000

£53.00

White Easel

445001

£53.00

Drywipe steel surface to accept magnets 2 side arms to display completed sheets Fully height adjustable from seated to standing height ›› Weight: 9.8kg Max height: 1880mm Description

Model

Price

Mobile Easel

449505

£95.65

Ultimate Flipchart Easels ›› Available in blue, red, green, black, grey or white ›› Suitable for all A1 standard 2 hole pads

Office & Retail Equipment

Loop Leg Easel Totally height adjustable Double sided dry-wipe magnetic writing surface ›› Tilts for pad preparation ›› ››

Mobile Easel ›› ›› ››

Steel mobile base Height adjustable 5 locking castors

448082 Description Blue

449603

Loop Leg Easel

Mobile Easel

Model

Price

Model

Price

448084

£78.60

449603

£129.15

Red

448082

£78.60

449602

£129.15

Green

448085

£78.60

449604

£129.15 £129.15

Black

448081

£78.60

449601

Grey

443001

£78.60

449605

£129.15

White

448086

£78.60

449606

£129.15

Carrying Bag

448083

£25.80

547

Glass Drywipe Boards

WRITE-ON® Glass Whiteboards

Description

›› Contemporary glass boards - ideal for meeting or boardrooms ›› A range of attractive glass dry-wipe boards which also accept super strength magnets ›› Board stands proud of the wall on chrome fixings ›› Made from steel backed 4mm toughened safety glass ›› Optional matching glass pen tray available

Glass Whiteboards

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

500 x 500

G5050WH

£45.65

600 x 450

G4560WH

£49.00

900 x 600

G6090WH

£89.40

1000 x 650

G6510WH

£102.65

1000 x 1500

G1015WH

£181.45

1000 x 2000

G1020WH

£255.60

1200 x 900

G9012WH

£138.40

1200 x 1200

G1212WH

£174.80

1200 x 1800

G1218WH

£239.70

1200 x 2400

G1224WH

£327.75

Pentray

G5000

£9.60

WRITE-ON® Coloured Glass Drywipe Boards ›› ››

Office & Retail Equipment

›› ›› ››

Contemporary, colourful glass message boards A range of striking colours to choose from Drywipe boards which accept super strength magnets Board stands proud of the wall on chrome fixings Made from steel backed 4mm toughened safety glass

Description All Colours Black Only

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

500 x 500

G5050/**

£45.65

600 x 450

G4560/**

£49.00

900 x 600

G6090BK

£89.40

1000 x 650

G6510BK

£102.65

COLOUR OPTIONS

BK Black

548

GY Grey

BL Blue

RD Red

YW Yellow

SB Sky Blue

VI Violet

** To order please add colour code to model code

OR Orange

LM Lime

BUSYFOLD® Display Kits

BUSYGRIP® Poster Frames

Royal Blue

Alfa Red

Emerald

Blue/ Grey

** To order please add colour code to model code

manufactured

›› ›› ››

3 Panel Kit ›› ›› ››

6 Panel Kit

7 Panel Kit

8 Panel Kit

Lightweight folding panel system with 600 x 900mm PVC framed panels All system kits include header(s) & a carrying bag Loop nylon covered panels accept Velcro® Description

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

3 Panel Kit

900 x 1800

BFTPB/**

£76.15

6 Panel Kit

1800 x 1800

BL6KB/**

£143.70

7 Panel Kit

1800 x 1800

BL7KB/**

£205.25

8 Panel Kit

1800 x 2400

BL8KB/**

£205.25

Mesh Literature Display ››

››

›› ››

Description

‘A’ Sized Poster Frames

‘B’ Sized Poster Frames

Paper Size

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

297 x 210

PFA4AL

£13.90

420 x 297

PFA3AL

£17.20

594 x 420

PFA2AL

£23.15

840 x 594

PFA1AL

£30.45

1189 x 840

PFA0AL

£51.00

700 x 500

PFB2AL

£26.50

1000 x 700

PFB1AL

£45.70

Wave Literature Display

This range of wall mounted black mesh leaflet dispensers are robust yet stylish 2 wall mounted options in either 5 pocket or 10 pocket versions All units easily mount using the fixings supplied

›› ›› ›› ››

A contemporary leaflet dispenser 4 oversized A4 shelves Up to 35mm of brochures Supplied with optional castors

Office & Retail Equipment

››

Wide range of popular sized poster frames finished in satin anodised aluminium Simply snap open & closed to change the poster Protected by anti-glare UV resistant cover Mounts portrait or landscape with fixings provided Quantity discounts available - call for details Coloured frame versions available - call for details

Literature Display

COLOUR OPTIONS

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Grey

1430 x 350 x 310

LDF8GS

£65.55

White

1430 x 350 x 310

LDF8W

£65.55

1430 x 350 x 310

LDF8B

£65.55

Description

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Model

Price

5 x A4

720 x 260 x 90

G5578BL

£64.55

10 x A5

1290 x 260 x 90

G5579BL

£93.70

Black

Price

549

Aluminium Framed Felt or Cork Noticeboards ›› ››

Aluminium framed noticeboards with flushfix conceal corner wall fixings (supplied) Choice of 5 special felt surfaces, colourfast to BS1006 or faced with traditional cork COLOUR OPTIONS DB

Blue

Red

Green Burgundy

Grey

Cork

** To order please add colour code to model code

Noticeboards

Description

Aluminium Frame Felt Noticeboards

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

600 x 450

44531/**

£17.15

900 x 600

44532/**

£24.30

900 x 1200

44543/**

£31.45

1200 x 1200

44544/**

£39.50

1200 x 1500

44554/**

£48.20

1200 x 1800

44564/**

£53.20

1200 x 2400

44584/**

£65.10

RESIST-A-FLAME® Fire Retardant Noticeboards ›› ››

››

Manufactured from flame retardant materials Cloth & pinboard assembly are tested to the latest European ‘reaction to fire’ test BS EN 13501 & classified as B-SI,d0 meets BS476 Parts 6&7 class 0 Mount portrait or landscape - wall fixings provided COLOUR OPTIONS DB

manufactured

Office & Retail Equipment

Description

Resist-a-Flame® Noticeboards

Dark Blue

Crimson Conifer

Plum

Silver

** To order please add colour code to model code Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

900 x 600

45381/**

£50.00

900 x 1200

45391/**

£73.00

1200 x 1200

45401/**

£92.95

1200 x 1500

45441/**

£130.30

1200 x 1800

45411/**

£138.85

1200 x 2400

45421/**

£171.15

Eco-Friendly Noticeboards ›› ›› ››

Constructed from a large proportion of recycled materials Contoured 35mm frame in light oak effect finish 5 colourfast felt colours plus traditional cork COLOUR OPTIONS DB Blue

manufactured

Description

Eco-Friendly Noticeboards

550

RD Red

Green Burgundy

Grey

Cork

** To order please add colour code to model code

Overall Size H x W mm

Model

Price

900 x 600

EF9060/**

£28.95

900 x 1200

EF1290/**

£43.70

1200 x 1200

EF1212/**

£49.50

1200 x 1500

EF1512/**

£63.65

1200 x 1800

EF1812/**

£76.50

1200 x 2400

EF2412/**

£92.55

Tamperproof Felt Noticeboards ›› ›› ››

A durable solution to protecting displayed information against casual interference Single door versions can be mounted with hinge to side, top or bottom Matching locks for convenience - fixings supplied COLOUR OPTIONS DB

Blue

Red

Green Burgundy

Grey

manufactured

** To order please add colour code to model code

Description

Double Door

Model

Price

900 x 600

TP9060/**

£65.55 £84.10

900 x 900

TP9090/**

1200 x 900

TP1290/**

£96.00

1200 x 1200

TP1212/**

£111.90

1200 x 1800

TP1812/**

£182.10

1200 x 2400

TP2412/**

£218.50

Noticeboards

Single Door

Overall Size H x W mm

RESIST-A-FLAME® Fire Retardant Tamperproof Noticeboards ›› ›› ›› ››

Attractive aluminium trim; with the added safety of being manufactured from flame retardant materials Single door versions can be mounted with hinge to side, top or bottom Matching locks for convenience - fixings supplied Tested to the latest European ‘reaction to fire’ test BS EN 13501 & classified as B-SI,d0 meets BS476 Parts 6&7 class 0

manufactured Description

COLOUR OPTIONS

Dark Blue

Crimson Conifer

Plum

Single Door

Silver

** To order please add colour code to model code

Double Door

Model

Price

900 x 600

45301/**

£99.00 £127.95

900 x 900

45311/**

1200 x 900

45321/**

£142.05

1200 x 1200

45331/**

£171.30

1200 x 1800

45341/**

£266.80

1200 x 2400

45351/**

£317.20

SHIELD® Exterior Showcases ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Independently tested showcase has satisfied the stringent IP55 standard for water & dust ingress Top hinged showcase with support stays 2 matching locks for convenience Top hinged showcase with support stays Anodised aluminium frame with clear acrylic cover Coloured frame versions are available - call for details COLOUR OPTIONS Made to order colour options

Stocked options

Royal Blue

Cork

Scarlet Emerald

Dark Wine

Light Grey

Black

** To order please add colour code to model code

Description

Overall Size H x W mm

manufactured

Model

Price

Takes 8 A4 Sheets

750 x 967

SCEL8/AL/**

£190.70

Takes 12 A4 Sheets

1050 x 1012

SCEL12/AL/**

£231.75

Takes 15 A4 Sheets

1050 x 1182

SCEL15/AL/**

£252.30

Takes 18 A4 Sheets

1050 x 1397

SCEL18/AL/**

£284.75

551

Office & Retail Equipment

Overall Size H x W mm

Outdoor Noticeboards

Single Door Noticeboards

›› ››

Office & Retail Equipment

››

›› ›› ›› ››

››

Ideal for wall or post mounting Lockable & waterproof featuring vandal resistant 4mm plexichoc glazing Integrated hinged door replaceable without tools & without having to remove the poster display “Safety” lock with 2 keys on the door section Elastomer seal & anti-condensation vents Galvanised steel backboard with a white lacquer finish Optional posts for 30 mm frame: two aluminium posts 60 x 40 mm with black top caps. Universal fixing system on the back of each display case, using brushed stainless steel brackets Silver anodised or painted in the below colours: RAL 3004

RAL 5010

RAL 6005

RAL 9005

5YR

GUARANTEE

Silver Anodised

please specify when ordering 4 x A4

6 x A4

9 x A4

8 x A4

OPTIONAL HEADER BOARDS

Painted

Anodised

Overall Size W x H mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

550 x 750 - 4 x A4

405001

£186.00

505001

£143.00

750 x 750 - 6 x A4

405002

£227.00

505002

£175.00

830 x 980 - 8 x A4

405060

£265.39

505060

£225.00

750 x 1050 - 9 x A4

405003

£260.00

505003

£198.00

552

Optional Header boards are available blank for your own personalisation. Different styles & sizes available - call for details

Dual Door Noticeboards

Outdoor Noticeboards

5YR

GUARANTEE

›› ›› ››

›› ›› ›› ››

››

RAL 3004

RAL 5010

RAL 6005

RAL 9005

OPTIONAL HEADER BOARDS

Silver Anodised

please specify when ordering 8 x A4

12 x A4

18 x A4

Description

Overall Size D x W x H mm

Profile

8 x A4

30 x 1200 x 750

12 x A4

30 x 1400 x 1050

Post pair - 2600mm high

30 x A4

Painted

Anodised

Model

Price

Model

Price

30mm

405075

£487.00

505075

£406.00

30mm

405076

£609.00

505076

£509.00

30mm

416356

£174.00

516356

£135.00

18 x A4

75 x 1800 x 1050

75mm

414021

£767.00

514021

£645.00

30 x A4

75 x 2300 x 1050

75mm

414022

£883.00

514022

£741.00

75mm

416400

£347.00

516400

£305.00

Post pair - 2475mm high

Optional Header boards are available blank for your own personalisation. Different styles & sizes available - call for details

553

Office & Retail Equipment

››

Ideal for wall or post mounting Lockable & waterproof featuring vandal resistant 4mm plexichoc glazing 2 doors using integrated hinges, replaceable without tools & without having to remove the poster display “Safety” lock with 2 keys on the door section Elastomer seal & anti-condensation vents Galvanised steel backboard with a white lacquer finish Optional posts for 30 mm frame: two aluminium posts 60 x 40 mm with black top caps. Universal fixing system on the back of each display case, using brushed stainless steel brackets Optional posts for 75mm frame: Two oblong & dovetailed aluminium posts 80 x 125, with black lacquered aluminium top caps. Each post supplied with 2 dovetailed cast aluminium clamps. Poster display case fitted easily without drilling. Poster display case is height adjustable. Silver anodised or painted in the below colours:

Office Planner Kit

T-Cards

›› Use as a daily/weekly, job planner/message

T-CARDS

››

- 170gsm card. Available in 10 colours (shown on the right) - please specify when ordering

centre. Contents: 7 x 24 slot panels, index panel, wall supports & 7 packs of size 2 T-Cards

PRINTER T-CARDS - 170gsm card. Available in 5 colours - white, yellow, green, blue or pink - please specify when ordering ›› 20040 is not available in purple or grey ›› PTC-3 is not available pink ››

Size

Model

Price

Office & Retail Equipment

Display Systems

T-Cards 1 - box of 100

20010

£2.00

1.5 - box of 100

20015

£2.55

2 - box of 100

20020

£2.85

3 - box of 100

20030

£3.15

Size 1

20040

£5.60

Size 1.5

Size 2

48.5

4 - box of 100

Dimensions (mm)

Printer T-Cards

16.5

2 - pack of 180

PTC-2

£9.60

Size 3

120

3 - pack of 80

PTC-3

£9.60

Size 4

124

180

112

Size

Model

Price

480H x 480W

29110

£63.45

Workload Production Board Kit

General Purpose Kit

Yearly Day Planner Kit

Title each panel to preferred job stages & progress job T-Card stage by stage to produce a production overview board.

Economical & simple yearly multi application display board. Displays a yearly schedule by months & days

Multi-application kit. Schedule all plans over a year on a daily basis.

Contents: 12 x 32 slot panels, index panel, wall supports, title strips, & 5 packs of size 2 T-Cards

Contents: 12 x 54 slot panels, index panel, wall supports, day/month labels, & 10 packs of size 2 T-Cards

Contents: 12 x 32 slot depth monthly panels, index panel, wall supports, title strips, & 5 packs of size 2 T-Cards

Size mm

Model

Price

Size mm

Model

Price

Size mm

Model

Price

805W x 665H

WPDB-32

£145.90

805W x 960H

29112

£200.20

805W x 665H

DMY-365

£145.90

Document Display Pockets -

professionally display your documentation

›› No more overloaded,

untidy info displays

›› Colour coded plastic

MAGNETIC BACKED DOCUMENT POCKETS ›› For

magnetic whiteboard use, 5 per pack

Size A3

HOOK & LOOP BACKED DOCUMENT POCKETS

Style

Model

Price

Portrait

M8250A3P

£38.00

Landscape

M8250A3L

£38.00

Covers

8250301

£10.95

Portrait

M8250A4P

£23.50

Landscape

M8250A4L

£23.50

Covers

8250300

£5.85

554

››

For felt noticeboard use, 5 per pack

Size A3

Style

Model

Price

Portrait

HL8250A3P

£35.75

Landscape

HL8250A3L

£35.75

Covers

8250301

£10.95

Portrait

HL8250A4P

£23.25

Landscape

HL8250A4L

£23.25

Covers

8250300

£5.85

ADHESIVE BACKED DOCUMENT POCKETS ›› For general use, 5 per pack Size A3

Style

Model

Price

Portrait

AD8250A3P

£34.50

Landscape

AD8250A3L

£34.50

Covers

8250301

£10.95

Portrait

AD8250A4P

£22.00

Landscape

AD8250A4L

£22.00

Covers

8250300

£5.85

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

document pockets & covers ensure paperwork is secure & protected ›› Document pocket packs available in white, yellow, red, dark blue, green, blue-grey, grey, black, orange & transparent - please specify ›› Available in A5 & A6 formats

Cascading Document Display Racks ›› A ll

steel, wall mounted document display racks & A6 pocket formats are available - call for details ›› 7 colour options available: yellow (1), grey/white (2), red (3), blue (4), green (5), umbra grey (6) or grey alu (7). Add colour code to single colour rack reference. For mixed colour units the bottom 2 pockets must be the same colour. State on order coloured pocket sequence starting from bottom 2 upwards ›› Alternative pocket depth racks available - call for details ›› A 5

No of Pockets

10 16

Document Format

Model

Price

Portrait

CDUA4P4/..

£42.00

A4 (Visible Edge: Portrait Style 68mm Landscape Style 45mm)

Landscape

CDUA4L4/..

£42.00

Portrait

CDUA4P10/..

£97.50

Landscape

CDUA4L10/..

£97.50

Portrait

CDUA4P16/..

£149.95

Landscape

CDUA4L16/..

£149.95

819002

£14.70

Optional Magnetic Backing for 4 pocket mini units

Example of Racks mounted onto a Backing Board This unit can be purchased as a complete item - please call for details

A4 Document Swivel Frame Systems ›› L eaf

through double sided panel displays access to frequently utilised information ›› Documentation fully visible yet protected by transparent foil ›› Available in blue, yellow, green, red, black or assorted - please specify when ordering

Display Systems

Document Size

›› R apid

SF-DO

››

MOUNTABLE SWIVEL FRAME

››

SWIVEL DESK ORGANISER

- A4 portrait swivel system comprising of magnetically or wall mounted backed carrier plate, 1 x stop bar & 10 double sided wire framed swivel display panels - A4 portrait swivel system comprising of desk stand, 3 x carrier plates, 30 x double sided wire framed swivel display panels & 30 x blank tab inserts Model

Price

SF-TA/M

£89.95

Mountable Swivel Frame - Wall Mounted

SF-TA/W

£84.95

Swivel Desk Organiser

SF-DO

£229.95

SF-TA/M

Revolving Printed Whiteboards

Wall Mounted Printed Whiteboards ››

Printed single side magnetic revolving whiteboard complete with steel stand & lockable castors ›› Double side printing available - call for details

Aluminium framed, dry wipe surface

››

i Information NO MORE TAPE OR GRIDDING PENS!! Printed price includes customer supplied camera ready artwork. Alternatively, artwork will be charged at £75.00 (nett) including a proof

Non-Magnetic

Magnetic

Overall Size L x H mm

Model

Price

Model

Price

900 x 600

ENM0906/PR

£121.95

EM0906/PR

£128.95

Overall Size L x H mm

Printed Surface 1 x Printed & 1 x Plain

1200 x 900

ENM1209/PR

£139.95

EM1209/PR

£149.95

Model

Price

1500 x 1200

ENM1512/PR

£254.95

EM1512/PR

£286.95

1200 x 900

EMR1209/PR

£284.95

1800 x 1200

ENM1812/PR

£266.95

EM1812/PR

£297.95

1500 x 1200

EMR1512/PR

£451.95

2400 x 1200

ENM2412/PR

£399.95

EM2412/PR

£447.95

1800 x 1200

EMR1812/PR

£544.95

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

555

Office & Retail Equipment

Description Mountable Swivel Frame - Magnetic

Available Colours

Entraplush Traps dirt & debris protecting internal floors Quick drying ‘crush-resistant’ carpet surface ›› Slip resistant, stain resistant with PVC backing ›› Colours: grey, brown, blue, red or green ››

Safety Matting

››

Model

Price

600 x 900

PP-0001

£16.99

900 x 1500

PP-0002

£42.84

1200 x 1800

PP-0003

£67.77

Microfibre Doormat ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Exceptional multi-action entrance mat using hygienic microfibre technology Superior ‘brushing & wiping’ with ‘rapid dry’ properties – even out performs cotton Flexible, ultra-fine fibres provide deep cleaning action on passing footwear Filament structure creates a capillary effect for improved dirt retention/absorbency Environmentally friendly – does not require chemical pre-treatment or washing detergents Colours: beige, brown, black or purple Overall Size L x W mm

Model

Price

600 x 900

MF-0001

£36.02

900 x 1500

MF-0002

£78.43

i Information

Office & Retail Equipment

Overall Size L x W mm

WASHABLE LOGO MATS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

Coba Wash ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Enviro-mat Manufactured using 100% recycled materials Heavy rubber backing minimises movement on carpet & hard floor surfaces ›› Raised pattern removes dirt & debris ›› Colours: blue, brown, grey or charcoal ›› ››

556

Overall Size L x W mm

Model

Price £27.07

600 x 900

EM-0001

900 x 1500

EM-0002

£67.73

1200 x 1800

EM-0003

£108.36

Machine washable mat Traps up to 90% of tracked-in dirt Traps moisture, grit & grease Bleach & fade resistant - 11 year warranty Non-slip nitrile rubber backing Colours: black/blue, black/steel, black/brown or black/red Overall Size L x W mm

Model

Price

600 x 850

LM-0201

£41.91

850 x 1200

LM-0204

£83.75

850 x 1500

LM-0202

£99.72

1150 x 1750

LM-0203

£159.03

Finger Tip ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Traps dirt & debris protecting internal floors Bevelled edges to help prevent trips Offers slip resistance in both directions Easy to clean - shake or hose down Ideal for all weather conditions Colour: black

Overall Size L x W mm

Model

Price

FT-0001

£26.42

FT-0002

£44.00

900 x 1800

FT-0003

£79.22

Cobascrape ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Hard wearing surface scrapes dirt from your shoes Gives a sure footing grip in wet/oily conditions Bevelled edges to help prevent trips Manufactured from 100% nitrile Ideal for all weather conditions Machine washable Colour: black Overall Size L x W mm

Model

Safetry Matting

600 x 800 800 x 1000

Price

850 x 750

CS-0001

£59.73

850 x 1400

CS-0002

£111.22

850 x 3000

CS-0003

£237.26

1100 x 1700

CS-0004

£182.00

Ringmat Octomat Manufactured from hard wearing rubber matting for a long life span even in demanding conditions ›› Conforms to EN-13552 Category R10 ›› Connectors available for a larger area coverage ›› Colour: black ››

Model

Price

1000 x 1500

RM-0003

£83.02

Connector

RM-0004

£1.94

Office & Retail Equipment

Overall Size L x W mm

Rampmat Manufactured from durable NBR rubber making this popular doormat suitable for most climates ›› Superior slip resistance conforming to Slip Resistance Test EN-13552 Category R10 ›› Raised circular pattern surface provides grip while scraping dirt & moisture. ›› Moulded bevelled edging for safety & wheeled access ›› Thickness: 10mm ››

Overall Size L x W mm

Model

Price

1200 x 800

RP010002

£24.17

1500 x 900

RP010001

£30.90

557

Dump Baskets

Display Baskets

››

Display Baskets Top quality build & finish Bright zinc finish ›› Space utilisation ›› Self stacking ›› Free standing

White plastic coated

›› ››

D2400

D1600

D2100: round dump bin ›› D1600 & D2400: square collapsible basket with adjustable base ››

Description

Basket A

i Information

Model

Price

Divider Price

475 x 300 x 250

SB475-300

£15.31

£3.74

475 x 400 x 250

SB475-400

£17.07

£4.10

475 x 450 x 300

SB475-450

£20.58

£4.62

475 x 500 x 300

SB475-500

£21.25

£4.83

SB P1

£21.65

580 x 300 x 250

SB580-300

£16.82

£3.74

580 x 400 x 250

SB580-400

£17.54

£4.10

580 x 450 x 300

SB580-450

£21.88

£4.62

580 x 500 x 300

SB580-500

£22.05

£4.83

SB P2

£32.98

980 x 300 x 250

SB980-300

£22.83

£3.74

980 x 400 x 250

SB980-400

£25.37

£4.10

980 x 450 x 300

SB980-450

£28.50

£4.62

980 x 500 x 400

SB980-500

£33.43

£4.96

SB P3

£39.77

Plinth with Castors to suit - 475 wide

IDEAL FOR CATERING FOR THE IMPULSE BUYER

Basket B

Plinth with Castors to suit - 580 wide

D2100

Basket C

Office & Retail Equipment

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

400 x 400 x 726

D1600

£14.18

Data Strip - 450L x 39H mm

£1.76

600 x 600 x 726

D2400

£19.55

Data Strip - 550L x 39H mm

£1.48

533 dia. x 635 height

D2100

£14.49

Data Strip - 950L x 39H mm

£1.84

Plinth with Castors to Suit - 980 wide

Shopping Baskets ››

Double handles for extra strength

i Information 24 LITRE CAPACITY

Description

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Plastic Shopping Basket (Red, Blue or Green)

430 x 300 x 230

PSB4330

£3.95

Wire Shopping Basket (Red, Blue or Green handles)

450 x 320 x 190

WSB4532

£4.45

Universal Plinth

UPSB

£14.95

558

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Universal Plinth

Display Baskets

COLOUR OPTIONS Green Blue Red specify when ordering. other colours available

4 x MT8

››

For warehouse/bulk storage

The simplest & most effective way to display stock

››

Tough & durable, constructed from welded steel wire with plastic coating to prevent corrosion

››

External Size W x D x H mm

Mesh Size mm

660 x 460 x 350 Safe & stable, the interlocking design 980 x 460 x 350 of these baskets ensures safe stacking

››

24 x 46

980 x 680 x 480

Plastic coating which protects the goods from damage

››

Finish: durable plastic coating

›› Dividers

available

46 x 46

1220 x 680 x 480

Open front containers which allow easy access to even bulky goods

››

4 x MT8, 8 x D1 & F9901

4 x MT8 & 8 x D1 Capacity Litres

Capacity kg

Model

Price

0.088

MT8

£22.95

0.140

C12

£25.95

300

0.300

C2DS

£32.70

360

0.400

£39.95

Description

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model Divider

Price

£3.50

£4.50

Model

Price

Wheels to suit - MT8

F9901

£22.00

Wheels to suit - C12

F9903

£22.00

Wheels to suit - C2DS & C4

F9902

£26.00

Hook On Price Tag

120 x 40

PPB

£0.59

Hook On Price Tag

165 x 80

PPA

£0.75

EPOS Strip

980 x 60

EPOS

£2.00

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

559

Office & Retail Equipment

Ideal for order picking & fulfilment operations

››

Economy Archive Storage Boxes ››

Large labelling area

i Information

Storage Boxes

IDEAL FOR ALL YOUR ARCHIVE STORAGE

day delivery

20kg

evenly distributed

manufactured

External Size W x L x H mm

Internal Size W x L x H mm

Model

Price per 25 Off

350 x 455 x 263

328 x 410 x 254

AB02

£64.60

Office & Retail Equipment

››

manufactured

i Information IDEAL FOR STORAGE OF A4 LEVER ARCH FILES

day delivery

External Size W x L x H mm

Internal Size W x L x H mm

Colours Available

Model No

Price per pk 10

360 x 425 x 300

340 x 425 x 260

Silver/Grey

SBP330

£74.20

Black Only

SBP3LID to fit above size

£14.40

560

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Mail Distribution Trolleys ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Mail Distribution Trolleys

›› ››

Non marking buffering helps prevent damaging doorways & furniture These tubular steel trolleys can be used both indoors & outdoors Models MTE01S & MTE02L have high capacity removable baskets, with a pannier basket available for both models On the larger model, MTE02L, the upper basket can tilt back giving easy access to the lower basket Platform trolley model MTE03C has side & end panels to help maximise the storage capabilities of this large trolley MTE02L Side panels are easy to remove to aid loading & unloading Large basket model MTE04D has 2 large capacity removable baskets designed to accommodate concertina files Diamond formation wheels on models MTE03C & MTE04D give easy manoeuvrability

£323.35

MTE02L shown with MTEB1Z, concertina files & support bars, call for details MTE01S shown with concertina files & support bars, call for details

MTE01S

£258.55

MTE03C

Mailroom & Packaging

£600.90

MTE03C

MTE04D

£590.15 Description

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Basket Size W x D x H mm

Mail Trolley

610 x 915 x 1000

460 x 485 x 255

Mail Trolley

610 x 1030 x 1000

460 x 635 x 255

2 x 125 mm Swivel Castors, 2 x 200 mm Fixed Wheels

Optional Pannier Basket to suit above models

460 x 130 x 350

Platform Trolley with side/end panels

610 x 1200 x 1070

4 x 200 mm Castors, 2 fixed, 2 swivel

Platform Trolley with large baskets

562

610 x 1200 x 1070

425 x 960 x 425

Wheels

Max Load

Weight kg

Model

Price

Lower Basket - 50 kg Upper Basket - 20 kg

MTE01S

£258.55

Lower Basket - 60 kg Upper Basket - 30 kg

MTE02L

£323.35

10 kg

MTEB1Z

£53.35*

300 kg

MTE03C

£600.90

Lower Basket - 60 kg Upper Basket - 20 kg

MTE04D

£590.15

*price applicable when ordering with the Mailroom Distribution Trolleys. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

Mail Distribution Trolleys

Mailroom Distribution Trolleys

MT983Y

£230.15

MT985Y

£284.90

MT983Y

MT985Y & PB800Z Zinc Rails to facilitate hanging files

Wheels situated inside the frame ›› ›› ››

3YR

PB800Z

GUARANTEE

manufactured

*prices applicable when ordering with the Trolleys. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Basket Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

530 x 820 x 910

470 x 370 x 320

MT983Y

£230.15

530 x 950 x 910

470 x 520 x 320

MT984Y

£264.55

530 x 1230 x 910

470 x 770 x 320

MT985Y

£284.90

PB800Z

£28.55*

Rear Pannier Basket - 320 x 210 x 360/420

Chrome Plated Wire Tray Trolley ›› ›› ››

Hygienic - Easy to clean Removable centre shelf for bulky loads Mobile on 2 large fixed 200mm wheels & 2 swivel braked 125 mm castors

day delivery

SWI52Y

£196.45

Removable Shelf SWI52Y with middle shelf removed Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

860 x 660 x 990

17.5

SWI52Y

£196.45

120kg

SWI52Y

evenly distributed

563

Mailroom & Packaging

››

Manufactured from strong tubular steel Supplied with 2 plastic coated mesh baskets Mobile on 2 x 200mm fixed grey non-marking wheels & 2 x 75mm swivel grey non-marking castors. The 200mm wheels are fitted within the frame of the unit to help prevent damage to furniture & doorways These units also incorporate 2 removable zinc rails in each basket. This allows the units to facilitate hanging files

Post Bag Holders Manufactured from strong tubular steel Notches on the top of the frames hold postal bags into place (postal bags not included) Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel non-marking castors

›› ›› ››

MT987Y

£124.05

3YR

Mail Distribution Trolleys

MT988Y

£157.85

MT987Y

GUARANTEE

manufactured

MT988Y

Postal Bags Held

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1 2

390 x 390 x 1130

MT987Y

£124.05

390 x 770 x 1130

MT988Y

£157.85

Post Distribution Stairclimber Manufactured from strong tubular steel Supplied with 2 plastic coated mesh baskets Mobile on 3 x 150mm wheels in a tri-wheel mount. These are mounted inside the frame

›› ›› ››

SC983Y

£324.05

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Mailroom & Packaging

PB800Z

SC983Y & PB800Z

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Basket Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

535 x 920 x 940

470 x 370 x 320

SC983Y

£324.05

PB800Z

£28.55

Rear Pannier Basket - factory fitted 320 x 210 x 360/420

Self Levelling Trolleys ››

››

GS9125: re-inforced heavy duty PVC bag with a plywood deck GS9226: constructed from galvanised steel sides & ends with a plastic deck Unloaded height: bag - 650mm & box - 800mm

3YR

manufactured

GUARANTEE

GS9125 Overall Size L x W x H mm

Wheels

935 x 730 x 932

125mm Cushion

Load Capacity

Weight kg

Model

Price

GS9125

£722.65

GS9226

£798.80

Self Levelling Trolley - Bag

GS9226

564

100 kg

Self Levelling Trolley - Box 935 x 730 x 932

125mm Cushion

100 kg

Basket Trolleys ›› ››

Fully welded frame & white powder coated removable baskets Mobile on 4 swivel 125mm non-marking castors

Mailroom Distribution Trolleys

FROM ONLY

£271.75

GS100H

3YR

125kg

evenly distributed

Overall Size L x W x H mm

GS074H

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Weight kg

Features

Model

Price

740 x 480 x 1100

2 Basket - 500L x 400W x 180H mm

GS074H

£271.75

1250 x 480 x 1100

2 Basket - 1000L x 400W x 180H mm. Includes 2 dividers to make 4 compartments

GS100H

£316.55

Post Room Trolley

›› ››

Manufactured in tubular steel with 50 x 50mm mesh infil 6 mesh compartments & a storage tray Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel non-marking castors with plastic corner buffers

Mailroom & Packaging

››

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

MT991Y

£454.25

MT991Y Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1020 x 500 x 1020

MT991Y

£454.25

565

Mailroom Sorting Systems

MSS18Z

Mailroom & Packaging

MCD04Z

MSS54Z

›› ››

Practical yet stylish units which are ideal for post sorting Finished in a hardwearing beech, birch or white laminate

Floor Mounted Units ››

IDEAL FOR DOCUMENT & POST SORTING

Shelves are adjustable at 32mm intervals & edged with a slanted aluminium profile which makes labelling easier

Mail Sorting System ››

i Information

FROM ONLY

Comprises of a mail cupboard with or without doors & a pull out sorting unit. Also comes with a table top mail sorting unit with 30 compartments Overall Size W x D x H mm

No of Compartments

Beech Model

£284.05 Birch

Price

White

Model

Price

Model

Price

Floor Mounted Units 315 x 400 x 1880

MSS18Z

£284.05

MSS28Z

£284.05

MSS38Z

£284.05

915 x 400 x 1880

MSS54Z

£754.65

MSS64Z

£754.65

MSS74Z

£754.65

Mail Sorting Systems 915 x 400 x 1880

Without Doors

MCN04Z

£764.75

MCN14Z

£764.75

MCN24Z

£764.75

915 x 400 x 1880

With Doors

MCD04Z

£798.35

MCD14Z

£798.35

MCD24Z

£798.35

566

MSS28Z

Post Lockers ›› ›› ››

››

Manufactured from sheet steel in grey Lockers are equipped with a master door to allow authorised access Supplied complete with cylinder locks (with 2 keys) & a master key for the master door Each compartment is 290W mm with a post hole which is 240W mm

Mailroom Lockers

PLW12Z

AVAILABLE WITH 12, 15 OR 30 COMPARTMENTS Overall Size W x D x H mm

No of Boxes

Model

Price

PLW12Z

£488.20

Wall Mounted Unit 760 x 450 x 820

12 Floor Standing Unit

380 x 450 x 1910

PLF15Z

£488.20

760 x 450 x 1910

PLF30Z

£896.35

PLF30Z

PLF15Z

Post Lockers

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

Ideal for use in offices, flats, schools, colleges, hospitals etc Use for central mail & internal post systems Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2,000 differs Each box has its own posting slot Pre-drilled for nesting Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology paint DOOR COLOUR OPTIONS Light grey carcass with various door colour options Green

LX1230387

Light Grey Blue Yellow

manufactured Overall Size W x D x H mm

No of Boxes

Light Blue Red specify when ordering

Model

Price

15mm Post Slots 230 x 255 x 1075

LX1023258

£182.56

230 x 255 x 1325

LX132325N

£198.94

25mm Post Slots 300 x 380 x 1230

LX1230387

£190.75

300 x 380 x 1725

LX173038N

£228.20

40mm Post Slots 300 x 380 x 870

LX8730383

£143.94

300 x 380 x 1665

LX1630386

£190.75

LX173038N

567

Mailroom & Packaging

››

Mail Sorting Systems MT960Z

‘See through’ design prevents mail being overlooked Compartment size: 340 x 145mm This modern sorting system has been especially designed to offer an effective way of ensuring all mail is correctly sorted Each compartment clearly identified Manufactured from light gauge mesh which is lightweight & ideal for mounting on a table

›› ›› ››

››

Mail Sorting Systems

››

FROM ONLY

3YR

£414.50

GUARANTEE

manufactured

No. of Compartments

Overall Size WxDxH

Weight kg

Model

Price

1085 x 420 x 955

MT960Z

£414.50

1445 x 420 x 955

MT961Z

£552.15

FROM ONLY

Mailroom & Packaging

£426.30

3YR

GUARANTEE

MT962Z

MT964Y manufactured

Static Mail Sorter ›› ›› ››

Mobile Mail Sorter

This unit is available either free standing on its own stand or for bench mounting if required It has 20 easily identified compartments Stand is manufactured from 25mm square tubular steel

››

This mail sorter has 12 easily identified compartments & is available with or without a mobile trolley The trolley is mobile on 100mm rubber castors

Description

Overall Size mm WxDxH

Compartment Size mm WxDxH

Weight kg

Model

Price

Description

Overall Size mm WxDxH

Compartment Size mm WxDxH

Weight kg

Model

Price

Post Sorter & Stand

1450 x 457 x 1830

355 x 457 x 297

MT962Z

£817.70

Post Sorter & Trolley

1375 x 380 x 1610

355 x 380 x 305

MT964Y

£609.75

Post Sorter only

1450 x 457 x 1525

£728.95

Post Sorter only

1065 x 380 x 1220

355 x 380 x 305

MT965Z

£426.30

568

355 x 457 x 297

MT963Z

Economy Packing Bench

MB156M

manufactured

£452.45

3YR

GUARANTEE

Packing Benches

MB156M ›› ›› ›› ››

››

i Information STAY ORGANISED WITH THIS QUALITY PACKING BENCH

Overall L x W mm

Overall Height mm

Lower Shelf Depth mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1525 x 610

1525

350

MB156M

£452.45

1830 x 760

1525

350

MB187M

£478.55

Carton Stands ›› ›› ››

CA074Y

These carton stands help keep boxes / packaging organized & clean Model CA074Y is mobile on 4 x 50mm swivel castors Subject to availability

160kg

evenly distributed

£86.20

day delivery

Description

No. of Sections

Overall Size L x W mm

Divider Height

Weight kg

Model

Price

Mobile

1117 x 457

610mm

CA074Y

£86.20

CA074Y

569

Mailroom & Packaging

››

Complete with 2 reel holders Upper storage shelf - 200mm deep Worktop height: 915mm 25mm thick MDF worktop & lower shelf For ease of transport, the unit is supplied in two components The upper back frame is supplied separately for bolting into position

Mailroom Benches ›› ›› ››

Mailroom Benches

››

High quality mail sorting facility designed for use in office, central mail & internal post systems Round edge worktop for safety with a durable scratch resistant wipe clean surface ›› Many accessories available - see next page for details Height adjustable feet for easy levelling Castor options available - call for details

FROM ONLY

£316.90

MEB1575

i Information MANY ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE. SEE NEXT PAGE FOR DETAILS

Mailroom & Packaging

manufactured

MOBLS1575

Length mm

1230 1530 1830

570

Depth mm

840 840 840

Height mm 750

MOB1575

Open Bench with Lower Shelf

Open Bench

Enclosed Bench with Middle Shelf

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

MOB1275

£316.90

MOBLS1275

£379.15

MEB1275

£489.55

900

MOB1290

£325.00

MOBLS1290

£395.75

MEB1290

£506.25

750

MOB1575

£331.80

MOBLS1575

£413.30

MEB1575

£566.65

900

MOB1590

£344.10

MOBLS1590

£429.10

MEB1590

£588.60

750

MOB1875

£359.90

MOBLS1875

£457.15

MEB1875

£653.45

900

MOB1890

£374.80

MOBLS1890

£471.15

MEB1890

£669.15

Mailroom Bench Accessories MABC444

£131.25

MABD244

£146.35

Mailroom Benches

MABD244

MABC444

i Information

manufactured

CHOOSE YOUR BENCH & ADD THE ACCESSORIES TO COMPLETE YOUR MAILROOM SYSTEM

MABCD445

£296.35 Mailroom & Packaging

MABCD445

Description

MABCL933 & MABST133 Overall Size H x D x W mm

MABOL933 & MABST133 Model

MABCL933 & MABST133 Price

Cupboard - White Door

435 x 420 x 420

MABC444

£131.25

Single Drawer - White Front

220 x 420 x 420

MABD244

£146.35

Cupboard & Single Drawer - White Doors

420 x 420 x 560

MABCD445

£296.35

Mail Locker - Open

900 x 300 x 385

MABOL933

£113.45

Mail Locker - White Doors

900 x 300 x 385

MABCL933

£141.90

Sloping Top for Mail Locker (Factory Fitted)

155 x 300 x 385

MABST133

£6.85

571

Packing Bench Accessories ››

››

Packing Benches

››

1) Auxiliary Steel Shelf Shelf for A4 paper & tape dispensers (max 2 pcs per shelf). Mounted on bin profile. Max load 3 kg. 1 unit comes complete with the TPB918 bench 2) Lower Steel Shelf Hangs on horizontal bars. Max load 30 kg 3) Low M-divider Hoops Steplessly adjustable. 4 pcs per set. M-shape (the lowest point NEW 105 mm from shelf). 4) Cutter The round cutting knife will slice through paper & carton with ease. Cutting width 1550 mm. Can be fixed onto bench top. 5) Recycling Material Bin 60 ltr bin with steel brackets. Can be positioned on either side. Max load 15 kg. 6) Stacking Bin Set 2 pieces of each size. Four bins made 5 of blue polypropylene (PP).

Ref

Description

Size W x D x H mm

Auxiliary Steel Shelf

217 x 298 x 20

ASSA4

£48.00

Lower Steel Shelf

1718W x 460D

LSS180

£115.00

Low M-divider Hoops

460D x 315H

LDH

£91.00

Cutter

1785 x 130 x 200

PPC180

£331.00

Recycling Material Bin

530 x 280 x 585

PRMB

£106.00

Stacking Bin Set

230 x 155 x 140 & 185 x 125 x 115

SBS4

£35.00

Model

Price

7) Swivel Arm With lockable, angle adjustable steel tray. Max load 15 kg ›› 8) PC Stand An adjustable holder for either a vertical (130-140 x 395-500) or horizontal (340-460 x180-285 ) CPU, to mount underneath the bench top. ›› 9) Pull-out Steel Shelf for Printer Mounting under the bench top. Free space for printer 400 x 550 x 415 mm. Pull-out extent 500 mm. Max load 35 kg. ›› 10) LCD Swivel Arm The quick-release mechanism is equipped with a standard flat-screen mount 75 x 75mm & 100 x 100mm. The arm is double articulated & turns through a radius of 180°. Extends between 95-425mm from the upright. Max load 10kg ›› 11) Connector Needed for mounting LCD swivel arm to the upright profile. ›› 12) Overlight Gives asymmetric lighting with minimal shadow. Lamp power 2 x 54W. Silver grey anodised aluminium frame with anti-dazzle screen. Own switch & 3M cable. ››

Mailroom & Packaging

NEW

10 11

572

Ref

Description

Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Swivel Arm

460W x 210D

CKV400

£164.00

PC Stand

CPU

£91.00

Pull-out Steel Shelf

500 x 535 x 506

PSP50

£173.00

LCD Swivel Arm

£223.00

Connector

HKC-MA/MH

£22.50

Overlight

Width 1200

OL254

£305.00

Packing Bench

B C

Packing Benches

FROM ONLY

£663.00

NEW

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

COMPLETE YOUR WORKBENCH WITH THE ACCESSORIES SHOWN OPPOSITE

››

High-quality yet affordable bench which grows according to your needs Carefully selected materials, high-quality finishing, epoxy powder coated steel parts RAL 7035 Over 50 accessories and add-on products available Laminate bench top, 25mm low-pressure laminate with a 300kg U.D.L. Unique stepless & height adjustable bench with upright modules Height adjustable between 650-900mm Size L x D x H mm

Model

Price

1800 x 900 x 650/900

TPB918

£663.00

TPB918 Bench comes complete with options A to E: A) Height adjustable upper steel shelf with five adjustable divider hoops (height 400 mm). Max load 30 kg. Fixing positions for lighting units under the shelf. B) Height adjustable horizontal aluminium bin profile for auxiliary steel shelves & stacking bins. Max load 15kg C) Auxiliary steel shelf (217 x 298 x 20 mm) for A4 paper & tape dispensers (max 2 pcs per shelf). Max load 3 kg D) Upper paper roll holder. Height adjustable. Axle diameter 25 mm. Max roll width 1700 mm. Max load 40 kg E) Lower paper roll holder simply hangs on horizontal bars of legs. Depth adjustable. Axle diameter 25 mm. Max roll width 1650 mm. Max load 40 kg.

573

Mailroom & Packaging

i Information

Low Carton Trolley ››

›› ››

150kg

››

evenly distributed

Trolley for large cartons. Three dividers can be assembled crosswise or lengthwise. Fourth divider is a push handle. Frame & shelf are of epoxy powder coated steel in grey RAL 7035. Mobile on 4 swivel castors (Ø 100 mm), two of which have brakes Shelf height above the ground 160 mm.

Packing Equipment

NEW Overall Size W x D x H mm

Platform Size W x D mm

Model

Price

1080 x 630 x 1020

1000 x 630

LCT610

£427.00

High Carton Trolley ››

››

Trolley for large cartons. Shelves are equipped with steplessly adjustable steel M-divider hoops. Larger hoops height 540 mm, lowest point 330 mm above the shelf, smaller hoops height 315 mm, lowest point 105 mm above the shelf. Frame & individually height adjustable shelf are of epoxy powder coated steel in grey RAL 7035. Mobile on 4 swivel castors (Ø 100 mm), two of which have brakes

NEW

150kg

evenly distributed

i Information

Mailroom & Packaging

COMPLETE YOUR PACKAGING AREA/ROOM

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Shelf Size W x D mm

Model

Price

1090 x 530 x 1515

1000 x 430

HCT410

£516.00

Recycling Material Trolley

Packing Material Trolley

PMT606 PRMT2

PRMT1 ››

›› ›› ››

Ideal for placing underneath/beside the packing bench The bins are adjustable in angle for ease of use Mobile on 4 x swivel castors, 2 braked Size mm

Suitable for

Model

Price

625 x 350 x 495

1 x PRMB 60L Bin

PRMT1

£212.00

625 x 680 x 495

2 x PRMB 60L Bin

PRMT2

£306.00

574

››

Ideal for storing papers, envelopes & utilities underneath/beside the packing bench Shelves are adjustable in height & dividers are adjustable in width by using an allen key Size mm

Description

Model

Price

625 x 680 x 640

6 Compartments

PMT606

£261.00

625 x 1085 x 640

12 Compartments

PMT610

£292.00

Polypropylene Strapping Kit

Polypropylene Strapping Systems

››

P009

Strapping kit comprises of: tensioner, sealer, 12mm x 1500M black strapping, 1000 seals & mobile trolley

P010

Polypropylene Strapping Kits

P011

Sealer

P012

P014 manufactured

Tensioner

P013

Description

Qty

Model

Price

Polypropylene Strapping - 12mm x 2000M (150kg b/s white)

Per Reel

P001

£32.19

Polypropylene Strapping - 12mm x 1500M (200kg b/s black)

Per Reel

P002

£23.95

Polypropylene Strapping - 12mm x 1200M (270kg b/s blue)

Per Reel

P003

£38.77

Semi-open Seals (1000) - 12 x 25mm

Per Box

P006

£5.75

Semi-open Seals (2000) - 12 x 32mm

Per Box

P007

£15.80

Strapping Tensioner & Cutter - 12/19mm

Each

P009

£28.93

Strapping Sealer - 12mm (takes 12/25 & 12/32 Seals)

Each

P010

£20.58

Combination Tool - 12mm (takes 12/25 Seals)

Each

P011

£64.28

Heavy Duty Combination Tool - 12mm (takes 12/25 Seals)

Each

P012

£115.72

Portable Floor Stand with Brake

Each

P013

£27.00

Mobile Strapping Trolley with Brake & Seal Box

Each

P014

£56.15

Semi-automatic Strapping Machine ››

›› ››

Black Strapping & Mobile Trolley Description

Model

Price

Complete Strapping Kit

P008

£135.36

Automatic Strapping Machine

Capable of 24 cycles per minute with manual tension control & height adjustable legs for 930mm maximum table height RoHS compliant & supplied ready to go with 12mm strapping fitted Can be used with 6-15.5mm wide PP strapping Overall size: 902W x 586D x 760H mm

›› ››

Supplied with standard arch 850W x 600H mm, set for 12mm wide PP strapping Capable of 27 cycles per minute using PP strapping RoHS compliant Overall size: 1430W x 620D x 1540H mm

Mailroom & Packaging

››

Seals

i Information QUICK & EASY WAY OF STRAPPING ITEMS

Description

Model

Price

Description

Model

Price

Semi-automatic Strapping Machine

P016

£665.21

Automatic Strapping Machine

P004

£2200.00

12mm x 3000M Semi-automatic Machine Strapping - White (per Roll)

P017

£35.96

12mm x 3000M Automatic Machine Strapping - White (per Roll)

P005

£44.73

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

575

Steel Strapping Systems

Steel Strapping Kits Strapping kit comprises of: tensioner, sealer, steel strapping, 1000 seals & mobile trolley

Steel & Woven Strapping Kits

››

P060

P056

Seals

P055

manufactured

P059

Steel Strapping & Mobile Trolley P048

Sealer

Tensioner Description

Model

Price

Complete Strapping Kit with 13mm x 341M Strap & 13mm Seals

P061

£200.50

Complete Strapping Kit with 16mm x 337M Strap & 16mm Seals

P062

£207.98

Complete Strapping Kit with 19mm x 335M Strap & 19mm Seals

P063

£215.80

Description

Qty

Model

Price

Mobile Coil Holder 13 - 19mm Ribbon Wound with Tray

Each

P048

£91.08

13mm Steel Strapping Ribbon Wound 600kg b/s 341M Reel

Per Reel

P049

£31.71

16mm Steel Strapping Ribbon Wound 750kg b/s 337M Reel

Per Reel

P050

£38.96

19mm Steel Strapping Ribbon Wound 900kg b/s 335M Reel

Per Reel

P051

£46.07

Snap-on Seals (1000) - 13 x 25mm

Per Box

P052

£7.42

Snap-on Seals (1000) - 16 x 25mm

Per Box

P053

£7.66

Snap-on Seals (1000) - 19 x 25mm

Per Box

P054

£8.37

Steel Strap 13 - 19mm Tensioner

Each

P055

£47.58

Steel Strap - 13mm Sealer

Each

P056

£22.72

Steel Strap - 16mm Sealer

Each

P057

£22.72

Steel Strap - 19mm Sealer

Each

P058

£22.72

Steel Sealless Combination Tool - 13/19mm

Each

P059

£402.00

Safety Shears - 30mm

Each

P060

£29.58

Mailroom & Packaging

Woven Polyester Strapping Systems

P074

P078

P073 P079 Description

Qty

Model

Price

13-19mm Tensioner & Cutter

Each

P073

£38.57

200M of 16mm Woven Polyester Strapping with 80 Buckles

Each

P074

£22.50

13mm x 1000M Woven Polyester Strapping - 410kg b/s

Each

P075

£50.14

16mm x 850M Woven Polyester Strapping - 480kg b/s

Each

P076

£50.57

19mm x 600M Woven Polyester Strapping - 540kg b/s

Each

P077

£41.14

13mm Metal Buckles (1000)

Per Box

P080

£20.57

16mm Metal Buckles (1000)

Per Box

P081

£27.00

19mm Metal Buckles (1000)

Per Box

P082

£37.28

Dispenser Stand with Brake

Each

P078

£52.00

Mobile Trolley with Brake & Buckle Box

Each

P079

£73.93

576

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

Counter Roll Holders & Kraft Paper ›› ›› ››

Versatile & efficient range to suit most papers, films & foils Robustly made for long, maintenance free life. All sizes are fitted with a serrated blade & rubber feet Model

Price

P146

£63.43

Counter Roll Holder - 600mm

P147

£65.14

Counter Roll Holder - 800mm

P148

£72.86

Counter Roll Holder - 1000mm

P149

£81.43

Description

Model

Price

Stacking Brackets (Price Each)

P150

£14.14

Pure Kraft Paper - 500mm x 275M (20” Roll)

P151

£19.63

Hanging Brackets (Pack 3)

P180

£2.25

Pure Kraft Paper - 750mm x 275M (30” Roll)

P152

£29.29

Wall Brackets (Pack 3)

P181

£2.15

Pure Kraft Paper - 900mm x 275M (36” Roll)

P153

£35.25

manufactured

Heat Sealer

Mobile Cutter & Stand

›› ››

Makes & seals polythene bags PE/PP/PVC up to 400mm wide & 2 x 200 micron

P072

Description

Model

Price

Small Bubble Film - 600mm x 75M

P042

£10.72

Small Bubble Film - 750mm x 75M

P043

£13.50

Small Bubble Film - 900mm x 75M

P044

£16.29

Large Bubble Film - 750mm x 50M

P045

£16.29

Mobile Stand for 1200mm Cutter (1 Ctn 1730 x 170 x 50mm)

P167

£294.64

Mobile Stand for 1500mm Cutter (1 Ctn 2020 x 170 x 50mm)

P168

£300.00

1200mm Cutter (1 Ctn 1600 x 300 x 150mm)

P169

£267.86

Description

Model

Price

1500mm Cutter (1 Ctn 1900 x 300 x 150mm)

P170

£297.86

400mm Heat Sealer with Cutter

P179

£98.58

Corrugated Paper - 650mm x 75M (26”)

P171

£17.57

400mm x 150M Roll Layflat Tubing

P066

£35.85

Corrugated Paper - 900mm x 75M (36”)

P172

£24.43

Unrolling Device for Film

P072

£37.72

›› ››

Hot Melt Glue & Guns

Takes up to 100mm widths Pre-set lengths from 100mm to 1100mm, plain or re-inforced Gummed side in or out 2 year warranty

manufactured

››

Description

Model

Price

12mm Stick LD Gun 100-250V

P154

£23.04 £48.76

Description

Model

Price

12mm Stick HD Gun 100-250V

P155

Gummed Paper Tape Dispenser

P177

£344.57

Fast Set 12mm Packaging Glue - 5kg

P120

£33.86

Gummed Paper Tape - 72mm x 200m - 70gsm

P178

£3.43

Clear 12mm General Purpose Glue - 5kg

P121

£33.86

Safety Cutter ››

P179, P066 & P072

Suitable for plastic strapping, stretch film, fabrics etc No exposed blades - fitted with blunt edged tape splitter

Self-adhesive Tape & Dispenser

Description

Model

Price

Description

Model

Price

Dispenser for 50mm Tape

P034

£4.26

Safety Cutter - Pack of 5

P046

£6.00

Carton of 36 Rolls - 48mm x 66M Brown Tape

P038

£26.80

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

577

Mailroom & Packaging

Gummed Paper Tape Dispenser

Packaging Materials & Equipment

Description Counter Roll Holder - 500mm

Pallet Shrink System ›› ››

Shrink & Stretch Film Systems

››

Stretch Wrap Systems

Complete with hose & regulater P107: 40kw power output P141: 72kw power output

P018

P026

P141

manufactured

P107

Description

Model

Price

Propane Gas Pallet Shrink Gun System

P107

£390.00

Cold Nozzle Propane Gas Pallet Shrink Gun System

P141

£591.60

P027

Pallet Shrink System P029

Description

P109 P108

Mailroom & Packaging

manufactured

Qty

Model

Price

Clear Film - 400mm x 300M 17MU (6 Rolls)

Per Ctn

P018

£36.60

Clear Film - 400mm x 300M 20MU (6 Rolls)

Per Ctn

P020

£42.94

Clear Film - 500mm x 300M 20MU (6 Rolls)

Per Ctn

P021

£54.26

Clear Film - 400mm x 300M 17MU Ext Core (6 Rolls)

Per Ctn

P022

£37.37

Clear Film - 400mm x 300M 23MU Ext Core (6 Rolls)

Per Ctn

P023

£50.49

Description

Qty

Model

Price

Propane Gas Cylinder Trolley to suit 13/19 & 47kg

Each

P108

£66.43

Clear Film - 400mm x 200M 34MU Ext Core (6 Rolls)

Per Ctn

P024

£51.50

Dispenser Unit - Main Frame, 1 Spindle & Castor Set

Each

P109

£142.50

Black Stretch Film - 500mm x 250M 25MU (6 Rolls)

Per Ctn

P025

£57.33

Extra Spindle Bars

Each

Pallet Covers for Euro Pallets: max. 1200Hmm (30 per roll) Per Roll Pallet Covers for Standard Pallets: max. 1200Hmm (25 per roll) Per Roll Centre Fold Polythene Sheeting - 125MU 1/2M x 108M

Per Roll

Centre Fold Polythene Sheeting - 125MU 1.5/3M x 74M Per Roll Centre Fold Polythene Sheeting - 125MU 2/4M x 55M

Per Roll

P110

£56.26

Stretch Wrap Dispenser - 400/500mm

Each

P026

£11.42

P182

£94.21

Heavy Duty Stretch Wrap Dispenser - 400/500mm

Each

P027

£22.18

P112

£95.09

Stretch Packer Handle & 1 Roll Film

Per Pack

P028

£5.21

P113

£78.21

Stretch Packer Kit - 12 Rolls & 1 Handle

Per Pack

P029

£16.07

P114

£78.21

Stretch Packer Film - 100mm x 150M (6 Rolls)

Per Pack

P030

£6.02

P115

£84.64

Stretch Packer Film - 100mm x 150M (36 Rolls)

Per Pack

P031

£34.13

Stretch Wrappers ›› ›› ››

Reduce operator fatigue by eliminating bending or stretching Adjustable tension ensures consistent wrapping with reduced wastage Wraps to a height of 2M P040

i Information QUICK & EASY WAY OF WRAPPING ITEMS Description

Model

Price £1495.00

Mobile Pallet Wrapper

P035

500mm x 600M 12 micron stretch film (for above)

P036

£12.86

Turntable Pallet Wrapper

P039

£3525.00

Pallet Ramp (for above)

P040

£236.00

578

P035

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

P039 2000mm mast, 1650mm turntable & will handle loads up to 1650kg

Cardboard Carton Shredders ››

›› ›› ››

IE3 2017 compliant, up to 30% more energy efficient. Soft start means less component wear & quieter operation P067: produces upto 2.3 cu.m/hr void fill P068: produces upto 3.5 cu.m/hr void fill P069: produces upto 6 cu.m/hr void fill

Description

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Cuts up to 320mm wide & up to 12mm thick

660 x 660 x 980

P067

£2088.00

Cuts up to 320mm wide & up to 15mm thick

660 x 660 x 980

P068

£2600.00

Cuts up to 420mm wide & up to 18mm thick

660 x 660 x 1060

P069

£5000.00

P067

Self Standing Bags ›› ›› ››

Cardboard Shredders

P069

Lifting Straps

Folds flat for easy storage Transport & store recycling, laundry etc Puncture resistant sides & lifting hoops

›› ›› ›› ››

Contains 2 adjustable harnesses & 1 lifting strap (3600 x 127 mm) Suitable for loads up to 363kg Fitted with metal tensioning buckles Free your hands & arms whilst carrying loads

P071

Mailroom & Packaging

Capacity

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Description

Model

Price

400 litre capacity or 1000kg

760 x 760 x 700

P064

£24.90

Lifting Straps - 273kg capacity

P070

£17.99

1100 litre capacity or 1000kg

1050 x 1050 x 1000

P065

£34.95

Lifting Straps - 363kg capacity

P071

£35.99

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

579

405 - Electronic Bench Scale

B140 - Weigh Count Scale

Weigh Scales

day delivery

i Information

LARGE DISPLAY FOR CLEAR INFORMATION

›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››

General purpose bench scale Electronic top loading scales which displays in lb’s & oz’s or kg’s & g’s 8 LED annunciators display Mains or battery operated - adaptor supplied Stainless steel top plate Overall size: 250 x 300mm

›› ›› ›› ››

High resolution LED counting scale Mains or battery operated - adaptor supplied 20 button front panel with three separate dispays for weight, piece weight & count Overall size: 117H x 333L x 195Wmm Capacity

Model

Price

Capacity

Model

Price

6kg x 0.2g

816965005758

£139.00

6kg x 1g & 12lb x 0.002lb

816965002146

£83.00

15kg x 0.5g

816965005765

£139.00

15kg x 2g & 30lb x 0.005lb

816965002153

£83.00

30kg x 1g

816965005772

£139.00

Mailroom & Packaging

WS Platform Scales ›› ››

››

Hygienic stainless steel base Functions include: ›› On/Off ›› Zero ›› Tare ›› Hold Powered by Mains, UK & EU power adaptor, (supplied) or 4 x 1.5v batteries (not supplied) LCD display

Capacity 300kg x 50g 500kg x 100g

580

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

Price

550 x 550 x 60

WS300-50

£245.00

990 x 550 x 60

WS300-90

£287.00

915 x 915 x 60

WS500

£396.00

day delivery

Parcel Platform Scale

Warehouse Scales

day delivery

i Information

LARGE CLEAR DISPLAY

›› ›› ››

››

Portable general purpose parcel weigher Large clear display function Mains or battery operated Functions include: ›› On/Off ›› Zero ›› Tare ›› lb or kg Platform size: 380L x 300W x 27Hmm

›› ›› ›› ››

Weigh Scales

››

Checkweighing & totalising functions Strong aluminium frame & base Indicator can be base or column mounted Mains or battery operated Capacity

Capacity

Model

Price

75kg x 10g

60kg x 0.02kg & 130lb x 0.05lb

WS60

£99.00

150kg x 20g

120kg x 0.05kg & 260lb x 0.1lb

WS120

£99.00

300kg x 50g

Platform Size L x W mm

Model

Price

S100-75

£220.00

457 x 559

S100-150

£220.00

S100-300

£220.00

Mailroom & Packaging

i Information

HAND HELD OR SUSPENDED

Mechanical Suspended Scales ›› ››

Electronic Suspended Balance

Suspended weigher for many applications Shatterproof ABS case with high strength stainless steel fittings

››

Capacity

Model

Price

5kg x 20g & 11lb x 1oz

MSK111

£67.00

10kg x 50g & 22lb x 2oz

MSK117

£67.00

25kg x 100g & 56lb x 4oz

MSK122

£67.00

›› ›› ››

Tare & reading hold facility Hand held or suspended balance Battery operated with auto-off facility Overall Size: 340H x 95W x 55Dmm Capacity

Model

Price

50kg x 200g & 110lb x 8oz

MSK127

£67.00

10kg x 0.01kg & 22lb x 0.02lb

SA3N25300013000

£57.00

100kg x 500g & 220lb x 1lb

MSK132

£67.00

25kg x 0.02kg & 55lb x 0.02lb

SA3N27100013000

£57.00

P.O.A.

45kg x 0.05kg & 99lb x 0.1lb

SA3N12200013000

£57.00

Top/Bottom Hook & Round Pan (up to 25kg)

581